RE 00112 - Part 4

1
Hydraulic-Components
for industrial applications
Part 4: Electronics and
electro-hydraulic systems
Catalogue for the product range of hydraulic components

by Bosch Rexroth, Hydraulics
Industrial applications
Part 1: Hydraulic pumps and motors
RE 00112-01
Part 2: On/off valves

Isolator, directional, pressure and flow valves
RE 00112-02
Part 3: Proportional, high-response and servo-valves

Directional, pressure and flow valves
RE 00112-03
Part 4: Electronics
and electro-hydraulic systems
RE 00112-04
Part 5: Control plates, hydraulic power units

and accessories
RE 00112-05
Part 6: Hydraulic cylinders
RE 00112-06
Part 7: ATEX units

for potentially explosive atmospheres
RE 00112-07
Mobile applications
Part 1: Axial piston units, gearboxes,

mobile electronics
RE 90005-01
Part 2: External gear units, radial piston motors,

mobile controls
RE 90005-02
Mobile applications
2
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
RE 00112-04
Publisher
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
D-97813 Lohr a. Main
Zum Eisengieer 1 D-97816 Lohr a. Main
Phone
++49 (0) 93 52/18-0
Fax
++49 (0) 93 52/18-23 58
Telex
6 89 418-0
eMail
documentation@boschrexroth.de
Internet www.boschrexroth.de
Catalogue No.
RE 00112-04/11.05
Replaces: 04.03
Printers
Schleunungdruck GmbH
97828 Marktheidenfeld
Reprints and translation, in whole or in part, only with the
publishers prior consent.
Subject to revision.
Should you have queries with regard to the

products in this catalogue, please contact
the Rexroth sales partner in your vicinity.
3
RE 00112-04
Hydraulics Bosch Rexroth AG
Table of contents
Page
Amplifiers and
command value conditioning
7 360
Electronics and electro-hydraulic systems
01
Control cards and units
361 448
02
Sensors and signal transmitters
449 530
03
Electronic accessories
531 658
04
Electro-hydraulic systems
659 746
05
4
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
RE 00112-04
Electronics and
electro-hydraulic systems
Electronics
Amplifiers and
command value conditioning
Sensors und signal transmitter
Electro-hydraulic
systems
Closed loop control systems
for hydraulic pumps
Accessories
7
RE 00112-04
Amplifiers and command value conditioning
Type
Series
Data
sheet no.
Electric amplifiers
(for valves: DBETFX, DREB6X, DBEB10Z, DREB10Z, DBETBX,
4WRP6EA, 3FREZ, 4WRP10EA)
VT-VRPA1-5...
1X
30052
11
Electric amplifiers
VT-VRPA1-5...RTP
1X
30054
17
Electric amplifiers
VT-VRPA1-5...RTS
1X
30056
23
Analogue amplifier
(for valves: DBETR1X, 2FRE)
VT-VRPA1-100
1X
30118
29
Analogue amplifiers
(for valves: FE, FES)
VT-VRPA1-50 bis
VT-VRPA1-52
1X
30117
37
Analogue amplfier card for 4/3 prop. directional valves of type 4WRE
VT-VRPA2-1
1X
30119
45
Electric amplifier
(for valves: 4WRP)
VT-VRPA2...RTP
1X
30048
55
Electric amplifiers
(for valves: 4WRP)
VT-VRPA2...RTS
1X
30047
61
Electric amplifiers
(for valves: 4WRPH)
VT-VRRA1-5...
2X
30040
67
Electric amplifiers
(for valves: 4WRPH)
VT-VRRA1-...KV-AGC
2X
30046
73
Electric amplifiers
(for valves: 4WRPH)
VT-VRRA1-527-10/V0
1X
30042
79
Electric amplifiers
(for two valves: 4WRPH)
VT-KRRA2-5.../2CH
2X
30049
85
Electric amplifiers
(for valves: 4WRPL)
VT-VRRA1-527-2X/V0/
2STV
2X
30045
91
Electric amplifiers
(for valves: 4WRL)
VT-VRRA1-527-2X/V0/
K40-AGC-2STV
3X
30043
97
Electric amplifiers
(for valves: 4WRL)
VT-VRPA1-527-2X/V0/
RTS-2STV
2X
30044
103
Electric amplifier
(for valves: 4WRPH, 5WRP)
VT-VRRA1, VT-VRPA1
2X
30041
109
Electric amplifier
(for valves: DBE, DBETX, DRE, 2FRE, 4WRBA)
VT-VSPA1-5.../RTP
1X
30109
115
Electric amplifier
(for prop. pressure valves without electrical position feedback)
VT-VSPA1-1,
VT-VSPA1(K)-1
1X
30111
121
Electric amplifier
(for valves: DBET, also all-purpose)
VT-VSPA1-2,
VT-VSPA1K-2
1X
30115
133
Analogue amplifier card

(for valves: 4WRA, 4WRZ)
VT-VSPA2-1
2X
30110
143
Designation
Page
Amplifiers, analogue, Euro-card format
01
03
04
05
Continued on next page
06
8
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
RE 00112-04
Type
Series
Data
sheet no.
Electrical amplifier for flow control with proportional valves

(for pumps A4VSO, A4VSG)
VT5035
1X
29955
153
Electronic Amplifier for Setting the Output Flow

of Axial Piston Pumps A10VSO
VT5036
1X
29957
159
Electrical amplifier for the control of servo valves

with electrical position feedback
(for valves: 4WS2EE)
VT-SR1
1X
29979
165
Analogue amplifier
(for valves: 4WS2EM, 4WS2EB10, 4DS1EO2, 3DS2EH10)
VT-SR2
1X
29980
171
Electrical amplifier for the control of high response control valves

with a servo pilot control valve
(for valves: WRC)
VT-SR41 bis VT-SR48
1X
30209
177
Electrical amplifier for flow control with servo-valves

(for pumps A4VS...HS)
VT-SR7
1X
29993
183
Analogue amplifier module

(for valves: (Z)DRS6)
VT-MRMA1-1
1X
30214
187

(for valves: DBETR, 2FRE)
VT-MRPA1-100
1X
30221
195
Analogue amplifier modules for 4/3 and 4/2 proportional

directional valves 4WRE
VT-MRPA2,
VT-MRPA1-2
1X
30219
203
Amplifier module for proportional valves

VT-MSPA1-5...
1X
30222
213

(for valves: DBET, KBPS)
VT-MSPA1-1
1X
30223
219

(for valves: KKS1NA, KKS1PA)
VT-MSPA1-50
1X
30225
225

(for valves: 4WRA)
VT-MSPA2-1
1X
30228
229
Amplifier module for controlling explosion-protected proportional

directional valves 4WRA...XE, 3DREP 6...XE and 4WRZ...XE
VT-MSPA2-200
1X
30228-200
237
Electrical amplifier module for controlling proportional throttle

valves with electrical position feedback
(for valves: FES25C)
VT11037
1X
29756
245
Analogue amplifier modules

(for valves: (Z)DBE6, DBE(M)10, DBE(M)20, ZDRE10, (Z)DRE 6)
VT11131, VT11132
1X
29865
251

(for valves: DRE4K-3X/)
VT11004, VT11015
und VT11026
1X
30226
255
Electrical amplifier modules for controlling proportional

and on/offvalves
(for valves: DRE4K with 3WE4)
VT11550 bis VT11554
2X
29870
261
Designation
Page
Amplifiers, analogue, Euro-card format (continued)
Amplifiers, analogue, modular design
9
RE 00112-04
Type
Series
Data
sheet no.

(for valves: 3DRE(M), DRE(M))
VT11724
1X
29866
269
Electrical amplifier module for the flow control of a variable displacement axial piston pump with electrical position feedback
(for pumps A10VSOFE)
VT11019
1X
29763
273

(for valves: 4WS2EM)
VT11021
1X
29743
279
Plug amplifier module for proportional valves

VT-SSPA1-508
VT-SSPA1-525
2X
30264
283
Plug-in proportional amplifier

(for valves: DBET, also all-purpose)
VT-SSPA1-1,
VT-SSPA1-50
1X
30265
291

(for valves: KBPS..8, KKDSR1, KKDSR2)
VT-SSPA1-5,
VT-SSPA1-100
1X
30116
299
Designation
Page
Amplifiers, analogue, modular design (continued)
01
Amplifiers, analogue, plug design
03
Amplifiers, digtal, Euro-card format

Digital valve amplifier for valve types 4WRE 6,
component series 2X and 4WRE 10, component series 2X
VT-VRPD
2X
30126
307
Announcement for the 2nd quarter 2006,

phone: +49 (9352)18-1023
Digital amplifier
VT-VSPD-1
2X
30523
Analog command value card (diff. command value conditionings)
VT-SWKA1
1X
30255
315
Setpoint signal card
VT-SWKA1-5
1X
30282
323
Setpoint and voltage-controlled ramp generator
VT-SWKA3-5
1X
30281
329
VT-SWMA-1
1X
29902
335
Command value conditioning, Euro-card format
04
Command value conditioning, modular design

Analogue command value module (call-ups, ramps)
Analogue command value module (charcteristic curve adj.)
VT-SWMAK-1
1X
29903
341
Current/voltage signal transformer module
VT-SWMA1-5
1X
30284
347
Signal adjustment module (charcteristic curve adj.)
VT-SWMA2-5
1X
30283
351
VT-SSV-1
2X
30262
05
Switching amplifier
Plug-in switching amplifier
(for switching valves)
357
06
10
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
RE 00112-04
11
RE 30052/08.05
Replaces: 05.04
Electric amplifiers
1/6
Type VT-VRPA1
Unit series 1X
List of contents
Contents
Features
Page
Analog amplifiers in Eurocard format for installation in 19 rack
Features
Output stage with closed-loop control
Ordering data
Closed-loop position control with PID action
Preferred types
Rapid energizing and de-energizing for fast response times
Front panel
Enabling input
Circuit diagram with pin assignment
Short-circuit-proof outputs
Technical data
Open-circuit detection for feedback signal cable
Unit dimensions
Zero and sensitivity adjustment possibilities

Testing and service equipment
Test box type VT-PE-TB1, see RE 30063
Test adapter type VT-PA-3, see RE 30070
12
2/6
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT-VRPA1
RE 30052/08.05
Ordering data
VT
1X V0
Hydraulic component
For valves with electrical
feedback
=R
Valve type
4/2 servo solenoid valves
with positive overlap
Actuation
Analog
Output stages
1 output stage
PV =
QV =
V0 =
=P
Customer version
Catalog version
Unit series
Unit series 10 to 19
1X =
=A
=1
Option
Pressure valves
Throttle/flow control valves
Serial number for type

2.7 A solenoid
3.7 A solenoid
527 =
537 =
Preferred types
Type
Material Number
For valve types
VTVRPA152710/V0
0 811 405 095
DBETFX
VTVRPA152710/V0/PV
0 811 405 096
DREB6X
VTVRPA153710/V0/PV
0 811 405 097
DBEB10Z / DREB10Z / DBETBX
VTVRPA152710/V0/QV
0 811 405 098
4WRP6EA / 3FREZ
VTVRPA153710/V0/QV
0 811 405 099
4WRP10EA
13
RE 30052/08.05
VT-VRPA1
Hydraulics
Bosch Rexroth AG
3/6
Front panel
01
14
4/6
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT-VRPA1
RE 30052/08.05
15
RE 30052/08.05
VT-VRPA1
Hydraulics
Bosch Rexroth AG
5/6
Technical data
P.C.B. format
mm (100 x 160 x approx. 35) / (W x L x H)

Europe format with front panel (7 modular spacings)
Plug connector
Connector DIN 41612F32
Ambient temperatur
C 0...+70, storage temperature min. 20; max. +70
Power supply
UB to b 16/b 18
and b 2/b 4 (0 V)
24 V DC
Battery voltage 21...24 V, Rectified AC voltage
Ueff = 21...28 V (single-phase, full-wave rectification)
Smoothing capacitor, separately

to b 28/b 30 b 2/b 4
4700 F, 63 V (ELKO) if ripple >10 %
Solenoid
A/W 2.7/25
Power consumption, max.

Current rating, max.
3.7/50
W 35
60
A 1.5
2.5
Solenoid output
b 6 b 8
Square-wave voltage, pulse-modulated
Setpoint
UE III : 0...+10 V
UE III : 0 V
UE III : 0...+10 V
UE III : 0...+10 V
Signal source (setpoint)
Potentiometer R = 1 k
+10 V supply from b 32 (10 mA) or external source
Imax. = 2.7 A
Imax. = 3.7 A
(z 10)
(z 12)
Differential
input
Oscill. b 26
Test pt. z 28*
0 811 405 095
10.2 Veff / 7.8 kHz
0...+10 V DC
0 811 405 096
10.2 Veff / 7.8 kHz
0...+10 V DC
0 811 405 097
10.8 Veff / 7.8 kHz
0...+10 V DC
0 811 405 098
10.2 Veff / 7.8 kHz
0...+10 V DC
0 811 405 099
10.8 Veff / 7.8 kHz
0...+10 V DC
Actual value feedback
Output stage enable
To z 16, U = 8.5...40 V; e.g. 10 V from z 32

LED (green) on front panel lights up
Cable lengths and cross-sections
Solenoid: < 20 m
1.5 mm2
Solenoid: 20...50 m 2.5 mm2
Position transducer: max. 50 m at 100 pF/m
Supply and capacitor 1.5 mm2
LED displays
green: Enable
yellow: Feedback signal open circuit
red: UB < UB min. (approx. 21 V)
Fault indication
Feedback signal open circuit
UB too low
15 V stabilization
z 26: Switching output

No fault +24 V (max. 100 mA)
Fault 0 V
Output stage to solenoid

Signal to position sensor
Potentiometer supply
Special features
Open-circuit protection for feedback signal cable

Clocked output stage
Adjustment via trimming potentiometer
1. Zero
2. Sensitivity
Note
Power zero b 2 and control zero b 12 must be bridged. At a distance of < 1 m from power supply, connect directly to DIN
connector.
At greater distances, connect control zero separately to ground.
* 0 V at Im = 0 V (enable OFF)
+10 V at Im = max. (UE = 10 V, potentiometer = cW)
01
16
6/6
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT-VRPA1
RE 30052/08.05
Unit dimensions (nominal dimensions in mm)
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
Zum Eisengieer 1
97816 Lohr am Main, Germany
Telefon +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0
Telefax +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58
www.boschrexroth.de
This document, as well as the data, specifications and other information

set forth in it, are the exclusive property of Bosch Rexroth AG. It may not be
reproduced or given to third parties without its consent.
The data specified above only serve to describe the product. No statements concerning a certain condition or suitability for a certain application
can be derived from our information. The information given does not release
the user from the obligation of own judgement and verification. It must be
remembered that our products are subject to a natural process of wear and
aging.
17
RE 30054/08.05
Replaces: 05.04
Electric amplifiers
1/6
Type VT-VRPA1...RTP
Unit series 1X
List of contents
Contents
Features
Page
Features
Ordering data
Preferred types
Front panel
Enabling input
Ramp can be adjusted and deactivated
Technical data
Unit dimensions
Adjustment possibilities for zero and sensitivity, acceleration
and braking ramps
18
2/6
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT-VRPA1...RTP
RE 30054/08.05
Ordering data
VT
1X V0
RTP
Hydraulic component
For valves with
electrical feedback = R
RTP =
Valve type
=P
Actuation
Analog
Option
Ramp, adjusted and deactivated
by potentiometer
PV =
QV =
=A
Output stages
1 output stage
V0 =
=1
Option
Pressure valves
Throttle/flow control valves
Customer version
Catalog version
Unit series
1X =
Serial numbers for type

2.7 A solenoid
3.7 A solenoid
527 =
537 =
Preferred types
Type
Material Number
For valve types
VTVRPA152710/V0/RTP
0 811 405 100
DBETFX
VTVRPA152710/V0/PVRTP
0 811 405 101
DREB6X
VTVRPA153710/V0/PVRTP
0 811 405 102
VTVRPA152710/V0/QVRTP
0 811 405 103
4WRP6EA / 3FREZ
VTVRPA153710/V0/QVRTP
0 811 405 104
4WRP10EA
19
RE 30054/08.05
VT-VRPA1...RTP
Hydraulics
Bosch Rexroth AG
3/6
Front panel
01
20
4/6
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT-VRPA1...RTP
RE 30054/08.05
21
RE 30054/08.05
VT-VRPA1...RTP
Hydraulics
Bosch Rexroth AG
5/6
Technical data
P.C.B. format
mm (100 x160 x approx. 35) / (W x L x H)

Plug connector
Ambient temperature
24 V DC
Power supply
Battery voltage 21...24 V, Rectified AC voltage
UB to b 16/b 18
and b 2/b 4 (0 V)
4700 F, 63 V (ELKO)
to b 28/b 30 b 2/b 4
if ripple > 10 %
Solenoid
A/W 2.7/25
3.7/50
Power consumption max.
W 35
60
Current rating max.
A 1.5
2.5
Solenoid output
b 6 b 8
Imax = 2.7 A
Imax = 3.7 A
Setpoint
UE III: 0...+10 V
(z 10) Differential
UE III: 0 V
(z 12) input
UE III: 0...+10 V
UE III: 0...+10 V
Oscill. b 26
Test pt. z 28*
0 811 405 100
0...+10 V DC
10.2 Veff / 7.8 kHz
0...+10 V DC
0 811 405 101
10.2 Veff / 7.8 kHz
0...+10 V DC
0 811 405 102
10.8 Veff / 7.8 kHz
0...+10 V DC
0 811 405 103
10.2 Veff / 7.8 kHz
0...+10 V DC
0 811 405 104
10.8 Veff / 7.8 kHz
Output stage enable
To z 16, U = 8.5...40 V; e.g. 10 V from z 32
Ramp OFF
To b 20; U = 8.5...40 V
Solenoid: < 20 m
1.5 mm2
LED displays
green: Enable
yellow: Feedback signal open circuit
yellow: Ramp OFF
red: UB < UB min (approx. 21 V)
Fault indication
UB too low
Fault 0 V
15 V stabilization
Special features
Ramp, can be adjusted and deactivated
1. Zero
2. Sensitivity
3. Acceleration ramp
4. Braking ramp
Note
Power zero b 2 and control zero b 12 must be bridged. At a distance of < 1 m from power supply, connect directly to
DIN connector. At greater distances, connect control zero separately to ground.
Note for the use of ramps
Ramp ON: No signal to b 20.
Rampe OFF: 8.5...40 V to b 20 or connection between b 22 and b 20.
Ramp OFF or open circuit interrupts a ramp in progress. There is an abrupt transition to the signal output value.
01
22
6/6
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT-VRPA1...RTP
RE 30054/08.05
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
Zum Eisengieer 1
Telefon +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0
Telefax +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58
www.boschrexroth.de

aging.
23
RE 30056/08.05
Replaces: 01.05
Electric amplifiers
1/6
Type VT-VRPA1...RTS
Unit series 1X
List of contents
Contents
Features
Page
Features
Ordering data
Preferred types
Front panel
Enabling input
Technical data
Disconnectible voltage-controlled or manually adjustable

ramps
Unit dimensions
3 and 4
Short-circuit-proof inputs and outputs

Adjustment possibilities for zero and sensitivity, accelerating
and braking ramps
24
2/6
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT-VRPA1...RTS
RE 30056/08.05
Ordering data
VT
Hydraulic component
feedback
1X V0
RTS
RTS =
=R
Valve type
Actuation
Analog
Output stages
1 output stage
=P
Option
Disconnectible voltage-controlled
or manually adjustable ramps
(potentiometer)
PV =
QV =
=A
V0 =
=1
1X =
527 =
537 =
Preferred types
Type
Material Number
VTVRPA152710/V0/RTS
0 811 405 175
DBETFX
VTVRPA152710/V0/PVRTS
0 811 405 176
DREB6X
VTVRPA153710/V0/PVRTS
0 811 405 179
VTVRPA152710/V0/QVRTS
0 811 405 177
4WRP6EA / 3FREZ
VTVRPA153710/V0/QVRTS
0 811 405 178
4WRP10EA
Front panel
For valve types
Option
Pressure valves
Throttle/flow control valve
Customer version
Catalog version
Unit series
Serial numbers for type
2.7 A solenoid
3.7 A solenoid
25
RE 30056/08.05
VT-VRPA1...RTS
Hydraulics
Bosch Rexroth AG
3/6
01
26
4/6
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics

Daughter card
VT-VRPA1...RTS
RE 30056/08.05
27
RE 30056/08.05
VT-VRPA1...RTS
Hydraulics
Bosch Rexroth AG
5/6
Technical data
Specifications
P.C.B. format
mm (100 x160 x approx. 35) / (W x L x H)

Plug connector
Ambient temperatur
24 V DC
Power supply
Battery voltage 21...24 V, rectified AC voltage
UB to b 16/b 18
and b 2/b 4 (0 V)
4700 F, 63 V (ELKO)
to b 28/b 30 b 2/b 4
if ripple > 10 %
Solenoid
A/W 2.7/25
3.7/50
Power consumption, max.
W 35
60
Current rating, max.
A 1.5
2.5
Solenoid output
Imax. = 3.7 A
Imax. = 2.7 A
b 6 b 8
Setpoint
UE III: 0...+10 V
(z 10) Differential
UE III: 0 V
(z 12) input
UE III: 0...+10 V
UE III: 0...+10 V
Oscill. b 26
Test pt. z 28*
0 811 405 175
10.2 Veff / 7.8 kHz
0...+10 V DC
0 811 405 176
10.2 Veff / 7.8 kHz
0...+10 V DC
0...+10 V DC
0 811 405 179
10.8 Veff / 7.8 kHz
0 811 405 177
10.2 Veff / 7.8 kHz
0...+10 V DC
0...+10 V DC
0 811 405 178
10.8 Veff / 7.8 kHz
Output stage enable
To z 16, U = 8.5...40 V; e.g. 10 V from z 32
Ramp OFF
To b 20; U = 8.5...40 V
Ramp internal/external
To z 24, U = 8.5...40 V
external ramp setpoint
Solenoid: < 20 m
1.5 mm2
LED displays
Green: enable
Green: external ramp
Yellow: feedback signal open circuit
Yellow: ramp OFF
Yellow: UA = 0 V
Red: UB < UB min (approx. 21 V)
Fault indication
UB too low
Fault 0 V
15 V stabilization
Special features
Disconnectible ramp
Choice of internal or external ramp setpoint
1. Zero
2. Sensitivity
3. Acceleration ramp
4. Braking ramp
5. Ramp setting range switchover
Caution:
Power zero b 2 and control zero b 12 must be bridged. At a distance of < 1 m from power supply, connect directly to DIN
connector. At greater distances, connect control zero separately to ground.
01
28
6/6
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT-VRPA1...RTS
RE 30056/08.05
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
Zum Eisengieer 1
Telefon +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0
Telefax +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58
www.boschrexroth.de

aging.
29
RE 30118/11.04
Replaces: 04.04
Analogue amplifier
1/8
Type VT-VRPA1-
Component series 1X
H/A/D 6197/99
Overview of contents
Contents
Features
Page
Features
Suitable for controlling direct operated proportional pressure

control valves with electrical position feedback, type DBETR,
and proportional flow control valves with electrical position
feedback, type 2FRE(G)
Ordering details
Functional description
Plug-in connections compatible with those of amplifier types

VT 5003, VT 5004 and VT 5010
Technical data
Power supply with raised zero point
Block circuit diagram / connection allocation
Display/adjustment elements
Command value signal inputs:

0 to + 6 V; 0 to + 9 V; 0 to + 10 V
0 to 20 mA; 4 to 20 mA (plug-in bridges)
Engineering/maintenance guidelines, additional information
Unit dimensions
Potentiometer adjustment on the front plate

for the zero point and amplitude attenuation
Measurement sockets for the ramp time
Enable input and ramp off input
Plug-in bridges for switching the maximum ramp times
0.02 to 5 s or 0.2 to 50 s
Card holder:
Type VT 3002-2X/32, see RE 29928
Single card holder without power supply
Power supply:
Type VT-NE30-1X, see RE 29929
Compact power supply 115/230 VAC 24 VDC, 70 VA
Outputs for command value (0 to + 6 V) and actual value (0 to 6 V)

LED display operational
Polarity protection
30
2/8
Bosch Rexroth AG
Industrial Hydraulics
VT-VRPA1-100
RE 30118/11.04
Ordering details
VT-VRPA1
Amplifier for proportional valves with electrical
feedback, analogue, with one output stage
Amplifier for proportional pressure valves
DBETR1X
2FRE 6
2FRE 10 and 16
1X V0
*
Further details in clear text
1X =
= 100
= 150
= 151
Component series 10 to 19
(10 to 19: unchanged techncial data
and connection allocation)
When replacing amplifier types VT 5003, VT 5004 or VT 5010

for rack installation, a 4TE/3HE dummy plate must be ordered
separately.
Material no.: R900021004
Power supply
After the operating voltage has been applied the internal
power supply [6] supplies a voltage of 9 V compared to the
measurement zero (M0). This is compared to the load zero (L0)
raised by +9 V. The voltages +9 V and 9 V (9 V relates to
L0) are fed to the plug strip X1 and can thereby be externally
(e.g. for a command value potentiometer) used. The maximum
loading is 25 mA.
External command value potentiometer (with a 9 V

command value input)
26c
Input (+ 9 V
100 %)
16ac + 9 V
5K
18ac M0
Operational
Ramp function
The amplifier card is operational when the following conditions

have been fulfilled:
Operating voltage > 20 V
There is no unsymmetry in the internal supply voltages
No cable break in the position transducer cables
No short circuit in the solenoid cables
The subsequent ramp generator [3] produces from a jump

form of applied input signal an output signal in the form of a
ramp. The time constants of the output signal (ramp times) can
be adjusted by potentiometers t1 (upwards ramp) and t2
(downwards ramp) which are accessible via the front panel. The
maximum ramp time stated relates to a command value jump of
100 % and can, dependent on the plug-in bridge settings (X8,
X9), be either approx. 5 s or 50 s. If a command value signal is
applied onto the input of the ramp generator [3] that is less than
100 % then the ramp time is reduced accordingly. The actual
ramp time can be checked at the measurement sockets t1
(upwards ramp) and t2 (downwards ramp).
That the unit is operational is indicated by a green LED lighting

up on the front plate.
Command value
The command value signal is applied either directly from the
regulated +9 V of the power supply [6] or via an external
command value potentiometer. For the input command
value 1 +9 V = +100 % applies and for the input command
value 2 +6 V = +100 % applies. The reference point for the
command value inputs 1 and 2 is always M0 (18ac). Command value input 3 is a differential input [1] (0 to +10 V). It can
be configured as a current input (0 to 20 mA or 4 to 20 mA)
via plug-in bridges. If the command value signal comes from
external electroncis with a different reference potential then the
differential input is to be used.
When the command value voltage is applied or withdrawn
care has to be taken to ensure that both of the signal lines
are separated from the input or connected with it. All of the
command values are, before being switched, summated [2]
with regard to the value and pre-sign. With potentiometer Zw
it is possible to compensate for off-set voltages in the command
value branch.
For details see Technical data

External time potentiometer
30c
500K
32c
Note
When using an external time potentiometer the internal
potentiometers for the ramp times must be set to their maximum
(voltages at the measurement sockets t1 and t2 are approx.
20 mV). The maximum ramp time reduces as the resistance
value of the external potentiometer (approx. 500 k) is switched
in parallel to the internal potentiometers. In this case it is not
possible to separately adjust the ramp times for the up and
down ramps.
By applying a voltage >10 V at the switched input ramp off
or by setting the plug-in bridge X4 the ramp time is set to its
minimum value (approx. 15 ms). The switched input is then
ineffective. The minimum value then applies to both directions.
31
Industrial Hydraulics Bosch Rexroth AG
VT-VRPA1-100
RE 30118/11.04
3/8
Functional description (continued)

Calculating the ramp times
Plug-in bridge X9 is fitted
(short ramp time )
tup =
tdown
=
0.1
Ut1
(in s)
tup =
(in s)
tdown
=
0.1
Ut2
Position sensing
Plug-in bridge X8 is fitted
(long ramp time)
The position transducer electronics comprise of an oscillator

[14] with a subsequent driver [15] for controlling the inductive position transducer and a demodulator [16] for evaluating the position transducer signal (actual value). The oscillator
frequency is approx. 2.5 kHz. The inductive position transducer has
to be connected as a throttle circuit with mid sensing. The position
transducer electronics are factory pre-set. Very long or capasitive
position transducer cables can result in the zero point having to be
re-adjusted (via potentiometer Zx). The actual value (relates to the
position of the valve spool) can be measured at the actual value
measurement socket.
1
Ut1
(in s)
1
Ut2
(in s)
Ut1; Ut2 voltages at the measurement sockets t1 or t2 (in V)

Limiting and position controller
From the output of the ramp generator [3] the command value
signal is passed to potentiometer Gw, which is accessible via
the front panel, which acts as an attenuator. The maximum flow
of the valve can be thereby adjusted. The subsequent limiter
[7] limits the command value to + 105 % or 5 % (e.g. with a
command value that is too high or by adjusting the zero point
Zw potentiometer and the basic value Gw) so that the valve
spool is prevented from hitting the mechanical end position.
The output signal of the limiter [7] is the actual position signal
and is connected to the PID controllers [8] and via an output
stage [17] to the measurement socket w on the front plate
of the card as well as connection 28c on the plug strip X1
(command value to ramp and limiter). A voltage of +6 V at the
command value measurement socket w relates to a command
value of + 100 %. The PID controller is optimised specifically
to the requirements of DBETR and FRE valves. The controller
compares the position command value and the actual position value; in the case of differences, a corresponding control
output is fed to the current output stage [13], the output signal
of which controls the proportional solenoid of the valve.
Note
The actual value signal is inverted when compared to the command value. A travel of 100 % relates to 6 V at the actual value
measurement socket and at connection 32a on the plug strip
X1.
Enable input
With a signal > 10 V at the enable input 20a the output stage
and the I-controller are released (displayed via the yellow LED
on the front plate). By setting the plug-in bridge X3 they are
permanently released independent from the signal at the enable
input. The switched input is thereby ineffective.
[ ] = Cross reference to the block circuit diagam see page 5
Technical data (for applications outside these parameters, please consult us!)
Operating voltage
Functional range
UB 24 VDC + 40 % 5 %
Upper limiting value
UB(t)max 35 V
Lower limiting value
UB(t)min 22 V
Power consumption
Ps < 35 W
I < 1.5 A
Current consumption
Fuse
Inputs
Is 2.5 A T
Command value 1
Ue 0 V to + 9 V (ref. potential is M0)
Command value 2
Ue 0 V to + 6 V (ref. potential is M0)
Command value 3 (differential input)
Ue 0 V to + 10 V
Or
Ie 0 mA to 20 mA (Ri = 100 )
Or
Ie 4 mA to 20 mA (Ri = 100 )
Enable
Active
UF > 10 V
Not active
UF < 9 V
01
32
4/8
Bosch Rexroth AG
VT-VRPA1-100
RE 30118/11.04
Continued from page 3
Inputs
External ramp switch off

Without ramp
UR > 10 V
With ramp
UR < 9 V
Adjustment ranges
Zero point Zw
5 % up to max. + 30 %
Command value attenuation Gw
0 % to 105 %
Ramp time up
Short (bridge X9 fitted)
tup 1 < 20 ms to 5 s 20 % (Ut1: 0.02 V
approx. 5 s; 5 V
approx. 20 ms)
Long (bridge X8 fitted)
tup 2 < 0.2 s to 50 s 20 % (Ut1: 0.02 V
approx. 50 s; 5 V
approx. 0.2 s)
Ramp time down
Outputs
Short (bridge X9 fitted)
tdown 1 < 20 ms to 5 s 20 % (Ut2: 0.02 V
approx. 5 s; 5 V
approx. 20 ms)
Long (bridge X8 fitted)
tdown 2 < 0.2 s to 50 s 20 % (Ut2: 0.02 V
approx. 50 s; 5 V
approx. 0.2 s)
Output stage
Solenoid current/resistance
Clock frequency
Imax 2.2 A 10 % / R(20) = 10 (VT-VRPA1-100)

2.2 A 10 % / R(20) = 5.4 (VT-VRPA1-150)
2.2 A 10 % / R(20) = 10 (VT-VRPA1-151)
f Free clocking (approx. 1.5 kHz)
Driver for the inductive position transducer

Oscillator frequency
Regulated voltage
f 2.5 kHz 10 %
U 9 V 1% (with a raised zero point); 25 mA externally loadable
Measurement sockets
Command value w
Uw 0 V to + 6 V (Ri = 1k)
Actual value x
Ux 0 V to 6 V (Ri = 1k)
Upwards ramp t1
Ut1 0.02 V up to approx. 5 V (delayed adjustment range)
Downwards ramp t2
Ut2 0.02 V up to approx. 5 V (delayed adjustment range)
Connection type
32-pin blade connection, DIN EN 60603-2, form D
Card dimensions
Euro card 100 x 160 mm, DIN 41494
Front plate dimensions

Height
3 HE (128.4 mm)
Width solder side
1 TE (5.08 mm)
Width component side
3 TE
Permissible operating temperature range
0 up to 50 C
Storage temperature
25 C up + 70 C
Weight
m 0.15 kg
Note!
For details regarding the environmental simulation test covering EMC (electro-magnetic compatibility), climate and mechanical
loading see RE 30117-U (declaration regarding environmental compatibility).
UL
t2
17 Output stage
6 Power supply
7 Command value limiter
8 PID-controller
9 Fault recognision
t2 = Ramp time down
= Enable
16 Demodulator
5 Enable circuit
= Operational
17
17
1
x
15
Zx
13
u
i
32a Act. value

0 to 6 V
28c
19
Com. value
0 to + 6 V
12c
12a
18
20c
22c
4ac
2ac
See page 6 for an explanation regarding

the bridges (from X3) as well as the
location of the display and adjustment
elements
16
14
=
11
> 1 12
X1
19 Position transducer
18 Proportional valve
15 Position transducer driver
14 Oscillator
13 Clocked output stage
12 Over-current recognision
Gx = Actual value
t1 = Ramp time up
Gx
11 Summator controller
4 Threshold value switch
Gw
3 Ramp generator
1 Differential amplifier
UL
t1
t2
X8, X9
PID
Zx = Zero point actual value
X3
t1
Gw = Command value attentuator
2,5 A T
Zw
X4
2 Command value summator
10ac
6ac
UL
Zw = Zero point command value
0 V (L0)
UB = 24 V
Call-up voltage (UL)
8ac
9 V 14ac
u/i
X12X14
UL
VT-VRPA1-100
Operating
voltage
20a
+ 9 V 16ac
M0 18ac
Enable
Com.value 3
(differential input): 22a
0 + 10 V 24c
/ 0 to 20 mA
/ 4 to 20 mA
Ref. potential
Com.value 1: 0 to+ 9 V 26c

Com.value 2: 0 to + 6 V 24a
30c
External ramp 32c
Ramp off
28a
or
minimum ramp
X1
RE 30118/11.04
33
5/8
01
34
6/8
Bosch Rexroth AG
VT-VRPA1-100
RE 30118/11.04
Display / adjustment elements

Enable 1)
Permanently ON
X3
X4
Permanently OFF
Externally controlable
Zw
Gw
Ramp
Externally controlable
X3 X4
F1
2,5 A T
X1
t1
t2
X9 X8
t1
x
X14
X12 X13
Gx
t2
w
Zx
VRPA1-100
Command value (differential input)

LED display:
Operational (green)
Enable (yellow)
Potentiometer:
Zw Zero point command value
Gw Command value attenuator
t1
Ramp time up
t2
Ramp time down
Not adjustable via the front planel:
Zx Zero point actual value
Gx Actual value
Measurement sockets:
t1
Ramp time up
t2
Ramp time down
x
Actual value
w
Command value
Measurement zero
Input signal
0 to + 10 V
X14
X12
X9
X8
0 to 20 mA
4 to 20 mA
Ramp time
0.02 to 5 s
0.2 to 50 s
= Bridge fitted
= Bridge open
1)
When replacing amplifier types VT 5003, VT 5004 and

VT 5010, jumper X3 (enable) must be set to permanently
ON.
= Factory pre-set bridges
X13
35
RE 30118/11.04
VT-VRPA1-100
7/8
Unit dimensions (in mm)
t2
w
01
8
t1
x
89
t1
t2
100
3HE (128,4)
Zw
Gw
VRPA1-100
4TE (20)
2
7
165
182
Engineering / maintenance guidelines / additional information

The amplifier card must be configured to match the application; see display/adjustment elements on page 6!
The amplifier card may only be unplugged or plugged when switched off!
For the solenoid connection, plugs fitted with free-wheeling diodes or LED displays must not be used!
Measurements at the card may only be caried out with instruments Ri > 100 k!
Measuring zero (M0) is increased by + 9 V compared to the 0 V operating voltage and is not potentially separated,
i.e. 9 V controlled voltage 0 V operating voltage. Therefore do not connect measuring zero (M0) with the 0 V operating
voltage!
For switching the command values use relays with gold contancts (small voltages, small currents)!
For switching the card relay only use contacts with a load capacity of approx. 40 V, 50 mA!
When using an external control, the control voltage must only have a maximum residual ripple of 10 %!
Always screen command value lines; screen to be connected to the 0 V operating voltage on the card side,
leave other side open (danger of earth loops)!
Recommendation: Also screen solenoid lines!
For solenoid cables of up to 50 m length use cable type LiYCY 1.5 mm2.
For longer lengths please consult us!
The distance to antenna lines, radio sources and radar equipment must be at least 1 m!
Do not lay solenoid and signal lines near power lines!
Because of the loading current of the smoothing capacitor on the card, the pre-fuses must have slow blowing characteristics!
The connection of the inductive position transducer that is marked with the ground symbol must not be connected to ground!
(Precondition for the compatibility with amplifier types VT 5003, VT 5004 and VT 5010)
Attention: When using the differential input, both inputs must always be switched on or off simultaneously!
Note:
Electrical signals generated via control electronics (e.g. actual value) must not be
used for switching safety-relevant machine functions!
(Also see the European Standard Safety requirement for fluid power systems
and components Hydraulics, EN 982)
36
8/8
Bosch Rexroth AG
VT-VRPA1-100
RE 30118/11.04
Preferred types
Type
Material number
VT-VRPA1-100-1X/V0/0
R901009038
R901057058
R901057060
Bosch Rexroth AG
Zum Eisengieer 1
Telefon +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0
Telefax +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58
www.boschrexroth.de

set forth in it, are the exclusive property of Bosch Rexroth AG. Without their
consent it may not be reproduced or given to third parties.
The data specified above only serve to describe the product. No statements
concerning a certain condition or suitability for a certain application can be
derived from our information. The given information does not release the user
from the obligation of own judgement and verification. It must be remembered that our products are subject to a natural process of wear and aging.
37
RE 30117/07.05
Replaces: 02.03
Analogue Amplifiers
1/8
Type VT-VRPA1-50 to VT-VRPA1-52
Series 1X
H6197_d
Table of contents
Contents
Features
Page
Features
Ordering code
Block circuit diagram / pin assignment
Technical data
2-3
4
5-6
Unit dimensions
Indicator / adjustment elements
Engineering / maintenance notes / supplementary information 8
Suitable for controlling pilot operated proportional flow control

valves (throttle valves) with electrical position feedback, types
FE (sizes 16 and 25) and FES (sizes 25 to 63)
In terms of plugs, compatible with amplifier types VT 5011,
VT 5012 and VT 5062 to VT 5066 (depending on valve type
and size)
Power supply unit with raised zero point
Command value signal inputs:
0 to +6 V; 0 to +9 V; 0 to +10 V
0 to 20 mA; 4 to 20 mA (jumpers)
Potentiometer adjustment for zero point and amplitude
attenuation on the front panel
Measuring sockets for ramp time
Enable input and ramp OFF input
Jumpers for changing over the maximum ramp time
0.02 s to 5 s or 0.2 s to 50 s
Jumpers for adjustment to valve type and size
Outputs for command value (0 to +6 V) and actual value
(0 to 6 V)
LED indicator lamp ready for operation
Reverse polarity protection
38
2/8
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT-VRP1-50 to VT-VRP1-52
RE 30117/07.05
Ordering code
VT-VRPA1
Amplifier for proportional valves with electrical
position feedback, analogue, with 1 output stage
1X
*
1X =
Series 10 to 19
(10 to 19: unchanged technical data
and pin assignment)
Amplifier for proportional flow control valves (throttle valves):

Types FE 16, FE 25 and FES 25 (from series 2X each)
= 50
Types FES 32 and FES 40 (from series 3X each)
= 51
Types FES 50 and FES 63 (from series 3X each)
= 52
Suitable card holders:
Type VT 3002-2X/32, see RE 29928
Single card holder without power supply unit
When ordering spares for amplifiers VT 5011, VT 5012

and VT 5062 to VT 5066 for rack installation, a blind plate
4TE/3HE must be ordered separately.
Suitable power supply unit:
Material no.: R900021004

Compact power supply unit 115/230 VAC 24 VDC, 70 VA
Further information:
VT-PPV-1X, see RE 29687
Power supply unit
After the operating voltage was applied, the internal power
supply unit [6] generates a voltage of 9 V as against measuring zero (M0). This is raised by +9 V when measured against
load zero (L0). The voltages of +9 V and 9 V (9 V corresponds to L0) are applied to terminal strip X1 and can be used
externally (e.g. for a command value potentiometer). The max.
load carrying capacity is 25 mA.
When cutting the command value voltage in or out, care must

be taken that always both signal lines are disconnected from or
connected to the input. Before being passed on, all command
values are summated correctly in terms of amount and sign [2].
Offset voltages in the command value branch can be compensated for by means of potentiometer Zw.
External command value potentiometer (for 9V command
value input)
Readiness for operation

The amplifier card is ready for operation, when the following
conditions are fulfilled:
Operating voltage > 20 V
No asymmetry of the internal supply voltages
No cable break of position transducer cables
No short-circuit in solenoid cables
The green LED on the front panel lights up to signal readiness
for operation.
Command value
The command value voltage is provided either directly via the
regulated voltage of +9 V from the power supply unit [6] or via
an external command value potentiometer. The following is
valid for input command value 1: +9 V = +100 %, and for
input command value 2: +6 V = +100 %. The reference point
for command value inputs 1 and 2 is always M0 (18ac). Command value input 3 is a differential input [1] (0 to +10 V). It can
be configured as current input (0 to 20 mA or 4 to 20 mA) by
plugging jumpers. If the command value is provided by external
electronics with another reference potential, the differential
input must be used.
26c
5K
16ac
Input (+9 V
=100 %)
+9 V
18ac
M0
Ramp function
The ramp generator [3] connected downstream generates a
ramp-shaped output signal from a stepped input signal. The
time constants of the output signal (ramp times) can be
adjusted by means of potentiometers t1 (up ramp) and t2
(down ramp) that are accessible on the front panel. The maximum ramp time given refers to a command value step-change
of 100 % and can be approx. 5 s or 50 s depending on the
jumper configuration (X8, X9). If a command value step-change
of less than 100 % is applied to the input of the ramp generator [3], the ramp time shortens accordingly. The current ramp
time can be checked at measuring sockets t1 (up ramp)
and t2 (down ramp).
For details, see Technical data
39
RE 30117/07.05
3/8

Position acquisition
External time potentiometer

30c
32c
500K
Note:
When an external time potentiometer is used, the internal potentiometers for the ramp times must be set to maximum (voltages at measuring sockets t1 and t2 approx. 20 mV). The
maximum ramp time decreases, since the resistance of the external potentiometer is connected in parallel to that of the internal potentiometer (approx. 500 k). In this case, the ramp time
for the up and down ramp cannot be adjusted separately.
By applying a voltage > 10 V to the switching input ramp
OFF or by plugging jumper X4, the ramp time is set to its
minimum value (approx. 15 ms). The switching input then
becomes ineffective. In this case the minimum value is valid for
both directions.
The position transducer electronics consists of an oscillator

[14] with downstream driver [15] for controlling the inductive
position transducer and a demodulator [16] for evaluating the
position transducer signal (actual value). The oscillator frequency is approx. 2.5 kHz. The inductive position transducer must
be connected in a reactance circuit with central pick-off. The
position transducer electronics is matched in the factory. In the
case of very long or capacitive position transducer cables, delays resulting from the signal running time and line attenuation
may require a re-adjustment of the zero point (using potentiometer Zx) and the gain (using potentiometer Gx). The actual
value (corresponds to the position of the valve spool) can be
measured at the measuring socket.
Note:
The actual value signal is output inverted against the
command value. A travel of 100 % corresponds to 6 V at the
actual value measuring socket and connection 32a of terminal
strip X1.
Calculation of the ramp times

Jumper X9 plugged
(ramp time short)
tup =
tdown =
0,1
Ut1
0,1
Ut2
Jumper X8 plugged
(ramp time long)
(in s)
tup =
(in s)
tdown =
1
Ut1
1
Ut2
(in s)
(in s)
Enable input
A signal > 10 V at enable input 20a enables the output stage
and the I-controller (indicated by yellow LED on the front
panel). By plugging jumper X3 they are permanently enabled
independently of the signal at the enable input. The switching
input becomes ineffective.
[ ] = Cross-reference to block circuit diagram on page 4
Ut1; Ut2 voltage at measuring socket t1 or t2 (in V)

Limiter and position controller
The command value voltage is fed from the output of the ramp
generator [3] to potentiometer Gw, which is accessible on
the front panel and acts as attenuator. It can be used to adjust
the maximum flow through the valve. The downstream limiter
[7] limits the command value to +105 % or 5 % (e.g. in the
case of an excessively high command value voltage or maladjustment of the potentiometers for zero point Zw and basic
value Gw) in order to prevent the valve spool from hitting the
mechanical end positions. The output signal of the limiter [7] is
the position command value and is fed to the PID-controllers
[8] and, via output stage [17], to measuring socket w on the
front panel of the card as well as to connection 28c on terminal strip X1 (command value after ramp and limiter). A voltage
of +6 V at command value measuring socket w corresponds
to a command value of +100 %. The PID-controllers are optimised to the individual valves. Before the card is installed, the
plug-in jumpers X2 have to be plugged at the position provided for the valve type to be controlled (see also tags at the
back of the printed circuit board). The controllers compare the
position command values and actual position values; in the
case of a difference, a corresponding control variable is output. The downstream summator [11] adds to the control output
a square-wave voltage generated by the dither generator [10];
the resulting signal is passed on to the current output stage
[13], whose output signal controls the proportional solenoid of
the throttle valve.
Note!
A command value preselection of 0V does not mean orifice in
seated position. At an actual value of 0 V the orifice spool is
in a positive overlap position. A command value of 0 V results
in an actual value of 0 V. Depending on the pressure differential, a certain amount of leak-oil flows at any time. If no enable
signal is applied or the output stage is blocked due to a failure,
the orifice spool moves onto the seat and provides a leak-free
closure.
In the seated position, the measurable actual value is > +0.5 V
(depending on valve type)
01
X1
20a
= Ramp time up
= Ramp time down
= Enable
= Command value zero point

= Command value attenuator
= Actual value zero point
= Actual value
= Readiness for operation
10ac
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2,5 A T
UL
X3
t1
t2
t2
X8, X9
Gw
Differential amplifier
Command value summator
Ramp generator
Trigger
Enable circuit
Power supply unit
Command value limiter
PID-controller
UL
t1
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Gx
5 6
3 4
1 2
X2
Fault detector
Dither generator
Summator, controller
Overcurrent detector
Oscillator
Position transducer driver
Demodulator
PID
PID
PID
17
17
Zx
Output stage
Proportional valve
Position transducer
15
13
2
1
18
19
32a
Actual value
0 to 6 V
28c Command value

0 to +6 V
12a
12c
20c
22c
4ac
2ac
For explanations regarding jumpers (from

X2) as well as position of the indicator
and adjustment elements, see page 7
17
18
19
16
14
=
11
> 1 12
X1
t1
t2
Zw
Gw
Zx
Gx
0 V (L0)
6ac
X4
UL
Hydraulics
Operating
voltage
UO = 24 V
Call-up voltage (UL) 8ac
16ac
+9 V
M0 18ac
9 V 14ac
Enable
Zw
UL
10
Bosch Rexroth AG
Command value 3
X12X14
(differential input): 22a
u/i
0 to +10 V / 0 to 20 mA / 24c
u
4 to 20 mA
1
Reference potential
26c
Command value 1: 0 to +9 V
Command value 2: 0 to +6 V 24a
30c
Ramp external 32c
Ramp off
or 28a
minimum ramp
4/8
40
RE 30117/07.05
41
RE 30117/07.05
5/8
Operating voltage
UO 24 VDC +40 % 5 %
Operating range:
Upper limit value
UO(t)max 35 V
Lower limit value
UO(t)min 22 V
Power consumption
PS < 30 W
Current consumption
I < 1.3 A
Fuse
IF 2.5 A T
Inputs:
Command value 1
Ui 0 V to +9 V (reference potential is M0)
Command value 2
Ui 0 V to +6 V (reference potential is M0)
Ui 0 V to +10 V
or
Ii 0 mA to 20 mA (Ri = 100 )
or
Ii 4 mA to 20 mA (Ri = 100 )
Enable
active
UE > 10 V
not active
UE < 9 V
External ramp deactivation

without ramp
UR > 10 V
with ramp
UR < 9 V
Adjustment ranges:
Zero point Zw
5 % to max. +30 %
Command value attenuator Gw
0 % to 105 %
Ramp time up
short (jumper X9 plugged)
long (jumper X8 plugged)
tup 1 < 20 ms to 5 s 20 % (Ut1: 0.02 V

= ca. 5 s; 5 V ca. 20 ms)
tup 2 < 0.2 s to 50 s 20 % (Ut1: 0.02 V

= ca. 50 s; 5 V = ca. 0.2 s)
Ramp time down

short (jumper X9 plugged)
long (jumper X8 plugged)
tdown 1 < 20 ms to 5 s 20 % (Ut2: 0.02 V

= ca. 5 s; 5 V = ca. 20 ms)
tdown 2 < 0.2 s to 50 s 20 % (Ut2: 0.02 V

= ca. 50 s; 5 V = ca. 0.2 s)
Outputs:
Output stage
solenoid current / resistance
biasing current VT-VRPA1-50, VT-VRPA1-52
VT-VRPA1-51
Imax 1.2 A 10 % / R(20) = 12.7

IV 550 mA
IV 400 mA
clock-pulse frequency
f freely clocking (ca. 1.5 kHz)
superimposed dither frequency
f 300 Hz 10 %
Driver for inductive position transducer

oscillator frequency
Regulated voltage
f 2.5 kHz 10 %
U 9 V 1 % (with raised zero point); 25 mA externally loadable
Measuring sockets
command value w
Uw 0 V to +6 V (Ri = 1 k)
actual value x
Ux 0 V to 6 V (Ri = 1 k)
up ramp t1
Ut1 0.02 V to ca. 5 V (cf. adjustment ranges)
down ramp t2
Ut2 0.02 V to ca. 5 V (cf. adjustment ranges)
01
42
6/8
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
RE 30117/07.05
Type of connection
32-pin male connector, DIN 41612, form D
Card dimensions
Euro-card 100 x 160 mm, DIN 41494
Front panel dimensions:

Height
3 HE (128.4 mm)
Width soldering side
1 TE (5.08 mm)
3 TE
0 to 50 C
Storage temperature range
25 C to +70 C
Weight
m 0.15 kg
Note!
For details regarding environment simulation test in the field of
EMC (electromagnetic compatibility), climate and mechanical stress,
see RE 30117-U (declaration on environmental compatibility).
Unit dimensions (Dimensions in mm)
t2
w
t1
x
89
t1
t2
100
3HE (128,4)
Zw
Gw
VRPA1-50
4TE (20)
2
7
165
182
43
RE 30117/07.05
7/8

Enable 1)
X3
Ramp
X4
Permanent ON
Permanent OFF (min)
Ext. controllable
Ext. controllable
X2
1
3
5
2
4
6
Zw
Gw
X3 X4
F1
2,5 A T
X1
t1
t2
X9 X8
t1
x
t2
w
X14
X12 X13
Gx
Zx
VRPA1-50
Command value (Differential input)
LED indicator lamps:

Readiness for operation (green)
Enable (yellow)
Potentiometers:
Zw
Command value zero point
Gw
Command value attenuator
t1
Ramp time up
t2
Ramp time down
Cannot be adjusted from front panel:

Zx
Actual value zero point
Gx
Actual value
Measuring sockets:
t1
Ramp time up
t2
Ramp time down
Actual value
Command value
Measuring zero
1)
In the case of spares for amplifier types VT 5011 and VT 5012,

jumper X3 (enable) must be plugged to permanently ON.
Input signal
X14
X12
X13
0 to +10 V
0 to 20 mA
4 to 20 mA
Selection of valve type

Valve type
X2
1-2
3-4
5-6
FE16; series 2X
FE25; series 2X
FES25; series 2X und 3X
1-2
3-4
5-6
FES32; series 3X
FES40; series 3X
With VT-VRPA1-52
1-2
3-4
5-6
FES50; series 3X
FES63; series 3X
With VT-VRPA1-50
With VT-VRPA1-51
Ramp time
X9
X8
0,02 s to 5s
0,2 s to 50 s
Jumper plugged
Jumper open
Factory setting of jumpers
01
44
8/8
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
RE 30117/07.05
Engineering / maintenance notes / supplementary information

The amplifier card must be configured according to the relevant application; see Indicator / adjustment elements on page 6!
The amplifier card may only be plugged in or withdrawn when disconnected from the power supply!
Do not use connectors with free-wheeling diodes or LED lamps for connecting the solenoids!
Measurements on the cards may only be taken using instruments with Ri > 100 k!
The measuring zero (M0) is raised by +9 V as against the 0 V operating voltage and is not electrically isolated, i.e. 9 V
regulated voltage = 0V operating voltage. The measuring zero (M0) must , therefore, not be connected with the 0 V operating
voltage!
Use relays with gold-plated contracts for passing on command values (small voltages, small currents)!
Only use contacts with a loadability of approx. 40 V, 50 mA for switching relays!
In the case of external controlling, the control voltage may have a maximum residual ripple content of 10 %!
Command value cables must always be shielded; connect the shield to 0V operating voltage on the card side and leave the
other end open (risk of earth loops)!
Recommendation:
Also shield solenoid cables!

For solenoid cables of a length up to 50 m, use cable type LiYCY 1.5 mm2.
In the case of greater lengths, please consult us!
The distance to aerial lines, radio equipment and radar systems must be at least 1 m!
Do not lay solenoid and signal cables near power cables!
Due to the charging current of smoothing capacitors on the card, back-up fuses must be of the slow-blowing type!
The connection of the inductive position transducer identified with the ground symbol must not be connected to the ground!
(Precondition for the compatibility with amplifier types VT 5011, VT 5012 and VT 5062 to VT 5066)
Attention: When using the differential input, both inputs must always be switched on or off simultaneously!
Note:
Electrical signals processed by control electronics (e.g. actual value) must not be used for activating
safety-relevant machine functions! (See also European standard Safety requirements for fluid power systems
and components Hydraulics, EN 982)
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
Zum Eisengieer 1
Telefon +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0
Telefax +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58
www.boschrexroth.de
This document, as well as the data, specications and other

information set forth in it, are the exclusive property of Bosch Rexroth
AG. Without their consent it may not be reproduced or given to third
parties.
The data specied above only serve to describe the product. No
statements concerning a certain condition or suitability for a certain
application can be derived from our information. The information given
does not release the user from the obligation of own judgment and
verication. It must be remembered that our products are subject to a
natural process of wear and aging.
45

for 4/3 proportional
directional valves of type 4WRE
RE 30119/07.05
Replaces: 06.03
1/10
Type VT-VRPA2-.-1X/
Series 1X
H6641
Table of contents
Contents
Features
Page
Features
Ordering code
Function
4 and 5
Technical data
6 and 7
8 and 9
Unit dimensions
10
Suitable for controlling direct operated 4/3 proportional directional valves with electrical position feedback, type 4WRE,
sizes 6 und 10, component series 2X
Designed as printed circuit board in Euro-format
100 x 160 mm and suitable for installation in a rack
Command value inputs:
Differential input 10 V
Four callable command value inputs 10 V
Current input 4 to 20 mA
Inversion of the internal command value signal via 24V input or
by means of jumpers
Selection of ramp time through quadrant recognition (24V
input) or ramp time call-ups (24V inputs) (option T5)
Changeover of the ramp time range by means of jumpers
Characteristic curve correction by means of separately
adjustable jump heights and maximum values
Enable input
Output signal ready for operation
Measuring sockets that can be switched over (option T5)
Reverse polarity protection for voltage supply
Power supply unit with DC/DC converter without raised zero
point
46
2/10
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT-VRPA2-.-1X/
RE 30119/07.05
Ordering code
VT-VRPA2
1X V0
*
Further details in clear text 2)
Analogue amplifier in Euro-card format

For controlling 4WRE 6-2X valves 1)
For controlling 4WRE 10-2X valves 1)
=1
=2
Series 10 to 19
(10 to 19: unchanged technical data and pin assignment)
1)
Note:
Suitable only for 4/3 proportional directional valves
2)
Additional functions e.g. output stage monitoring, actual

value monitoring or ramp-ready signal on enquiry
T1 =
T5 =
= 1X

19 rack types VT 19101, VT 19102, VT 19103 and VT 19110
(see RE 29768)
Enclosed card holder type VT 12302 (see RE 30103) with use
of a blind plate 4TE/3HE (material no. R900021004)
Open card holder type VT 3002-2X/48 (see RE 29928)
Only for installation in control cabinet!
Compact power supply unit 115/230 VAC 24 VDC, 108 W
Test equipment:
Type VT-PPV-1X see RE 29687
With one ramp time

With five ramp times
Basic version
47
RE 30119/07.05
VT-VRPA2-.-1X/
3/10
Function
Power supply unit [1]
Enable function [8]
The amplifier card is provided with a power supply unit with

making-current limiter. It supplies all the internally required positive and negative voltages. The making-current limiter prevents
high making-current peaks caused by smoothing capacitors in
the current output stage.
The enable function enables the current output stages and

passes the internal command value signal on to the ramp generator. The enable signal is indicated by an LED on the front
panel. When the enable is cut in, the internal command value
changes (with any preselected command value) according to
the set ramp time. This ensures that a controlled valve does not
open abruptly.
Command value preselection

The internal command value signal is generated from the sum
(summation [6]) of the external command value signal applied
to differential input [2] and current input [3], called signal [4]
and zero point offset [5] (zero point potentiometer Zw).
The following is valid:
Normalized
value
Current
input
Differential Comm. value Direction

input
meas. socket of flow
100 %
4 mA
10 V
10 V
0%
12 mA
0V
0V
100 %
20 mA
10 V
10 V
0%
< 1 mA **
P to B,
A to T
P to A,
B to T
0V
**If the current input is not activated or in the case of a cable

break of the command value cable, the resulting internal
command value signal is 0 %.
There is no changeover between current and voltage inputs.
The inputs are permanently available (see terminal assignment).
Ramp generator [9]

The ramp generator limits the gradient of the control variable.
The downstream step functions and amplitude attenuators do
not extend or shorten the ramp time.
Jumper J2 can be used to set the ramp time to minimum
(< 2 ms) (ramp off).
External ramp time adjustment
The ramp time set internally can be extended using an external potentiometer. The setting can be checked with the help of
the measuring socket. In the case of a cable break, the internal
presetting will be used automatically.
Characteristic curve generator [11]
The adjustable characteristic curve generator can be used to
adjust the step-change height and maximum values separately
for positive and negative signals in accordance with the
hydraulic requirements. The actual curve shape through the
zero point is not step-like, but linear.
Amplitude limiter [12]
Command value call-ups [4]

Four command value signals, w1 to w4, can be called up.
External command value voltages (command values 1 to 4) are
fed forward either directly through regulated voltage outputs
+10 V and 10 V or via external potentiometers. If the
command value inputs are connected directly to the regulated
voltages, the command values can be adjusted using potentiometers w1 to w4. If external potentiometers are used, the
internal potentiometers act as attenuators or limiters.
Only one call-up is possible at a time. If several call-ups are
activated simultaneously, call-up 1 has lowest priority, call-up
4 highest priority.
The active call-up is signalled by a yellow LED on the front
panel.
Command value inversion [7]
The command value that was generated internally from input
signals, command value call-ups and the -zero point offset signal can be inverted with the help of an external signal or jumper
J1. The application of an external inversion signal is signalled
by an LED (1) on the front panel.
The internal command value is limited to approx. 110 % of the

nominal range.
Oscillator [14]
The oscillator generates the control signal for the inductive
position transducer.
Demodulator [15]
The demodulator generates the actual value signal of the
valve spool position from the position transducer signal.
100 % 10 V
Position controller [17]
The position controller is optimised to the individual valve.
Current output stage [18]
The current output stage generates the clocked solenoid current for the proportional valve. The solenoid current is limited to
2.5 A to 2.8 A per output. The current output stage outputs are
short-circuit-proof. In the case of an internal fault signal or
missing enable, the output stages are deactivated.
Fault detection [19]
The position transducer cable is monitored for cable break and
short-circuit on the primary side, and the output stages for
excessive current.
[ ] = Cross-reference to the block circuit diagram on page 4
01
0V
b18
z24
z26
z28
L0
w3
w2
w1
DC
J1 -1
ok
J4
S+
Gw-
t1
S-
t3
t2
J2, J3
t
t4
11
Gx
15
Zx
&
19
16
UL
18 Current output stage

19 Fault detection
15 Demodulator
13 Command value output

14 Oscillator
ok
-1
+1
17 Valve spool position controller
16 Actual value output
Fault recognition
Enable
12
14
ok
12 Amplitude limiter
11 Char. curve generator
+15V
+7,5 V
+5V
M0
5 V
7,5V
15 V
Gw+
DC 1
Zw 5
max t
Controller
z20
b28
b26
b30
b32
d22
d20
d32
z10
z14
z16
z12
z18
z6
z8
z2
z4
System ground
M0
Measuring signal
Ramp time
10 V / 25 mA
+10 V / 25 mA
Ready for operation
Reserved
Actual value
Reserved
Reserved
internal command value
VT-VRPA2-.-1X/
7 Command value inversion

3 Current input
8 Enable function
4 Comm. value selection logic 9 Ramp generator
5 Zero point adjustment
100 F
UL
Enable
1 Power supply unit

2 Differential input
w4
U
18
z22
d30
d26
Hydraulics
Operating 24 V
z32
voltage
z30
b10
d18
d2
1
d4
2
d6
3
d8
4
b2
b4
b6
b8
17
Solenoid b Solenoid a Inductive position transducer
Inversion
Enable
Command
value
call-ups
Comm. value 1
Comm. value 2
Comm. value 3
Comm. value 4
Comm. value 6
4-20 mA
b14
+
b16
b22
+
b24
d24
d28
UP/DOWN
13
Bosch Rexroth AG
Comm. value 5
10 V
Ramp time
external
+15 V
d10
d12
d14
d16
b12
b20
4/10
48
RE 30119/07.05
Block circuit diagram / pin assignment: VT-VRPA2-.-1X/V0/T1
b14
+
b16
b22
+
b24
d24
d28
0V
z30
b10
d18
Reserved
100 F
UL
Enable
DC 1
Zw 5
DC
J1 -1
6
ok
J4
S+
Gx
15
Zx
ABCD
20
&
19
16
0123456789ABCDE F
Measuring points
Fault recognition
Enable
12
20 Measuring point changeover
19 Fault recognition
14 Oscillator
UL
z20
b28
b26
b30
b32
d22
d20
d32
z10
z14
z16
z12
z18
z6
z8
z2
z4
z22
d30
d26
System ground
M0
Measuring signal
10 V / 25 mA
+10 V / 25 mA
Ready for operation
Reserved
Actual value
Reserved
Reserved
internal command value
15 Demodulator

13 Command value output
ok
-1
+1
U
18
17 Valve spool position controller
11
14
ok
Controller
17
t
t4
16 Actual value output
S-
t3
t2
J2, J3
11 Char. curve generator
Gw-
t1
max t
+15V
+7,5 V
+5V
M0
5 V
7,5V
15 V
Gw+
10 Ramp time selection logic
w1
t5
w2
t4
8 Enable function
9 Ramp generator
t3
3 Current input
4 Comm. value selection logic
L0
w3
t2

w4
t1
10
4Q
EF 0
1 Power supply unit

b18
z24
z26
z28
Operating 24 V
z32
voltage
Inversion
Enable
Command
value callups
d2
1
d4
2
d6
3
d8
4
Comm. value 1 b2
Comm. value 2 b4
Comm. value 3 b6
Comm. value 4 b8
Comm value 6
4-20 mA
Comm value 5
10 V
Ramp time
external
Ramp callups
d10
1
d12
2
d14
3
d16
4
+15 V
13
Solenoid b Solenoid a Inductive position transducer
34
12 5
b12
Reserved
Quadrant operation b20
VT-VRPA2-.-1X/
6789
RE 30119/07.05
49
5/10
Block circuit diagram / pin assignment: VT-VRPA2-.-1X/V0/T5
01
50
6/10
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT-VRPA2-.-1X/
RE 30119/07.05
Operating voltage
UO 24 VDC +40 % 20 %
Operating range:
Upper limit value
uO(t)max 35 V
Lower limit value
uO(t)min 18 V
Power consumption
PS < 24 VA
Current consumption
I <2A
Fuse
Is 2 A medium time lag, can be replaced
Inputs:
Analogue
Command values 1 to 4 (potentiometer inputs)
Ui 0 to 10 V; Ri > 100 k (reference is M0)
Ui 0 to 10 V; Ri > 50 k
Command value 6 (current input)

Ramp time external
Ii 4 to 20 mA; load Rl = 100

Ui 0 to +10 V; Ri = 10 k (internally raised to +15 V; reference is M0)
Digital
Command value call-ups
U 8.5 V to UO call-up activated; Ri > 100 k

U 0 to 6.5 V no call-up; Ri > 100 k
Ramp call-ups
U 8.5 V to UO call-up activated; Ri > 100 k

U 0 to 6.5 V no call-up; Ri > 100 k
Quadrant recognition
U 8.5 V to UO ON; Ri > 100 k

U 0 to 6.5 V OFF; Ri > 100 k
Command value inversion
U 8.5 V to UO ON; Ri > 100 k

U 0 to 6.5 V OFF; Ri > 100 k
Enable
U 8.5 V to UO ON; Ri > 100 k

U 0 to 6.5 V OFF; Ri > 100 k
Adjustment ranges:
Zero balancing (potentiometer Zw)
30 %
Command value (potentiometers w1 to w4)
0 to 110 %
Ramp times (potentiometers t1 to t5)
20 ms to 5 s; can be changed over, 0.2 to 50 s
Step-change height (potentiometers S+ and S)
0 % to 50 %
Amplitude attenuator (potentiometers G+ and G)
0 % to 110 % (valid for setting of step-change height to 0 %)
51
RE 30119/07.05
VT-VRPA2-.-1X/
7/10
Outputs:
Command value signal
U 10 V 2 %; Imax = 2 mA
Actual value signal
U 10 V 2 %; Imax = 2 mA
Measuring point signal (option 5)
U 10 V 2 %; Imax = 2 mA
Ready for operation
U > 16 V; 50 mA (in case of fault: U < 1 V; Ri = 10 k)
Regulated voltages
U 10 V 2 %; 25 mA; short-circuit-proof
Current output stages

Oscillator
I 0 to 2.5 A; short-circuit-proof; clocked ca. 5 kHz

U 5 VSS per output; 10 mA
F 5.6 kHz 10 %
Measuring sockets
U 10 V 2 %; Imax = 2 mA
Type of connection
48-pin male connector, DIN 41612, form F
Card dimensions

Height
3 HE (128.4 mm)
1 TE (5.08 mm)
3 TE
0 to +50 C
25 C to +85 C
Weight
m 0.17 kg (net)
Note:
For details regarding environment simulation tests in the field of EMC (electromagnetic compatibility), climate and mechanical
stress, see RE 30119-U (declaration on environmental compatibility).
01
52
8/10
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT-VRPA2-.-1X/
RE 30119/07.05

VT-VRPA2-.-1X/V0/T1
J3
J4
Ramp time
0.2 to 50 s
OFF
ON
0.02 to 5 s
-1
Step function
Gw+ S+ Gw- S-
No function!
Reserve
J6
J4
Do not change!
(Ramp time symmetry)
Zw
w1
w2
w3
w4
J3
J1
J2
J5
Zx
Gx
J7
w
t
VRPA2
Do not change!
(Internal reference voltage)
J2
LED lamps:
Ready for operation (green) Measuring sockets:
Measuring signal
x, w, t
Enable (yellow)
1 External inversion
No function!
Reserved for special functions
Ramp function
OFF
ON
Measuring zero
J1
Inversion
Inverting
Not inverting
Jumper plugged
Jumper open
Potentiometers (some with LED lamps):

Zw Zero point balancing
Can be adjusted on the printed-circuit board:
w1
Command value 1
Gw+ Amplitude attenuator for positive command values
w2
Command value 2
Gw
Amplitude attenuator for negative command values
w3
Command value 3
S+
Step-change height for positive direction
w4
Command value 4
Step-change height for negative direction
Ramp time
If you change sealed potentiometer settings, the warranty

will become void!
53
RE 30119/07.05
VT-VRPA2-.-1X/
9/10

VT-VRPA2-.-1X/V0/T5
J3
J4
Ramp time
Step function
OFF
ON
0.2 to 50 s
0.02 to 5 s
No function!
Reserve
-1 4Q T
Gw+ S+ Gw- S-
F 01
23
789A
456
BC DE
J4
Do not change!
Zw
w1
w2
w3
w4
t1
t2
t3
t4
t5
v0
vF
w
v
J6
01
J3
J1
J2
J5
Zx
Gx
J7
Measuring
point selector
switch
VRPA2
Do not change!
J2
No function!
Reserved for special functions
Ramp function
OFF
ON
J1
Inversion
Inverting
No inverting
Measuring sockets:
LED lamps:
Ready for operation (green)
x, w, v
Measuring signal
Enable (yellow)
Measuring zero
Jumper plugged
1 External inversion
Jumper open
4Q Quadrant recognition
T Reserved

Zw Zero point balancing
Can be adjusted on the printed-circuit board:
w1 Command value 1
w2 Command value 2
Gw
w3 Command value 3
S+
w4 Command value 4
t1
Ramp time 1
t2
Ramp time 2
t3
Ramp time 3
t4
Ramp time 4
t5
Ramp time 5
If you change sealed potentiometer settings,

the warranty will become void!
54
10/10
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT-VRPA2-.-1X/
RE 30119/07.05
-1
89
100
3HE (128,4)
Zw
w1
w2
w3
w4
w
t
VRPA2
4TE (20)
2
7
165
182

For further information, see Product description and commissioning instructions VT-VRPA2-.-1X/ (RE 30119-B).
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
Zum Eisengieer 1
Telefon +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0
Telefax +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58
www.boschrexroth.de

set forth in it, are the exclusive property of Bosch Rexroth AG. It may not
be reproduced or given to third parties without its consent.
can be derived from our information. The information given does not
release the user from the obligation of own judgment and verification. It
must be remembered that our products are subject to a natural process of
wear and aging.
55
Industrial
Hydraulics
Electric Drives
and Controls
Linear Motion and

Assembly Technologies
Service
Automation
Pneumatics
Mobile
Hydraulics
RE 30 048/11.02
Electric amplifiers
Type VT-VRPA2
Series 1X
01
Type VT-VRPA2
List of contents
Contents
Features
Ordering data
Preferred types
Front panel
Block diagram
Technical data
Additional information
Device dimensions
Features
Page
1
2
2
2
3
4
5
6
Suitable for actuating directly operated servo solenoid valves

(type 4WRP, series 1X)
Analog amplifiers in Eurocard format for installation
in 19 rack
Ramp generator can be deactivated
Deadband compensation
Enabling input
Inputs and outputs (partially) short-circuit-proof
Adjustment possibilities
Valve zero
Sensitivity
Ramp times
Test box type VT-PE-TB1, see RE 30 063
Test adapter type VT-PA-3, see RE 30 070
2002
by Bosch Rexroth AG, Industrial Hydraulics, D-97813 Lohr am Main
All rights reserved. This work may not be reproduced, stored, edited, copied or circulated in whole or in part,
by electronic means or otherwise, without the prior written consent of Bosch Rexroth AG. Violations will result in liability for damages.
This work has been compiled with the greatest care, and all the information therein has been checked to ensure correctness.
We must reserve the right to make changes on the grounds of continual product development. No liability can be accepted for incomplete
or inaccurate information.
VT-VRPA2
1/6
RE 30 048/11.02
56
Ordering data
VTHydraulic component
feedback
RTP =
=R
Valve type
Servo solenoid valve
=P
V0 =
Actuation
Analog
=A
1X =
Output stage
Two output stages per valve
=2
527 =
537 =
Option
Ramp function
manually adjustable
Customer version
Catalogue version
Series
Series 10 to 19
Serial numbers for types
NG 6
NG 10
Preferred types (available at short notice)

Material no.
Type VT-VRPA2
For valve types
0 811 405 119

0 811 405 120
VT-VRPA2-527-10/V0/RTP
VT-VRPA2-537-10/V0/RTP
4WRP 6 1X
4WRP 10 1X
Front panel
RE 30 048/11.02
2/6
VT-VRPA2
57
Block diagram with terminal assignment
01
VT-VRPA2
3/6
RE 30 048/11.02
58
Technical data (For device applications beyond the stated values, please consult us!)
P.C.B. format
Plug connector
Ambient temperature
Weight m
Power supply
UB to b16/b18 and b2/b4
Smoothing capacitor, separately to

b28/b30 b2/b4
Valve solenoid A/VA max.
Current rating
Power consumption (typical)

Input signal (setpoint)
Signal source
Actual-value feedback
0 811 405 119
0 811 405 120
Output stage enable
Ramp OFF
Solenoid output
Length of amplifier to valve cables
Special features
LED displays
(100 x 160 x approx. 35) mm (W x L x H)

DIN 41 612 F 32
0 C +70 C, storage temperature min. 20 C; max. +70 C
0.25 kg
24 V DC nominal,
Battery voltage 2140 V,
Rectified AC voltage Ueff = 2128 V
(single-phase, full-wave rectification)
4,700 F/63 V DC, only required if UB ripple >10 %
2.7/25 (NG 6)
3.7/50 (NG 10)
1.5 A
2.5 A
The current rating can rise at min. UB
and long cable length to control solenoid
35 W
60 W
0 10 V supply from b10, z8, z10, z12, z14/b14 cumulative
(Ri = 10 k )
Potentiometer 1 k , +10 V supply from b 32 (50 mA), 10 V from z22 (50 mA)
or external signal source
Oscil. b26
Meas. tap z28*
10.2 Veff / 7.8 kHz
0 10 V DC
10.2 Veff / 7.8 kHz
0 10 V DC
To z16, U = 8.5 40 V, Ri = 100 k, LED (green) on front panel lights up
To b20, U = 8.5 40 V
Potentiometer power supply
Solenoid cable:
up to 20 m 1.5 mm2
20 to 50 m 2.5 mm2
Ramps with quadrant recognition
Deadband compensation in valve centre position
Ramps can be deactivated
1. Zero NPA and NPB
2. Sensitivity QA and QB
3. Ramps for acceleration and deceleration t = 0.05 5 s
Green: Enable ON
Red: UB < UB min. (approx. 21 V)
Yellow: Ramp OFF
Yellow: Feedback signal open circuit
z 22: Open collector output to +UK
max. 100 mA; no fault: +UK
Fault signal
UB too low
15 V stabilization
Note
Connect power zero b 2 and control zero b 12 separately to central ground (neutral point).
* Values for potentiometer in end position (cw) and for zero potentiometer in centre position.
RE 30 048/11.02
4/6
VT-VRPA2
59
Information for using ramps
Ramp ON if b 20 is open.
Ramp OFF if b 20 is linked to b 22 or U = 8.5 ... 40 V at b 20.
Ramp OFF, Enable OFF or Open circuit interrupts a ramp in
progress. There is an abrupt transition to the final signal value.
Quadrant recognition A
Travel through the centre position leaves the direction of motion
of the valve spool unchanged but not that of the cylinder. In
order to ensure that the acceleration values for both directions
of motion remain the same when the valve crosses from one
quadrant to another, the ramp is switched over by the process of
quadrant recognition.
Deadband compensation in valve centre position B

The positive overlap of 20 % of the spool stroke is bypassed by
means of an electronic compensation circuit in the 15 % range
of the spool stroke.
Zero compensation
A low setpoint (UE = 0.3 ... 0.5 V) must be entered for zero compensation, in order to ensure exit from the deadband.
01
A
VT-VRPA2
5/6
RE 30 048/11.02
60
Device dimensions (in mm)
Connector DIN 41 612 F 32
Bosch Rexroth AG
D-97813 Lohr am Main
Zum Eisengieer 1 D-97816 Lohr am Main
Telefon 0 93 52/18-0
Telefax 0 93 52/18-23 58 Telex 6 89 418-0
eMail documentation@boschrexroth.de
RE 30 048/11.02
The information contained herein is intended

to serve purely as a product description.
The information we have provided
cannot be used as evidence of a particular
aspect or of suitability for a particular purpose.
Please note that our products are subject
to the natural processes of ageing and wear.
6/6
VT-VRPA2
61
Industrial
Hydraulics
Electric Drives
and Controls
Linear Motion and

Service
Automation
Pneumatics
Mobile
Hydraulics
RE 30 047/11.02
Electric amplifiers
Type VT-VRPA2
Series 1X
01
Type VT-VRPA2
List of contents
Contents
Features
Ordering data
Preferred types
Front panel
Block diagram
Technical data
Device dimensions
Features
Page
1
2
2
2
3 and 4
5
6
6

(type 4WRP, series 1X)
in 19 rack
Ramp generator can be deactivated
Enabling input
Valve zero
Sensitivity
Ramp times
Inputs and outputs (partially) short-circuit-proof
External voltage-controlled ramp adjustment via differential
inputs
2002
VT-VRPA2
1/6
RE 30 047/11.02
62
Ordering data
feedback
RTS =
=R
Valve type
=P
V0 =
Actuation
Analog
=A
1X =
Output stage
Two output stages per valve
=2
527 =
537 =
Option
Ramp function set
via signal
Customer version
Catalogue version
Series
Series 10 to 19
NG 6
NG 10

Material no.
Type VT-VRPA2
For valve types
0 811 405 137

0 811 405 138
VT-VRPA2-527-10/V0/RTS
VT-VRPA2-537-10/V0/RTS
4WRP 6 P-1X
4WRP 10 P-1X
Front panel
RE 30 047/11.02
2/6
VT-VRPA2
63
01
VT-VRPA2
3/6
RE 30 047/11.02
64
Block diagram with terminal assignment of daughter card

Function range: Ramp generator
Internal/external input 0 ... + 10 V for the ramp time
RE 30 047/11.02
Logic signals
Ramp OFF
Ramp setpoints EXTERNAL
Ramp signal = 0 V
4/6
VT-VRPA2
65
P.C.B. format
Plug connector
Ambient temperature
Weight m
Power supply
UB to b 16/ b 18 and b 2/b 4
Smoothing capacitor, separately to

b 28/b 30 b 2/b 4
Current rating
Solenoid output
b6b8/z2z4
Signal source
0 811 405 137
0 811 405 138
Output stage enable
Ramp internal/external
Ramp OFF
Special features
LED displays

DIN 41 612 F 32
0.25 kg
24 V DC nominal,
4700 F/63 V =, only required if UB ripple >10 %
2.7/25 (NG 6)
3.7/50 (NG 10)
1.5 A
2.5 A
Imax. = 2.7 A
Imax. = 3.7 A
35 W
60 W
0 10 V to either b 10, z 8, z 10, z 12, z 14/b 14 cumulative (Ri = 10 k )
Potentiometer 1 k, +10 V supply from b 32 (50 mA) 10 V from z 22 (50 mA)
Oscil. b 26
Meas. tap z 28*
10.2 Veff / 7.8 kHz
0 10 V DC
10.2 Veff / 7.8 kHz
0 10 V DC
To z 16, U = 8.5 40 V, Ri = 100 k, LED (green) on front panel lights up
To z 24 U = 8.5 40 V DC
External ramp setpoints
To b 20, U = 8.5 40 V
Solenoid cable:
up to 20 m 1.5 mm2
20 to 50 m 2.5 mm2
Position transducer: max. 50 m bei 100 pF/m
Ramps with quadrant recognition
Deadband compensation in valve centre position
Ramps can be deactivated
Ramp setpoints can be input internally (pots.) or externally (voltage)
1. Zero NPA and NPB
2. Sensitivity QA and QB
3. Ramps for acceleration and deceleration t = 0.05 5 sec
4. Changeover of ramp adjustment range
Green: Enable ON
Green: External ramp
Yellow: Ramp OFF
Yellow: Q0 = 0 V
Red:
UB > UB min. (approx. 21 V)
Switching output
Fault 0 V
Fault signal
UB too low
15 V stabilization
Note
* Values for potentiometer in end position (cw) and for zero potentiometer in centre position.
VT-VRPA2
5/6
RE 30 047/11.02
01
66
Information for using ramps
1. Quadrant recognition
Quadrant recognition of the ramps takes place automatically
for positive and negative valve setpoints.
2. Changeover of INTERNAL/EXTERNAL input of ramp setpoints
Changeover is achieved by means of a voltage signal to z 24
in response to an external input
This renders the setting potentiometers ineffective
The EXTERNAL status is indicated by LED.
3. INTERNAL ramp adjustment
Set potentiometers
and
to the desired ramp profile
Precondition: No command to z 24 and/or to b 20.
4. EXTERNAL ramp adjustment
Voltage input to z 14 and z 20 (common reference point z 6)
Max. resolution: 75 mV
Precondition: Command to z 24 and no command to b 20.
5. Ramp time range

Two ramp time ranges can be set (changeover switch on
front panel). These apply to both internal and external
setpoint input.
6. RAMP OFF
Ramp is deactivated by a command to b 20
If a ramp is in progress, there is an abrupt transition to the
final signal value
The Ramp Off status is displayed by LED.
7. Signal UA = 0 V 0
When the ramp output voltage is UA = 0 V, the signal output
z 18 is switched to 24 V
This status is also displayed by an LED
If the ramp function is deactivated, the signal does not occur.
Bosch Rexroth AG
Telefon 0 93 52/18-0
Telefax 0 93 52/18-23 58 Telex 6 89 418-0
RE 30 047/11.02

6/6
VT-VRPA2
67
Industrial
Hydraulics
Electric Drives
and Controls
Linear Motion and

Service
Automation
Pneumatics
Mobile
Hydraulics
RE 30 040/11.02
Electric amplifiers
Type VT-VRRA1
Series 2X
01
Type VT-VRRA1
List of contents
Contents
Features
Ordering data
Preferred types
Front panel
Block diagram
Technical data
Commissioning
Device dimensions
Features
Page
1
2
2
2
3
4
5
6

with non-linear curve (type 4WRPH, series 2X)
in 19 rack
Enabling input
Adjustment possibilities: valve zero
Area ratio adjustment of differential cylinders
Gain in weak signal range
2002
VT-VRRA1
1/6
RE 30 040/11.02
68
Ordering data
feedback
/
Option
=R
Valve type
K40-AGC= Servo solenoid valve with 40 % kink

K60-AGC= Servo solenoid valve with 60 % kink
=R
V0 =
Actuation
Analog
=A
2X =
Customer version
Catalogue version
Series
Series 20 to 29
NG 6
NG 10
527 =
537 =

Material no.
Type VT-VRRA1
For valve types
0 811 405 065

0 811 405 066
0 811 405 067
VT-VRRA1-527-20/V0/K40-AGC
4WRPH 6 P-2X
4WRPH 6 P-2X
4WRPH 10 P-2X
Front panel
see page 5
RE 30 040/11.02
2/6
VT-VRRA1
69
Daughter card
01
VT-VRRA1
3/6
RE 30 040/11.02
70
P.C.B. format
Plug connector
Ambient temperature
Weight m
Power supply
UB to z2 b2
Smoothing capacitor, separately to b 4, z 4

Current rating

Signal source
Output stage enable
Position transducer Supply
Feedback signal
Feedback reference
Solenoid output
b6b8
Length of amplifier to valve
cables
Special features
Adjustment
LED displays
(100 x 160 x approx. 35) mm (B x L x H)

DIN 41 612 F 32
0.25 kg
24 V DC nominal
Battery voltage 2140 V
2.7/40 (NG 6)
3.7/60 (NG 10)
1.7 A
2.7 A
37 W
55 W
b 20: 0 10 V
Difference amplifier
z 20: 0 10 V
(Ri = 100 k)
Potentiometer 10 k, 10 V supply from b 32, z 32 (10 mA)
b 30: 15 V
z 30: +15 V
b 22: 0 10 V, Ri = 20 k
b 24
Clocked current regulator
Imax. = 2.7 A
Imax. = 3.7 A
Solenoid cable:
up to 20 m 1.5 mm2
20 to 60 m 2.5 mm2
Position transducer: 4 x 0.5 mm2 (screened)
Linearization of non-linear flow curve
Zero via trimming potentiometer 5 %
Green: Enable
Red: Undervoltage (UB too low)
Fault signal
UB too low
15 V stabilization
Note
Connect power zero b 2 and control zero b 12, b 14 or z 28 separately to central ground (neutral point).
RE 30 040/11.02
4/6
VT-VRRA1
71
Commissioning
1. The electric and hydraulic zero is set with the zero potentiometer.
In a closed control loop, during this process the contouring
error displayed by the CNC is compensated to 0.
2. Adjustment of differential cylinder
Adjust selector switch S on daughter card
Compensate direction-dependent contouring error at max.
feedrate with step switch K 3 (coarse adjustment) and with
potentiometer P 2 (fine adjustment)
3. Gain is optimized in the weak signal range with potentiometer P 1.
01
Selector switch S
Position depends upon pipework
and signal polarity
VT-VRRA1
5/6
RE 30 040/11.02
72
Bosch Rexroth AG
Telefon 0 93 52/18-0
Telefax 0 93 52/18-23 58 Telex 6 89 418-0
RE 30 040/11.02

6/6
VT-VRRA1
73
Industrial
Hydraulics
Electric Drives
and Controls
Linear Motion and

Service
Automation
Pneumatics
Mobile
Hydraulics
RE 30 046/11.02
Electric amplifiers
Type VT-VRRA1
Series 2X
01
Type VT-VRRA1
List of contents
Contents
Features
Ordering data
Preferred types
Front panel
Block diagram
Technical data
Commissioning
Device dimensions
Features
Page
1
2
2
2
3
4
5
6

with linear curve
(type 4WRPH, series 2X)
in 19 rack
Enabling input
2002
VT-VRRA1
1/6
RE 30 046/11.02
74
Ordering data
feedback
KV-AGC =
=R
Valve type
Option
Function for variable kink
Weak signal gain
Area ratio adjustment
=R
Customer version
Catalogue version
V0 =
Actuation
Analog
=A
Series
Series 20 to 29
2X =

NG 6
NG 10
527 =
537 =

Material no.
Type VT-VRRA1
For valve types
0 811 405 069

0 811 405 070
VT-VRRA1-527-20/V0/KV-AGC
VT-VRRA1-537-20/V0/KV-AGC
4WRPH 6 P-2X
4WRPH 10 P-2X
Front panel
Item
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
RE 30 046/11.02
2/6
Gain
K3
1:1
1.06 : 1
1.15 : 1
1.23 : 1
1.33 : 1
1.44 : 1
1.56 : 1
1.70 : 1
0.733
0.7
0.666
0.633
0.6
0.566
0.533
0.5
Surface area
ratio
1
0.97
0.934
0.9
0.867
0.834
0.8
0.766
1.86 : 1
2.04 : 1
2.23 : 1
2.50 : 1
2.77 : 1
3.12 : 1
3.52 : 1
4:1
VT-VRRA1
75
01
VT-VRRA1
3/6
RE 30 046/11.02
76
P.C.B. format
Plug connector
Ambient temperature
Weight m
Power supply
UB an z2 b2

Current rating

Signal source
Output stage enable
Feedback signal
Feedback reference
Solenoid output
b6b8
Special features
Adjustment
LED displays

DIN 41 612 F 32
0.25 kg
24 V DC nominal,
2.7/40 (NG 6)
3.7/60 (NG 10)
1.7 A
2.7 A
37 W
55 W
b 20: 0 10 V
z 20: 0 10 V
(Ri = 100 k )
Potentiometer 10 k , 10 V supply from b 32, z 32 (10 mA)
To z 16, U = 8.5 40 V, Ri = 100 k , LED (green) on front panel lights up
b 30: 15 V
z 30: +15 V
b 22: 0 10 V, Ri = 20 k
b 24
Imax. = 2.7 A
Imax. = 3.7 A
Solenoid cable:
up to 20 m 1.5 mm2
20 to 60 m 2.5 mm2
Area ratio adjustment of differential cylinders (K3)
Gain in weak signal range (P1)
Variable adjustment of circuit gain in advance range (K1)
Range setting of advance range (K2)
Green: Enable
Red: Undervoltage (UB zu too low)
Fault signal
UB too low
15 V stabilization
Note
RE 30 046/11.02
4/6
VT-VRRA1
77
Commissioning
1. The electric and hydraulic zero is set with the zero
potentiometer.
2. The range of minimal valve modulation is set with rotary
encoding switch K 2.
3. The gain is reduced with rotary encoding switch K 1, so that
the drive is stable in the range of minimal valve modulation.
4. If necessary, perform points 2. and 3. in several steps.

5. The different advance and return speeds (area ratio
adjustment of differential cylinders) are adjusted using
switch S and rotary encoding switch K 3 (see table for
polarity assignments).
6. The gain in the weak signal range is optimized by means
of P 1 (complete elimination of the contouring error).
01
Selector switch S
and signal polarity
VT-VRRA1
5/6
RE 30 046/11.02
78
Bosch Rexroth AG
Telefon 0 93 52/18-0
Telefax 0 93 52/18-23 58 Telex 6 89 418-0
RE 30 046/11.02

6/6
VT-VRRA1
79
Industrial
Hydraulics
Electric Drives
and Controls
Linear Motion and

Service
Automation
Pneumatics
Mobile
Hydraulics
RE 30 042/11.02
Electric amplifiers
Type VT-VRRA1
Series 1X
01
Typ VT-VRRA1
List of contents
Contents
Features
Ordering data
Preferred types
Front panel
Block diagram
Technical data
Device dimensions
Features
Page
1
2
2
2
3
4
5

with non-linear curve
(type 4WRPH...6, series 1X)
Analog amplifiers in Eurocard format for installation in
19 rack
Enabling input
2002
VT-VRRA1
1/6
RE 30 042/11.02
80
Ordering data
feedback
/
Option
No code
Servo solenoid valve with
0 10 V actuation
RV = servo solenoid valve with
+ 3.5 6.5 9.5 V actuation
=R
Valve type
=R
Actuation
Analog
V0 =
Customer version
Catalogue version
=A
1X =
527 =
Series
Series 10 to 19
Servo solenoid valves with AC-Lvdt
NG 6

Material no.
Type VT-VRRA1
For valve types
0 811 405 123

0 811 405 148
VT-VRRA1-527-10/V0
VT-VRRA1-527-10/V0/RV
4WRPH 6 -1X
4WRPH 6 -1X
Front panel
* 0 811 405 148 without
RE 30 042/11.02
2/6
VT-VRRA1
81
01
VT-VRRA1
3/6
RE 30 042/11.02
82
P.C.B. format
Plug connector
Ambient temperature
Weight m
Power supply
UB to b 16/b 18 and b 2/b 4 (0 V)

to b 28/b 30 b 2/b 4
Current rating

0 811 405 148

0 811 405 123
Output stage enable

Special features
LED displays

DIN 41 612 F 32
0.25 kg
24 V DC nominal,
2.7/25 (NG 6)
1.5 A
Max. 35 VA
z 10 UE
z 12: 0 V
z8
b 10
UE = 6.5 3 V
UE = 0 10 V
Oscill. b 26: 10.4 V/8 kHz
Meas. tap z 28: 0 811 405 148
3.5 (6.5 V) 9.5 V
0 811 405 123
10 V (0 V) +10 V
Solenoid cable: up to 20 m 1.5 mm2
20 to 50 m 2.5 mm2
Feedback signal: max. 50 m at 100 pF/m
Green: Enable
Red: UB < UBmin (21 V)
z 26: No fault +24 V/0.1 A
Fault: 0 V
Fault signal
UB too low
Zero adjustment
Fixed
0 811 405 148
Via trimming potentiometer
0 811 405 123
Note
RE 30 042/11.02
4/6
VT-VRRA1
83
01
* Potentiometer only with 0 811 405 123
VT-VRRA1
5/6
RE 30 042/11.02
84
Notes
Bosch Rexroth AG
Telefon 0 93 52/18-0
Telefax 0 93 52/18-23 58 Telex 6 89 418-0
RE 30 042/11.02

6/6
VT-VRRA1
85
Industrial
Hydraulics
Electric Drives
and Controls
Linear Motion and

Service
Automation
Pneumatics
Mobile
Hydraulics
RE 30 049/11.02
Electric amplifiers
Type VT-KRRA2
Series 2X
01
Type VT-KRRA2
List of contents
Contents
Features
Ordering data
Preferred types
Function
Block diagram
Technical data
Device dimensions
Double connector block
Features
Page
1
2
2
2
3
4
5
6

(type 4WRPH, series 2X)
Double card for simultaneous operation of two NG 6/NG 10
servo solenoid valves
Enabling input
2002
VT-KRRA2
1/6
RE 30 049/11.02
86
Ordering data
feedback
=R
2ch =
Valve type
=R
V0 =
Actuation
Analog
=A
2X =
Output stage
Two output stages
=2
527 =
537 =
Option
2-channel version
Customer version
Catalogue version
Series
Series 20 to 29
NG 6
NG 10

Material no.
Type VT-KRRA2
For valve types
0 811 405 083

0 811 405 082
VT-KRRA2-527-20/V0/2ch
VT-KRRA2-537-20/V0
4WRPH 6 L-2X
4WRPH 10 L-2X
Function
Applications
Synchronous running in presses and forming machines,
2-axis control systems in machine tools.
Plug connectors
2 x DIN 41 612, 32-pin for low-power signals (setpoint,
enable, etc.).
Screw-type plug connectors to the valve and for power supply
on front (ST 4, 5 and ST 9, 10) supplied.
Measurement taps
IC sockets on front for checking measurements and for inputting
signals.
RE 30 049/11.02
Displays
For open circuit, enable and undervoltage.
DC voltage regulation (DC/DC converter)
For supplying power to setpoint generators and position
transducers and internal common supply for both channels.
Guide frame
The double connector block 1 834 486 002 (see page 6) is
suitable for this P.C.B.
2/6
VT-KRRA2
87
01
VT-KRRA2
3/6
RE 30 049/11.02
88
P.C.B. format
Plug connector
Signals
Valve and supply
Ambient temperature
Power supply UB to
ST 4 and ST 9
Undervoltage UB < 18 V
Current rating
VT-KRRA2-527
of P.C.B.
VT-KRRA2-537
Power consumption
of solenoid
Smoothing capacitor
Setpoint to a20/c20
Signal source
Output stage enable
Position transducer
at ST 5 and ST 10
VT-KRRA2-527
VT-KRRA2-537
Supply
Supply
Signal
Reference voltage for

external electronics
Solenoid current
VT-KRRA2-527
VT-KRRA2-537
Open circuit
fault signal a22
Amplifier to valve cables
(233.4 x 160 x 30) mm (W x L x H), Europe double format

DIN 41 612, type D (ac)
Screw-type plug connector
on front
0 C ... +70 C
Storage temperature min. 20 C; max. +70 C
24 V DC nominal,
Battery voltage: 21 ... 40 V,
Rectified AC voltage Ueff = 21 ... 28 V
LED (red) on front lights up
1.5 A max. per valve, the current rating can increase to 2.5 A at min.
UB and long cable length
2.7 A max. per valve, the current rating can increase to 3.5 A at min.
UB and long cable length
Max. 35 VA, nominal, per valve
Max. 50 VA, nominal, per valve
4,700 F/63 V DC required if UB > ripple 10 %
0 ... 10 V; Ri = 100 k (difference amplifier), overload capacity < 20 V
External electronic control system, reference 10 V from b 32, z 32
To a16 U = 8.5 ... 40 V; Ri = 100 k, LED (green) on front lights up
Terminal 4: 15 V/200 mA, short-circuit-proof
Terminal 3: +15 V/200 mA, short-circuit-proof
Terminal 1: 0 ... 10 V; RL 10 k
c32: 10 V/10 mA, short-circuit-proof
a32: +10 V/10 mA, short-circuit-proof
Max. 2.9 A
Max. 3.7 A
Fault: 0 V, no fault: 24 V, max. 100 mA
: LED (yellow) on front lights up
Solenoid cable:
0 ... 20 mm 1.5 mm2
0 ... 50 mm 2.5 mm2
Note
Power zero and control zero c14/c12 must be bridged. If their distance to the power supply is < 1 m, connect directly to DIN plug at c2/c4.
Where greater distances are involved, connect control system separately to ground. Connect power supply to connectors ST 4 and ST 9.
Adjustment
Zero adjustment via trimming potentiometer.
RE 30 049/11.02
4/6
VT-KRRA2
89
Commissioning
01
VT-KRRA2
5/6
RE 30 049/11.02
90
Double connector block

DIN 41 612-D32 (ac)
Screw terminals
Application
For P.C.B.s in Europe double format,
with 2 x connector strips
Bosch Rexroth AG
Telefon 0 93 52/18-0
Telefax 0 93 52/18-23 58 Telex 6 89 418-0
RE 30 049/11.02
[kg]
0.5
Material no.
1 834 486 002

6/6
VT-KRRA2
91
Industrial
Hydraulics
Electric Drives
and Controls
Linear Motion and

Service
Automation
Pneumatics
Mobile
Hydraulics
RE 30 045/11.02
Electric amplifiers
Type VT-VRRA1
Series 2X
01
Type VT-VRRA1
List of contents
Contents
Features
Ordering data
Preferred types
Front panel
Block diagram
Technical data
Device dimensions
Features
Page
1
2
2
2
3
4
5
Suitable for actuating pilot operated servo solenoid valves

(type 4WRL, series 3X)
in 19 rack
Enabling input
2002
VT-VRRA1
1/6
RE 30 045/11.02
92
Ordering data
feedback
2STV =
=R
Valve type
=R
Actuation
Analog
V0 =
2X =
=A
527 =
Option
Pilot operated
servo solenoid valve
Customer version
Catalogue version
Series
Series 20 to 29
NG 6

Material no.
Type VT-VRRA1
For valve types
0 811 405 063
VT-VRRA1-527-20/V0/2STV
4WRL M-3X
Front panel
RE 30 045/11.02
2/6
VT-VRRA1
93
01
VT-VRRA1
3/6
RE 30 045/11.02
94
P.C.B. format
Plug connector
Ambient temperature
Weight m
Power supply
UB to z2 b2

Current rating

Signal source
Output stage enable
Pilot stage
Main stage
Feedback signal
Feedback reference
Feedback signal
Feedback reference
Solenoid output
b6b8
Special features
Adjustment
LED displays

DIN 41 612 F 32
0.20 kg
24 V DC nominal
2.7/40 (NG 6)
1.5 A
37 W
b 20: 0 10 V
z 20: 0 10 V
(mi = 100 k)
b 30: 15 V
z 30: +15 V
b 22: 0 10 V, Ri = 20 k
b 24
b 26: 0 10 V, Ri > 20 k
b 28
Imax. = 2.7 A
Solenoid cable:
up to 20 m 1.5 mm2
20 to 60 m 2.5 mm2
Green: Enable
Red:
Undervoltage (UB too low)
Fault signal
UB too low
15 V stabilization
Note
RE 30 045/11.02
4/6
VT-VRRA1
95
01
VT-VRRA1
5/6
RE 30 045/11.02
96
Notes
Bosch Rexroth AG
Telefon 0 93 52/18-0
Telefax 0 93 52/18-23 58 Telex 6 89 418-0
RE 30 045/11.02

6/6
VT-VRRA1
97
Industrial
Hydraulics
Electric Drives
and Controls
Linear Motion and

Service
Automation
Pneumatics
Mobile
Hydraulics
RE 30 043/11.02
Electric amplifiers
Type VT-VRRA1
Series 2X
01
Type VT-VRRA1
List of contents
Contents
Features
Ordering data
Preferred types
Front panel
Block diagram
Technical data
Commissioning
Device dimensions
Features
Page
1
2
2
2
3
4
5
6
Suitable for actuating pilot operated servo solenoid

valves with non-linear curve
(type 4WRL...P, series 3X)
in 19 rack
Enabling input
2002
VT-VRRA1
1/6
RE 30 043/11.02
98
Ordering data
feedback
/
Option
K40-AGC-2STV=
Pilot operated
servo solenoid valve with 40 % kink
=R
Valve type
=R
V0 =
Actuation
Analog
=A
2X =
Customer version
Catalogue version
Series
Series 20 to 29
NG 6 pilot valve
527 =

Material no.
Type VT-VRRA1
For valve types
0 811 405 068
VT-VRRA1-527-20/V0/K40-AGC-2STV
4WRL P-3X
Front panel
see page 5
RE 30 043/11.02
2/6
VT-VRRA1
99
Daughter card
01
VT-VRRA1
3/6
RE 30 043/11.02
100
P.C.B. format
Plug connector
Ambient temperature
Weight m
Power supply
UB to z2 b2

Current rating

Signal source
Output stage enable
Pilot stage
Main stage
Feedback signal
Feedback reference
Feedback signal
Feedback reference
Solenoid output
b6b8
Special features
Adjustment
LED displays

DIN 41 612 F 32
0.25 kg
24 V DC nominal,
2.7/40 (NG 6)
1.7 A
37 W
b 20: 0 10 V
z 20: 0 10 V
(Ri = 100 k )
Potentiometer 10 k , 10 V supply from b 32, z 32 (10 mA)
b 30: 15 V
z 30: +15 V
b 22: 0 10 V, Ri = 20 k
b 24
b 26: 0 10 V, Ri = 20 k
b 28
Imax. = 2.7 A
Solenoid cable:
up to 20 m 1.5 mm2
20 to 60 m 2.5 mm2
Linearization of non-linear flow curve
Green: Enable
Fault signal
UB too low
15 V stabilization
Note
RE 30 043/11.02
4/6
VT-VRRA1
101
Commissioning
1. The electric and hydraulic zero is set with the zero potentiometer.
2. Adjustment of differential cylinder
Adjust selector switch S on daughter card
Compensate direction-dependent contouring error at
max. feedrate with step switch K 3 (coarse adjustment)
and with potentiometer P 2 (fine adjustment)
3. Gain is optimized in the weak signal range with potentiometer P 1.
01
Selector switch S
and signal polarity
VT-VRRA1
5/6
RE 30 043/11.02
102
Bosch Rexroth AG
Telefon 0 93 52/18-0
Telefax 0 93 52/18-23 58 Telex 6 89 418-0
RE 30 043/11.02

6/6
VT-VRRA1
103
Industrial
Hydraulics
Electric Drives
and Controls
Linear Motion and

Service
Automation
Pneumatics
Mobile
Hydraulics
RE 30 044/11.02
Electric amplifiers
Type VT-VRPA1
Series 2X
01
Type VT-VRPA1
List of contents
Contents
Features
Ordering data
Preferred types
Front panel
Block diagram
Technical data
Device dimensions
Features
Page
1
2
2
2
3 and 4
5
6
Suitable for actuating pilot operated servo solenoid

valves (type 4WRL, series 3X)
in 19 rack
Enabling input
Ramp function
External voltage-controlled ramp adjustment via
differential inputs
Ramp function can be deactivated
2002
VT-VRPA1
1/6
RE 30 044/11.02
104
Ordering data
feedback
RTS-2STV =
=R
Valve type
4WRL...M-3X
V0 =
=P
Actuation
Analog
2X =
=A
527 =
Option
Pilot operated
servo solenoid valve
Customer version
Catalogue version
Series
Series 20 to 29

NG 6 pilot valve

Material no.
Type VT-VRPA1
For valve types
0 811 405 073
VT-VRPA1-527-20/V0/RTS-2STV
4WRL M-3X
Front panel
RE 30 044/11.02
2/6
VT-VRPA1
105

Functional diagram of ramp control, see page 4
01
VT-VRPA1
3/6
RE 30 044/11.02
Functions of the ramp daughter card

Three setpoint inputs
UEI differential input
(b 20 = 0 10 V z 20 = 0 V)
UEII relative to control zero (z 10)
UEIII cumulative effect

(z 12)
Choice of internal and external ramp time adjustment via
control input UText. (z 6)
LED display on front panel
Ramp rise time can be adjusted via switch on front panel to
T 0.1 3 s or
T 0.3 10 s
Ramp function activated/deactivated via Ramp off control
input (z 14)
LED display on front panel indicates operating mode
Internal ramp time adjustment via potentiometer on front panel

Accelerate Decelerate
External ramp time adjustment via voltage-controlled differential
inputs UT
Accelerate (b 16) Decelerate (b 18)
Signal output ramp completed at UE = 0 (z 18; open collector
output to +UA)
LED display on front panel
Adjustment: Sensitivity
Qa/Qb limitations in the range 100 50 % Qmax.
Automatic quadrant recognition on transition of valve from one
quadrant to another therefore only one setting potentiometer
or one control voltage for each ramp time input for acceleration
and deceleration.
Block diagram of ramp function

106
RE 30 044/11.02
4/6
VT-VRPA1
107
P.C.B. format
Plug connector
Ambient temperature
Weight m
Power supply
UB to z2 b2

Current rating

Signal source
Output stage enable
Pilot stage
Main stage
Feedback signal
Feedback reference
Feedback signal
Feedback reference
Solenoid output
b6b8
Length of amplifier to
valve cables
Special features
Adjustment
LED displays

DIN 41 612 F 32
0.25 kg
24 V DC nominal
2.7/40 (NG 6)
1.5 A
37 W
b 20: 0 10 V
z 20: 0 10 V
(Ri = 100 k)
or external signal sourc
b 30: 15 V
z 30: +15 V
b 22: 0 10 V, Ri = 20 k
b 24
b 26: 0 10 V, RL > 10 k
b 28
Clocked current regula
Imax. = 2.7 A
Solenoid cable:
up to 20 m 1.5 mm2
20 to 60 m 2.5 mm2
Green: Enable
z 22: Open collector output +UK
Fault signal
UB too low
15 V stabilization
Note
Information for setting ramps
1. Before the Accelerate/Decelerate ramps can be set,
Q = 0 and Qmax. must be compensated.
During this process, the ramp function can be either on or off.
3. Zero compensation: A low setpoint (UE = 0.3 ... 0.5 V) must

be entered for zero compensation, in order to ensure exit from
the deadband.
2. Set Q 0 at 0 V = UE.
Set Qmax. at + 10 V = UE.
4. You can now set the desired ramp profile by changing the
setpoint 0 + UE and + UE 0
Precondition: no command to z14.
VT-VRPA1
5/6
RE 30 044/11.02
01
108
Bosch Rexroth AG
Telefon 0 93 52/18-0
Telefax 0 93 52/18-23 58 Telex 6 89 418-0
RE 30 044/11.02

6/6
VT-VRPA1
109
Industrial
Hydraulics
Electric Drives
and Controls
Linear Motion and

Service
Automation
Pneumatics
Mobile
Hydraulics
RE 30 041/11.03
Replaces: 11.02
Electric amplifier
Types VT-VRRA1 and VT-VRPA1
Series 2X
01
Type VT-VRRA1
List of contents
Contents
Features
Ordering data
Preferred types
Front panel
Block diagram
Technical data
Device dimensions
Features
Page
1
2
2
2
3
4
5

with linear curve
(type 4WRPH...L, series 2X, type 5WRP10...L, series 2X)
in 19 rack
Enabling input
2003
VT-VRRA1; VT-VRPA1
1/6
RE 30 041/11.03
110
Ordering data
feedback
=R
Valve type
p/Q valve
V0 =
=P
=R
Actuation
Analog
2X =
=A
527 =
537 =
Customer version
Catalogue version
Series
Series 20 to 29
NG 6
NG 10

Material no.
Type VT-VR.A1
For valve types
0 811 405 060

0 811 405 061
0 811 405 062
VT-VRRA1-527-20/V0
VT-VRRA1-537-20/V0
VT-VRPA1-537-10/V0
4WRPH 6 L-2X
4WRPH 10 L-2X
5WRP 10 L-2X
Front panel
RE 30 041/11.03
2/6
VT-VRRA1; VT-VRPA1
111
01
VT-VRRA1; VT-VRPA1
3/6
RE 30 041/11.03
112
P.C.B. format
Plug connector
Ambient temperature
Weight m
Power supply
UB to z2 b2

Current rating

Signal source
Output stage enable
Feedback signal
Feedback reference
Solenoid output
b6b8
Special features
Adjustment
LED displays

DIN 41 612 F 32
0.25 kg
24 V DC nominal
2.7/40 (NG 6)
3.7/60 (NG 10)
1.7 A
2.7 A
37 W
55 W
b 20: 0 10 V
z 20: 0 10 V
(Ri = 100 k)
b 30: 15 V
z 30: +15 V
b 22: 0 10 V, Ri = 20 k
b 24
Imax. = 2.7 A
Imax. = 3.7 A
Solenoid cable:
up to 20 m 1.5 mm2
20 to 60 m 2.5 mm2
Green: Enable
Red: Undervoltage (UB zu too low)
Fault signal
UB too low
15 V stabilization
Note
RE 30 041/11.03
4/6
VT-VRRA1; VT-VRPA1
113
Connector DIN 41612 F 32
01
VT-VRRA1; VT-VRPA1
5/6
RE 30 041/11.03
114
Notes
Bosch Rexroth AG
Telefon 0 93 52/18-0
Telefax 0 93 52/18-23 58 Telex 6 89 418-0
RE 30 041/11.03

6/6
VT-VRRA1; VT-VRPA1
115
RE 30109/07.05
Electric amplifiers
for proportional valves
1/6
Type VT-VSPA1
Unit series 1X
List of contents
Features
Features
Analog amplifier in Europe card format for installation

in 19 subrack
Ordering data
Differential input for setpoint voltage 0...+10 V
Preferred types
Ramp generator with separate adjustment for up and down
Front panel
Zero potentiometer
Circuit diagram
Closed-loop-controlled output stage
Technical data
Unit dimensions
LED display:
Voltage supply
On standby
Ramp Off
Solenoid current IM = 0
Contents
Page

116
2/6
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT-VSPA1
RE 30109/07.05
Ordering data
VT
Hydraulic component
For valves without electrical feedback
Valve type
Proportional valve
Actuation
Analog
1X V0
RTP =
=S
=P
V0 =
=A
Output stages
1 output stage
1X =
=1
508 =
525 =
Preferred types
Type
Material Number
For valve types
VTVSPA152510/V0/RTP
0 811 405 079
see valve group A
VTVSPA150810/V0/RTP
0 811 405 081
see valve group B
Valve group A
Valve group B
DBETX...25
DBETX...8
DBE6X...25
DBE6X...8
DRE6X...25
DRE6X...8
DBE10Z...25
DBE10Z...8
DRE10Z...25
DRE10Z...8
2FREX6
2FREX10
3FREX6
3FREX10
4WRBA..EA
RTP
Optional extras
Ramp adjustment
via potentiometer
Customer version
Catalog version
Unit series
0.8 A solenoid
2.5 A solenoid
117
RE 30109/07.05
VT-VSPA1
3/6
Front panel
01
118
4/6
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT-VSPA1
RE 30109/07.05
119
RE 30109/07.05
VT-VSPA1
5/6
Technical data
Specifications
P.C.B. format
Plug connector
Ambient temperature
mm (100 x 160 x approx. 35)/(W x L x H) Europe card format with front panel
with 7 modular spacings
Plug DIN 41612F32
Power supply
24 V DC nominal battery voltage 21...40 V, rectified AC voltage

Current rating
0 811 405 079 max. 1.5 A (NG6)/max. 2.5 A (NG10)

0 811 405 081 max. 1.25 A
Power consumption
0 811 405 079 max. 35 VA (NG6)/max. 60 VA (NG10)

0 811 405 081 max. 30 VA
Setpoint potentiometer
RL 1 k
Supply: b/z 32, +10 V/20 mA
Input signals
b10: +10 V
z10: +10 V
z16: +10 V
z18: Diff. 0 V
Differential
} input
External ramp shut-off
b20: 6...40 V= (nom. 10 V DC)
Ramp monitor signal
z20: 0...10 V
Solenoid: < 20 m 1.5 mm2

Special features

Rapid energizing for fast response times
LED displays
Yellow:
Yellow:
Green:
Red:
Valve response time
50 ms with 100 % signal change
Valve hysteresis
Ramp times
ramp OFF
solenoid current IM = 0
UB ON
UB < UB min
% <4
s 0.05...5
Valve zero, sensitivity, ramp times, dither amplitude
Caution!
Power zero b2 and control zero b12 must be jumpered.
If removing power pack, < 1 m directly to DIN plug.
If removing > 1 m route control zero separately to ground.
Notes for calibrating the P.C.B.s
Zero:
A setpoint UE 300 mV is set as default for calibration.
Sensitivity (max.): A setpoint UE = 10 V is set as default for calibration.
Notes on the use of ramps
Ramp UP (accelerate) and ramp DOWN (decelerate) are each set
by a trimming potentiometer.
Ramp ON, if b20 open. Ramp OFF, if b20 U > 6 V, e.g. 10 V from b22.
Ramp OFF interrupts a ramp in progress.
There is an abrupt transition to the final signal value.
01
120
6/6
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT-VSPA1
RE 30109/07.05
Plug to DIN 41612F32
Amplitude
Dither
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
Zum Eisengieer 1
Telefon +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0
Telefax +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58
www.boschrexroth.de

aging.
121
RE 30111/09.05
Replaces: 02.03
Electrical amplifiers
1/12
Type VT-VSPA1-1 and VT-VSPA1K-1
Component series 1X
H5897_d
Table of contents
Contents
Features
Page
Features
Ordering code
2 and 3
Suitable for controlling all direct and pilot operated proportional pressure control valves without electrical position feedback
and only one solenoid as actuator that are available at the time
of publication of this data sheet
Block circuit diagram / pin assignment VT-VSPA1-1
Differential input, can be switched between voltage and current input
Block circuit diagram / pin assignment VT-VSPA1K-1
Additional command value input, 0 to +9 V
Technical data
Ramp generator, can be adjusted separately for up and down ramps
Output characteristic curves
8 and 9
Meaning of DIL switches
10
Unit dimensions
11

Troubleshooting
12
Signal "ready for operation" (VT-VSPA1K-1 only with LED

indicator lamp)
Cable break detection of current input 4 to 20 mA
Short-circuit protection of solenoid cable
Cable break detection of solenoid cable
Suitable card holders for VT-VSPA1-1:
Type VT 3002-2X/32, see RE 29928
122
2/12
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT-VSPA1-1 and VT-VSPA1K-1
RE 30111/09.05
Ordering code
VT-VSPA1
Amplifiers for controlled proportional pressure
control valves, analogue, with one solenoid
1 1X
*
1X =
With 32-pin male connector and front panel

With 16-pin terminal strip; without front panel
= No code
=K
(10 to 19: unchanged technical data and pin
assignment)
For substitutes for amplifier types VT 2000 (up to

component series 4X), VT 2010, VT 2013 or VT 2023
for rack installation, blind plate 4TE/3HE must be ordered separately. Material no. R900021004
The command value voltage is applied to command value input
1 either directly or via an external command value potentiometer
with the help of the regulated + 9V voltage from the power supply
unit [14].
The following is valid for this input: +9 V
+100 % 1).
External command value feedforward
5K
12(ac)
Input 1
10(ac)
+9 V
14(ac)
M0
Before being passed on, both command values are summated

[2] and then fed to a potentiometer [3] that is accessible on
the front panel and acts as attenuator and limits the maximum
command value.
18(ac)
Note:
When an external command value potentiometer is used, internal potentiometer "Gw" [3] must be set to maximum or the
required maximum pressure.
Internal command value feedforward
12(ac)
Input 1
10(ac)
+9 V
The following is valid for type VT-VSPA1K-1: The up and down

ramp times can be set collectively to their minimum value (approx. 30 ms) with the help of the external contact ramp OFF.
28(ac)
u (i)
0 to 20 mA
0V reference potential
30(ac)
The downstream ramp generator [4] generates a ramp-shaped

output signal from a stepped input signal. The time constant
of this signal can be adjusted separately for up and down
ramps with the help of two potentiometers. The specied ramp
time refers to a command value step-change of 100% and can
be approx. 1 s or 5 s, depending on the setting of a DIL switch 2).
If a command value step-change of less than 100 % is fed to
the input of the ramp generator or when attenuator [3] is effective, the ramp time shortens accordingly
The following is valid for type VT-VSPA1-1: The up and down
ramp times can be set separately to their minimum value (approx. 30 ms) with the help of the external contacts ramp up/
down OFF.
Differential input (input 2)

0 to +10 V / 4 to 20 mA
Command value input 2 is a differential input [1] (0 to + 10 V).

With the help of DIL switches 2) it can be congured as current input (4 to 20 mA or 0 to + 20 mA). If the command value
is fed forward by external electronics with a different reference
potential (e.g. by a PLC), this input must be used. When the
command value voltage is applied or withdrawn, care must be
taken that both signal cables are disconnected from or connected to the input.
Additions to the pin designations in brackets are only valid

for type VT-VSPA1-1.
123
RE 30111/09.05
3/12

Ramp "up/down" OFF
VT-VSPA1-1
2a
Ramp "up" OFF
2c
Ramp "down" OFF
4ac
VT-VSPA1K-1
Summing amplier [5] adds the output signals of the characteristic curve generators [6 or 7] to the command value (can
be selected by means of DIL switches 2) depending on the
valve to be controlled). The current command value can also be
ltered through a low-pass lter that can be cut in. Current output stage [9] is controlled via current regulator [8]. In addition,
the current regulator modulates the current command value
with clock-pulse encoder signal [10] (the frequency can be programmed with the help of DIL switches 2)). The clocked actual
current value acts in the solenoid of the valve like a constant
current with overlaid dither signal. Type VT-VSPA1-1 is provided with measuring sockets for the internal command value
and the actual value.
The following is valid for the command value: +6 V
Ramp OFF
The following is valid for the actual value: 1 mV
100 %
1 mA
The signal "ready for operation" is output and LED "H2" on the
front panel (with VSPA1-1) or LED "H2" (with VSPA1K-1) is lit,
when:
The solenoid cables are not short-circuited and the output
stage is not overloaded,
The output signal of ramp generator [4] is fed as current command value to the summing amplifier [5]. Here, a command value of 100 % corresponds to a voltage of +6 V.
a command value is applied (cable break detection),

there is no cable break present on the solenoid cable.
1)
Reference potential for command value 1 is M0 (measuring

zero).
2)
For DIL switch settings, see "adjustment elements" on page 8
[ ] Cross-reference to block circuit diagrams on pages 4

and 5
01
12ac
4ac
2c
2a
on
5s
Current output stage

Clock-pulse generator
Max. command value attenuator 9

10
11
Ramp generator
Characteristic curve generator 1
Proportional solenoid of valve
17
16
14
13
17
off
1s
off
1.6 A
S2.6
on
on
off
S2.7
on
on
on
16
20ac
22ac
11
= Additional biasing current adjustment

(0 to 300 mA or 0 to 600 mA)
= Ramp time adjustment
= Command value attenuation
= Signal ready for operation
26c Ready for operation

24 V (50 mA)
26a Act. current value

1 mV 1 mA
Actual current value

"I"
i
9
ISoll
S2.4
off
on
off
S2.3 / S2.4
S2.3
off
off
on
S2.5
on
off
off
15
Zw
(R130)
Gw
H2
on
0.8 A
Output ready for operation
Low-pass filter
Power supply unit
Monitors
Command value monitoring
S1.7
S1.7
Imax
fclock
100 Hz
200 Hz
10
300 Hz
S1.6
S1.5
S2.5...S2.7
Char. curve 2
Char. curve 1
f3dB
0
2,5 Hz
4 Hz
Comm. value 0 to 6 V
Current regulator
Summator
Characteristic curve generator 2 12
+ 24 V
H2
2; 5; 15
14
DC
DC
13
&
S1.4
tmax
2,5 A T
2 x 220 F
S1.3
off
off
on
Differential input
24ac
18ac
12
S1.2
off
on
on
S1.4
+ 24 V
0V
9 V (25 mA)
16ac
14ac
10ac
Comm. value 2 S1.1

010 V
off
020 mA on
420 mA on
Gw
14ac
32ac
Hydraulics
M0 (25 mA)
+ 9 V (25 mA)
8ac
6ac
U/I
S1.1...S1.3
Zw (R130)
Command
value "w"
Bosch Rexroth AG
28ac
Command value
2 +10 V
4 - 20 mA / 0 - 20 mA 30ac
GND
Command value 1
Ramp "up" OFF

Ramp "down" OFF
Note: Measuring zero (M0) is raised by 9 V as against 0V operating voltage!
4/12
124
RE 30111/09.05
Block circuit diagram / pin assignment: VT-VSPA1-1
28
12
Low-pass filter
= Signal ready for operation
16
H2
Proportional solenoid of valve
10
11
Ramp generator
(R130)
= Additional biasing current adjustment

(0 to 300 mA or 0 to 600 mA)
Max. command value attenuator 9
11
26 Act. current value

1 mV
1 mA
20
22
= Command value attenuation
S2.7
on
on
on
= Ramp time adjustment
S2.6
on
on
off
16
Zw
S2.5
on
off
off
ISoll
S2.4
off
on
off
S2.3 / S2.4
S2.3
off
off
on
t
Power supply unit
14
Current regulator
on
0.8 A
Summator
off
1.6 A
2; 5; 15
S1.7
Imax
Monitors
S1.7
fclock
100 Hz
200 Hz
10 300 Hz
S2.5...S2.7
Command value monitoring Gw
H2
off
1s
13
13
&
on
5s
15
12
S1.3
off
off
on
S1.4
tmax
S1.6
14
DC
S1.2
off
on
on
2,5 A T
DC
12
S1.1
off
on
on
S1.4
S1.5
f3dB
0
2,5 Hz
4 Hz
Differential input
24
2 x 220 F
Comm. value 2
010 V
020 mA
420 mA
Gw
+ 24 V
18
16
14
10
U/I
S1.1...S1.3
Zw (R130)
32 Comm. value output

0 to 6 V
14
0V
9 V (25 mA)
M0 (25 mA)
+ 9 V (25 mA)
Command value 2 +10 V

4 - 20 mA / 0 - 20 mA 30
GND
Command value 1
Ramp
OFF
Note: Measuring zero (M0) is raised by 9 V as against 0V operating voltage!
RE 30111/09.05
125
5/12
Block circuit diagram / pin assignment: VT-VSPA1K-1
01
126
6/12
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
RE 30111/09.05
UO +24 VDC +40 % 5 %
Operating voltage
Operating range:
Upper limit value
uO(t)max +35 V
Lower limit value
uO(t)min +22 V
Max. power consumption
Ps
Max. current consumption
50 VA
I 1.8 A
Fuse
Is 2.5 A T
Inputs:
Ui 0 to +9 V (reference potential is M0)
Command value 1
Ui 0 to +10 V; Ri = 100
or
Ii 4 to 20 mA (load RL = 100 )
or
Ii 0 to 20 mA (load RL = 100 )
Ramp time (adjustment range)
depending on setting
with S11 to S13
t 30 ms to approx. 1 s or 5 s (depending on setting with S14)
Outputs:
Output stage
Imax 800 mA +20 %, R20 = 19,5
Solenoid current/resistance
or
Biasing current at Imax = 800 mA
additionally
Imax 1600 mA +20 %, R20 = 5,4

Ib 50 mA or 100 mA
depending on setting
with S17 1)
depending on setting with
S17 and Zw (R130)
at Imax = 1600 mA
Ib 100 mA
at Imax = 800 mA
Ib 0 to 300 mA +20 %
at Imax = 1600 mA
Ib 0 to 600 mA +20 %
Adjustable by means of Zw
(R130) on the printed-circuit board
f 100 Hz, 200 Hz, 300 Hz or 370 Hz 10 % each

(depending on setting with S25 to S27)
Clock frequency
Signal ready for operation (only with VT-SPA1-1)
Component series 10 when ready for operation
in the case of a fault
From component series 11 when ready for operation
in the case of a fault
Regulated voltage
approx. UO
U <1V
U approx. UO, 50 mA
Load resistance > 10 k
U 0 V Ri = 10 k
U 9 V 1 %, 25 mA externally laodable
Measuring sockets
Command value w
U 0 to +6 V (+6 V
Actual current value I
U 0 to 1600 mV
100 % solenoid current), Ri = 1 k

0 to 1600 mA 20 mA
Type of connection:
VT-VSPA1-1
VT-VSPA1K-1
16-pin terminal strip
Card dimensions:
Front panel dimensions

Height
3 HE (128.4 mm)
1 TE (5.08)
3 TE
0 to +50 C
25 to +85 C
Weight
m 0.1 kg
The maximum current Imax can be set to the required value by
means of command value attenuator potentionmeter Gw.
1)
127
RE 30111/09.05
7/12
Output characteristic curves

Linear output characteristic curve (basic characteristic curve)
I2
1200 600
800 400
600 300
I1
Output current in mA
1600 800
400 200
200 100
0
50
100
01
Command value in %
I1
Adjustment range of biasing current Ib by means

of potentiometer "Zw" (R130) on the printed-circuit board
I2
Adjustment range of maximum command value by

means of potentiometer "Gw"
Characteristic curve with factory setting
Output characteristic curve with firmly set characteristics

(see adjustment instructions on pages 8 and 9)
1200 600
I2
1600 800
800 400
400 200
IV
200 100
100 50
0
0
50
100
Command value in %
Iv
Biasing current curve 2 (qualitative representation)
I2
Adjustment range of maximum command value by

means of potentiometer "Gw"
Characteristic curve 1 (qualitative representation)
Characteristic curve 2 (qualitative representation)
128
8/12
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
RE 30111/09.05

Potentiometer for biasing current adjustment
VT-VSPA1-1, component series 10
LED indicator lamp ready for operation"
DIL switch
group S2X
H2
Gw
BR21...BR27
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
ON
t
Ramp time up
X1
Max. command value (attenuator)
F2
2,5 A MT
R130
t
w
I
BR11...BR17
w
I
- Current command value

- Actual current value
ON
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Ramp time down"
DIL switch group S1X
Potentiometer for bias- DIL switch

ing current adjustment group S2X
H2
Gw
Ramp time up
Ramp time down"
w
I
- Current command value

- Actual current value
VT-VSPA1K-1
DIL switch
group S1X
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Zw
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
F2
2,5 A T
w
I
Potentiometer for biasing current adjustment
DIL switch
group S2X
DIL switch
group S1X
2
Gw
Ramp time up"
Ramp time down"
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
F2
2,5 A T
X1
Zw
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
H2
32

(SMD LED)
X1
VT-VSPA1-1, from component series 11
129
RE 30111/09.05
9/12
Indicator / adjustment elements (continued)

Assignment of DIL switch settings on the card to the valve
types (see also label on the printed-circuit board)
Setting for valve
types:
DBE(M)T, DBE(M)30,
DRE(M)30,
3DRE(M)10 1),
3DRE(M)16 1),
DBEP6A, DBEP6B,
3DREP6A, 3DREP6B,
pumps
S15 ... S17
S21 ... S27
(BR15 ... BR17)
(BR21 ... BR27)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
ON
DBE(M)10-5X,
DBE(M)20-5X,
3DRE(M)10P-6X,
3DRE(M)16P-6X,
ZDRE10, (Z)DBE6
1)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Ramp time
5s
ON
1s
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
ON
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
ON
ON
Command
value 2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
ON
+10 V
01
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
DRE6,
ZDRE6
S11 ... S14

(BR11 ... BR14)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
DRE(M)10-5X,
DRE(M)20-5X
Setting valid for all

valve types:
0 20 mA
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
ON
X
4 20 mA
ON
Up to component series 5X
Meaning of potentiometers "Zw" (R130) and "Gw":
Note (X):
Adjustment of biasing current by means of potentiometer

"Zw" (R130)
Turning clockwise increase in biasing current
Turning counter-clockwise reduction of biasing current
With type VT-VSPA1-1 (component series 10) switch BR22

must be set to ON and potentiometer R130 turned to lefthand limit stop before the correct characteristic curve can be
set.
Adjustment of the max. command value by means of potentiometer "Gw"

Turning clockwise increase in command value
Turning counter-clockwise reduction of command value
With type VT-VSPA1-1 (from component series 11) and type

VT-VSPA1K-1, switch S22 is ineffective. Potentiometer "Zw"
needs not to be operated.
130
10/12
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
RE 30111/09.05
Meaning of the DIL switches

Note (X):
Before commissioning the amplifiers, make sure that the DIL
switches on the printed-circuit board are set according to the
relevant application.
Switch positions with reference to the current valve types or previous amplifier cards
Valve types/amplifier cards
Switch
DBE(M)T, DBE(M)30
DRE(M)30, DRE(M)10 3)
DRE(M)16 3)
DBEP6A, DBEP6B
3DREP6A, 3DREP6B
pumps
DRE(M)10-5X
DRE(M)20-5X
DBE(M)10-5X
DBE(M)20-5X
ZDRE10
(Z)DBE6
3DRE(M)10P-6X
3DRE(M)16P-6X
DRE, ZDRE6
VT 2000
VT 2010
VT 2013
VT 2023
Characteristic curves
Basic characteristic curve
Characteristic curve 1
S15 (BR15)
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
S16 (BR16)
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
Command value filters

f-3dB = 4 Hz
S23 (BR23)
S24 (BR24)
f-3dB = 4 Hz
f-3dB = 2.5 Hz
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
Max. output current

S17 (BR17)
1)
Imax = 800 mA
Imax = 800 mA
Imax = 1,6 A
Imax = 1.6 A
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
Clock frequency 2)
f = 200 Hz
f = 200 Hz
f = 300 Hz
f = 370 Hz
S25 (BR25)
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
S26 (BR26)
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
S27(BR27)
ON
ON
ON
OFF
Basic biasing current setting

Zw (R130)
100 mA
50 mA
100 mA
100 mA
1)
Doubling of the maximum output current doubles the

adjustment range and the set biasing current.
Adjustment range of biasing current using potentiometer Zw

(R130):
2)
For f = 100 Hz, DIL switches S25, S26 and

S27 must be set to the ON position.
Imax = 800 mA Ib = 0 to 300 mA
Up to component series 5X
( ) valid for VT-VSPA1-1, component series 10
3)
Imax = 1600 mA Ib = 0 to 600 mA
When switch BR22 is operated, the biasing current increases

by 50 mA or 100 mA.
Adjustment options inedependent of the valve type (command value 2 and ramp time)
Configuration of differential input
S11 (BR11)
S12 (BR12)
S13 (BR13)
Command value 2: +10 V

OFF
OFF
OFF
Command value 2: 0 to 20 mA
ON
ON
OFF
DRE, ZDRE6
Command value 2: 4 to 20 mA
ON
ON
ON
Max. ramp time

S14 (BR14)
OFF
1s
Factory setting (corresponds to the configuration of a VT 2000 amplifier)
ON
5s
131
RE 30111/09.05
11/12

VT-VSPA1-1
H2
100
89
3HE (128,4)
Gw
t
t
w
I
M0
VSPA1
4TE
(20)
2
7
165
182
01
164
104
100
80
X1
VT-VSPA1K-1
10
4 x 4,5
10
135
160

Before commissioning the amplifiers, make sure that the DIL switches on the printed-circuit board are set according to the
relevant application.
The factory setting of the parameters is as follows (for the adjustment of parameters, see pages 8 to 10):
max. ramp time = 5 s, biasing current = 100 mA, max. output current = 800 mA, clock frequency = 200 Hz
The amplifier card may only be installed when disconnected from the power supply!
Do not use plugs with free-wheeling diodes or LED lamps for connecting the solenoids!
Measurements on the card may only be taken with instruments Ri > 100 k !
Measuring zero (M0) is raised by +9 V as against 0 V operating voltage and not electrically isolated, i.e. 9 V regulated voltage
0 V operating voltage. For this reason, do not connect measuring zero (M0) to 0 V operating voltage!
Use relays with gold-plated contacts for passing on command values (small voltages, small currents)!
Always shield command value cables; connect the shield to ground on the card side and leave the other end open. Connect the
card to ground at terminal 6 or 8. If no system ground is provided, connect 0 V operating voltage.
Recommendation: Also shield solenoid cables!
For solenoid cables of up to 50 m length, use cable type LiYCY 1.5 mm2. For greater lengths, please consult us!
The distance to aerial lines, radio sources and radar equipment must be at least 1 m!
Due to the charging current of the smoothing capacitor on the card, fuses must feature slow-blowing characteristics!
Caution!
Note!
When the differential input is used, both inputs must always be switched on or off simultaneously!
Electrical signals (e.g. signal ready for operation) brought out via control electronics must not be used for
switching safety-relevant machine functions!
(See also European standard Safety requirements for fluid power systems and components - hydraulics,
EN 928.)
132
12/12
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
RE 30111/09.05
Troubleshooting
If the amplifier cards are not operable, follow the steps below
for troubleshooting:
1. Is the operating voltage applied?
Measurement of contacts 24(ac) against 18 (ac)
2. Fuse on the card defective?
3. Internal 9 V operating voltage available on the card?
4. When the internal command value potentiometer is used,
is the jumper from 10(ac) to 12(ac) plugged?
5. Is the external potentiometer properly connected?
6. Is the differential input properly connected?
Check:
Reference potential to 30(ac)
0 to +10 V to 28(ac)
Note:
The output stage shuts down in the case of excessive temperatures (e.g. caused by overloading). This fault is signalled by
LED "H2" going out!
In the event of a cable break of the "4 to 20 mA" input, the signal "ready for operation" is reset and LED "H2" also goes out.
The following is valid from component series 11 onwards:
In the case of a short-circuit or cable break of the solenoid cable, the output ready for operation is switched and LED "H2"
flashes at a frequency of 0.5 to 2 Hz as soon as the command
value is > 2 % at the same time.
7. Is the solenoid properly connected?

When the card is unplugged, a resistance of approx. 20
to 30 or 5 to 8 , depending on the valve, must be
measurable between contacts 22ac and 20ac.
The additions to the contact designations are only valid for type
VT-VSPA1-1.
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
Zum Eisengieer 1
Phone +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0
Fax
+49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58
www.boschrexroth.de

wear and aging.
133
RE 30115/06.05
Replaces: 09.03
Electrical amplifiers
1/10
Types VT-VSPA1-2 and VT-VSPA1K-2
Component series 1X
H7109_d
Table of contents
Features
Features
Suitable for controlling pressure valves of type DBET, component series 6x or as universal amplifier (see technical data)
Ordering code, accessories
Differential input (0 to +10 V)
Contents
Page
Function
2 and 3
Current input (4 to 20 mA)
Block circuit diagrams
4 and 5
4 command value call-ups (only in conjunction with option A4)
Adjustment and control elements
6 and 7
Technical data
8 and 9
Ramp generator with separately adjustable ramp time for up/

down
Unit dimensions
Engineering/maintenance notes/supplementary information
9
10
External ramp time selection

Enable input
Clocked current output stage
Signal ready for operation
Reverse polarity protection of supply voltage
Short-circuit protection of solenoid cable
Solenoid cable break detection
134
2/10
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
RE 30115/06.05
Ordering code
VT-VSPA1
1X V0
*
(additional functions on enquiry)
Amplifier for controlled proportional pressure valves,

analogue, with one solenoid
With 48-pin male connector and front panel
= No code
With 16- or 24-pin terminal strip without front panel
=K
(10 to 19 unchanged technical data and pin assignment)
0=
A4 =
...
= 1X
Standard option
Variant with 4 command value call-ups
V0 =
Basic version
Available accessories
(see RE 29768)
Enclosed card holder type VT 12302 (see RE 30103),
in conjunction with blind plate 4TE/3HE,
material no. R900021004
Open card holder type VT 3002-2X/48F (see RE 29928),

only for installation in control cabinets!
Compact power supply unit 115/230 VAC 24 VDC,
108 W
Test unit:
Type VT-PPV-1X, see RE 29687
Function
Power supply unit (1)
The amplifier card is fitted with a power supply unit with switchon current limitation. This power supply unit provides all internally required positive and negative supply voltages. The
switch-on current limitation prevents high switch-on current
peaks caused by the smoothing capacitors in the current output stage.
Only one call-up is possible at a time. If several call-ups are activated simultaneously, call-up w1 has the lowest and call-up
w4 the highest priority.
The currently active call-up is signalled by a yellow LED.
Enable function (7)
The internal command value signal is the sum (6) of the external command value signal applied to differential input (2) or
current input (3) or the called up signal (4) 1) and the zero point
offset (5) (zero point potentiometer Zw).
The enable function (7) is used to enable the current output

stage and to pass the internal command value signal on to the
ramp generator (8). The enable signal is signalled by an LED.
When the enable is given (via 24 V input or jumper J1), the internal command value (with any command value selection)
changes over the set ramp time. The valve will therefore not
open suddenly when activated.
Ramp generator (8)
Command value selection (2), (3), (4) 1), (5), (6)
Standard
values
Current
input
Differential
input
Command
value socket
0%
4 mA
0V
0V
+100 %
20 mA
+10 V
+10 V
Ramp generator (8) limits the gradient of the control output.

The downstream amplitude limiter (12) does not shorten or extend the ramp time. The ramp time can be changed by a factor
of 10 by means of jumper J3.
J3
There is no changeover between current and voltage input. The

inputs are permanently available (see block circuit diagram).
Command value call-ups (4) 1)
It is possible to call up four command value call-ups w1 to
w4. The external voltages (command values 1 to 4) are fed
forward either directly via the voltage output +10V or via external potentiometers. If the command value inputs are connected
directly to the regulated voltage, the command values can be
adjusted by means of potentiometers w1 to w4. If external
potentiometers are used, the internal potentiometers act as attenuators or limiters.
1)
Provided only in conjunction with option A4
open*
Usocket /V
0.2
0.1
0.02
t/msec
50
100
500
1000
5000
t/sec
0.5
10
50
* Basic setting (factory setting)

Formula:
t =
100 msec
Usocket / V
135
RE 30115/06.05
3/10
Function (continued)
Ramp ON/OFF (9)
use, jumper J6 must be opened.
Jumper J2 or the ramp ON/OFF input (9) (see terminal assignment) can be used to set the ramp time to a minimum (<50 ms).
Frequency balancing by means of the frequency potentiometer is possible with the help of jumper J7.
The activation of a ramp is signalled by an LED.
Example 1:
Ramp ON/
OFF input
J2
LED T
Ramp
(Frequency balancing by means of frequency potentiometer - independently of the command value; J6 = open, J7 =
plugged)
0V
open
ON
ON
Adjustment range: 210 Hz 310 Hz 15 %
+24 V
open
OFF
OFF
Example 2:
0V
plugged
OFF
OFF
+24 V
plugged
ON
ON
(Command value-related frequency J6 plugged)

450
UO
400
The internally set ramp time can be extended by means of an

external potentiometer or an external voltage selection (according to the formula given in the section Ramp generator). The
setting can be checked at the measuring socket. In the case of
a cable break, the internal setting is automatically valid.
350
28 V
24 V
The adjustment range depends on R. The following is valid:

Adjustment range *
Frequency in Hz *
External ramp time adjustment (10)
34 V
300
18 V
250
200
150
100
50
Min. ramp time

Rotary angle of the
potentiometer at lefthand limit stop
Max. ramp time

at rotary angle of
the potentiometer
of approx. 95 %
1 kOhm
100 ms
1s
* Tolerance: 15 %
100 Ohm
1s
10 s
The frequency potentiometer can be used to correct the frequency by > 10 % (J6 and J7 plugged).
* The minimum ramp time can only be achieved, if the internally

set ramp time is smaller, i.e. the corresponding potentiometer
is at its left-hand limit stop. The specified ramp times are valid
when J3 = open.
Characteristic curve generator (11)
Potentiometer Gw (12) is used to adjust the maximum current
for the solenoid. Characteristic curve generator (11) changes
the command value signal so that a linear command value/
pressure characteristic curve is obtained (corrected characteristic curve adapted for DBET-6X). To this end, characteristic
curve generator (11) must be activated via jumper J4, and jumper J5 must be opened!
For deactivating the characteristic curve, jumper J4 must be
opened and jumper 5 plugged. This activates linear curve characteristics.
Amplitude limiter (12)
The internal command value is limited to approx. +120 % of the
nominal range.
Command value output (13)
0 % > 0 V
+100 % > +10 V
Clock-pulse generator (14)

The clock-pulse generator (14) generates a frequency for the
output stage. The supply voltage has an influence on the frequency.
A frequency that depends on the command value signal can be
generated via jumper J6 (adapted for DBET-6X). For universal
0
0
20
40
60
80
Command value in %
100
Current output stage (15)

The current output stage generates a clocked solenoid current
for the proportional valve.
The output stage output is de-energised in the case of an internal fault signal or missing enable. The output of the output
stage is short-circuit-proof.
Actual value output (16)
1 mA (Isolenoid) = 1 mV (actual value output)
Fault detection (17)
The solenoid cable is monitored for cable break and short-circuit. When no fault is present, a voltage >16 V is output at the
ready-for-operation output, and the ready-for-operation LED
is lit. In the event of a fault, the voltage drops to <1 V and the
LED flashes.
Command-value-reached output (18) function on enquiry!
When the internal command value corresponds to the command value selection after the ramp and no fault is present, a
signal of >16 V is output at the command-value-reached output.
When the enable is missing, a signal >16 V is output as soon
as the internal command value reaches 0 %.
01
10
b12
10k
-1
t<
t<
t>
Ramp time selection logic
L0
DC
w2
(3) Current input
14
UL
16
ok
U
I
18
15
UL
(18) Output comm. value-reached (on enquiry)
Char. curve generator (17) Fault detection
(6) Comm. value summation (12) Amplitude limiter
(5) Zero point adjustment (11)
(16) Actual value output
(15) Current output stage
Ramp ON/OFF
(4) Command value call-ups* (10) External ramp time
(14) Clock-pulse generator
Ramp generator
(9)
17
ok
(8)
&
Frequency
(2) Differential input
Reserve jumper
J8
Fcult detection
J4
J5
J7
PWM
(13) Comm. value output
7,5 V
UL
11
Enable
50
12
f
(z, y)
f (y, z) z
Enable
Power supply unit
DC
w1
Gw
f
(z)
(7)
(1)
J3
T ramp max/sec
J6
Actual value
Solenoid
Internal command value
Ready for operation
Signal comm. value

reached
(on enquiry)
z20 System ground
b28 External
reference
d26
b32 +10 V/25 mA
d22
d20 Reserved
z10
d32
z2
z4
d30
*Only provided for option A4
0 V z32
J1
w3
ok
J3
Hydraulics
24 V z30
Enable d18
+
Comm. value 5: +10V
Comm. value 6: 4-20 mA +
Command value 4*
Command value 3*
Command value 2*
Command value 1*
Comm. value call-up 4*
Comm. value call-up 1* d2
max t
Up/down
PWM frequency
J6
13
Bosch Rexroth AG
+ 7,5 V
+ 10 V
M0
t>
b14
2
>50k
U
b16
>50k
U
6
3
b22
I
100
b24
U
b8 100k w4
4
b6
5
100k w3
Comm. value
b4
100k w2
Zw
b2
100k
w1 selection logic
d8
d6
d4
w4
+15V
d24
External ramp time + d28 U
Ramp ON/OFF
J2
4/10
136
RE 30115/06.05
Block circuit diagram VT-VSPA1-2
10
>50k
>50k
U
6
DC
w1
DC
w2
w3
Enable
50
11
J8
Fault detection
(11)
16
ok
UL
13
18
15
UL
(18) Output comm. value-reached (on enquiry)
Char. curve generator (17) Faut detection
(6) Comm. value summation (12) Amplitude limiter
(5) Zero point adjustment
(16) Actual value output
(15) Current output stage

Ramp ON/OFF
(4) Command value call-ups* (10) External ramp time
(9)
17
ok
(3) Current input
&
frequency
(14) Clock-pulse generator
J4
J5
J7
PWM
14
f (y, z) z
Ramp generator
12
f
(z, y)
(8)
Reserve Jumper
J3
Gw
f
(z)
(2) Differential input
UL
J6
PWM frequency
J6
(13) Comm. value output
7,5 V
+ 7,5 V
+ 10 V
M0
ok
J3
T ramp max/sec
max t
Up/down
Enable
Zw
w4
t>
Comm. value
selection logic
t<
Power supply unit
w1
(7)
(1)
100k
w2
100k
w3
L0
J1
100k
w4
*Only provided for option A4
100k
100
10k
+15V
-1
14
10
12
1
2
+10 V/25 mA
Ready for operation
Signal comm. value

reached
(on enquiry)
Actual value
External reference
Solenoid
0 V 16
24 V
15
Enable 7
Comm. value 5: +10 V +
+
Comm. value 6: 4-20 mA
Command value 4*
Command value 3*
Command value 2*
Command value 1*
Comm. value call-up 1* 21
5
6
8
9
20
19
18
17
24
23
22
11
External rampe time + 13
Ramp ON/OFF
J2
RE 30115/06.05
137
5/10
Block circuit diagram VT-VSPA1K-2
01
138
6/10
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
RE 30115/06.05
Adjustment and control elements
VT-VSPA1-2:
J5
J3
Rexroth
Frequency potentiometer
J2
Zero point balancing Zw

Amplitude attenuator Gw
Comm. value 1 w11)
Comm. value 2 w21)
Comm. value 3 w31)
Comm. value 4 w41)
Ramp UP t <
Ramp DOWN t >
Zw
Gw
w1
w2
w3
w4
t<
t>
t<
f
t>
w
I
J7
Nameplate
Ready
Enable
Ramp activated
J6
J4
Measuring
sockets
J8
VSPA1-2
J1 Fuse 2 A, medium time lag
Ramp activated
J3
J5 J2
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
VT-VSPA1K-2:
Frequency potentiometer
Enable
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Ready for operation

enable
Zero point balancing Zw

Amplitude attenuator Gw
Command value 1 w11)
Ramp DOWN t <
Ramp UP t >
w1
w2
w3
w4
J7
J6
J4
W
I
J8
1)
Only provided for option A4
J1 Fuse 2 A, medium time lag
139
RE 30115/06.05
7/10
Adjustment and control elements (continued)

Measuring sockets (contacts)
t<:
Ramp time ramp UP
t>:
Ramp time ramp DOWN
w:
Command value output (0-10 V)
I:
Actual value (1 mV 1 mA )
f:
Clock-pulse frequency of output stage
Reference for outputs
Additional potentiometers:
Frequency: Frequency adjustment
(to be activated by means of J7)
01
LEDs:
Ready-for-operation LED
Enable LED
T:
Ramp-ON-active LED
w1-w4:
LEDs command value call-up active

(only with A4 variant)
Jumpers:
J1 open:
plugged:
J2
No enable
Enable activated
Ramp function ON/OFF ( = open)
(see table under Ramp ON/OFF on page 3)
J3 open:
plugged:
Ramp time 20 ms to 5 s
Ramp time 200 ms to 50 s
J4 open:
plugged:
Corrected line deactivated

Corrected line activated
J5 open:
plugged:
Linear characteristic curve deactivated

Linear characteristic curve activated
J6 open:
plugged:
Command value-related frequency deactivated

Command value-related frequency activated (DBET-6X)
J7 open:
plugged:
Frequency matching by means of frequency potentiometer deactivated

Frequency matching by means of frequency potentiometer activated
J8 Reserve
( = plugged)
Factory setting of jumpers:
140
8/10
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
RE 30115/06.05
Operating voltage
UO 24 VDC + 40 % 20 %
Operating range:
Upper limit value
uO(t)max 35 V
Lower limit value
uO(t)min 18 V
Power consumption
PS < 24 VA
Current consumption
I <2A
Fuse
IF 2 A medium time lag, replaceable
Inputs:
Analogue
Command values 1 to 4 (potentiometer inputs) *
Ue 0 to +10 V, Re > 100 k
Differential input
Ue 0 to +10 V, Re > 50 k
Current input
Ramp time external
Ie 4 to 20 mA, load RL = 100

Ue 0 to +5 V, Ri > 10 k
Digital
Command value call-ups*
U 8.5 V to UO > call-up active, Ri > 100 k

U 0 V to 6.5 V > no call-up, Ri > 100 k
Ramp call-ups
U 8.5 V to UO > call-up active, Ri > 100 k

U 0 V to 6.5 V > no call-up, Ri > 100 k
Ramp ON/OFF
U 8.5 V to UO > ramp ON, Ri > 100 k

U 0 V to 6.5 V > ramp OFF, Ri > 100 k
Enable
U 8.5 V to UO > ON, Ri > 100 k
*Provided only for option A4
U 0 V to 6.5 V > OFF, Ri > 100 k
Clock-pulse frequency:
f 250 Hz 10 %
when J6 and J7 = open
Adjustment ranges:
Zero balancing (potentiometer Zw)
+30 %
Command values (potentiometers w1 to w4)
0 to 100 %
Ramp times (potentiometers t < and t >)

Amplitude attenuator (potentiometer Gw)
Frequency matching with potentiometer (J7 active)
t 20 ms to 5 s, can be changed over to 0.2 s to 50 s

0 to +120 %
f see explanation: Clock-pulse generator, page 3
Output signals
U 0 to +10 V 2 %, Imax = 2 mA
Actual value signal
U 0 to +10 V 2 %, Imax = 2 mA
Ready for operation
U > 16 V, Imax = 50 mA
(in the event of a fault: U < 1 V, Ri = 10 k
Output command value reached on enquiry
U > 16 V, Imax = 50 mA (when command value reached)

(when command value not reached: U < 1 V, Ri = 10 k
Regulated voltage
U +10 V 2%, Imax = 25 mA, short-circuit-proof
Ramp signal measuring sockets
U +100 mV to +5 V 10 %,
+10 mV to +100 mV 50 %
I 0 to 1.9 A, short-circuit-proof, clocked
Type of connection:
VT-VSPA1-2
48-pin male connector, DIN 41612, form F
VT-VSPA1K-2
16 or 24-pin terminal strip
141
RE 30115/06.05
9/10
Technical data (continued)

Card dimensions:
Front panel dimensions (refers to VT-VSPA1-2)

Height
3HE (128.4 mm)
1TE (5.08 mm)
3TE (15.24 mm)

0 to 50 C

-25 to + 85 C
Weight
m 0.15 kg (net)
01

VT-VSPA1-2:
Rexroth
Example: VT-VSPA1-2-1X/V0/A4
3HE
(128,4)
Zw
Gw
w1
89
100
w2
w3
w4
t<
t>
t<
t>
w
I
VSPA1-2
165
182
4TE
(20,3)
8
VT-VSPA1K-2:
Example: VT-VSPA1K-2-1X/V0/A4
enable
104
100
80
w1
w2
w3
10
w4
10
135
160
164
142
10/10
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
RE 30115/06.05
Engineering/maintenance notes/supplementary information

The factory settings of parameters are as follows: Corrective characteristic curves and command value-dependent frequency =
active (matched to DBET-6X): max. ramp time = 5 s, biasing current = 100 mA, max. output current = 1.6 A
The amplifier card may only be installed when disconnected from the power supply!
Do not use plug-in connectors with free-wheeling diodes or LED indicator lamps for connecting the solenoid!
Measurements on the card may only be taken using instruments Ri > 100 k!
Always shield command value cables; connect the shield to ground on the card side and leave the other end open. If no system
ground is provided, connect 0 V operating voltage.
Recommendation:
Shield also solenoid cables! For solenoid cables up to 50m length, use cable type LiYCY 1.5mm2.
The distance to aerial lines, radio sources and radar equipment must be at least 1m!
Caution:
When the differential input is used, both inputs must always be activated or deactivated simultaneously.
Note:
Electrical signals brought out via control electronics (e.g. signal ready for operation) must not be used for
switching safety-relevant machine functions!
(See also European standard safety requirements for fluid power systems and components
- hydraulics, EN 982.)
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
Zum Eisengieer 1
Phone +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0
Fax
+49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58
www.boschrexroth.de

wear and aging.
143
RE 30110/06.05
replaces: 10.04
1/10
Type VT-VSPA2-1-2X/
H/A/D 6641/00
Table of contents
Features
Contents
Page
Features
Ordering details, accessories
Function
Block circuit diagram and connection allocation
4 and 5
Technical data
6 and 7
Display and adjustment elements
Suitable for controlling valve types 4WRA nominal sizes 6

and 10, series 2X and WRZ series 7X
Built-up in the form of a board in the Euro-format
100 x 160 mm and is suitable for mounting into a rack
7
8 a nd 9
Unit dimension
10
Engineering / maintenance guidelines, additional information
10
Four command value inputs,
10 V that can be called up
Inverting the internal command value signal via the 24V input
or jumper
Selecting the ramp time via quadrantal recognition (24V input) or
ramp time call-ups (24V inputs) (option T5)
Switching over the ramp time range via jumpers
Characteristic curve correction by separately adjustable jump
heights and maximum values
Enable input
Ramp on/off input
Output signal operational
Switchable measuring socket (option T5)
Polarity protection for the supply voltage
Power supply with DC/DC convertor without a raised zero
point
144
2/10
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VSPA2-1-2X
RE 30110/06.05
Ordering details
VT-VSPA2
2X V0
*
Further details in clear text1)
Analogue amplifier in Eurocard format

For controlling valve types:
4WRA 62X; 4WRA 102X; 4WRZ7X
Series 20 to 29
(20 to 29 unchanged technical data
and connectional allocation
1)
T1 =
T5 =
=1
Basic version
= 2X
E.g. Output stage monitoring or command value

reached signal on request

(see RE 29768)
Enclosed card holder type VT 12302 (see RE 30103) with
use of a blind plate 4TE/3HE (material no. R900021004)
Open card holder type VT 3002-2X/48F (see RE 29928)
Only for installation in control cabinet !
Compact power supply unit 115/230 VAC 24 VDC,
108 VA
With one ramp time

With five ramp times
145
RE 30110/06.05 VSPA2-1-2X
3/10
Function
Power supply [1]
The amplifier card has a power supply with an inrush current
limiter. This supplies all of the internal positive and negative
supply voltages. The inrush current limiter prevents inrush
current peaks caused by the smoothing capacitors in the
current output stage.

The internally generated command value which is formed from
the input signals, command value call-ups and zero point off-set
signal can be inverted by means of an external signal or via
jumper J1. The inversion is displayed via a LED ( 1) on the
front plate.
Applied command value

The internal command value signal is formed from the sum
of the external command value being applied to the differential
input [2] and the command values being applied to the
summator [6] and the ramp generator.
Enable function [8]

With the enable function the current output stages are released
and the internal command value signal is switched to the ramp
generator. The enable signal is displayed on the front panel by
means of a LED. If the enable is withdrawn, the internal
command value (with an applied command value) changes with
the set ramp time. The valve being controlled therefore does not
open suddenly.
1)
Standard
value
Current
input
Differential
input
Com.
value
socket
Flow
direction
100%
4 mA
10 V
10 V
P to B,
A to T
0%
12 mA
0V
0V
100 %
20 mA
10 V
10 V
0%
< 1 mA1)
P to A,
B to T
0V
If the current input is not switched or with current command

value a cable break results in an internal command value
signal 0 %.
No switching takes place between the current and voltage

inputs. The inputs are permanently available (see pin allocation).
Four command value signals w1 to w4 can be called-up.
The external command value voltages (command values 1 to
4) are either directly applied via the controlled voltage outputs
+10 V and 10 V or via an external potentiometer. If the
command value inuts are directly applied to the controlled
volatages then the settings are done on potentiometers w1
to w4. When using external potentiometers then the internal
potentiometers act as attenuatators or limiters.
Only one call-up at the same time is possible. If more than one
call-up is activated at the same time then call-up 1 has the
lowerst priority and call-up 4 the highest priority.
The active call-up is displayed via a yellow LED on the front
plate.
Ramp generator [9]

The ramp generator limits the rate of adjustment variable
increase. The subsiqent jump functions and amplitude
attenuation are not lengthed or shortened by the ramp time.
With a ramp on/off signal or mit with jumper J2 the ramp time
is set to a minimum (< 2 ms) (ramp off).
With an external potentiometer it is possible to lengthen the
internally set ramp time. The setting can be checked with the
aid of the measuring socket. In the case of a cable break the
internal setting is automatically valid.
With the adjustable characteristic curve generator it is possible
to separately adjust the maximum values for the positive and
negative signals so that they can be matched to suit the
hydraulic requirements. the actual movement of the
characteristic curve through the zero point is not in the form of
a jump but is linear.
The internal command value is limited to approx. 110 % of the
nominal range.
Clock generator [13]
The clock generator produces the clock frequency for the output stages. The clock signal can be switched, via a jumper, into
one of three basic frequency ranges.
The current output stage produces the clocked solenoid current
for the proportional valve. The solenoid current is limited to
2.7 A per output. The output stage outputs are short circuitproof. The output stages are de-energised in the case of an
internal fault signal or missing enable.
Fault recognision [17]
Monitors via current the output stage.
[ ] = Cross reference to the block circuit diagram
on pages 4 and 5
01
z30
b10
d18
d2
1
d4
2
d6
3
d8
4
b2
b4
b6
b8
b18
z24
z26
z28
w4
Current input
Com. value selection logic
Zero point adjustment
100 F
UL
Enable
Differential input
w1
w2
Power supply
DC
J1 -1
J4
S+
+15V
+7,5 V
+5V
M0
5 V
7,5V
15 V
Gw+
ok
Ramp generator
Enable function
Com. value inversion
J3
J8 J9
S-
t3
t2
t
t4
10
14 Act. current output
13 Clock generator
12 Com. value output
12
17
ok
15 Current controller
&
14
U
16
I
UL
J7
J5 J6
13
ok
Controller
15
Fault recognition
Enable
11
10 Characteristic curve generator
Gw-
t1
max t
Com. value summation
DC 1
Zw 5
UP/DOWN
z20
b28
b26
b30
b32
d22
d20
d32
z10
z14
z16
z12
z18
z6
z8
z2
z4
z22
d30
d26
System earth
M0
Ramp time
Measurement signal
10 V / 25 mA
+10 V / 25 mA
Operational
Reserved
Actual value
Solenoid a
Solenoid b
Reserved
Reserved
Internal com. value
VSPA2-1-2X
L0
w3
J2
Hydraulics
Operating 24 V
voltage
z32
0V
Inversion
Enable
Com. value
call-ups
Com. value 1
Com. value 2
Com. value 3
Com. value 4
Com. value 6
4-20 mA
b14
+
b16
b22
+
b24
d24
d28
+15 V
d10
d12
d14
d16
b20
b12
Bosch Rexroth AG
Com. value 5
10 V
Ramp time
external
Ramp on/off
4/10
146
RE 30110/06.05
Block circuit diagram / connection allocation; VT-VSPA2-1-2X/V0/T1
Operating
voltage
Inversion
Enable
Com. value
call-ups
Com. value 4
Com. value 3
Com. value 2
Com. value 1
Com. value 6
4-20 mA
Com. value 5
10 V
Ramp time
external
Ramp
call-ups
Ramp on/off
4-Quadrant
operation
0V
24 V
Current input
Com. value selection logic
t3
DC
Zw 5
t4
t5
DC
J1 -1
J4
S+
F
t2
J3
+
-
t
t4
10
15 Current controller
14 Actual current output
13 Clock generator
Enable
11
15
12
ABCD
17
ok
18 Measuring point switchover
UL
18
0123456789ABCDE F
Measuring points
&
14
U
16
J7
J5 J6
13
ok
Controller
Fault recognition
12 Com. value output
J8 J9
S-
9 t3
Gw-
t1
max t
+15V
+7,5 V
+5V
M0
5 V
7,5V
15 V
Gw+
Ramp generator
Enable function
Com. value inversion
4Q
UP/DOWN
ok
Com. value summation
19
z20
b28
b26
b30
b32
d22
d20
d32
z10
z14
z16
z12
z18
z6
z8
z2
z4
z22
d30
d26
System earth
M0
Measurement signal
10 V / 25 mA
+10 V / 25 mA
Operational
Actual value
Reserved
Solenoid a
Solenoid b
Reserved
Reserved
Internal com. value
100 F
UL
Enable
w1
w2
Differential input
t2
L0
w3
Power supply
w4
t1
J2
b18
z24
z26
z28
z32
z30
b10
d18
d2
1
d4
2
d6
3
d8
4
b2
b4
b6
b8
b14
+
b16
b22
+
b24
d24
d28
d10
1
d12
2
d14
3
d16
4
+15 V
b20
b12
EF 0
34
12 5
6789
RE 30110/06.05 VSPA2-1-2X
147
5/10
Block circuit diagram / connection allocation; VT-VSPA2-1-2X/V0/T5
01
148
6/10
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VSPA2-1-2X
RE 30110/06.05
UB 24 VDC + 40% 20%
Operating voltage
Functional range:
UB (t)max 35 V
UB (t)min 18 V
Power consumption
PS < 50 VA
Current consumption
I < 2A
IS 2 A medium slow, replacable
Fuse
Inputs:
Analogue
Com. value 1 to 4 (potentiometer inputs)
Ue 0 to 10 V; Re > 100 k (ref. is M0)
Com. value 5 (differential input)
Ue 0 to 10 V; Re > 50 k
Com. value 6 (current input)

External ramp time
Ie 4 to 20 mA; load RB = 100

Ue 0 to + 10 V; Re = 10 k (raised internally to +15 V; ref.
is M0)
Digital
U 8.5 V to UB > call-up actuated; Re > 100 k

U 0 to 6.5 V > no call-up; Re > 100 k
Ramp call-up (option T5)
U 8.5 V to UB > call-up actuated; Re > 100 k

U 0 to 6.5 V > no call-up; Re > 100 k
Quadrant recognision
U 8.5 V to UB > ON; Re > 100 k
U 8.5 V to UB > ON; Re > 100 k
U 0 to 6.5 V > OFF; Re > 100 k

U 0 to 6.5 V > OFF; Re > 100 k
Enable
U 8.5 V to UB > ON; Re > 100 k
Ramp
U 8.5 V to UB > ON; Re > 100 k
U 0 to 6.5 V > OFF; Re > 100 k

U 0 to 6.5 V > OFF; Re > 100 k
Setting ranges
Zero compensation (potentiometer Zw)
30%
Command value (potentiometers w1 to w4)
0% to 110%
20 ms to 5 s; switchable 0.2 to 50 s
Jump height (potentiometers S+ and S)
0% to 50%
Amplitude attenuation (potentiometers G+ and G)
0% to 110% (valid when setting the jump height from 0%)
Outputs
U 10 V 2 %; Imax = 2 mA
Actual value signal
U 2.5 V 2 %; Imax = 2 mA (mV
Measuring point signal (option 5)
U 10 V 2 %; Imax = 2 mA
mA)
Operational
U > 16 V; 50 mA (with a fault: U < 1 V; Ri = 10 k)
Controlled voltages
U 10 V 2 %; 25 mA; short circuit-proof

Measurement sockets
I 0 to 2.5 A; short circuit-proof; clocked approx. 5 kHz

Actual value signal
10 V 2 %; Imax = 2 mA
2.5 V 2 %; Imax = 2 mA (mV
mA)
149
RE 30110/06.05 VSPA2-1-2X
7/10

Clock frequency
WRA6
f 300 to 370 Hz (at 24 V UB and 0 V Ucom. = 370 Hz)
WRA10
f 180 to 410 Hz (at 24 V UB and 0 V Ucom. = 410 Hz)
WRZ
f 170 Hz
Connection type
48-pin blade connector, DIN 41612, form F
Card dimensions
Eurocard 100 x 160 mm, DIN 41494
Front plate dimensions

Height
3 HE (128.4 mm)
Width soldered side
1 TE (5.08 mm)
3 TE
0 to 50 C
25 C to +85 C
Weight
m 0.17 kg (net)
01
2500
2250
4WRZ-7X
2000
4WRA-2X
Current in mA
1750
1500
1250
1000
750
500
350
250
100%
80%
60%
40%
20% 2% 2% 20%
Command value in %
40%
60%
80% 100%
150
8/10
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VSPA2-1-2X
RE 30110/06.05
Display / adjustment element T1

J3 ramp time
J8, J9 jump height
0.2 to 50 sec.
4WRA6 and 10 2X
0.02 to 5 sec.
4WRZ 7X
J8
J9
J4 Jump function
J1 inversion
Off
Inverted
On
Not inverted
REXROTH
-1
Gw+ S+ Gw- S-
Zw
w1
w2
w3
w4
J9
J4
J10
Do not adjust!
(ramp time symmetry)
J8
J1
J3
J5
J2
J6
J7
t
Do not adjust!
(bias current)
w
t
VSPA2
LED displays:
Operational (green)
Do not adjust!
(internal reference voltage)
J5, J6 clock frequency

4WRA6 2X
Enable (yellow)
External inversion
Measurement signal
Measurement zero
J6
J2 ramp function
J7 max. current setting
Off
4WRZ 7X
On
4WRA 2X
4WRA10 2X
I, w, t
J5
Universal, 4WRZ
7X
=
=
=
Factory jumper setting

Jumper closed
Jumper open
Potentiometer (partially with LED display):

Zw
w1
w2
w3
w4
t
Zero point alignment

Command value 1
Command value 2
Command value 3
Command value 4
Ramp time
adjustable on the board:

Gw+
Amplitude attenuation for positive command values
Gw
Amplitude attenuation for negative command values
S+
Jump heights for a positive direction
S
Jump heights for a negative direction
f
Clock frequency output stage
Adjusting the locked potentiometers invalidates any guarantee claims!
151
RE 30110/06.05 VSPA2-1-2X
9/10
Display / adjustment element T5

J3 ramp time
J8, J9 jump height
0.2 to 50 sec.
4WRA6 and 10 2X
0.02 to 5 sec.
4WRZ 7X
-1 4Q T
J9
J4 jump function
J1 inversion
Off
Inverted
On
J4
Not inverted
Do not adjust!
(ramp time symmetry)
J8
J1
J3
J2
J6
J7
012
Do not adjust!
(bias current)
789A
VSPA2
LED displays:
Operational (green)
Do not adjust!
(internal reference voltage)
J5, J6 clock frequency

4WRA6 2X
Enable (yellow)
01
J5
w
v
J10
34 56
BC D
J9
Gw+ S+ Gw- S-
Zw
w1
w2
w3
w4
t1
t2
t3
t4
t5
EF
J8
External inversion
Measurement signal
Measurement zero
J6
J2 ramp function
J7 max. current setting
Off
4WRZ 7X
On
4WRA 2X
4WRA10 2X
I, w, t
J5
Universal, 4WRZ
7X
=
=
=
Factory jumper setting

Jumper closed
Jumper open
(detailed information see

RE 30110-B)
Potentiometer (partially with LED display):
Zw
w1
w2
w3
w4
t1
t2
t3
t4
t5
Zero point alignment

Command value 1
Command value 2
Command value 3
Command value 4
Ramp time 1
Ramp time 2
Ramp time 3
Ramp time 4
Ramp time 5
adjustable on the board:

Gw+
Amplitude attenuation for positive command values
Gw
Amplitude attenuation for negative command values
S+
Jump heights for a positive direction
S
Jump heights for a negative direction
f
Clock frequency output stage
Adjusting the locked potentiometers invalidates any guarantee claims!
152
10/10
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VSPA2-1-2X
RE 30110/06.05

T1
T5
REXROTH
-1 4Q T
Zw
w1
w2
w3
w4
t1
t2
t3
t4
t5
3HE (128,4)
Zw
w1
w2
w3
w4
t
BC D
012
34 56
EF
89
-1
100
REXROTH
789A
w
t
VSPA2
w
v
VSPA2
4TE (20)
2
7
165

For further information see Product description and commissioning instructions VT-VSPA2-1-2X/ (RE 30110-B).
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
Zum Eisengieer 1
Telefon +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0
Telefax +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58
www.boschrexroth.de

wear and aging.
153
RE 29955/09.04
Replaces: 11.02
Electrical amplifier for flow

control with proportional
valves
1/6
Type VT 5035
Component series 1X
H/A/D 5581/96
Table of contents
Features
Features
Ordering code
Technical data
Block circuit diagram and pin assignment

Unit dimensions
Card holder:
Type VT 3002-2X/32, see RE 29928
Power supply unit:
VT 5035 amplifiers are used for adjusting the flow of variable displacement pumps of types A4VSO and A4VSG (see RE 92050,
RE 92076 and RE 92100).
Features:
Differential input
Enable input with LED indicator lamp
"Ready for operation" signalled by LED
Ramp generator
Four command values that can be adjusted by means of a
potentiometer; call-up is signalled by LEDs
Controller for swivel angle
Two clocked current output stages
Oscillator and demodulator for inductive position measurement
with cable break detection
Reverse polarity protection for power supply
Note:
With the factory setting, the amplifiers have a ramp time of 5 s
(for setting the ramp time to 1 s, see page 5).
Ordering code
VT 5035
Amplifier for the flow adjustment of A4VSO and
A4VSG variable displacement axial piston pumps
1X
*
1X =
Component series10 to19

(10 to 19: unchanged technical data and pin assignment
154
2/6
Bosch Rexroth AG
VT 5035
RE 29955/09.04
Command value inputs 1 to 4 can be used for calling command values [1] by operating the associated relays (K1 to K4).
The command value voltage is provided either directly through
the regulated 9 V voltages of the internal power supply unit
[10] or via an external command value potentiometer. The following is valid for these inputs: 9 V 100 % 1). If these four
9 V voltages, four different command values can be set using potentiometers "w1" to "w4". If external potentiometers are
used at these inputs, the internal potentiometers act as attenuators or limiters, unless they are set to maximum.
External command vale potentiometers
14c (14a, 20a, 20c)
5K
24a
9V
26c
M0
Inputs
5K
26a
+9V
26c
M0
Inputs
28c
14c (14a, 20a, 20c)
5K
26a
+9V
24c
9V
500 K
8a
10a
Ramp "adjustable"
28c
8a
10a
Ramp "ON/OFF"
Note:
When an external time potentiometer is used, the internal potentiometer for the ramp time must be set to maximum. The
maximum ramp time shortens, because the resistance of the
external potentiometer is connected in parallel to that of the internal potentiometer (ca. 500 k)!
The ramp time can be set to its minimum value (approx. 30 ms)
by operating relay K5 or by means of an external jumper.
28c
14c (14a, 20a, 20c)
External time potentiometer and ramp "OFF"
Inputs
28c
LEDs "H1" to H4 signal, which command value is being

called up. If more than one command value is called at a time,
the input with the highest number has priority.
Example: If command value 1 and command value 3 are activated simultaneously, command value 3, command value 3 becomes effective.
A further output of the card provides a supply voltage for the
command value call-ups, which can be changed over from
+ 9 V to 9 V by means of relay K6 1).
All of the relays on the card are switched with 24 VDC
(smoothed).
Command value input 5 is a differential input (0 to 10 V). If
the command value is provided by external electronics with
another reference potential, this input must be used. When
switching the command value voltage on or off, care must be
taken to ensure that both signal cables are always disconnected from or connected to the input.
Before being passed on, all command values are summated [3]
with the correct amount and sign.
The downstream ramp generator [4] creates a ramp-shaped
output signal from a step-like input signal. The time constant of
the output signal can be adjusted by means of potentiometer
"t". The specified ramp rime refers to a command value stepchange of 100 % and can be approx. 1s or 5 s depending on
the jumper setting (J5, J6). If a command value step-change of
less than 100 % is applied to the input of the ramp generator,
the ramp time shortens accordingly.
The output signal of the ramp generator [4] is the swivel angle
command value and is fed to the PID controller [5], measuring
socket "w" on the front panel of the card and connection 4a
(command value after ramp / external limiting potential). A voltage of 6 V at command value measuring socket "w" corresponds to a command value of + 100 %.
The PID controller is optimised specifically to the requirements
of pump types A4VSO and A4VSG. The current output stages
are controlled in dependence upon the difference between the
swivel angle command value and the actual swivel angle value.
A positive command value signal at the input of the amplifier
activates the output stage for solenoid a, a negative command value signal the output stage for solenoid b.
The inductive position transducer [11] acquires the swivel angle
of the pumps swashplate. The AC voltage signal provided by
the position transducer is converted by oscillator/demodulator
[9] and fed back to the PID controller as actual swivel angle
value.
The zero point of the position transducer (actual value zero
point) can be adjusted by means of potentiometer "Zx" (on the
printed circuit board). The gain of the actual swivel angle value
is calibrated in the factory and must not be changed ( 6V
max. swivel angle).
A signal of > 8.5 V applied to the enable input enables the output stages (indicated by yellow LED "H11" on the front panel).
The output stages can also be enabled permanently independently of the state of the enable input by setting jumper J7. The
enable input then becomes ineffective.
LED "H12" (ready for operation) is on during trouble-free operation; positively, when:
the enable signal is applied,
the internal 9 V voltage supply is operable (amplitude and
symmetry),
there is no short-circuit of the solenoid cables and
no cable break of the position transducer cables.
In the event of a fault, both output stages are immediately deenergised, the controller is switched off and the signal ready
for operation is reset. After rectification of the fault, the card is
immediately operable; LED "H12" is again ON.
1)
= Reference potential for command values 1 to 4 is M0

(measurement zero).
[ ] = Cross-reference to block circuit diagram
155
RE 29955/09.04
VT 5035
3/6
UO 24 VDC + 40 % 5 %
Operating voltage
Operating range:
Upper limit value
uO(t)max 35 V
Lower limit value
uO(t)min 22 V
PS < 50 VA
Power consumption
Current consumption
I <2A
Fuse
IF 2.5 A T
Inputs:
Command values 1 to 4
Ui 9 V (reference potential is M0)
Command value 5
Ui 0 to 10 V
Enable
active
UE > 8.5 V
not active
UE < 6.5 V
01
Relay data:
Nominal voltage
U Operating voltage UO
Response voltage
U 16.8 V
Release voltage
U 2.4 V
Coil resistance
R 2150
t 30 ms to approx. 1 s or 5 s ( 20 % each)
Outputs:
Output stage
Imax 1.8 A 20 %; R(20) = 5.4
Solenoid current / resistance

Clock frequency
f Freely clocking up to approx. 1.5 kHz

Max. load carrying capacity
amplitude (Uss)
f 2.5 kHz 10 %
Voltage
Regulated voltage
I 30 mA
Ua 5 V per output
U 9 V 1 %; 25 mA externally loadable
Measuring sockets
Command value "w"
Uw 0 to 7
6 V ( 6 V
+ 100 %; + 6 V
100 %); Ri = 100
Actual swivel angle value "x"
Ux 0 to 6
6 V (+ 6 V
+ 100 %; 6 V
100 %); Ri = 100
Type of connection
32-pin male connector, DIN 41 612, form D
Card dimensions
Euro-card 100 x 160 mm, DIN 41 494

Height
3 HE (128.4 mm)
1 TE (5.08 mm)
7 TE
0 to 50 C
25 to + 85 C
Weight
m 0.15 kg
Note:
For details regarding enivironment simulation testing in the
fields of EMC (electromagnetic compatibility), climate and mechanical stress, see RE 30095-U (declaration on environmental compatibility).
9V
Auxiliary voltage
12c
= Command value
potentiometer
= Ramp time
K6
= Call-up relay
K5
H4
H3
H2
H1
K1 to K6
K4
R1 to R4
K3
K6
K4
w4
(R4)
= LED for command

value call-ups
K2
K2
K3
w3
(R3)
H1 to H4
K1
K1
w2
(R2)
2
u
J5, J6
K5
10
2200 F
H10
5 Swivel angle controller
12 Swivel angle acquisition
4 Ramp generator
6 Current regulator
11 Position transducer
10 Power supply unit
28a
22a
22c
28c
30c
10c
8c
4a
4c
32a
2a
32c
2c
Operating
voltage
J7: "enable" internal
11
valid for clockwise

rotating pump
( ) valid for counterclockwise rotating
pump
Note on the connection of

the position transducer:
0V
+ UB
Enable input
0V
1 (2)
1 1 (1)
21( )
Command value after ramp 0 to 7 6 V
Actual swivel angle

value 0 to 6 6 V
Solenoid "a"
13
Solenoid "b"
VT 5035
3 Summator
9 Oscillator/demodulator
J7
Zx
8 Monitor
7 Output stage
2,5 A T
12
Gx
12
PID
PI
PI
1 Command values
Enable
F = on front panel
Ready for
operation
A positive command value at the input

(corresponds to negative command
value at measuring socket "w") causes an intensification of the current in
solenoid "a".
A negative command value at the
input (corresponds to positive command value at measuring socket "w")
causes an intensification of the current in solenoid "b".
Measurement zero (M0) is + 9 V 26a

raised by 9 V as against 0V M0 26c
24a
9V
operating voltage!
24c
18c
18a
16c
16a
12a
w1
(R1)
30a
14c
14a
20a
20c
6c
6a
10a
+ 100 %
Measuring socket "x": + 6 V
Bosch Rexroth AG
Call-up of comm. value 1

Call-up "ramp OFF"
Call-up "change over
auxiliary voltage" relay
call-up voltage (+ 24 V)
9V
9V
9V
Command value 4
Command value 3
Command value 2
Command value 1
9V
Differential input:
Reference potential/GND
Command value 5 10 V
External ramp
8a
+ 100 %
Measuring socket "w": 6 V
4/6
156
RE 29955/09.04
Block circuit diagram / pin assignment: VT 5035 (series 17 or higher)
157
RE 29955/09.04
VT 5035
5/6

Zx: Position transducer zero point
Max. ramp time

approx.1 s or 5 s
H10 - red LED "cable break"
w1/H1 - command value 1 with LED indication

J6
w1
J5
w2
X1
LED "enable" (yellow)

LED "ready for operation" (green)
Gx: Gain of actual swivel

angle value (factory-calibrated)
w3
w4
F1
2,5 A T
- ramp time
- measuring socket for actual swivel

angle value
- measuring socket for command

value
01
J7
Enable
Meaning of the jumpers on the card for settings
Note:
(nameplate on the back of the front panel)
The circles (
the customer.
ramp time
5 s J5 J6
1 s J5 J6
Ramp time
enable
int. J7
ext. J7
Enable
Jx = bridge
Jx = open
= delivery state
) denote the settings made by
Jumper plugged
or
Jumper
open
Factory setting

The amplifier card may only be plugged or unplugged when disconnected from the power supply!
Do not use plugs with free-wheeling diodes or LEDs for connecting the solenoids!
Measurements on the card may only be taken with instruments with Ri > 100 k!
The measurement zero (M0) is raised by + 9 V as against 0V operating voltage and is not electrically isolated, i.e. 9 V regulated voltage 0V operating voltage. The measurement zero (M0) must therefore not be connected to the 0V operating voltage!
Use only switching contacts with a load carrying capacity of approx. 40 V, 50 mA for switching the card relays!
In the case of external controlling, the control voltage may have a maximum residual ripple content of 10 %!
Always shield the command value cables and inductive position transducer cables separately; connect the shield to 0V operating voltage on the card side and leave the other end open (risk of earth loops)!
Recommendation: Shield also solenoid cables!
For solenoid cable lengths up to 50 m use cable type LiYCY 1.5 mm2. For greater lengths, please consult us!
Due to the charging current of the smoothing capacitor on the card, back-up fuses must have slow-blowing characteristics!
Do not connect the ground symbol on the inductive position transducer to ground!
(Precondition for compatibility with preceding series!)
Caution:
When using the differential input, both inputs must always be switched on or off simultaneously!
Note:
Electrical signals brought out via control electronics (e.g. actual value) must not be used for switching safety-relevant machine functions!
(See also European standard "Safety requirements for fluid power systems and components - hydraulics", prEN 982)
158
6/6
Bosch Rexroth AG
VT 5035
RE 29955/09.04
Unit dimensions (dimensions in mm)
89
100
3HE (128,4)
H
t
x
w
: M0
6 V: 100 %
8TE (40,3)
2
7
165
180
Bosch Rexroth AG
Zum Eisengiesser 1
Telephone +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0
Fax +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58
www.boschrexroth.de

parties.
application can be derived from our information. The given information
does not release the user from the obligation of own judgement and
159
RE 29 957/07.03
Replaces: 06.90
Electronic Amplifier
Type VT 5036
for Setting the Output Flow
of Axial Piston Pumps A10VSO
F 87018
Series 1X
01
Type VT 5036 S 1X
Description
Features
Technical Data
Terminal Connection
External command level potentiometer /
External ramp time potentiometer
Ordering code
Unit dimensions
Features
Page
1
2
3
4
4
5
5
5
Amplifier VT 5036 S1X is used for setting the output flow of

axial piston pumps type A10VSO.
Smoothing circiut
Voltage stabilisation
Self pulsing output stages
Oscillator and demodulator for inductive positional feedback
PD regulator
1 relay for ramp "off"
Ramp generator
Summator
Cable break detector with LED indicator
Differential amplifier input
Suitable card holders are:
VT 3002-1X see RE 29 916
VT 1516-1X see RE 29 915
VT 1700-1X see RE 29 917
2003
All rights reserved. No part of this document may be reproduced or stored, processed, duplicated or circulated using
electronic systems, in any form or by any means, without the prior written authorisation of Bosch Rexroth AG.
In the event of contravention of the above provisions, the contravening party is obliged to pay compensation.
VT 5036
1/6
RE 29 957/07.03
160
Technical data (For applications outside these stated values, please consult us!)
Ueff:
Power supply
Full bridge rectification
3-phase bridge rectification
24 V 10 %
28 V to 35 V
Regulated voltage
U:
9 Vwith centre tapping
Max. load of regulated voltage
R:
500
Max. load resistande of selenoid
R:
12
Imax:
Max. output current
700 mA
Output current at rest
I:
approx. 400 mA
Power requirements
P:
20 VA
f:
~ 2,5 kHz
Frequency (output stage)
f:
250 Hz
Fuse
I S:
2,5 Ampere M
Perm. ambient temperature
t:
0 to 50 C
Dimensions
Space required
Weight
RE 29 957/07.03
100x160 mm EUROPA-Format to DIN 41 494

Conductor side
Component side
1 division
7 divisions
1 div. 5,08 mm
m:
0,15 kg
2/6
VT 5036
VT 5036
3/6
Supply voltage
0V
+ 24V
+ 24 V
10ac
6ac
8ac
d1
P1 = Ramp time "up"

P2 = Ramp time "down"
Relay selection voltage
24c
L0
2,5 A
D1
P1 P2
d1
P3 = Gain
d1 = Relay selection
11
14ac
9V
18ac
M0
16ac
+9V
28a
Reference potential
+ 10 V
22a
24a
value
Differential amplifier input:
26c
Displacement command
32c
30c
Ramp
"Off"
Actual value
0 to 6 V
BU1
BU2
P3
PD
3a
10
~
~
~
~
3b
3c
1
2
3
4
5
6
Ramp generator
PD regulator
Pulsed output stage
Oscillator
De-modulator
Matching amplifier
7
8
9
10
11
L0
Cable break detector

Power section
Positional transducer
Cable break LED
Measured 0 (M0) is raised to + 9 V above 0 volts (0V)

with respect to the supply voltage!
L0
LED lights to indicate

cable breaks
Command value
0 to + 6 V
12c
14c
20c
22c
4ac
2ac
IW9
L0
14c
12c
20c
22c
IW9
Note:
For anticlockwise pump
rotation, connect up
according to lower diagram!
161
Terminal Connection VT 5036 S1X
RE 29 957/07.03
01
162
External command level potentiometer
External ramp time potentiometer
500 K
30c
32c
+ 9 V:
5K
26c
18ac
Ramp externally
"adjustable"
30c
16ac
Ramp "off"
32c
Note:
When using an external ramp time potentiometer in the internal ramp
time potentiometer must be set to maximum!
Functional Description
Amplifier type VT 3056 S1X has 4 command level inputs refered to
potential M0, and one differential amplifier input (terminals 22a and
24c).
One command level input may have a maximum voltage of + 9 V. The
second command level input has a maximum voltage of + 6 V.
The + 9 V command level input can be connected directly to the
measured voltage + 9 V of the power supply section (8), or via an
external command level potentiometer.
If the command level voltage comes from an external source, the
differential amplifier input (11) must be used. When using the
differential amplifier input (11) it is important to ensure that the two
signal lines are connected or separated simultaneously from the
inputs when signalling the command level voltage.
The ramp generator (1) converts a stepped input signal into a slowly
rising or falling output signal. The ramp generator forms a slowly
rising or falling output signal from a stepped input signal. The rise and
fall times (gradient) of the output signal is settable at potentiometers
P1 and P2.
The ramp time can achieve a maximum value of 5 s over the full
voltage range (from 0 to 6 V, measured at the command value test
points). If a smaller command value that 9 V is applied to the input
of the ramp generator (1), the ramp time will be shortened.
The output signal of the ramp generator (1) is passed to the PD
regulator (2).
RE 29 957/07.03
The oscillator (4) converts a DC signal voltage to an alternating

voltage. This signal is then passed to the inductive positional transducer.
The positional transducer (9) alters the voltage level of this alternating
voltage signal dependent upon the swivel angle of the pump. This
alternating voltage signal is then reconverted into a DC signal in the
demodulator (5).
The level of this DC voltage is proportional to the swivel angle.
The matching amplifier (6) can be used to vary this actual value. As
the output signal of the matching amplifier (6) is the actual value of
the PD regulator (2), the maximum stroke can be varied by means of
potentiometer P3.
The PD regulator (2) and the pulsed output stage (3), which consists
of current regulator (3a), pulsed generator (3b) and the power
amplifier (3c), are specially matched to the axial piston unit.
Dependent on the difference between the command and actual value,
the PD regulator send out a signal which controls the self pulsing
output stages (3).
The cable break detector (7) monitors the leads to the inductive
positional transducer (9) and should an error occur switches off both
solenoids. Simultaneously, an LED (10) on the front plate of the
amplifier indicates "cable break".
4/6
VT 5036
163
Ordering code
VT 5036
S 1X / R5
*
further details in clear text
32 pin edge connector to DIN 41 612 form D

=S
(for installation in an Euro card magazine and card holder)
series 10 to 19
(10 to 19: installation details remain unchanged)
no code =
E=
= 1X
German front plate

English front plate
R5 =
ramp 5 s max.
Additional Information
The amplifier may only be unplugged when switched off!
Measurements to be made with a high resistance meter set on the voltage range!
Measured (control) zero (M0) is raised + 9 V with respect to 0 V of the power supply!
M0 may NOT be connected to 0 V at the power supply!
The "earth" sign of the inductive positional transducer may NOT be connected to (0V) of the supply voltage!
Radio tranmitters may not be placed within 1 m of this card!
Command level inputs my only be switched with contacts suitable for currents of > 1 mA!
Screen all input lines. Leave one end of the screen open. Connect one end to 0 V of the supply line!
Do not lay solenoid lines close to power lines!
When using the internal relays, terminal 28c must be used as the power supply line!
01

REXROTH
Window for card place in Euro card magazine
prop. amplifier
cable break
off Ramp
on
128
Istwert
Sollwert
LED indicator for cable break

Ramp "off" "on"
Test point 1: Measured of actual value voltage 0 6 V
Test point 2: Measured of command value voltage 0 + 6 V
up
ramp time
down
Ramp time setting "up" "down" from 0,03 to 5 s
R5
VT
5036
128
40
15
172
186
172
2,5
11
VT 5036
89
100
5/6
RE 29 957/07.03
164
Notes
Bosch Rexroth AG
The data specified above only serves to describe

the product. No statements concerning a certain
condition or suitability for a certain application
can be derived from our information.The details
stated do not release you from the responsibility
for carrying out your own assessment and
verification. It must be remembered that our
products are subject to a natural process of
wear and ageing.

Telefon 0 93 52 / 18-0
Telefax 0 93 52 / 18-23 58 Telex 6 89 418-0
RE 29 957/07.03
6/6
VT 5036
165
Electrical amplifier
for the control of servo valves
RE 29979/07.05
Replaces: 11.02
1/6
Type VT-SR1
Series 1X
Table of contents
Features
Features
The amplifier VT-SR1 is suitable for the control of 2-stage servo

valves with electrical position feedback (type 4WS2EE ).
Ordering code
Valve current controller
Function
Main spool position controller
Technical data
Dither signal generator
Inverse pulsed output stage
Oscillator/demodulator
Unit dimensions
Enable circuit using relays
Contents
Page
Measuring instrument for displaying the servo valve current

Optional accessories:
PID controller 1) with controller switching
Relay with a potential free 2-way contact (28 V / 2 A)
Voltage controller 15 V for the controller and
position transducer electronics
1)
The D component only acts on the actual value

(velocity feedback).
166
2/6
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT-SR1
RE 29979/07.05
Ordering code
VT
SR1
1X
*
Amplifier for servo valves with electrical position

feedback; type 4WS2EE (all nominal sizes)
Series 10 to 19
Valve type code

= 1X
0=
1=
Without 15 V voltage controller

With 15 V voltage controller
2) E.g. With/without PID controller, with/without

reserve relay K3
Type VT 3002-2X/32, see RE 29928
For the additional PID controller, the controller technical

data must be stated.
Suitable power supply:

Function
The amplifier VT-SR1 operates using an inverted pulse output
stage with bipolar transistors. The output from this output stage may be switched on and off by means of an enable circuit
(relay K2). The enable is indicated by the lighting up of LED
H2 on the front plate. The switching voltage for all relays is
set to either 0 V or +UB using jumpers J12 and J13 (works
setting +UB).
The necessary symmetrical operating voltage UB is protected

against reverse polarity. If the card does not include a voltage controller to supply the closed loop controller and position
transducer electronics, then an additional stabilised auxiliary
voltage UM must be available. The auxiliary voltage connection is protected against reverse polarity up to a maximum
current of 1 A.
The output stage comprises of an I controller with connected

dither signal generator. The amplitude of the dither signal is
set using R7. A PD controller is used to control the pilot stage
(command value current). The actual value current feedback is
displayed at the same time by the instrument on the front plate.
The amplifier may be optionally equiped with a PID controller

(the D component only effects the actual value signal) with selectable PI component and a reserve relay with a potential free
2-way switch. Using this controller, an additional closed loop
control circuit (e.g. for a closed loop drive control) may be superimposed. The P and D components may be set on the front
plate. The switched status of the controller is displayed by LED
H1 and the relay by LED H3 (the LEDs lights up when the
relay is closed). The PID controller is set up in accordance with
the customer specifications and hence must be stated in clear
text on the order. These amplifiers are allocated a special type
code on delivery. The reserve relay may be loaded up to 28 V
and 2 A.
The oscillator/demodulator is used to determine the spool

position. It is designed as a plug-in card. The parameters of
which are matched to the corresponding valve type.
The command value position and the actual value position are
fed to the PD controller. The D component only effects the
actual value (velocity feedback).
The zero point may be set on the front plate by means of R3
(NP).
167
RE 29979/07.05
VT-SR1
3/6
Operating voltages:
UB 24 VDC
With voltage controller

uB(t)max 28 VDC
uB(t)min 22 VDC
Without voltage controller
UB; UM 24 VDC; 15.0 VDC
uB(t)max; uM(t)max 28 VDC; 15.2 VDC
uB(t)min; uM(t)min 22 VDC; 14.8 VDC
Current consumption (without valve) at UB = 24 V 1)
I < 150 mA
Inputs:
Command value 1 (main spool position)
Ue 0 to 10 V (Re = 50 k)
Command value 2 (main spool position) with J9
Ue 0 to 10 V (Re = 50 k)
Actual value (main spool position)
Ue 0 to 10 V (Re = 50 k)
Enable
Ue +24 V with J13; 0 V with J12 (Re = 700 ; relay circuit)
Controller switching
Reserve relay
Outputs:
Stabilised output voltage 1)
UM 15 V 2 %; 150 mA
Valve current
Imax 60 mA
+60 mA (measuring output)
Ua 10 V =
U +24 V (+UB)
Command value valve current (with J10)

Relay selection voltage
Dither signal
f 340 Hz 5 % (ISS = 3 mA)
f 2.5 kHz / 5 kHz (dependent on the valve type)
Relay data:
Nominal voltage
U +26 V
Response voltage
U > 13 V
Release voltage
U 1.3 V to 6.5 V
Switching time
Coil resistance (at 25 C)
t < 4 ms
R 700
Connection type
32-pin blade connector, DIN 41612, form D
Card dimensions

Height
3 HE (128.4 mm)
Width, conductor side
1 TE (5.08 mm)
Width, component side
7 TE
Permissible ambient temperature range
J 0 to +50 C
J 20 to +70 C
Weight
1)
In version with voltage controller
m 0.3 kg
01
16a
28c
30c
6c
2a
Operating voltage
22 to 28 VDC
UB
+ UB
1)
R65
R13
+ UB
R2
P
PID
R1
K1
UB
J12
Controller
+15 V
UDSS
R7
H3
6 F
K3
K3
K2
M0
4a
4c
2c
6a
12c
8a
10a
8c
10c
32a
16a
18ac
F = On front panel
J13
2 F
H2
16a
24c
24a
+UB ( with J12)
+UB ( with J12)
15 V ( UM)
M0
+ 15 V (+ UM)
Max.
contact loading:
U = 28 V
I=2A
Reserve
Position actual value
Enable
Valve 4WS2EE
D C
B E
Hydraulics
VT-SR1
Without R13 and by fitting J14 and R65

the controller input becomes a differential input.
UB
Controller
15 V
22c
H1
K2
26c
26a
20c
J14
K1
DV F
PD
18c
J6
R3
NP
Valve current
IX / %
16c
14c
Controller output 1)
32c
(differential amplifier output)
Actual value 1)
(reference potential)
Command vlaue
Controller
switchover
+UB ( with J12)
J9
+ UB = 24 V
J10
Bosch Rexroth AG
Call-up voltage for

Relays K1, K2, K3 14a
Position command value 1
30a
Position command value 2 (J9)

28a
or
Controller output (J10)
4/6
168
RE 29979/07.05
169
VT-SR1
RE 29979/07.05
5/6

The amplifier card must only be removed or inserted when de-energised!
Command value signals must only be switched using relays with gold plated contacts
(small voltages, small currents)!
Only use contacts with a loadability of approx. 40 V; 50 mA for switching card relays (enable, controller switching, reserve).
Always screen the command and actual value cables; leave one end of the screen open, connect on the card side to ground ()!
Do not lay signal cables in the vicinity of power cables!
1. Also screen the solenoid cables (connect one end to )!
2. Use cable type LiYCY 1.5 mm2 for lengths up to 50 m long. Longer lengths on request!
Recommendations:
Note:
Electrical signals (e.g. actual value) taken via valve electronics must not be used to switch off
the machine safety functions!
(This is in accordance with the regulations to the European standard Safety requirements of fluid
technology systems and components - hydraulics, prEN 982.)
01
Rexroth
P
D
89
H3
100
H2
IX / %
3HE (128,4)
H1
NP
DV
2
4
6
VT-SRXX
1
3
5
8TE (40,3)
7
165
182
170
6/6
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT-SR1
RE 29979/07.05
Notes
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
Zum Eisengieer 1
Telefon +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0
Telefax +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58
www.boschrexroth.de

parties.
171
RE 29980/09.05
Replaces: 02.03
Analogue amplifier
1/6
Type VT-SR2
Series 1X
H5658
Features
Table of contents
Contents
Page
Features
Ordering code
Technical data
Unit dimensions
Suitable for controlling single and two-stage servo-valves

without electrical position feedback (types 4WS2EM 6,
4WS2EM 10., 4WS2EM 16., 4WS2EB 10., 4DS1EO 2 and
3DS2EH 10)
Regulator for valve current
Push-pull output stage
Enable circuit with relay
Measuring instrument for displaying servo-valve current
Optional extensions:
PID-controller1) with controller changeover
Relay with potential-free changeover contact (28 V / 2 A)
Voltage regulator 15 V for supplying the closed-loop
control electronics
1) The D-components act on the actual value only.
Suitable Card holders:
Type VT 3002-2X/32, see RE 29928
Single card holder, without power supply unit
Suitable Power supply unit:
172
2/6
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT-SR2
RE 29980/09.05
Ordering code
VT-SR2
1X
*
Amplifier for servo-valves without electrical position feedback;

types 4WS2EM 6, 4WS2EM 10., 4WS2EM 16.,
4WS2EB 10., 4DS1EO 2 and 3DS2EH 10
Series 10 to 19
= 1X
Without voltage regulator 15 V
With voltage regulator 15 V
60 =
Valve current:
60 mA
100 =
100 mA
=0
=1
VT-SR2 amplifiers operate with a push-pull output stage with
bipolar transistors. The output of this output stage can be activated or deactivated using an enable circuit (relay K2). The
enable is indicated by lighting up of the LED H2 on the front
panel. The switching voltage of all relays is set to either 0 V or
+UO (factory setting +Uo) by means of jumpers J12 and J13.
The required symmetric operating voltage UO is protected

against reverse polarity. For the version without voltage regulator, an additional stabilised auxiliary voltage (UM) must
be provided to supply the controller electronics. The auxiliary
voltage connection is protected against reverse polarity up to a
maximum current of 1 A.
The output stage consists of an I-controller with connected

dither signal generator. The amplitude of the dither signal can
be adjusted using R7. The input stage (current command value)
is controlled by a PD-controller. The actual current value fed
back is indicated on an instrument on the front panel.
Optionally, the amplifier can be fitted with a PID-controller

(D-component acts only on the actual value), with the PI-component being able to be changed over, and a reserve relay with
potential-free changeover contact. This controller can be used
to superimpose a further closed control loop (e.g. for drive control). The P- and D-component can be adjusted on the front panel. The control state of the controller is signalled by LED H1,
that of the relay by LED H3 (LEDs light up when relays are
picked up). The PID-controller configuration is customised and
must therefore be indicated in clear text on the order. When
dispatched, a special type designation is assigned to the amplifier. The reserve relay may be loaded up to 28 V and 2 A.
The position command value is fed to the PD-controller, with

the D-component acting only on input 3.
The valve zero point can be adjusted from the front panel using
R3 (NP).
173
RE 29980/09.05
VT-SR2
3/6
Operating voltages
UB 24 VDC
With voltage regulator

Upper limit value
uO(t)max 28 VDC
Lower limit value
uO(t)min 22 VDC
Without voltage regulator

(operating and auxiliary voltage)
UO
UM
24 VDC
15.0 VDC
Upper limit values
uO(t)max
uM(t)max 28 VDC
15.2 VDC
Lower limit values
uO(t)min
uM(t)min 22 VDC
14.8 VDC
1)
I <150 mA
Power consumption (without valve) at UO= 24 V

Inputs
Command value 1 (main spool position)
Ue
0 to 10 V (Ri = 50 k)
Command value 2 (main spool position) with J9
Ue
0 to 10 V (Ri = 50 k)
Enable
Ue +24 V with J13
0 V with J12
(Ri = 700 , relay circuit)
Changeover of controller
Ue +24 V with J13
0 V with J12
Reserve relay
Ue +24 V with J13
0 V with J12
01
Outputs
Regulated output voltage 1)
UM 15 V 2 %, 150 mA
Valve current
Imax 60 mA / 100 mA
Valve current command value (with J10)

Relay call-up voltage
Dither signal
Ua 10 V +60 mA / +100 mA (measurement output)

U +24 V (+UO)
f 340 Hz 5 % (ISS = 3 mA)
Relay data
Nominal voltage
U +26 V
Response voltage
U >13 V
Release voltage
U 1.3 V to 6.5 V
Switching time
t <4 ms
R 700
Type of connection
Card dimensions
Front panel dimensions

Height
3 HE (128.4 mm)
1 TE (5.08 mm)
7 TE
0 to +50 C
20 to +70 C
Weight
m 0.2 kg
1)
Only for version with voltage regulator
28a
16a
1)
UB
+ UB
J14
R65
R13
UB
+ UB
R2
PID
R1
K1
R7
Volt. reg.
15 V
UB
J12
= UDSS
Volt. reg.
+15 V
H1
The controller input can be converted into

a differential input by removing R13 and
plugging in J14 and R65.
K1
DV F
PD
R3
J13
K3
K3
K2
22c
18c
12c
32c
8a
10a
8c
10c
6a
16a
24a
24c
F = on front panel
H3
H2
K2
26c
26a
+UO ( with J12)
15 V ( UM)
M0
+ 15 V (+ UM)
Regulated output voltage

(for version with voltage regulator)
or
input for auxiliary voltage
(for version without voltage regulator)
Controller output 1)
I =2A
U = 28 V
+UO ( with J12)
max. contact load:
Reserve
Enable
Servo-valve
VT-SR2
1)
20c
16c
14c
28c
30c
6c
2a
J6
+ UB = 24 V
J9
NP
Valve current
IX/%
F
Hydraulics
22 to 28 VDC
Operating voltage
Actual value
(Reference potential)
1)
Controller input
(differential input)
command value
+UO ( with J12)
Controller changeover
relays K1, K2, K3 14a
Call-up voltage for
Input 3
J10
Bosch Rexroth AG
32a
Position command value 1 30a
controller output (J10)
or
Position command value 2 (J9)
4/6
174
RE 29980/09.05
175
5/6
VT-SR2
RE 29980/09.05
Unit dimensions
(Dimensions in mm)
89
IX / %
3HE (128,4)
H1
H2
H3
100
NP
DV
2
4
6
01
8
1
3
5
VT-SRXX
8TE (40,3)
2
7
165
182

The amplifier may only be plugged or unplugged when disconnected from the power supply!
Command values may only be switched via relays with gold-plated contacts
(small voltages, small currents)!
For switching card relays (enable, controller changeover, reserve) use only contacts with a load-carrying capacity of
ca. 40 V, 50 mA.
Always shield command value and actual value cables; leave one end of shield open and connect the card-sided end to
the ground ()!
Do not lay signal cables near power cables!
Recommendation:

For solenoid cable lengths up to 50 m, use cable type LiYCY 1.5 mm2.
For greater lengths, please consult us!
176
6/6
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT-SR2
RE 29980/09.05
Notes
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
Zum Eisengieer 1
Telefon +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0
Telefax +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58
www.boschrexroth.de

wear and aging.
177
RE 30209/07.04
Electrical amplifier for the control of

high response control valves with a
servo pilot control valve
1/6
Types VT-SR41 to VT-SR43
Series 1X
H5657
Features
Contents
Page
Features
Ordering details
Function
Technical data
Unit dimensions
Amplifiers VT-SR41 to VT-SR43 are suitable for the control of

high response control valves (flow control valves) with servo valve pilot control and electrical position feedback (cartridge valves,
type .WRC ).
Controller for valve current
Controller for main spool position
Inverted pulsed output stage
Enable circuit with relays
Measuring instrument for displaying the servo valve current
Optional additions:
Card holders:
Type VT 3002-2X/32, see RE 29 928
Power supply:
Type VT-NE31-1X, see RE 29 929
PID controller 1) with controller switchover

Relay with potential free changeover contact (28 V / 2 A)
Voltage controller 15 V for the supply of the controller and
position transducer electronics
1)
The D component only affects the actual value (velocity feedback).
178
2/6
Bosch Rexroth AG
VT SR41 bis VT SR43
RD 30209/07.04
Ordering details
VT SR_ _ 1X
Amplifier for high response control valves
(flow control valves) with servo pilot control
Type .WRC 32
Type .WRC 40
Type .WRC 50
Series 10 to 19
((10 to 19: unchanged technical data
*
futher details in clear text 1)
2=
3=
= 41
= 42
= 43
= 1X
0=
1=
1)
for valves with 2/2-way function

for valves with 3/2-way function
Without 15 V voltage controlle
With 15 V voltage controlle
E.g. with/without PID controller, with/without reserve

relay K3
The controller parameters must be specified for the
additional PID controller.
Function
The VT-SR41 to VT-SR43 amplifiers work with an inverted pulse output stage with bipolar transistors. The output from this
output stage can be switched on or off by means of an enable
circuit (relay K2). The enable is indicated on the front plate by
the lightening up of LED "H2". The switching voltage of all the
relays is set to either to 0 V or + UB using jumpers J12 and J13
(+ UB is factory pre-set).
The output stage comprises of an I controller that has a dither
generator connected to it. The amplitude of the dither signal is
set using R7. The pilot stage (command value current) is controlled via a PD controller. The feedback from the current actual
value is simultaneously displayed by the instrument on the front
plate.
The oscillator/demodulator is used to determine the spool position. It is designed as a plug-in card. The parameters of which
are adapted to the corresponding valve type.
The position command value and the position actual value are
passed to the PD controller. The D component only effects the
actual value (velocity feedback).
The zero point may be set on the front plate by means of R3

("NP").
The necessary symmetrical operating voltage UB is protected
against reverse polarity. If the card does not include a voltage
controller to supply the closed loop controller and the position transducer electronics, then an additional stabilised auxiliary
voltage UM must be available. The auxiliary voltage is protected against reverse polarity up to a maximum current of 1 A.
The amplifier may be optionally equipped with a PID controller
(the D component only effects the actual value) with switchable PI component and a reserve relay with a potential free changeover contact. Using this controller, an additional closed loop
control (e.g. for a further closed loop drive control) may be superimposed. The P and D components may be set on the front
plate. The switching state of the controller is displayed by LED
"H1", and that of the relay by LED "H3" (the LEDs lights up
when the relay is closed). The PID controller is set up in accordance with the customer specification and hence must be
stated in clear text on the order. The amplifiers are allocated a
special type code on delivery. The reserve relay may be loaded
up to 28 V and 2 A.
179
RD 30209/07.04
VT SR41 bis VT SR43
3/6
Operating voltages:
UB 24 VDC
With voltage controller

-Upper limiting value
uB(t)max 28 VDC
-Lower limiting value
uB(t)min 22 VDC
Without voltage controller
UB; UM 24 VDC; 15.0 VDC
-Upper limiting value
uB(t)max; uM(t)max 28 VDC; 15.2 VDC
-Lower limiting value

Current consumption (without valve) at UB= 24 V
uB(t)min; uM(t)min 22 VDC; 14.8 VDC

1)
< 150 mA
Inputs:
-Command value 1 (main spool position)
Ue 0 bis 10 V (Re = 50 k)
-Command value 2 (main spool position) with J9
Ue 0 bis 10 V (Re = 50 k)
-Actual value (main spool position)
Ue 0 bis 10 V (Re = 50 k)
-Enable
Ue + 24 V mit J13; 0 V mit J12 (Re = 700 ; relay circuit)
-Controller switchover
-Reserve relay
Outputs:
-Controlled output voltage 1)
UM 15 V 2 %; 150 mA
-Valve current
Imax 60 mA / 100 mA (dependent on the valve size)
-Valve current command value (with J10)

-Relay call-up voltage
Ua 10 V + 60 mA / + 100 mA (measuring output)

U + 24 V (+ UB)
Dither signal
f 380 Hz 5 % (ISS = 0.42 mA)
f 5 kHz
Relay data:
-Nominal voltage
U + 26 V
-Response voltage
U > 13 V
-Release voltage
U 1.3 V to 6.5 V
-Switching time
-Coil resistance (at 25 C)
t < 4 ms
R 700
Connection type
32-pin blade connector, DIN 41 612, form D
Card dimensions

-Height
3 HE (128.4 mm)
-Width, conductor side
1 TE (5.08 mm)
-Width, component side
7 TE
J 0 to + 50 C
J 20 to + 70 C
Weight
1)
For version with voltage controller
m 0.3 kg
01
16a
28c
30c
6c
2a
UB
+ UB
R65
R13
UB
+ UB
R2
P
PID
R1
K1
UDSS
UB
J12
R7
Regulator
15 V
Regulator
+ 15 V
H1
removing R13 and fitting J14 and R65 the controller

input is converted into a differential output.
20c
16c
14c
J14
K1
DV F
PD
H3
2 F
H2
6 F
K3
K3
K2
M0
F = on front plate
J13
K2
+ UB (
Max.
Reserved
22c
18c
12c
Valid for valve type 2WRC
red 1 (red)
brown 1(blue)
blue 1(brown)
black 1(black)
Inductive posit.
transducer
with J12)
( ) Valid for valve type 3WRC
E 1 (E)
F 1 (C)
C 1 (F)
D 1 (D)
with J12)
B 1 (C)
A 1 (D)
A negative command value at connection 30a

results in a flow from A to T in the main stage.
A positive command value at connection 30a

results in a flow from P to A in the main stage.
For valve type 3WRC:
A positive command value at connection 30a

results in the opening of the main stage and a
15 V ( UM)
flow from A to B or B to A.
M0
+ 15 V (+ UM)
I=2A
8a U = 28 V
(A)
C 1 (B)
For valve type 2WRC:
+ UB (
Actual position
10a Contact load:
8c
10c
32a
16a
18ac
4a
4c
2c
6a Interlock release
16a
24c
24a
26c
26a
Servo valve
VT SR41 bis VT SR43
1) By
Operating voltage
22 bis 28 VDC
J6
R3
NP
D1
(Differential amplifier output)
Regulator output 1) 32c
Actual signal 1)
(referece potential)
Command signal
Regulator switch
+ UB ( with J12)
J9
+ UB = 24 V
J10
"IX / %"
Valve current F
Ventil .WRC
Bosch Rexroth AG
Selection voltage for

Relays K1, K2, K3 14a
Command position 1
30a
Command position 2 (J9)

28a
or
regulator output (J10)
4/6
180
RD 30209/07.04
181
VT SR41 bis VT SR43
RD 30209/07.04
5/6

The amplifier card may only be plugged or unplugged when switched off!
Command values may only be switched using relays with gold-plated contacts (small voltages, small currents)!
Only use contacts with a load of approx. 40 V; 50 mA for switching the card relays (enable, controller selection switch, reserve).
Screen all actual and command value lines; leave one end of the screen open, connect one end to ground ( )!
Do not lay signal lines close to power lines!
Recommendation: 1. Screen all solenoid lines (connect one end to )!
2. Use cable type LiYCY 1,5 mm2 for lengths less than 50 m long, longer lengths
on request!
Attention: Relay K2 may only be switched off when the servo valve is trimmed so that the main
stage of the WRC valve moves the actuator into a safe end position!
When the servo valve is not trimmed and relay K2 switched off, the position of the control
spool of the main stage is not defined!
Note: Electrical signals (e.g. actual value) taken via the valve electronics must not be used to
switch the machine relevant safety functions!
(Also see the European Standard regulations "Safety requirements of fluid technology systems and
components - hydraulics", prEN 982.)
Unit dimensions
01
(Dimensions in mm)
P
D
89
H3
100
H2
IX / %
3HE (128,4)
H1
NP
DV
2
4
6
VT-SRXX
1
3
5
8TE (40,3)
7
165
182
182
6/6
Bosch Rexroth AG
VT SR41 bis VT SR43
RD 30209/07.04
Notes
Bosch Rexroth AG
Zum Eisengieer 1
Telefon +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0
Telefax +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58
www.boschrexroth.de
2004 by Bosch Rexroth AG, Industrial Hydraulics, 97813 Lohr am Main

Alle Rechte vorbehalten. Kein Teil des Werkes darf in irgendeiner Form
ohne vorherige schriftliche Zustimmung von Bosch Rexroth AG, Industrial
Hydraulics reproduziert oder unter Verwendung elektronischer Systeme
gespeichert, verarbeitet, vervielfltigt oder verbreitet werden. Zuwiderhandlungen verpflichten zu Schadensersatz.
Die angegebenen Daten dienen allein der Produktbeschreibung. Eine
Aussage ber eine bestimmte Beschaffenheit oder eine Eignung fr einen
bestimmten Einsatzzweck kann aus unseren Angaben nicht abgeleitet
werden. Die Angaben entbinden den Verwender nicht von eigenen Beurteilungen und Prfungen. Es ist zu beachten, dass unsere Produkte einem
natrlichen Verschlei- und Alterungsprozess unterliegen.
183
RE 29 993/02.03
Replaces: 06.97
Electrical amplifier for flow control with

servo-valves
Type VT- SR7
H/A/D 5657/97
Series 1X
01
Type VT-SR7-1X/...
Table of contents
Contents
Features
Ordering code
Technical data

Preferred types
Unit dimensions
Page
1
1
2
2
3
4
4
4
Features
VT-SR7 amplifiers are used to control axial piston units of type
A4VSHS.
The assembly is fitted with an oscillator/demodulator for inductive
position feedback and a PID-controller for controlling the swivel angle of the pump. The parameters for the controller are matched to
the individual size of the axial piston unit.
The valve current is enabled by means of a relay call-up. The command value can be fed forward via the differential input or the command value input.
A measuring instrument installed in the front panel indicates the

servo-valve current; 100 % corresponds to 60 mA.
Card holder:
Type VT 3002-2X/32, see RE 29 928, single card holder without
power supply unit
Power supply unit:
Type VT-NE31-1X, see RE 29 929 compact power supply unit
115/230 VAC 24 VDC, 7 VA
Ordering code
VT-SR7
1X /
Amplifier for flow control with

servo-valves
Series 10 to19
= 1X
Without 15 V voltage regulator
With 15 V voltage regulator
1)
=0
=1
For example: with/without PID-controller

For the additional PID-controller, the
technical controller data must be specified.
A4VS40HS =
A4VS71HS =
A4VS125HS =
A4VS180HS =
A4VS250HS =
A4VS355HS =
A4VS500HS =
A4VS750HS =
A4VS1000HS =

Axial piston unit size 40
2003
electronic systems, in any form or by means, without the prior written authorisation of Bosch Rexroth AG. In the event
of contravention of the above provisions, the contravening party is obliged to pay compensation.
VT- SR7
1/4
RE 29 993/09.02
184
Operating voltages:
With voltage regulator
UB
Upper limit value
uO(t)max
Lower limit value
uO(t)min
Without voltage regulator
UO; UM
Upper limit values
uO(t)max; uM(t)max
Lower limit values
uO(t)min; uM(t)min
I
Power consumption (without valve) at UO = 24 V 1)
Inputs:
Command value 1
Ui
Command value 2 (with J9)
Ui
Actual position value
Ui
Enable
Ui
Controller changeover
Ui
Reserve relay
Ui
Outputs:
UM
Regulated output voltage 1)
Valve current
Imax
Valve current command value (with J10)
Uo
Relay call-up voltage
U
f
Dither signal
Relay data:
U
Nominal voltage
Response voltage
U
Release voltage
U
Switching time
t
R
Type of connection
Card dimensions
Height
J
J
Weight
m
1) for version with voltage regulator
24 VDC
28 VDC
22 VDC
24 VDC and 15 VDC (stabilised)
28 VDC; 15.2 VDC
22 VDC; 14.8 VDC
< 150 mA
0 to 10 V (Ri= 50 k)
0 to 10 V (Ri= 50 k)
0 to 10 V (Ri= 50 k)
+ 24 V with J13; 0 V with J12 (Ri= 700 ; relay circuit)
15 V 2 %; 150 mA
60 mA
10 V + 60 mA (measuring output)
+ 24 V (+ UO)
340 Hz (ISS = 3 mA)
+ 26 V
> 13 V
1.3 V to 6.5 V
< 4 ms
700
3 HE (128,4 mm)
1 TE (5.08 mm)
7 TE
0 to + 50 C
20 to + 70 C
0.3 kg
VT-SR7 amplifiers operate with a push-pull output stage with bipolar transistors. The output of this output stage can be activated or
deactivated using an enable circuit (relay K2). The enable is indicated by lighting up of LED "H2" on the front panel. The switching
voltage of all relays is set to either 0 V or + UO by means of jumpers
J12 and J13 (factory setting + UO).
The output stage consists of an I-controller with connected dither
signal generator. The amplitude of the dither signal can be adjusted
using R7. The input stage (current command value) is controlled via
a PD-controller. The actual current value fed back is indicated by the
instrument on the front panel.
The oscillator/demodulator is used for acquiring the position. It is
designed as plug-in board, the parameters of which are adapted to
the relevant size of the axial piston unit.
The position command value and actual position value are fed to the
PD-controller, with the D-component acting only on the actual value
(velocity feedback).
RE 29 993/09.02
The zero point can be adjusted from the front panel using R3 ("NP").
The required symmetric operating voltage UO is protected against
reverse polarity. If the printed circuit board is not fitted with a voltage regulator for supplying the controller and displacement transducer electronics, an additional, stabilised auxiliary voltage UM must
be provided. The auxiliary voltage connection is protected against
reverse polarity up to a maximum current of 1 A.
Optionally, the amplifier can be provided with a PID-controller (Dcomponent acts only on the actual value). This controller can be
used to superimpose a further closed control loop (e.g. for drive control). The P- and D-component can be adjusted on the front panel.
The PID-controller configuration is customised and must therefore
be indicated in clear text on the order. When dispatched, a special
type designation is assigned to the amplifiers.
2/4
VT- SR7
VT- VR7
3/4
Operating voltage
22 to 28 VDC
UB
+ UB
Controller output1)
(differential amplifier output)
Command value
Actual value1)
(Reference potential)
Call-up voltage for

relay K2
Position command value 1
Position command value 2 (J)

or
controller output (J10)
J9
J14
R65
R13
+ UB = 24 V
J10
J6
UB
PID
DV F
PD
+ UB
R2
R3
NP
R1
UB
J12
15 V
Controller
+ 15 V
J13
Valve current
"IX / %"
UDSS
R7
Controller
1) The controller input can be converted into a differential input by removing R13 and plugging in J14 and R65.
20c
16c
14c
32c
28c
30c
14a
16a
30a
28a
6 F
K2
K2
M0
22c
18c
12c
32a
16a
18ac
4a
4c
2c
6a
16a
24c
24a
26c
26a
F = On front panel
2 F
H2
+ UB (
15 V ( UM)
M0
+ 15 V (+ UM)
Actual position
value
Enable
B1 (C)
A1 (D)
C1 (B)
D1 (A)
mit J12)
Servo-valve connection:
1 valid for sizes 40 to 355
( ) valid for sizes 500 to 1000
IW9
185
01
RE 29 993/09.02
186
Preferred types
Engineering / maintenance notes /

supplementary information
Material no.
Type
R900035612
R900030717
R900557769
R900029274
R900579280
R900029181
VT-SR7-1X/0/A4VS.355HS
The amplifier may only be plugged or unplugged when disconnected from the power supply!
Command values may only be switched via relays with goldplated contacts (small voltages, small currents)!
For switching card relays (enable, controller changeover, reserve)
use only contacts with a load-carrying capacity of ca. 40 V/ 50 mA.
Always shield command value and actual value cables; leave one
end of shield open and connect the card-sided end to the ground
()!
Do not lay signal cables near power cables!
Recommendation: 1. Also shield solenoid cables (one end to )!
2. For lengths up to 50 m use cable type LiYCY
1.5 mm2 , for greater lengths, please consult us!
Caution: When pilot pressure is applied to the actuating
equipment and relay K2 is deactivated or the voltage supply is
disconnected, the pump may swivel to its maximum position!
Note: Electrical signals brought out via control electronics (e.g. actual
value) must not be used for switching safety-relevant machine functions! (See also the European standard Safety requirements for fluid
power systems and components - Hydraulics", prEN 982.)
P
D
89
H3
100
H2
IX / %
3HE (128,4)
H1
NP
DV
1
3
5
2
4
6
VT-SRXX
2
8TE (40,3)
7
165
182
Bosch Rexroth AG
Bosch Rexroth Limited

Telefon 0 93 52 / 18-0
Telefax 0 93 52 / 18-23 58 Telex 6 89 418-0
Cromwell Road, St Neots,

Cambs, PE19 2ES
Tel: 0 14 80/22 32 56
Fax: 0 14 80/21 90 52
eMail: info@boschrexroth.co.uk
RE 29 993/02.03
4/4

can be derived from our information.
The details stated do not release you from the
responsibility for carrying out your own
assessment and verification. It must be
remembered that our products are subject to a
natural process of wear and ageing.
VT- SR7
187
RE 30214/06.05
Replaces: 08.04
1/8
Type VT-MRMA1-1
Component series 1X
H7125
Table of contents
Contents
Features
Page
Features
Ordering code
2, 3
Suitable for controlling a DC motor actuated pressure reducing valve with electrical position feedback, type (Z)DRS, size 6,
component series 1X.
Innovative modular snap in housing with detachable plug-in
screw connectors
Block circuit diagram, pin assignment
Configurable pressure command value input
Technical data
Separately adjustable ramp times (up and down)
Terminal assignment
Linearisation
Unit dimensions
Electronic limit stops for the actuator drive

Setting recommendation
7, 8
Position controller with recognition of position command

value reached
Enable input
Output ready for operation
Output position command value reached

Configurable actual pressure value input

Integrated pressure switch function with adjustable switching
thresholds
Measuring sockets that can be changed over
Suitable pressure transducer:
Fault detection (cable breaks, short-circuits, etc.)
Type HM17-1X/..., see RE 30269
LED lamps: Ready for operation

(green)
Enable
(yellow)
Fault detection for act. pressure value input (red)
Pressure measuring range according to the selected pressure

stage
188
2/8
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT-MRMA1-1
RE 30214/06.05
Ordering code
VT - MRMA1 1
1X V0
*
Analogue amplifier of innovative modular design

for controlling DC motor actuated (Z)DRS 6 pressure
reducing vavles (component series 1X)
Basic version
=1
Basic version
= 1X
General
Pressure command value attenuator Gw [4]
The amplifier module is to be snapped onto top hat rails according to EN 60715. It is electrically connected via 4 plug-in screw
connectors with 4 connections each. The module is operated
with 24 V DC voltage.
Potentiometer Gw acts as attenuator [4] and determines the

internal maximum pressure command value. The adjustment
range is 0% to 130%.
An internal power supply unit provides all of the internally

required positive and negative supply voltages.
Pressure command value feedforward [2]
The internal pressure command value signal is generated from
an external pressure command value signal applied to input [2]
and the zero point offset [2] (zero point potentiometer Zw on the
front panel). An increasing/decreasing pressure command value
results in an increase/reduction in pressure. With the help of DIL
switches S1.1 to S1.6 (see commissioning instructions) the differential input can be configured as 4 to 20 mA current input.
Standard
value
Current
input
Differential input
Pressure command value

at measuring socket v
(position 0)
0%
4 mA
0V
0V
100%
20 mA
10 V
10 V
A break of a pressure command value cable is detected (output ready for operation) and results in the deactivation of the
output stage!
Ramp generator [3]
The ramp generator [3] generates a ramp-shaped output signal
from a given step signal. Here, the ramp time refers to a change
in the pressure command value of the input signal by 100%.
The ramp time is not extended or shortened by the downstream
pressure command value attenuator [4].
The ramp times for pressure increase and pressure reduction
can be adjusted separately by means of potentiometers t <
and t > on the front panel of the module. The current ramp time
values can be checked and preset with the help of the measuring socket v that can be changed over (also on the front panel).
Note on the adjustment of the ramp time:
Value at measuring
socket (position 4
10 5
or 5)
Ut in V
t =
1 Vs
Ut
Linearisation [5] is used for compensating for the non-linear

valve characteristic curve. The required valve position command
value is generated from the pressure command value.
The amplitude limiter [6] limits the internal valve position command value to + 110% and 5%.
Actual valve position value acquisition [12]
A voltage output is used for supplying the position transducer.
The actual valve position value fed back by the position transducer can be corrected with the help of zero point potentiometer Zx and sensitivity potentiometer Gx. The internal actual
position value signal thus generated is made available to the
valve position controller [7] for further processing. Breaks of the
position transducer cables are recognized by the fault detection
feature [8].
Electronic limit stop
The electronic limit stops are a functional part of the actual valve
position acquisition feature [12].
The adjustment stroke of the valve is mechanically limited. The
effective working range is within these mechanical limit stops.
To prevent an unwanted movement to the mechanical limit stops
(e.g. during set-up), so-called electronic limit stops are provided within a closer range for safety reasons. These limit stops
cannot be passed, since the output stage is deactivated accordingly. The electronic limit stops are only effective if the sensor
and motor are correctly wired!
0%
100%
Working range
of the valve
Electronic limit stop

Mechanical limit stop
3
2 1 0.5 0.1 0.05 0.03 0.02 0.01
Valve position controller [7]
Current ramp time

0.1 0.2 0.33 0.5 1 2 10 20 33.3 50 100
t in s ( 20 %)
Linearisation of the valve characteristic curve [5]
Measurement example:
Measurement: Ut = 5 V => t =
1 Vs
5V
The valve position controller [7] generates the control output

for the clocked output stage from the position deviation of the
system. The position controller is optimised to a specific valve
type.
Output stage [10]
= 0.2 s
The output stage [10] generates the clocked control voltage for
the DC motor that acts as actuator in the pressure reducing
189
RE 30214/06.05 VT-MRMA1-1
3/8
Functional description (continuation)

valve. The output stage output is short-circuit-proof. The output
stage is de-energized in the event of an internal error signal [8]
or missing enable [11].
Recognition of position command value reached [9]
A position command value reached output is provided as auxiliary
process variable. This output is connected to the 24 V operating
voltage as soon as the system deviation resulting from the valve position command value and the controlled actual valve position value
is 5% of the nominal stroke and the internal ramp output signal
corresponds to the applied pressure command value.
Fault detection [8]
The following is monitored:
Cable break of the pressure command value cables
Exchange of pressure command value cables
Cable break of the position transducer cables
Short-circuit of position transducer supply with L0 (0 V)
Due to the integrated protective motor circuit, the following can
be detected:
Exchanged motor cables (positive feedback)
Jamming of the valve actuator drive
Motor cable break
If no error is present, the green LED ready for operation
lights up on the front panel and the output ready for operation is connected to the 24 V operating voltage.
Protective motor switch
The protective motor circuit is a functional part of fault detection
[8]. To ensure proper operation of the valve actuator drive, the
required adjustment time is monitored during each pressure adjustment process. When an internally determined, max. permitted adjustment time (approx. 4 s) is exceeded, the output stage
is deactivated in order to prevent damage to the motor caused
by continuous application of load current.
The output ready for operation is connected to 0 V and the
green LED on the front panel goes out. When the cause of fault
is eliminated, the electronics can be re-activated by resetting
and subsequent setting of the enable.
The protective motor circuit detects:
Exchanged motor cables (positive feedback)
Motor cable break
Jamming of the valve actuator drive
Enable function [11]
The enable function [11] activates both, the position controller
and the output stage via the external control. The enable signal is
indicated by a yellow LED
on the front panel of the module.
configured either as 0 to 10 V voltage input or as 4 to 20 mA

current input.
Caution! If this input is configured as 4 to 20 mA input
and the actual pressure value input is connected in series with
another separate, external current input, the module electronics outputs an offset current at terminal 1. This must be taken
into account when the external current input is matched!
The actual pressure value input is monitored for the following
points (depending on the characteristics of the pressure transducer electronics):
Break of actual pressure value cables
Exchanged actual pressure value cables
Break of the pressure transducer operating voltage cable
Break of the pressure transducer ground cable
When one of these faults is detected at the actual pressure
value input, both pressure switch signals, A and B, are connected to 0 V and the red LED (!) on the front panel of the
amplifier module lights up.
Pressure switch function [14]
The integrated pressure switch [14] compares the internal actual
pressure value with a window around the pressure command
value that can be individually adjusted (DIL switches S2.1 to
S2.9). Depending on whether the actual pressure value falls below the lower or exceeds the upper limit, the relevant pressure
switch signal A or B drops to 0 V. When the actual pressure value is within the pressure command value window, both pressure
switch signals are connected to the 24 V operating voltage.
Exception: In the event of a cable break of one of the two actual
pressure value cables, both signals A and B drop to 0 V.
(For the setting of the pressure switch thresholds by means of
DIL switch S2, see commissioning instructions).
Change-over of measuring points [15]
With the help of measuring sockets v and on the front panel,
various internal measuring points (v0 to v5) can be checked. The
measuring points can be selected by means of measuring point
selector switch [15] at the front of the housing.
Measuring point
Press. comm. value wP
Switch
Measured signal v (ref. is )
position
0
0% 0 V and 100% 10 V
Act. press. value xP
0% 0 V and 100% 10 V
Valve comm. value
wS
0% 0 V and 100% 10 V
Act. valve value
xS
0% 0 V and 100% 10 V
Ramp time up
t<
10 mV to 10 V
Internal controller and output stage enable
Ramp time down t >
10 mV to 10 V
The controller and the output stage are enabled, when the external enable [11] is set and the electronics is ready for operation,
i.e. the fault detector [8] does not detect an error.
No function
0V
No function
< 10 V
Actual pressure value input [13]
No function
< 10 V
The internal actual pressure value signal is generated from the

signal applied to the actual pressure value input [13] and the
zero point offset (zero point potentiometer Zp on the front panel). Sensitivity potentiometer Gp can be used to compensate
for deviations of the pressure transducer caused by tolerances.
By means of DIL switches S1.7 and S1.8 (see commissioning
instructions) and proper matching by means of zero point potentiometer Zp and sensitivity potentiometer Gp, the input can be
No function
< 10 V
Note:
Switch positions 6 to 9 have no function. They are merely used
for determining the switch position in case that the arrow marking on the measuring point selector switch is no longer legible
due to damage.
[ ] = Cross-reference to block circuit diagram on page 4
01
190
4/8
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
RE 30214/06.05
VT-MRMA1-1
t< 3 t>
S1.1-1.6
wP
+ wP
wS
wP
U/I
U
Zw
t<
5, 6
16
PI
U
U
EN
U
11
S1.71.8
+ xP
U/I
U
GP
13
ZP
L0 (0V)
12
DC
+ 7.5 V
M0
11
DC
7.5 V
L0
1 Power supply unit
1
+ sensor
3
sensor
13
wP
xP
wS
xS
t<
t>
0
1
2
3
4
5
78
14
A
B
signal v
15
L0
9 Recognition of position value reached
2 Pressure command value feedforward
10 Output stage
3 Ramp generator
11 Enable function
4 Pressure command value attenuator
12 Actual valve position value acquisition
5 Linearisation of valve characteristic curve
13 Actual pressure value input
6 Amplitude limiter
14 Pressure switch function
7 Valve position controller
15 Measuring point selection
8 Fault detection
901
Operating
voltage
4
5
L0
14
xP
+M
15
xS
Zx
S2.12.9
456
xP
12
U
Gx
xS
10
EN
23
Enable
xS = wS
t>
Ready for
operation
Gw
10
0V
191
RE 30214/06.05 VT-MRMA1-1
5/8
Operating voltage
Operating range
UO 24 VDC + 40 % 20 %
Upper limit value
uO(t)max 35 V
Lower limit value
uO(t)min 21 V
Power consumption
PS < 50 VA
< 3.5 A
Current consumption i(t)max (motor switched on)

Imax (during actuating process)
<1A
Imin (when output stage is switched off)
< 120 mA
Fuse
1.6 A, self-healing (thermal overload protection)
Inputs:
Analogue
Pressure comm. value
Ui 0 to +10 V; Ri > 100 k
Pressure comm. value
(current input)
Ie 4 to 20 mA; load Rl = 100
Actual pressure value
(current input)
Ue 0.5 to +5 V; Ri > 100 k

Ie 4 to 20 mA; load Rl = 100
Digital
Enable
ON
U +8.5 V to UO; Ri > 100 k
OFF
U 0 to +6.5 V; Ri > 100 k
Adjustment ranges
Pressure command value zero point
(potentiometer Zw) 30 %
Pressure command value attenuator
(potentiometer Gw) 0 to 130 %1)
Actual pressure value sensitivity
(potentiometer Zp) 5 %
Actual pressure value gain
(potentiometer Gp) 90 to 120 %1)
Actual valve position value sensitivity
(potentiometer Zx) 15 %
Actual valve position value gain
(potentiometer Gx) 90 to 120 %1)
Ramp times
(potentiometers t < and t >)
0.1 to 100 s
Outputs
Output stage
Ueff 0 Veff to UO,eff
Sensor supply voltage
U 0 V and +10 V 3 %
Mesuring socket
U 0 V to +10 V 2 %; Imax = 2 mA
Ready for operation
ready for operation
U > 16 V
(Ri = 10 k; 50 mA)
not ready for operation
U <1V
(Ri = 10 k; 50 mA)
reached
U > 16 V
(Ri = 10 k; 50 mA)
not reached
U <1V
(Ri = 10 k; 50 mA)
Actual pressure value > lower pressure switch threshold
U > 16 V
(Ri = 10 k; 50 mA)
Actual pressure value < lower pressure switch threshold
U <1V
(Ri = 10 k; 50 mA)
U > 16 V
(Ri = 10 k; 50 mA)
Position command value

reached
Pressure switch signal A
Pressure switch signal B

Actual pressure value < upper pressure switch threshold
Actual pressure value > upper pressure switch threshold U < 1 V
(Ri = 10 k; 50 mA)
Type of connection
4 plug-in screw connectors with 4 connections each
Type of mounting
top hat rail TH 35-7.5 to EN 60715
Type of protection
IP 20 to EN 60 529
0 to +50 C
25 C to +70 C
Weight
Always with correctly set zero point
m 0.15 kg
1)
01
192
6/8
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT-MRMA1-1
RE 30214/06.05
Terminal assignment
xp
+ xp
10
sensor
valve plug contact 3
11

input
Position transducer
supply
Position command value

reached
Ready for operation
0V
Operating voltage
+ sensor
12
+ UB
wP
13
+ wP
14
enable
15
M

input
Pressure switch signals
Enable
Actual position value
input
xs = ws
xs
16
+M
Valve motor connection

113,6
13 14 15 16
top hat rail TH 35-7.5
9 10 11 12
Gx
Zw
Zx
! Gp
t<
t>
Zp
7 8
2 3
5 6
9 0 1
v0
I
v5
99,0
Gw
to EN 60715
5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4
22,5
Potentiometers
115,0
LED lamps
Gw
Pressure command value attenuator
Ready for operation
(green)
Zw
Pressure command value zero point
Enable
(yellow)
Gp
Actual pressure value gain
Zp
Actual pressure value zero point
Gx
Actual valve position value gain
Zx
Actual valve position value zero point
t<
Ramp time up
Load zero
t>
Ramp time down
Pressure cell cable break
Measuring sockets
Measuring signal
(red)
193
RE 30214/06.05 VT-MRMA1-1
7/8

Before installing and commissioning the unit, make sure that the DIL switches on the printed circuit board of the amplifier module are correctly set (for the function of the DIL switches, see commissioning instructions).
The DIL switches on the printed circuit board of the amplifier may only be set when the unit is disconnected from the power
supply!
The amplifier module may only be wired or connected and opened when disconnected from the power supply!
The distance to aerial lines, radio sources and radar equipment must be at least 1m!
Do not lay motor and signal cables near power cables!
The valve is to be connected using a 5-wire cable. For cables up to 50 m length use cable type LiYCY 0.5 mm2. In the case of
greater lengths, please consult us.
If the valve cable requires shielding, connect the shield to protective ground (PE) on the module side. In some cases (for example in the case of strong interference on PE), it may be useful to connect the shield directly to L0 of the amplifier module and
leave the other end open (risk of earth loops!).
When using a differential input, both inputs must always be activated or deactivated simultaneously.
Electrical signals (e.g. signal ready for operation) brought out via control electronics must not be used for switching safety-relevant machine functions! (See also European standard Safety requirements for fluid power systems and components - hydraulics, DIN EN 982)
Do not cut cable ends too short in order to allow opening of the module also when it is wired (e.g. for setting the DIL switches).
Make sure that the ground of the pressure command value (wP, terminal 5) has the same potential ( equipotential bonding
bar) as the ground (L0, terminal 11) of the power supply unit. This suppresses interference more effectively.
For details regarding environmental testing in the field of EMC (electromagnetic compatibility), climate and mechanical stress,
see RE 30214-U (declaration on environmental compatibility ).
For adjusting the potentiometers and the measuring point selector switch use a screw driver with a blade width of 4 mm.
Setting recommendation
Factory settings
When delivered, the electronics is characterised by the following features:
Minimum ramp times.
Attenuator Gw set to 100%.
The linearity of the complete system (module electronics and valve) are subject to manufacturing tolerances.
Fine-tuning of the complete system
Preconditions:
The system-specific connections must be made!
The DIL switches on the printed circuit board must be set according to the individual requirements!
The hydraulic system must be switched on.
Make sure that the hydraulic oil has reached the (controlled) operating temperature for fine tuning!
Signal
Setting
Set the external pressure command value feedforward to 0 %.

Pressure command value zero Set measuring point selector switch to 0 .
point
Use zero point potentiometer Zw to match the measuring signal at v: 0 V 5 mV ( = 0%)
Maximum pressure command

value
Note: Before the maximum value is matched, the zero point must have been matched according
to step 1!
External pressure command value feedforward = 100 %
Set measuring point selector switch to 0.
Use zero point potentiometer Gw to match the measuring signal at v: 10 V 5 mV ( = 100 %)
Select the potentiometer to be adjusted by means of the measuring point selector switch:
Ramp times
Position 4 for ramp up t < and position 5 for ramp down t >.
Adjust the ramp time according to formula or table (see functional description ramp generator and
check the setting at measuring socket v.
01
194
8/8
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT-MRMA1-1
RE 30214/06.05
Setting recommendation (continuation)

Signal
Setting
Note: Before the 20% actual pressure value is calibrated, the pressure command value must
have been matched according to steps 1 and 2!
Connect the valve electrically.
Measure the sensor supply voltage on the module side between terminals 4 and 3: +10.0 V 300 mV
Set the external pressure command value feedforward to 20%.
Apply enable signal externally.
20% actual
pressure value
Setting of the actual pressure value signal (= voltage between terminals 2 and 1) to 20 % of the
nominal pressure value using Zx :
Actual pressure value signal in dependence upon the pressure transducer used:
Pressure transducer
used
Output signal (20 %)
Voltage between
terminals 2 and 1
0.5 5 V output
+1.40 V
+1.40 V
4 20 mA output
+7.2 mA
+0.72 V (Rload = 100 )
Set measuring point selector switch to 1 .

Use potentiometer Zp to match the measuring signal at v: +2.00 V 5 mV
Note: Before the maximum value is matched, the calibration of the 20% actual pressure value
according to step 4 must have been completed!
Set the external pressure command value feedforward to 100% .
Apply enable signal externally.
Maximum actual
pressure value
Setting of the actual pressure value signal (= voltage between terminals 2 and 1) to 100 % of the
nominal pressure value using Gx :
Actual pressure value signal in dependence upon the pressure transducer used:
Pressure transducer
used
Output signal (20 %)
Voltage between
terminals 2 and 1
0.5 5 V output
+5.00 V
+5.00 V
4 20 mA output
+20 mA
+2.00 V (Rload = 100 )
Set measuring point selector switch to 1.

Use potentiometer Gp to match the measuring signal at v: +10.00 V 5 mV
6
Actual pressure
value
Individual adjustment of the

maximum pressure command
value
Check the two working points (steps 4 and 5).

If required, repeat steps 4 and 5.
Adjust external pressure command value according to your individual needs.
Example: Reduction of 100 % external pressure command value to 80 %
Set external pressure command value feedforward to 100 %
Turn measuring point selector switch to 0
Use potentionmeter Gw to adjust the measured signal at measuring socket v according to the
individual requirements: Setting in this example: 8.0 V 5 mV (= 80 %)
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
Zum Eisengiesser 1
Telephone +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0
Fax +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58
www.boschrexroth.de

can be derived from our information. The given information does not
release the user from the obligation of own judgement and verification. It
wear and aging.
195
RE 30221/09.05
replaced: 05.05
1/8
Type VT-MRPA1-...
Series 1X
Contents
Features
Page
Suitable for controlling direct operated proportional relief

valves with electrical position feedback (type DBETR-1X)
or for proportional flow control valves with electrical position
feedback (type 2FRE...)
Features
Ordering details
Technical Data
Ramp generator with separately adjustable ramp times

up/down
Terminal allocation
Zero point potentiometer
Unit dimensions
Amplitude attenuation
Engineering notes / maintenance guidelines /

additional information
Setting recommendations
Command value input 10 V (differential input)
Enable input
Polarity protection for the power supply
Power supply with a DC/DC convertor without a raised zero
point
Suitable power supply:
Cable break recognition in the position transducer branch

LED indicators:
Operational (green)
Enable (yellow)
Measurement sockets for:
Command value w
Actual valve x
Ramp times t<, t>
Attention:
When replacing a VT 11025, VT 11033 and VT 11034 the
changed position transducer connections have to be taken
into account!
196
2/8
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT-MRPA1-...
RE 30221/09.05
Ordering details
VT-MRPA1
1X V0
Analogue amplifier of modular design
For controlling a DBETR-1X valve

For controlling a 2FRE6-1X valve
For controlling a 2FRE10 and 16-1X valve
Basic version
= 100
= 150
= 151
Basic version
Series 10 to 19
= 1X
(10 to 19: unchanged technical data and connection allocation)
General
Amplitude attenuation [5]
These amplifier modules can be snapped onto carrier rails to

EN 60715. The electrical connections are made by means of
screw terminals. The modules are operated using 24 VDC.
The amplitude attenuator Gw can be used to adjust the

maximum value, within the range of 0 - 100 %, to the hydraulic
requirements.
The amplifier modules comprise of a power supply unit with an

inrush current limiter. It provides all the internally required positive and negative supply voltages. The inrush current limiter
prevents high inrush current peaks.
The internal command value is limited to 0 % and 110 %.
Oscillator [9]
The oscillator generates the control signal for the inductive
position transducer.

[3] of the external command value signal applied to
differential input [2] and the zero point offset (zero point potentiometer Zw).
Demodulator [10]
A positive command value results in a current increase in the

solenoid and, thereby an increase in pressure at the valve.
Controller for the valve spool position [7]

The enable function is used to enable the current output stages
and to pass the internal command value signal on to the ramp
generator. A LED on the front panel indicates the enable signal. When the enable is activated, the internal command value
(an applied optional command value) changes according to the
set ramp time. As a result of this, valve does not open suddenly
when activated.
Ramp generator [4]
The demodulator uses the position transducer signal to

provide the actual value signal of the valve spool position:
+100 % = +10 V at measurement socket x.
The position controller is used to minimise the valve hysteresis

and is optimised to meet the individual valves requirements.
Current output stages [8]
approx.
1.85 A. The output stage outputs are short-circuit-proof. The
output stages are de-energised in the case of an internal fault
signal or missing enable.
The ramp generator limits the gradient of the control variable.

Due to the amplitude attenuator, the ramp time is not lenghtened or shortened.

short circuits and the output stage for overcurrent.
Notes on the adjustment and measurement of the ramp time:

[ ] = Cross-reference to the block circuit diagram on page 3
Value at measuring socket t < or t > Ut in V
Actual ramp time (20 %)
20
33
50
Ut in V
t in ms
0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1
0,05
0,03
0,02
100 200 333 500 1000 2000 3333 5000

Example:
t in ms
Measured
Results in
t=
100 Vms
Ut
Ut = 5 V
100 Vms
t =
5V
= 20 ms
Operating
voltage
DC
DC
11
Zw
Zero point actual value
Ramp time up
Ramp time down
Amplitude attenuator
t>
Gw
Zero point com. value
L0
Zx
Zw
0V
+ UB
UB
&
Gx
t>
Operational
Enable
=
=
Command value
Actual value
Gw
PID
M0
M0
Gx
Zx
10
UB
12
11
10
Enable function
Proportional valve
Inductive position transducer
11
12
13
14
Ramp generator
Amplitude limiter
Controller for valve spool position
5
6
7
Fault detection
Oscillator
Demodulator
9
10
3
Command value summator
13
Power supply unit
12
Solenoid
When replacing a VT 11025, VT 11033 and VT 11034 the

changed position transducer terminal connections has to be
taken into account. Pins 6 and 12 are exchanged.
Attention:
Gmax
Actual value sensitivity
t>
t<
+ 15 V
+ 10 V
M0
10 V
15 V
14
t<
VT-MRPA1-...
t<
Enable
Ref. potential IN
Com. value: 10 V + IN
Differential input (Usoll):
RE 30221/09.05
197
3/8
01
198
4/8
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT-MRPA1-...
RE 30221/09.05
Technical Data (for applications outside these parameters, please consult us!)
Operating voltage
UB 24 VDC +40 % 20 %
Operating range:
Upper limit value
uB(t)max 35 V
Lower limit value
uB(t)min 18 V
Power consumption
PS < 24 VA
Current consumption
I <2A
Fuse
Thermal overload protection

(with reclosing feature when the temperture falls below the threshold)
Inputs:
Analogue
Command value (differential input IN)
Ue 0 to +10 V; Re > 50 k (current input on enquiry)
Digital
Enable
ON
U 8.5 V to UB; Re > 100 k
OFF
U 0 to 6.5 V; Re > 100 k
Adjustment ranges:
Command value zero point (potentiometer Zw)
30 %
Actual value zero point (potentiometer Zx)
10 %
Ramp times (potentiometer t < and t >)
20 ms to 5 s
Amplitude attenuator (potentiometer Gw)
0 % to 110 % (valid for setting the zero point = 0 %)
Outputs:
Oscillator
I 0 to 1.85 A; short-circuit-proof; clocked to approx. 5 kHz

USS 2 V; 10 mA per output
f 5.6 kHz 10 %
Measuring sockets
Ramp time t 
U 20 mV to 5 V
Actual value x
U 0 to 10 V
Command value w
U 0 to 10 V
Connection type
12 threaded terminals
Mounting style
Carrier rails TH 35-7.5 to EN 60715
Protection type
IP 20 to EN 60529
Dimensions (W x H x D)
40 x 79 x 85.5 mm
0 to +50 C
25 C to +70 C
Weight
m 0.14 kg
Note!
For details regarding the environmental simulation test
covering EMC (electro-magnetic compatibility), climate and
mechanical loading see RE 30221-U (declaration regarding
environmental compatibility).
199
RE 30221/09.05
VT-MRPA1-...
5/8
Terminal allocation
Connection cable (recommendation):
operating
voltage
Enable
Differential
input
Position
transducer, primary
+UB
0V
UF
IN
10
+IN
11
7
Solenoid
2-core cable, single screen,

cross-section 1.5 mm2
Free
12
4
Position
transducer
control
3-core cable, single screen,

max. cross-section 1.5 mm2
01
Attention: The position transducer connection

has changed when compared to the VT 11025,
VT 11033 and VT 11034!

Carrier rails TH 35-7,5
LED-indicators:
to EN 60715
Operational (green)
Enable (yellow)
7 8 9 10 11 12
Potentiometer:
REXROTH
79
VT-MRPA1-100
Gw
Zw
Gx
Zx
t<
t>
t< t>
x w

1 2 3 4 5 6
85,5
40
Gw
Amplitude attenuator for positive com. values
Gx
Position transducer sensitivity (pre-set)
Zw
Zx
t<
Ramp time for increasing command values
t>
Ramp time for decreasing command values
Measuring sockets:
t<
Ramp time up
t>
Ramp time down
Actual value
Command value
Measuring zero
200
6/8
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT-MRPA1-...
RE 30221/09.05
Engineering notes / maintenance guidelines / additional information

The amplifier module may only be wired when disconnected from the power supply!
Do not lay cables in the vicinity of power cables!
Do not use free-wheeling diodes in solenoid cables!
The distance to antenna cables, radio devices and radar systems must be at least 1 meter!
Always shield command value and position transducer cables; connect the shield to protective earth (PE) on the module side!
In individual cases (e.g. PE subject to strong interference), it may be required to connect the shield of the position transducer
cable directly to the LO of the amplifier module; leave the other end open (risk of earth loops).
Recommendation:

For solenoid cables up to 50 m long, use cable type LiYCY 1.5 mm2!
In case of longer lengths, please consult us!
Do not connect terminal of the position transducer to PE

Use only instruments Ri > 100 k for taking measurements on the module.
In the case of strongly fluctuating operating voltages, it may be required in individual cases
to use an external smoothing capacitor with a capacitance of at lease 2200 F.
Recommendation: Capacitor module VT 11073 (see RE 29750); sufficient for up to 3 amplifier modules
Attention: When replacing a VT 11025, VT 11033, VT 11034 the changed position transducer connections have to be taken
into account. Pins 6 and 12 are exchanged.
201
RE 30221/09.05
VT-MRPA1-...
7/8
Setting recommendations
The system-specific circuits must be carried out.
Signal
Setting MRPA1
Com. value zero point
Apply the enable signal

Set the externally applied command value to zero
Set the internal command value to zero using
the zero point potentiometer Zw and check via
measurement socket w
Act. value zero point
Set enable signal to OFF or disconnect the

solenoid plug (the valve moves to its mechanical
end stop)
When making any adjustments, pay attention
to the polarity of measuring instrument
measuring sockets!
Ramp times
Adjust the ramp time according to the formula

or table (see functional description of the ramp
generator) and check this at measuring sockets
t > and t <
Maximum values
(amplitude
attenuator Gw)
Note:
Before the maximum values can be matched the zero
point must be correctly set
Command value = apply 100 %.
Using potentiometer Gw set the maximum
adjustment variable and check at the measurement
socket w
01
202
8/8
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT-MRPA1-...
RE 30221/09.05
Notes
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
Zum Eisengieer 1
Telefon +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0
Telefax +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58
www.boschrexroth.de

set forth in it, are the exclusive property of Bosch Rexroth AG. Without their
consent it may not be reproduced or given to third parties.
can be derived from our information. The given information does not
release the user from the obligation of own judgement and verification. It
wear and aging.
203

for 4/3 and 4/2 proportional
directional valves 4WRE
RE 30219/06.05
Replaces: 12.04
1/10
Types VT-MRPA2 and VT-MRPA1
Component series 1X
H6771
Table of contents
Contents
Features
Page
Features
Ordering code
Block circuit diagram / pin assignment VT-MRPA2
Technical data
Terminal assignment
Unit dimensions
Suitable for controlling direct operated 4/3 and 4/2 proportional directional valves with electrical position feedback, type
4WRE, sizes 6 and 10, component series 2X
Command value input 10 V (VT-MRPA2), 0 to 10 V
(VT-MRPA1)
Ramp generator with separately adjustable up/down ramp
times
Characteristic curve correction with symmetrically (with
VT-MRPA2 only) adjustable step-change heights and separately (with VT-MRPA2 only) adjustable maximum values
Enable input
Adjustment recommendations
Reverse polarity protection of power supply

point
Cable break detection in the position transducer branch
Enable (yellow)
204
2/10
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT-MRPA2, VT-MRPA1
RE 30219/06.05
Ordering code
VT-MRPA
1X V0

For 4/2 proportional directional valves 4WRE
(with one solenoid)
For 4/3 proportional directional valves 4WRE
(with two solenoids)

V0 =
=1
=2
For controlling valve 4WRE 6 (component series 2X)

For controlling valve 4WRE 10 (component series 2X)

compact power supply unit 115/230 VAC > 24 VDC,
108 VA
=1
=2
= 1X
Basic version
205
RE 30219/06.05
VT-MRPA2, VT-MRPA1
3/10
General
The amplifier modules are to be snapped onto top hat rails

according to EN 60715. The electrical connection is made
by means of screw terminals. The modules are operated at
24V DC.

adjust step-change heights symmetrically (with VT-MRPA2
only) and maximum values for positive and negative signals
separately (with VT-MRPA2 only) to suit the hydraulic requirements. The actual line of the characteristic curve through the
zero point is not stepped, but linear.

The amplifier modules are provided with a power supply unit
with switch-on current limiter. The power supply unit provides
all internally required positive and negative supply voltages.
The switch-on current limiter prevents high switch-on current
peaks.
Command value feedforward
The oscillator generates the control signal for the inductive position transducer.

[3] of the external command value signal applied to differential input [2] and the zero point offset (zero point potentiometer Zw).
The following is valid for VT-MRPA2:
A positive command value causes an increase in current in solenoid b and hence a flow in the valve from P to A and from
B to T.
A negative command value causes an increase in current in solenoid a and hence a flow in the valve from P to B and from
A to T.
The following is valid for VT-MRPA1:
A positive command value causes an increase in current in the
solenoid.
The enable function is used to enable the current output stages
and to pass the internal command value signal on to the ramp
generator. The enable signal is indicated by an LED on the
front panel. When the enable is granted, the internal command
value changes over the set ramp time (with any command value
selection). The valve does therefore not open suddenly when
activated.
Ramp generator [4]
The ramp generator limits the gradient of the control output.
The downstream step functions and amplitude attenuators do
not shorten or extend the ramp time.
Note on the adjustment and measurement of the ramp time:
Value at measuring socket "t <" or "t >" Ut in V
Current ramp time ( 20 %)
20 33 50
t in ms
Ut in V
0.5
0.3
0.2
t in ms
100
200
333
500 1000 2000 3333 5000

Example:
Measured
results in
t=
0.1
0.05 0.03 0.02
100 V ms
Ut
Ut = 5 V
t=
100 V ms
5V
= 20 ms
The internal command value is limited to approx. 110 % (with

VT-MRPA2) or +110 % (with VT-MRPA1) of the nominal range.
Oscillator [9]
Demodulator [10]
The demodulator generates the actual value signal of the valve
spool position from the position transducer signal:
100 % 10 V (with VT-MRPA2) or
+100 % +10 V (with VT-MRPA1), respectively
Controller for valve spool position [7]
The position controller is optimised specifically to the valve.
2.4 A to 2.6 A per output. The output stage outputs are shortcircuit-proof. In the event of an internal fault signal or missing
enable, the output stages are de-energised.
primary-sided short-circuit, and the output stage for overcurrent.
[]=
Cross-reference to block circuit diagrams on

pages 4 and 5
01
Operating
voltage
u
t>

= Enable
w
x
wR
= Ramp time up
= Ramp time down
= Step-change height
= Amplitude attenuator
t<
t>
Sw
Gw
= Command value after ramp
Gx
Zx
8
i
10
UB
Solenoid
b
12
11
10
1
4
Solenoid
a
9
13 Inductive position transducer

6 Amplitude limiter
14 Fault detection
11 Enable function
4 Ramp generator
7 Controller for valve spool position
9 Oscillator
10 Demodulator
12
13
PID
M0
UB
1 Power supply unit
tmax
VT-MRPA2, VT-MRPA1
= Actual value
= Command value
Sw
Gw + Gw
= Actual value sensitivity
+ 15 V
+ 10 V
M0
10 V
15 V
14
t>
Zx
DC
UB
&
Gx
DC
11
Zw
L0
Zw
wR
Hydraulics
0V
+ UB
t<
Bosch Rexroth AG
Enable
Command value: 10 V
Differential input (Ucomm):
t<
A negative command value causes an increase in current in solenoid

a and hence a flow in the valve from P to B and from A to T.
A positive command value causes an increase in current in solenoid

b and hence a flow in the valve from P to A and from B to T.
4/10
206
RE 30219/06.05
Operating voltage
Gw

= Enable
x
wR
= Ramp time up
= Ramp time down
= Step-change height
= Amplitude attenuator
t<
t>
Sw
Gw
= Command value after ramp
= Actual value
= Command value
= Actual value sensitivity
+ 15 V
+ 10 V
M0
10 V
15 V
14
t>
DC
UB
&
t>
Zx
DC
11
Zw
Gx
L0
wR
Zw
t<
tmax
12
11
n.c.
n.c.
1
4
13 Inductive position transducer

14 Fault detection
7 Controller for valve spool position
12
13
6 Amplitude limiter
11 Enable function
4 Ramp generator
9 Oscillator
10 Demodulator
Zx
10
Gx
UB
9
10
PID
M0
1 Power supply unit
Sw
VT-MRPA2, VT-MRPA1
0V
+ UB
Enable
Command value: 0+10 V
Differential input (Ucomm):
t<
A positiver command value causes an increase in current in the solenoid
RE 30219/06.05
207
5/10
01
208
6/10
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT-MRPA2, VT-MRPA1
RE 30219/06.05
Operating voltage
UO 24 VDC + 40 % 20 %
Operating range:
Upper limit value
uO(t)max 35 V
Lower limit value
uO(t)min 18 V
Power consumption
PS < 24 VA
Current consumption
I <2A
Fuse protection
Thermal overload protection (reclosing when the temperature

falls below the threshold)
Inputs:
Analogue
Command value (differential input) VT-MRPA2
VT-MRPA1
Ui 0 to 10 V, Ri > 50 k (current input on enquiry)

Ui 0 to +10 V, Ri > 50 k (current input on enquiry)
Digital
Enable
ON
U 8.5 V to UO, Ri > 100 k
OFF
U 0 to 6.5 V, Ri > 100 k
Adjustment ranges:
30 %
Actual value zero point (potentiometer Zx)
10 %
20 ms to 5 s
Step-change height (potentiometer Sw)
0 % to 50 %
0 % to 110 % (valid for a step-change height setting of 0 %)
Outputs:
Current outputs
I 0 to 2.5 A; short-circuit-proof; clocked, approx. 5 kHz
Oscillator
USS 10 V; 10 mA
f 5.6 kHz 10 %
Measuring sockets
Ramp time t 
U 20 mV to 5 V
Actual value x
VT-MRPA2
VT-MRPA1
U 0 to 10 V
U 0 to +10 V
Command value w
VT-MRPA2
VT-MRPA1
U 0 to 10 V
U 0 to +10 V
Command value after ramp wR VT-MRPA2

VT-MRPA1
U 0 to 10 V
U 0 to 10 V
Type of connection
12 screw terminals
Type of mounting
Top hat rail TH 35-7.5 to EN 60715
Type of protection
IP 20 to EN 60529
40 x 79 x 85.5 mm
0 to +50 C
25 to +70 C
Weight
m 0.14 kg
Note!
Details with regard to environment simulation testing in the
fields of EMC (electromagnetic compatibility), climate and mechanical stress, see RE 30219-U (declaration on environmental
compatibility).
209
RE 30219/06.05
VT-MRPA2, VT-MRPA1
7/10
Terminal assignment
VT-MRPA2
+UO
0 V1)
UE
Reference
potential
10
Ucomm
11
12
Operating voltage
Enable
Differential input
Position transducer, primary
VT-MRPA1
Solenoid
b
Solenoid
Solenoid
a
n.c.
4 Position
transducer,
3 secondary
4 Position
transducer,
3 secondary
01
1)
and position transducer, primary (connection 2)

Top hat rail TH 35-7.5
to EN 60715

Enable (yellow)
7 8 9 10 11 12
Potentiometers:
79
REXROTH Gw+
VT-MRPAx -x
Gw
Sw
Zw
Zx
t<
t>
t< t>
x w
wR
1 2 3 4 5 6
85,5
40
Gw+ Amplitude attenuator for positive

command values
Gw
Amplitude attenuator for negative

command values (only with VT-MRPA2)
Sw
Step-change height for negative and positive direction
Zw
Zx
t<
Ramp time for rising command values
t>
Ramp time for falling command values
Measuring sockets:
t<
Ramp time up
t>
Ramp time down
Actual value
Command value
wR
Command value after ramp
Measuring zero
210
8/10
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT-MRPA2, VT-MRPA1
RE 30219/06.05

Do not lay cables near power cables!
Always shield command value and position transducer cables; connect the shield to the protective earth (PE) on the module
side!
In individual cases (e.g. in the case of PE with severe interference) it may be required to connect the shield of the position transducer cable directly to L0 of the amplifier module; leave the other end open (risk of earth loops).
Recommendation:

For solenoid cables up to 50 m length, use cable type LiYCY 1.5 mm2!
For greater lengths, please consult us!
For passing on command values, use relays with gold-plated contacts (small voltages, small currents)!
Measurements on the module may only be taken with instruments Ri > 100 k.
To adjust the potentiometers, use a screw driver with a blade width of 4 mm!
In the case of strongly fluctuating operating voltages, it may be required to install an external smoothing capacitor having a
capacitance of at least 2200 F .
Recommendation: Capacitor module VT 11073 (see RE 29750), sufficient for up to 3 amplifier modules
211
RE 30219/06.05
VT-MRPA2, VT-MRPA1
9/10
Adjustment recommendation
The system-specific circuitry must be completed.
Signal
Setting for VT-MRPA2
Setting for VT-MRPA1
Command value
zero point
Set external command value feedforward to zero
Set the internal command value to zero using zero

point potentiometer "Zw and check the setting at
measuring socket "wR"
Set the internal command value to zero using zero

point potentiometer "Zw and check the setting at
measuring socket "wR"
Actual value zero

point
Set enable signal to OFF or disconnect solenoid plug-in connector

(Valve moves to the mechanical centred position)
Set enable signal to OFF or disconnect solenoid plug-in connector

(Valve moves to end position)
Set the actual value at measuring socket x to

zero using potentiometer "Zx"
Set the actual value at measuring socket x to

zero using potentiometer "Zx"
Recommendation:
In the case of valves with V-spools, adjust the zero
point during operation with the hydraulic drive, i.e.
Recommendation:
In the case of valves with V-spools, adjust the zero
point during operation with the hydraulic drive, i.e.
Apply enable signal and check at measuring sock- Apply enable signal and check at measuring sockets "wR" and "w"
ets "wR" and "w"
Use potentiometer "Zx" to bring the hydraulic
drive to a standstill
Use potentiometer "Zx" to bring the hydraulic

drive to a standstill
Ramp times
Set ramp time according to formula or table (see

functional description Ramp generator) and
check at measuring sockets "t >" and "t <"
Set ramp time according to formula or table (see

functional description Ramp generator) and
Step-change
height
Apply enable signal
Apply enable signal
Set the measuring signal at wR to +0.3 V using

zero point potentiometer Zw
Set the measuring signal at wR to 0.3 V using

Set the required step-change height using potentiometer "Sw"
Set the required step-change height using potentiometer "Sw"
Set the measuring signal at wR to 0.3 V using

Maximum values
Check the required step-change height, adjust

zero point
Check the required step-change height, adjust

zero point
Note:
In the case of an external command value feedforward, at least +0.3 V / 0.3 V must be measured at
measuring socket "wR".
Note:
In the case of an external command value feedforward, at least 0.3 V must be measured at measuring socket "wR"
Note:
Before the maximum values are matched, the zero
point and step-change heights must have been correctly set.
Note:
Before the maximum values are matched, the zero
point and step-change heights must have been correctly set.
Adjust step-change heights first; generate

100 % command value externally
Adjust step-change heights first; generate

+100 % command value externally
Use potentiometers "Gw+"/"Gw" to adjust the

required maximum control output and check the
settings at measuring sockets "wR" and "w"
Use potentiometer "Gw" to adjust the required

maximum control output and check the settings at
measuring sockets "wR" and "w"
01
212
10/10
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT-MRPA2, VT-MRPA1
RE 30219/06.05
Notes
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
Zum Eisengieer 1
Phone +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0
Fax
+49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58
www.boschrexroth.de

wear and aging.
213
RE 30222/07.05
Amplifier module
1/6
Type VT-MSPA1
Unit series 1X
List of contents
Contents
Features
Page
Differential input for setpoint voltage 0...+10 V
Features
Ramp generator with separate adjustment for up and down
Ordering data
Zero potentiometer
Preferred types
Front panel
LED display:
Voltage supply
On standby
Ramp Off
Circuit diagram
Technical data
Unit dimensions
Removable edge connector
214
2/6
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT-MSPA1
RE 30222/07.05
Ordering data
VT
Hydraulic component
For valves without electrical feedback
Valve type
Proportional valve
Actuation
Analog
1X V0
V0 =
=S
1X =
508 =
525 =
=A
=1
Preferred types
Type
Material Number
For valve types
VTMSPA152510/V0
0 811 405 127
see valve group A
VTMSPA150810/V0
0 811 405 126
see valve group B
Valve group A
Valve group B
DBETX...25
DBETX...8
DBE6X...25
DBE6X...8
DRE6X...25
DRE6X...8
DBE10Z...25
DBE10Z...8
DRE10Z...25
DRE10Z...8
2FREX10
3FREX6
3FREX10
4WRBA..EA
Unit series
=P
Output stages
1 output stage
2FREX6
Customer version
Catalog version

0.8 A solenoid
2.5 A solenoid
215
RE 30222/07.05
VT-MSPA1
3/6
Front panel
0...0.8 A
0...2.5 A
01
216
4/6
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT-MSPA1
RE 30222/07.05
217
RE 30222/07.05
VT-MSPA1
5/6
Technical data
Specifications
P.C.B. format (W x L x H)
Plug connector
Ambient temperature
Power supply UB to (7) (6)
Valve solenoid
Max. current rating
VT-MSPA1-508-10/V0
VT-MSPA1-525-10/V0
mm (86 x 110 x 70)

10-way connector (screw terminal)
24 V DC nominal
Battery voltage 21...40 V
Rectified AC voltage
A/VA 0.8/25
2.5/55
A 1.25
2.5
This value can rise in the event of min. UB

and an extremely long cable to the control solenoid
Max. Power consumption
VA 30
60
Setpoint
(2): 0...+10 V
(1): 0 V
(Ri = 100 k)
Setpoint source
Potentiometer 10 k
Supply +10 V from (5) (10 mA)
Solenoid output
(9) (10)
} Differential input
A Imax = 0.8
Imax = 2.5
mm2
Cable lengths between amplifier

and valve
Solenoid cable: up to 20 m 1.5

20 to 50 m 2.5 mm2
LED displays
Green: enable
Yellow: ramp OFF
Red: undervoltage (UB too low)
External ramp shut-off
(3): 6...40 V DC (24 Vnom)
Ramp times
s 0.05...5
Valve zero, ramp times, sensitivity, dither amplitude
Special features
Short-circuit proof inputs and outputs, clocked output stage, rapid energizing for
fast response times
Notes on the use of ramps

Ramp UP (accelerate) and ramp DOWN (decelerate) are each set by a trimming potentiometer.
Ramp ON if (3) = 0 V (open). Ramp OFF if (3) = 24 Vnom (min.: 6 V high).
Ramp OFF interrupts a ramp in progress.
There is an abrupt transition to the final signal value.
Zero adjustment: at 0.5 V signal (min. 0.3 V)
Max. adjustment: at +10 V signal.
01
218
6/6
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT-MSPA1
RE 30222/07.05
Wall mounting
Rail mounting
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
Zum Eisengieer 1
Telefon +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0
Telefax +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58
www.boschrexroth.de
VT-MSPA1-508-10/V0
VT-MSPA1-525-10/V0
(86 x 110 x 70) mm
DIN rail mounting (snap-in)
Wall mounting
Supplied loose

aging.
219
RE 30223/06.05
Replaces: 07.03
1/6
Type VT-MSPA1-1
Series 1X
H6833_d
Table of contents
Features
Features
Suitable for controlling direct operated proportional pressure

control valves (type DBET..., series 6X and type KBPS...)
Ordering code
Polarity reversal protection of the operating voltage
Differential input for command value voltage +10 V
Block circuit diagram
Ramp generator can be adjusted separately for up and down

ramps
Contents
Page
Connectional allocation / component view
Technical data
Output characteristic curve

1 command value attenuator
Characteristic curve generator
Short-circuit-proof output
LED display:
Measuring sockets for:

Dither generator with command value and operating

voltage-related frequency
Information on available spare parts:

www.boschrexroth.com/spc
220
2/6
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT-MSPA1-1
RE 30223/06.05
Ordering code
VT-MSPA1
1X V0

For controlling valves of type DBET... series 6X and KBPS...

Standard version
=1
Series 10 to 19
= 1X
Analogue amplifier for controlling pressure control valves
without electrical feedback. The modular design allows simple
mounting on top-hat rails, which are usually provided in control
cabinets.
Clock-pulse generator: 12
Clock-pulse generator (12) generates a frequency matched to
the command value for the output stage.
Current output stage: 11-14
Command value input: 4

The modular amplifier is controlled by a standard command
value signal ranging from 0 to +10 V. The zero point potentiometer (Zw) (6) can be used to correct a zero point offset.
Ramp generator: 5
Ramp generator (5) limits the gradient of the control variable.
Trimming potentiometer t < (7) is used to adjust the time for
the increasing the command value signal, trimming potentiometer t > (8) is used for decreasing the command value voltage.
The settable time ranges from 30 ms to > 5 s each.
Characteristic curve generator: 10
The trimming potentiometer Gw (9) is used to adjust the rated current of 1.6 A for the solenoid. The command value signal is so changed in the characteristic curve generator (10) to
achieve a linear command value/pressure characteristic curve.
The current output stage generates a PWM signal from the

control variable that is provided by characteristic curve generator (10) and the clock-pulse frequency, which is then fed to the
solenoid. The solenoid current is sensed and compared with
the control variable in current regualator (11), and the difference
is then balanced.
Fault detection: 15
Monitors the solenoid cables for cable break and short-circuit
as well as the output stage for over current. If a fault is present,
the green LED that indicates readiness for operation goes out.
221
RE 30223/06.05
VT-MSPA1-1
3/6
+UB
24 V
14
1
11
DC
0V
T
13
DC
15
GND
6
Zw
t<
t>
10
U
4
01
Gw
U
Command value
+10 V 6
Power
I>
12
16
Fuse
Ramp down potentiometer
15 Fault detection
Suppressor diode
Imax potentiometer
16 Measuring socket
Power supply unit
10 Linearisation
Command value input
11 Current regulator
Ramp generator
12 Oscillator
13 Schmitt trigger
Ramp up potentiometer
14 Output stage
On front panel
Connectional allocation / component view

Connection allocation
Component view
4 5 6
Terminal
Potentiometer: Gw
Pressure command
value
+UB
Ground
Rexroth
Zw
Zero point
Ucomm
VT-MSPA1-1
t <
Ramp time up
t >
Ramp time down
Pressure command
value
Actual current
value
Measuring zero
Solenoid +
Solenoid
+Ucomm
E
Gw
Zw
t<
t>
wI
1 2 3
Buchsen:
222
4/6
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT-MSPA1-1
RE 30223/06.05
Operating voltage
UB 24 VDC +40% 10%
Functional range:
uB(t)max 35 V
uB(t)min 21 V
Power consumption
Pmax < 50 VA
Current consumption
Imax < 1.3 A
Fuse
Is Electronic overload fuse and SMD fuse (soldered in)
Inputs:
Ucomm 0 to +10 V; Re = 100 k
Outputs:
Imin 0.1 A
Imax 1.9 A; R20 = 5.5
Frequency
f 180 to 450 Hz
Settable range:
GW: Solenoid current
ZW:
t >:
t <:
I 100 mA1,9 A
25 %
Ramp
t 60 ms5 sec
Measuring sockets:
Command value w
Connection type
U 0 to 10 V
U 1 mV
=1 mA solenoid current
6 screw terminals
Mounting style
TH 377.5 carrier rail to EN 60715
Protection type
IP 20 to EN 60529
25 x 79 x 85.5 mm
0 to +50 C
25 to +85 C
Weight
m 0.15 kg
223
RE 30223/06.05
VT-MSPA1-1
5/6
1600
1400
1200
1000
800
600
01
400
200
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
Command value in %

Ensure a sufficient distance from radio equipment (>> 1 m)!
Shield command value cables and do not install them near power cables; sheild solenoid cables!
In the case of a heavily fluctuating operating voltages it may be required to use a smoothing
capacitor with a capacitance of at least 2200 F.
Recommendation: Capacitor module VT 11073 (see RE 29750); sufficient for up to 3 amplifier modules.
224
6/6
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT-MSPA1-1
RE 30223/06.05
Notes
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
Zum Eisengieer 1
Telefon +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0
Telefax +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58
www.boschrexroth.de

wear and aging.
225
RE 30 225/01.04
replaces: 06.01
1/4
Type VT-MSPA1-50
Series 1X
HAD6785
Table of contents
Features
Contents
Page
Features
Ordering code
Block circuit diagram / Pin assignment
Terminal assignment
Technical data
Output curve
Unit dimensions
Engineering notes / Maintenance notes /

Supplementary information
Suitable for controlling of one proportional solenoid; especially

of direct operated proportional directional valves in screw-in
cartridge valve technology; types KKS1NA and KKS1PA
Differential input
One pulsed output stage
Ramp generator; ramp times up and down separately adjustable
Reverse polarity protection for power supply
Adjustable maximal current
Adjustable current step
Measuring sockets for actual value and command value of

current

compact power supply unit 115/230 VAC > 24 VDC, 70 VA
LED lamp Ready for operation (green)
Ordering code
VTMSPA150 1X V0
Analogue amplifier in modular design

for controlling of one proportional solenoid
Series 10 to 19
Basic version
= 1X
226
2/4
Bosch Rexroth AG
RE 30225/01.04
VT-MSPA1-50
General
The amplifier module is to be snapped onto carrier rails according to DIN 50 022.The electrical connection is by means of
screw terminals. The module is operated using 24 VDC.

adjust
the step-change height and maximum values to the hydraulic
requirements.
The internal power supply unit provides all internally required

positive and negative supply voltages. As soon as the power
supply unit is in operation, the green LED (Ready for operation) lights up.
Clock-pulse generator [6]

The clock pulse generator generates the clock frequency and
feeds it to the output stage.

The internal command value signal is generated by the sum
[3] of the external command value signal applied to differential
input [2] and the zero point offset (zero point potentiometer
Zw).
Ramp generator [4]

The current output stage generates the pulsed solenoid current
for the proportional valve. The solenoid current is 2.5 A. The
output stage output is short-circuit-proof.
Fault detection [8]
The ramp generator limits the gradient of the control variable. Due to the characteristic curve generator connected
downstream, the ramp time is not extended or shortened. The
ramp time can be set separately for up and down ramps
with the help of potentiometers (t < and t >).
The solenoid cables are monitored for cable break and shortcircuit and the output stage for overcurrent. In the case of an
error, the green LED flashes.
[ ] = Cross-reference to the block circuit diagram
Block circuit diagram / Pin assignment

t<
Differential input
(Ucomm):
Comm. value: 0 to 10 V 6
Reference potential/ 3
GND
UB
Sw
w
9
t>
Zw
Gw
=
&
UB
1
Operating- + UB
voltage
2
0V
DC
DC
1
1 Power supply unit

Zw = Zero point of command value

t < = Ramp time up
Gw = Max. command value
t > = Ramp time down
w = Command value
Sw = Step-change height
I
= Actual current value
4 Ramp generator
5 Characeristic curve generator
6 Clock-pulse generator

8 Fault detection
Terminal assignment
Operating
voltage
+ UB
0V
Reference
potential
6 Ucomm
Terminals 3 and 6: Differential input
Proportional
solenoid
227
RE 30225/01.04
VT-MSPA1-50
3/4
Operating voltage
UB 24 VDC + 40 % 10 %
Operating range:
Upper limit value
uB(t)max 35 V
Lower limit value
uB(t)min 21 V
Current consumption (at UB= 24 V)
Imax 2 A
Power consumption
PS max. 50 VA
Fuse
Electronic overload protection of the output stage
Inputs:
Ucomm 0 to + 10 V; Re approx. 100 k

Adjustment ranges:
Zero point of command value (potentiometer Zw)
10 %
Max. command value (potentiometer Gw)
0 bis 110 %
Ramp times (potentiometer t < and t >)
approx. 50 ms to approx. 5 s
Step-change height (potentiometer Sw)
0 bis 50 %
Outputs:
Imax 2,5 A; R(20) = 2

Clock-pulse frequency
f 360 Hz 15%
Measuring sockets
Command value w
U 0 to 10 V
U 0 to 2,5 V (mV = mA)
Type of connection
6 threaded terminals
Type of mounting
Carrier rail NS 35/7,5 to DIN 50 022
Insulation
IP 20 to DIN 40 050
25 x 79 x 85,5 mm
0 to + 50 C
20 to + 70 C
Weight
m 0,13 kg
Note!
For details on environment simulation tests in the fields of EMC (electromagnetic compatibility), climate and mechanical stress,
see RE 30 225-U (declaration on environmental compatibility).
Output curve
Output current in A >
2,5
2,0
1,5
1,0
0,5
20
40
60
80
Command value in % >
100
01
228
4/4
Bosch Rexroth AG
Unit dimensions
VT-MSPA1-50
RE 30225/01.04
(Dimensions in mm)
Carrier rail NS 35/7.5
to DIN 50 022
4 5 6
Potentiometer:
REXROTH
Gw Max. command value
VT-MSPA1-50
Sw Step-change height of internal command value

Zw Zero point of command value
t < Ramp time for increasing command values
t > Ramp time for decreasing command values
Messbuchsen:
w I

1 2 3
85,5
25
Command value
79
Gw
Sw
Zw
t<
t>
Reference potential
Engineering notes / Maintenance notes / Supplementary information

The distance to radio sources must be adequate (>> 1 m)!
Shield command value cables, do not lay in the vicinity of power cables!
Do not connect freewheel diodes in the solenoid lines!
In the case of heavy fluctuations in the operating voltage,it may become necessary to install an external
smoothing capacitor having a capacitance of at least 2200 F.
Recommendation: Capacitor module type VT 11 073 (see RE 29 750); sufficient for up to 3 amplifier modules
For solenoid cables up to 50 m long, use cable type LiYCY 1.5 mm2. In the case of greater lengths, please consult us!
The inputs of the differential amplifier must always be switched on or off simultaneously!
Use only instruments Ri > 100 k for taking measurements on the module!
For adjusting the potentiometers, use a screw driver with a blade width of 2,5 mm to 3,5 mm!
Adjustment of step-change heights:
1. Turn potentiometer Sw to the left-hand limit stop
2. Preselect a command value of 0.5 V using zero point potentiometer Zw (measuring socket w)
3. Set the required step-change height using potentiometer Sw; check the value in measuring socket w
4. Apply 0 V to the differential input
5. Set 0 V in measuring socket w using the Zw potentiometer (zero point balancing)
Bosch Rexroth AG
Zum Eisengieer 1
Telefon +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0
Telefax +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58
www.boschrexroth.de

All rights reserved. No part of this document may be reproduced or stored,
processed, diplicated or circulated using electronic systems, in any form
or by means, without the prior written authorisation of Bosch Rexroth AG,
Industrial Hydraulics. In the event of contravention of the above provisions,
the contravening party is obliged to pay compensation.
The data specified above only serves to describe the product. No statements concerning a certain condition or suitability for a certain application
can be derived from our information. The details stated do not release the
user from the responsibility for carrying out their own assessment and verification. It must be remembered that our products are subject to a natural
process of wear and ageing.
229
RE 30228/07.04
1/8
Type VT-MSPA2-1
Series 1X
H 7282
Table of contents
Features
Contents
Page
Features
Ordering code
Technical data
Terminal assignment
Characteristic curve correction through separately adjustable

jump heights and separately adjustable maximum values
Unit dimensions
Enable input
Suitable for controlling direct operated proportional directional

valves without electrical position feedback
(type 4WRA, sizes 6 and 10, series 2X)
Ramp generator with separately adjustable up/down ramp
times
Power supply unit with DC/DC converter without raised zero point
LED lamps:

Enable (yellow)
Output for readiness of operation (on enquiry)

Output stage OFF OSO output (on enquiry)
or
Command value reached I
wi output (on enquiry)
Operating mode selector switch S

Compact power supply unit 115/230 VAC > 24 VDC, 70 VA
230
2/8
Bosch Rexroth AG
VT-MSPA2-1 RE 30228/07.04
Ordering code
VT-MSPA2
1X V0
*

0=
for controlling valve types 4WRA6 (series 2X) and 4WRA10

(series 2X)
=1
Series 10 to 19
(10 to 19: unchanged technical data and connections)
Basic version
V0 =
Basic version
= 1X
General
The amplifier modules are snapped onto carrier rails according
to DIN 50022.
The electrical connection is made by means of screw terminals.
The modules are operated with 24 V DC voltage.

Example:
t=
100Vms
Ut
Measured
Ut = 5V
results in

The amplifier modules are provided with a power supply unit
with making current limiter. It supplies all the internally required
positive and negative voltages. The making current limiter prevents excessive making current peaks.
The internal command value signal is the sum [3] of the external command value signal applied to the differential input [2]
and the zero point offset (zero point potentiometer Zw).
A positive command value results in an increase in current in
solenoid b and causes an oil flow from P to A and from B to
T in the valve.
A negative command value results in an increase in current in
solenoid a and causes an oil flow from P to B and from A to T
in the valve.
The enable function enables the current output stages and
passes the internal command value signal on to the ramp generator. The enable signal is indicated by an LED on the front
panel. When the enable is cut in, the internal command value
changes (with any command value selection) with the set ramp
time. In this way, a controlled valve does not open suddenly.
t=
100Vms
5V

The adjustable characteristic curve generator can be used to adapt
jump heights and maximum values separately for positive and negative
signals to suit the hydraulic requirements. The actual line of the characteristic curve through the zero point is not step-like, but linear.
The internal command value is limited to approx. 110 % of
the nominal range.
Current regulator [7]
The current output stage generates the clocked solenoid current for the proportional valve. The solenoid current is limited
to 2.7 A per output. The output stage outputs are short-circuitproof. The output stages are de-energized in the case of an
internal fault signal or missing enable.
Clock generator [9]
The clock generator generates clock frequency f of the
output stages. Three basic frequencies can be set by means of
the operating mode selector switch:
S = 1:
f = 150 Hz 400 Hz adjustable
Ramp generator [4]
S = 2:
f = 380 Hz 180 Hz 15% (WRA 10)
The ramp generator limits the gradient of control output. The

downstream jump functions and amplitude attenuator do not
extend or shorten the ramp time.
S = 3:
f = 350 Hz 240 Hz 15% (WRA 6)
Notes on the adjustment and measurement of the ramp time:

20 33 50
t in ms
0.1
Ut in V
0.5
0.3
0.2
t in ms
100
200
333
500 1000 2000 3333 5000
= 20 ms
When the setting for WRA valves was selected, the frequency
changes in dependence upon the command value and the
operating voltage.
Fault detector [11]
Monitors the solenoid cable for cable break and overcurrent of
the output stage.
0.05 0.03 0.02

The command value that is generated internally from the input
signal and the zero point offset signal can be inverted by an
external signal.
IN
0V
U
U
-1
(6)
(11)
11 Fault detector
12 Inverter
6 Amplitude limiter
10 Enable function
4 Ramp generator
= Enable
Gw = Amplitude attenuator
Sw = Jump height
9 Clock generator
= Ready for operation
t< = Ramp time down
7 Current regulator
UL
&
ok
Fault detector
1
2
3
1 Power supply unit
UL
Sw-
(5)
ok
wR = Comm. value after ramp
-10V
M0
+15V
+10V
Sw+
Gw-
w = Command value
DC
Gw+
(4)
t< = Ramp time up
(1)
DC
Zw
ok
(7)
Regultaor
U
(8)
Zw = Comm. value zero point
(3)
wR
-15V
(2)
M0
100uF
L0
(10)
(12)
>50k
>50k
t<
t<
(9)
>
12
7
8
9
10
Ready for operation ok (on

enquiry)
Solenoid A
Solenoid B
OSO / I w
(on enquiry)
VT-MSPA2-1
24 V
Enable
Inversion 6
10 V
5
Comm. valueIN+
t>
t>
&
11
RE 30228/07.04
231
3/8
01
232
4/8
Bosch Rexroth AG
VT-MSPA2-1 RE 30228/07.04
Operating voltage
UO 24 VDC + 40 % 20 %
Operating range:
Upper limit vaue
uO(t)max 35 V
Lower limit value
uO(t)min 18 V
Power consumption
PS < 48 VA
Current consumption
I <2A
Fuse
Thermal overload protection (with automatic reactivation when

the tempeature falls below the threshold)
Inputs:
analogue
Ue 0 to 10 V; Ri > 50 k (current input on enquiry)
digital
Enable
Inversion
ON
U 8.5 V to UO; Ri > 100 k
OFF
U 0 to 6.5 V; Ri > 100 k
ON
U 8.5 V to UO; Ri > 100 k
OFF
U 0 to 6.5 V; Ri > 100 k
Adjustment ranges:
Clock frequency f
S = 1 150 Hz 400 Hz adjustable

S = 2 380 Hz 180 Hz 15% (WRA 10)
S = 3 350 Hz 240 Hz 15% (WRA 6)
30 %
20 ms to 5 s
Jump height (potentiometers Sw+ and Sw)
0 % to 50 %
0 % to 110 % (valid for jump height setting of 0 %)
Outputs:
I 0 to 2,5 A; short-circuit-proof; clocked
Ready for operation (on enquiry)
U > 16 V, 50 mA (in the case of a fault U < 1 V, Ri = 10 k)
Output stage OFF OSO (on enquiry)
U > 16 V, 50 mA (with output stage ON U < 1 V, Ri = 10 k)
Command value reached I
wi (on enquiry)
U > 16 V, 50 mA (if command value is not reached U < 1 V, Ri = 10 k)
Measuring sockets
Ramp time t 
U 20 mV to 5 V
Actual vaue I
U 0 to 2.5 V (mV = mA)
Command value w
U 0 to 10 V
Command value after ramp wR
U 0 to 10 V
Type of connection
12 screw terminals
Type of mounting
NS 35/7.5 carrier rails to DIN 50 022
Type of protection
IP 20 to DIN 40 050
40 x 79 x 85.5 mm
0 to + 50 C
25 C to + 70 C
Weight
m 0.14 kg
233
RE 30228/07.04
VT-MSPA2-1
5/8
Terminal assignment
Operating
voltage
Enable
Differential input
+UO
0V
UF
Reference
potential
10
Ucomm
11
Output stage OFF OSO /

i = wi (on enquiry)
Inversion
12
Ready for operation

(on enqiry)
Solenoid
B
Solenoid A
01

LED lamps:
Potentiometers:
Gw Amplitude attenuator for negative command values
Enable (yellow)
Sw+ Jump height for positive direction

7 8 9 10 11 12
REXROTH
VT-MSPA2-1
79
f
1
2
3
Zw
Gw+
Gw
Sw+
Sw
Zw
t<
t>
t<
Ramp time for increasing command values
t>
Rampe time for falling command vaues
Frequency adjustment
t<
Ramp time up
t< t>
I w
wR
t>
Ramp time down
1 2 3 4 5 6
85,5
Operating mode selector switch
Sw Jump height for negative direction
40
Measuring sockets:
Command value
wR

Measuring zero
1: General application with Imax = 2.5 A; f = 150 Hz 400 Hz

2: Frequency optimised for WRA 10
3: Frequency optimised for WRA 6
234
6/8
Bosch Rexroth AG
VT-MSPA2-1 RE 30228/07.04

The amplifier may only be wired when disconnected from the power supply!
Do not install cables near power cables!
Always shield command value cables; connect shield to protective earth (PE) on the module side!
Recommendation:
For switching command values, use relays with gold-plated contacts (small voltages, small currents)!
Use only instruments with Ri > 100 k for measurements on the module.
For potentiometer adjustments, use a screw driver with a blade width of 4 mm!
In the case of strongly fluctuating operating voltage, it may be required to use an external smoothing capacitor with a capacitance of at least 2200 F .
Recommendation:
Capacitor module VT 11 073 (see RE 29 750); sufficient for up to 3 amplifier modules
The factory setting of the clock frequency meets the requirements of WRA 6 and WRA 10 valves. Turning of potentiometer f
results in a change in the valve hysteresis and can cause annoying noise emission.
The system-specific connections must have been made
Signal
Setting
Command value
zero point
Set the internal command value to zero with the help of the Zw zero point potentiometer and check the
setting at measuring socket "wR"
Ramp times
Set the ramp time according to the formula or table (see functional description of ramp generator) and
check the setting at measuring sockets "t >" and "t <"
Jump height
Apply enable signal

Set the measuring signal at "wR" to + 03 V using the Zw zero point potentiometer
Use the "Sw+" potentiometer to set the required positive jump height
Set the measuring signal at "wR" to 0.3 V using the Zw zero point potentiometer
Use the "Sw" potentiometer to set the required negative jump height
Adjust zero point
Note:
In the case of external command value feedforward, the voltage at measuring socket wR must be at least
+0.3 V / 0.3 V.
Maximum values
Note: Before maximum values can be matched, the zero point and jump heights must be correctly set.
The maximum current must not exceed the nominal current of the solenoids!
Adjust the jump heights first; generate command value 100 % externally
Adjust the required maximum control output using potentiometers "Gw+"/"Gw" and check this at
measuring sockets "wR" and "w"
Clock frequency:
Factory setting:
S = 1: f = 170 Hz
S = 2 and w = 0: f = 380 Hz
S = 3 and w = 0: f= 350 Hz
Note:
The frequency can be set using a digital multimeter that is capable of measuring frequencies.
Measurement at solenoid terminals 7 against ground 2, or 9 against 2.
235
RE 30228/07.04
VT-MSPA2-1
7/8
Notes
01
236
8/8
Bosch Rexroth AG
VT-MSPA2-1
RE 30228/07.04
Notes
Bosch Rexroth AG
Zum Eisengieer 1
Telefon +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0
Telefax +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58
www.boschrexroth.de

processed, duplicated or circulated using electronic systems, in any form
or by any means, without the prior written authorisation of Bosch Rexroth
AG. In the event of contravention of the above provisions, the contravening
party is obliged to pay compensation.
The data specified only serves to describe the product. No statements
derived from our information. The details stated do not release you from the
responsibility for carrying out your own assessment and verifcation. It must
be remembered that our products are subject to a natural process of wear
and ageing.
237
Amplifier module for controlling 1)

explosion-protected
proportional directional valves
4WRA...XE, 3DREP 6...XE and 4WRZ...XE
RE 30228-200/07.05 1/8
Type VT-MSPA2-200
Component series 1X
H 7282
Table of contents
Contents
Features
Page
Features
Ordering code
Amplifier is not subject to

Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX Directive)
In conjunction with Rexroth safety module VT-MUXA2, suitable

for controlling proportional directional valves without electrical position feedback, types 4WRA...XE, 3DREP 6...XE and
4WRZ...XE
Technical data
Ramp generator with separately adjustable up/down ramp times
Terminal assignment
View / unit dimensions
Characteristic curve correction through separately adjustable

step-change heights
Important notes / adjustment recommendations
Enable input
point for internal supply
1)
LED lamps:
To achieve the prescribed level of safety when operating
one of the listed valves in a potentially explosive atmosphere, this amplifier module must be connected to safety
module VT-MUXA2.
In this context, read operating instructions RE 30290-B0
for the safety module!

Enable (yellow)
Suitable power supply units:

If power is to be provided also for safety module VT-MUXA:
Type VT-NE40-1X to data sheet RE 29891,
permissible ambient temperature 40 C
Without supply of safety module VT-MUXA:
Type VT-NE30-1X to data sheet RE 29929
238
2/8
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT-MSPA2-200 RE 30228-200/07.05
Ordering code
VT-MSPA2 200 1X V0
for controlling explosion-protected valves

4WRA...XE (component series 2X),
3DREP 6...XE (component series 2X)
and 4WRZ...XE (component series 7X)
0=
Basic version
V0 =
Basic version
= 200
(10 to 19: unchanged installation and connection dimensions)
= 1X
General
The amplifier modules are to be snapped onto hat rails according to EN 60715. They are electrically connected by means of
screw terminals. The modules are operated with 24 V DC.
The following is
valid:
Example:
t=
Measured
Power supply unit (1)

The amplifier modules are shipped with a power supply unit
with switch-on current limitation. It provides all internally
required positive and negative supply voltages. The switch-on
current limitation prevents excessive switch-on current peaks.
Command value
The internal command value signal is generated from the external command value signal applied to differential input (2).
A positive command value causes in increase in current in
solenoid b and therefore a flow in the valve from P A and
from B T.
A negative command value causes in increase in current in
solenoid a and therefore a flow in the valve from P B and
from A T.
results in
100 Vms
Ut
Ut = 5 V
t=
100 Vms
5V
= 20 ms
Characteristic curve generator (4)

adjust the step-change height separately for positive and negative signals to the requirements of the hydraulic system. The
actual course of the characteristic curve through the zero point
is not stepped, but linear. (Characteristic curve, see page 5)
Amplitude limiter (5)
The command value is limited to approx. 110 % of the nominal range.
Current regulator (6)
The current is regulated in dependence upon the command
value.
Enable function (10)

The enable function is used for enabling the current output
stages and passing the internal command value signal on to
the ramp generator. The enable signal is signalled by an LED
on the front panel. When the enable is granted, the internal
command value (with optional command value feedforward)
changes with the set ramp time. A valve does therefore not
open suddenly when activated.
Ramp generator (3)
The ramp generator limits the gradient of the control output.
The downstream step functions do not extend or shorten the
ramp time.
Note on the adjustment and measurement of the ramp time:
20 33 50
t in ms
0.1
Ut in V
0.5
0.3
0.2
t in ms
100
200
333
500 1000 2000 3333 5000
0.05 0.03 0.02
Current output stage (7)

The current output stage generates the clocked solenoid current for the proportional valve. The nominal solenoid current
is 1000 mA per output. The output stage outputs are shortcircuit-proof. In the event of an internal fault signal or missing
enable, the output stages are de-energised.
Clock-pulse generator (8)
The clock-pulse generator generates clock frequency f of the
output stages.
f = 150 Hz 400 Hz, adjustable with the help of potentiometer f (pre-set to 240 Hz)
Fault detector (10)
Monitors the solenoid cables for cable break and the output
stage for overcurrent.
Command value inversion (11)
The command value generated from the input signal and the
zero point offset signal can be inverted by means of an external
signal.
>50k
>50k
-1
(11)
L0
(9)
(2)
Ramp time down

Ramp time up
Step-change height
Command value
0V
()
VT-MSPA2-200
100F
DC
(1)
Sw+
t<
Sw-
t<
Enable
Ready for operation
DC
ok
t>
t>
-15V
-10V
M0
+15V
+10V
(3)
UL
wR
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(10)
(5)
&
(6)
ok
S
1
2
3
ok
Power supply unit

Ramp generator
Characteristic curve generator
Amplitude limiter
Current regulator
(4)
M0
(8)
9
10
7
8
(13)
13
14
15
16
VT-MUXA2-1
9
10
11
12
Explosion-protected section
Enable function
Fault detection
Inversion
Safet module
(to be ordered separately)
(13) Two ferrite sleeves (included only in the
scope of suply of the safety module)
(8)
(9)
(10)
(11)
(12)
(7)
(12)
Not explosion-protected section
VT-MSPA2-200
t>
t<
Sw
w
wR
24 V
Enable
Inversion
(UO)
(+IN) 10 V
Command value
(IN) 0 V
(12)
VT-MUXA2-1
RE 30228-200/07.05
239
3/8
01
240
4/8
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT-MSPA2-200 RE 30228-200/07.05
Operating voltage
Nominal value
UO 24 VDC
Maximum value
uO(t)max 35 V
Minimum value
uO(t)min 18 V
Power consumption
P < 24 VA
Current consumption
I <1A
Fuse
Thermal overload fuse (with reset when temperature falls

below a threshold )
Inputs
Analogue
Ui 0 10 V; Ri > 50 k
Digital
Enable
ON
U 8.5 V UO; Ri > 100 k
OFF
U 0 6.5 V; Ri > 100 k
ON
U 8.5 V UO; Ri > 100 k
OFF
U 0 6.5 V; Ri > 100 k
Inversion
Adjustment ranges
Clock frequency
f adjustable from 150 Hz 400 Hz, preset to 240 Hz
t < , t > 20 ms 5 s
Step-change height (potentiometers Sw+ and Sw)
0 % 50 %
Outputs
I 0 to 1000 mA, short-circuit-proof; clocked
Measuring sockets Ramp time t 
U 20 mV 5 V
Actual value I
U 0 1000 mV (value measured in mV
Command value w
U 0 10 V
Command value after ramp wR
U 0 10 V
Type of connection
Connection cross-section
Screw terminals
A 0.5 2.5 mm2
Type of mounting
Hat rail TH 35-7.5 to EN 60715
Type of protection
IP 20 to EN 60529
See unit dimensions
0 +50 C
25 C +70 C
Weight
m 0.14 kg
solenoid current in mA)
241
RE 30228-200/07.05
VT-MSPA2-200
5/8
Dependence of output current on command value voltage
Solenoid b
Solenoid a
1000
800
600
500
400
01
200
150
10
0
+2
0,2 +0,2
+4
+6
+8
Command value voltage in V

Adjustment range of step-change height of output current: 0 500 mA
Factory setting:
150 mA
+10
242
6/8
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT-MSPA2-200 RE 30228-200/07.05
Terminal assignment
+UO
0V
UF
0V ( IN )
10
10V (+IN)
11
n.c.
Inversion
12
n.c.
Operating
voltage
Solenoid b
Enable
Solenoid a
Command
value input
View / unit dimensions (nominal dimensions in mm)
7 8 9 10 11 12
REXROTH
VT-MSPA2-200
Sw+
Sw
79
f
1
2
3
t<
t>
t< t>
I w
wR
1 2 3 4 5 6
85,5

Enable (yellow)
Potentiometers
Sw+
Sw Step-change height for negative direction

t<
Ramp time for rising command values
t>
Ramp time for falling command values
Frequency setting, 240 Hz preset,

adjustable from 150 Hz 400 Hz
40
Operating mode selector switch: Without function

Measuring sockets:
t<
Ramp time up
t>
Ramp time down
Command value
wR

Measurement zero
243
RE 30228-200/07.05
VT-MSPA2-200
7/8
Important notes / adjustment information

Risk of explosion in the case of incorrect installation !
To achieve the prescribed level of safety when operating one of the listed valves in a potentially explosive atmosphere,
this amplifier module must be connected to safety module VT-MUXA2.
In this context, read operating instructions RE 30290-B0 for the safety module!
This amplifier module and safety module VT-MUXA may only be installed outside potentially explosive atmospheres!
The amplifier module is not subject to Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX Directive) !
Further notes:
Do not lay signal cables near power cables and lines!
Always shield command value cables and connect the shield to the protective earth (PE) on the module side!
For applications and use in conjunction with safety module VT-MUXA, please observe the installation instructions in the
associated operating instructions RE 30290-B0.
Measurements on the module may only be taken with instruments with Ri > 100 k.
For adjusting the potentiometers, use a screwdriver with a blade width of 4 mm!
In the case of strongly fluctuating operating voltages, it may be required to install an external smoothing capacitor having a
capacitance of at least 2200 F.
Recommendation:
Capacitor module VT 11073 (see RE 29750), sufficient for up to 3 amplifier modules
In conjunction with safety module VT-MUXA, the operating voltage must be directed via a capacitor module.
The solenoid current connections to safety module VT-MUXA must be routed via ferrite sleeves. These ferrite sleeves are included in the scope of supply of safety module VT-MUXA.
The clock frequency is factory-set to 240 Hz. Turning of potentiometer f results in a change in the valve hysteresis and can
cause annoying noise.
Adjustment information
Preconditions: The system-specific connections must have been made.
Signal
Adjustment
Ramp time
Adjust ramp time according to formula or table (see functional description of ramp generator) and
Step-change height Apply enable signal

Apply an external command value of +0.3 V and adjust the measured signal at "wR" to +0.3 V
Adjust the required positive step-change height using potentiometer "Sw+"
Apply an external command value of 0.3 V and adjust the measured signal at "wR" to 0.3 V
Adjust the required positive step-change height using potentiometer "Sw"
Note:
With external command value feedforward, the latter must result in at least +0.3 V / 0.3 V at measuring socket wR.
Clock frequency
Factory setting: f = 240 Hz

Note:
The frequency can be newly set with the help of a digital multimeter that is capable of measuring frequencies. Measurement at connecting terminals 7 or 9 against 2 (ground).
01
244
8/8
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT-MSPA2-200
RE 30228-200/07.05
Notes
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
Zum Eisengieer 1
Phone +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0
Fax
+49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58
www.boschrexroth.de

wear and aging.
245
Electrical amplifier module for

controlling proportional throttle valves
RE 29756/09.05
Replaces: 02.03
1/6
Type VT 11037
Series 1X
H5272
Table of contents
Contents
Features
Page
Features
Ordering code
Function
Block circuit diagram / pin assignment VT 11037
Technical data
Terminal connection
Characteristics in the event of a fault

Unit dimensions
VT 11037 amplifier modules are used for controlling pilot operated proportional throttle valves with electrical position feedback
(type FES 25 C).
Differential input
Adjustable ramp generator (max. ramp time 5 s)
Oscillator and demodulator for inductive position measurement
Controller enable
LED lamps: power internal supply voltage (green)
H1 multi-function indicator (orange)
246
Ordering code
VT 11037
1X
*
Amplifier module
for proportional throttle valves type FES 25 C
1X =
1)
Series 11 to 19 1)
(11 to 19: unchanged technical data and
pin assignment)
Compatible with components of series 10 to 14, if

terminal 11 of these components was not connected
to ground (0 V) (see engineering notes on page 4).
Function
This amplifier module is to be snapped onto carrier rails that
are usually installed in control cabinets. The electrical connection is made via a terminal strip.
the command value are corrected. The controller and the output stage are enabled by applying a positive voltage
(U E > 8.5 V) to terminal 3.
The amplifier module includes the electronics for controlling a

proportional solenoid. The amplifier module controls the
solenoid in dependence upon a positive voltage signal
applied to the command value input. The actual value (position
of the magnet armature) is sensed by an inductive position
measuring system and compared with the command value that
is provided externally. Any differences between the actual and
The following parameters can be adjusted from outside using a

trimming potentiometer each:
Ramp time up to approx. 5 s
Command value attenuation within the range from 0 % to
100 %
Zero point of the position transducer
247
Block circuit diagram / pin assignment VT 11037 (from series 11)

Only with special version with current input 4 to 20 mA (on enquiry)
Enable +UE
3
H1
Differential input
Reference potential
+Ucomm
4
5
PI
u
i
u(i)
8
4
Gw
01
2 1
PI
2
t
Operating voltage
Gx
+ UM
M0
UM
+ DC
DC
power
Zx
12
10
11
(1) Ramp generator
(6) Power supply unit
(2) Spool position controller
(7) Monitoring
1 IActual value 0 to 5 V
(8) Differential amplifier
2 Comm. value 0 to +5 V
(3) Current regulator
(9) Proportional valve
3 Measuring zero
(10) Position transducer
Gw Comm. value
attenuation
4 Messnull
Measuring zero
Gx Actual value adjustment
(4) Output stage

(5) Oscillator/demodulator
Measurements
H1 Multi-function indicator
Zx Pos. transducer
zero point
t Ramp time
248
4/6
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT 11037
RE 29756/09.05
Operating voltage
UO +24 VDC +40 % 10 %
Operating range
Upper limit value
uO(t)max +39 V
Lower limit value
uO(t)min +21 V
I 1.5 A
Fuse
I 2.5 A, slow-blowing, self-activating after tripping
Inputs
Differential input (command value input)
Ui 0 to +10 V, Ri = 50 k (standard) 1)
Enable
active
UE 8.5 V 50 k
t 10 ms to 5 s
Outputs
Output stage
solenoid current/resistance
Imax 1.3 A, R20 = 12,7

f Freely clock-pulsing up to ca. 1.5 kHz

oscillator frequency
max. load-carrying capacity
voltage amplitude (USS)
max. stroke of position transducer
f 5.8 kHz 10 %
I 30 mA
Ua 5 V per output
s 5.0 mm
Measuring sockets
command value w
Uw 0 to +5 V
actual position value x
Ux 0 to 5 V
Type of connection
Housing dimensions (W x H x D)
40 x 79 x 85.5 mm
t 0 to 50 C to DIN IEC 68-2 T1, T2, T14 and T30:1979 2)
t 25 to +85 C to DIN IEC 68-2 T1 and T2:1979 2)
Immunity to interference
Class 3 to prEN 50082 T2:1992 2)
Mechanical stress
To DIN IEC 68-2 T6, T24 and T27:1979 2)
Weight
1)
Current input on enquiry
2)
Further details on enquiry
m 0.14 kg
249
RE 29756/09.05
VT 11037
5/6
Terminal connection
Operating voltage
+UO
0V
UE
n.c.
Reference
potential
10
n.c.
+Ucomm
11
Enable
Differential input
Pos. transducer connection
12
Solenoid connection
Pos. transducer connection
01
Connecting cable (recommendation):

Position transducer
3-wire cable,
single shield, cross-section
max. 1.5 mm2
Solenoid connection
2- or 4-wire cable,
single shield, cross-section
max. 1.5 mm2
Differential input
2-wire cable,
single shield
Characteristics in the event of a fault

Fault
Missing
enable (UE < 6,5 V)
Cable break of
position transducer
Cable break of
position transducer 1)
Behaviour of
electronics
E, R, A
E, R, A
S, A
1)
Meaning of abbreviations:
Only with special version with current

input 4 to 20 mA (on enquiry)
E = Output stage is switched off (solenoids are de-energized!)

R = Controller is switched off
S = Command value is set to 0 %
A = Multi-function indicator is alight
250
6/6
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT 11037
RE 29756/09.05

Do not connect the ground cable of the inductive position transducer to the ground!
Do not connect terminal 11 to ground, earth or shield, otherwise malfunction may occur!
(This was also not permitted for components of series 10, but did not result in malfunction.)
Always shield command value cables and cables of the inductive position transducer separately, leave shield open on the valve side,
Connect shield to 0V operating voltage (terminal 2) on the module side only to prevent interference!
Due to the charging current of the integrated smoothing capacitor, the back-up fuses must be of the slow-burning type!
Caution
When the differential input is used (command value as voltage signals), both inputs must always be
activated or deactivated simultaneously!
Actual value adjustment (potentiometer Gx) is factory-calibrated and must not be adjusted!

top hat rail THs 35/7,5
to EN 60715
H1
Multifunction indicator (see page 2)
power
Internal voltage supply
Gw
Command value attenuation
Ramp time
Gx
Actual value adjustment
Zx
Position transducer zero point
Measuring socket 1
Actual value 0 to 5 V
Measuring socket 2
Command value 0 to +5 V
1 2 3 4 5 6
Measuring socket 3
Measuring zero
Measuring socket 4
Measuring zero
7 8 9 10 11 12
REXROTH
VT 11037-1X
Gw
79
power t
H1
Gx
Zx
1
3
85,5
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
Zum Eisengieer 1
Telefon +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0
Telefax +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58
www.boschrexroth.de
40

wear and aging.
251
RE 29865/06.05
Replaces: 02.03
1/4
Types VT 11131 and VT 11132
Series 1X
H3786
Table of contents
Features
Features
Suitable for controlling proportional pressure control valves

without electrical position feedback
Ordering code
Differential input
One clocked output stage
Function generator
Technical data
Ramp generator with adjustable ramp time

(up and down ramp can be adjusted separately)
Terminal assignment
Unit dimensions
Contents
Page

Adjustable current regulator

Reverse voltage protection for voltage supply
Indication of solenoid energisation by LED
(brightness of LED proportional to solenoid current)
252
2/4
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT 11131; VT 11132
RE 29865/06.05
Ordering code
VT 1113_
1X
*
Amplifier modules for controlling proportional pressure control valves:

Types (Z)DBE 6, DBE(M) 10, DBE(M) 20 und ZDRE 10
=1
Type (Z)DRE 6
=2
Series 10 to 19
(10 to 19: unchanged technical data and pin allocation)
= 1X
These amplifier modules are suitable for controlling a
proportional solenoid. The amplifier modules are to be snapped
onto carrier rails according to EN 60715. The electrical
connections are made by means of screw terminals. The
modules are operated using 24V DC.
The solenoid current (actual value) is measured and compared
with the externally provided command value. Any differences
occurring between actual and command value, caused e.g. by
changes in the solenoid temperature or operating voltage, are
balanced.
The activation of solenoid control is indicated by LED H3, the

brightness of which is proportional to the solenoid current.
The following values can be adjusted from outside by means of
assigned trimming potentiometers:
Ramp time, separately for up and down ramp
(by means of R11, R12 tmax approx. 5 s)
Gradient of the output characteristic curve (by means of R1, R2)

6
+UB
R11
Differential input:
Ucomm: 0 to +10 V
R2
6
3
R12
u
2
R1
H3
+UB
+ UB
Operating
voltage
0V
DC
DC
Power supply unit
Output stage
Ramp generator
Switching stage
Function generator
Proportional solenoid
Current regulator
253
RE 29865/06.05
VT 11131; VT 11132
3/4
Operating voltage
UO 24 VDC +40 % 10 %
Operating range:
Upper limit value
uB(t)max 35 V
Lower limit value
uB(t)min 21 V
Power consumption
PS max 28 VA
Current consumption
Imax 1.3 A
Fuse
Electronic short-circuit protection of the solenoid
Inputs:
Ucomm 0 to +10 V; Ri approx. 10 k
Adjustment ranges:
Output current
I I10% to Imax
Ramp time
t approx. 50 ms to approx. 5 s
01
Outputs:
with VT 11131
Imax 1.6 A; R(20) = 5.4
with VT 11132
Imax 1.6 A; R(20) = 5.4

with VT 11131
f 300 Hz 15 %
with VT 11132
f 360 Hz 15 %
Type of connection
6 screw terminals
Type of mounting
Carrier rail TH 35/7.5 to EN 60715
Type of protection
IP 20 to DIN 40050
25 x 79 x 85.5 mm
0 to +50 C
25 to +85 C
Weight
m 0.13 kg
Note:
For details regarding environment simulation tests in the field of climate,
see RE 30309-U (declaration on environmental compat-ibility).
Output current in A
VT 11131 and VT 11132
Imax 1,6
1,5
1,0
I10% 0,5
0 10 20
40
60
80
Command value in %
100
254
4/4
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT 11131; VT 11132
RE 29865/06.05
Terminal assignment
Operating
voltage
+UO
0V
Reference
potential
Proportional
solenoid
+Ucomm

Carrier rail TH 35/7,5
to EN 60715
4 5 6
79
REXROTH
VT 11131
Adjustment/indication element
set to
Potentiometers:
R1
Imax
1,6 A
R11
R12
R2
I10 %
0,5 A
R11
Up ramp
min
R1
H3
R2
R12
Down ramp
min
LED Lamp:
H3
Solenoid current
1 2 3
85,5
25

The distance to radio equipment must be sufficiently large (>> 1 m)!
Command value cables must always be shielded and not laid near power cables;
shield solenoid cables!
Do not use free-wheeling diodes in the solenoid cables!
In the case of heavy fluctuations in the operating voltage, it may become necessary to install an external smoothing capacitor
having a capacitance of at least 2200 F.
Recommendation: Capacitor module type VT 11073 (se RE 29750); sufficient for up to 3 amplifier modules!
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
Zum Eisengieer 1
Telefon +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0
Telefax +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58
www.boschrexroth.de

parties.
255
RE 30226/06.05
Replaces: 02.03
1/6
Types VT 11004, VT 11015 and VT 11026
Series 1X
F87160_d
Table of contents
Features
Features
Suitable for controlling proportional pressure reducing valves

Ordering code
Differential input
2 clocked output stages
Step function generator
Technical data
2 signal switching outputs for controlling the VT 11003-1X

switching amplifier module
Terminal assignment
Unit dimensions
Contents
Page


Short-circuit protection through overcurrent detection and
shutdown
Direction indication by LED
256
2/6
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT 11004; VT 11015; VT 11026
RE 30226/06.05
Ordering code
VT 110_ _
1X
Amplifier module for controlling proportional

pressure reducing valves type DRE 4 K-3X/.G24-10:
With output characteristic curve 1
= 04
= 15
= 26
Series 10 to 19
*
= 1X
The amplifier modules are to be snapped onto carrier rails
according to EN 60715. The electrical connection is made
using screw terminals. The modules are operated with
24 V DC voltage.
In addition, the module outputs a direction-dependent voltage

signal (solenoid A; solenoid B) as soon as the solenoid
current jumps to the value of I10%.
The amplifier modules include the electronics for controlling

two proportional solenoids. Depending on the command value
polarity, solenoid A or solenoid B is activated. The solenoid current is measured and compared with the command value
provided externally. Any differences between the actual value
and the command value, caused, e.g. by changes in the
solenoid temperature or the operating voltage, are corrected.
The following parameters can be adjusted externally using a

trimming potentiometer:
Current I10% and I90%; together for A and B
257
RE 30226/06.05
3/6
VT 11004; VT 11015; VT 11026
12
R1
Differential input (Ucomm): 5
0 to +10 V A
0 to 10 V B 4
Solenoid
A
R2
9
7
Solenoid
B
10
B
11
Signal
switching
output A
Signal
switching
output B
+ UB 1
Operating
voltage
+ UM
M0
UM
DC
0V
DC
Power supply unit
Summator
R1
Current intensity at 10% step change
Controller
R2
Current intensity at 90% step change
Absolute value generator
Enable output stage A
Output stage
Enable output stage B
10
Overcurrent detection and shutdown
01
258
4/6
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT 11004; VT 11015; VT 11026
RE 30226/06.05
Operating voltage
UO 24 VDC +40 % 10 %
Operating range:
Upper limit value
uO(t)max 35 V
Lower limit value
uO(t)min 21 V
Power consumption
PS max 25 VA
Current consumption
Imax ca. 1.2 A
Fuse
IS Electronic short-circuit monitoring of the solenoid
Inputs:
Ucomm 0 to 10 V; Ri ca. 20 k
Adjustment range:
Output current
I I10% to Imax
Outputs:
Output stages
solenoid current / resistance VT11004; VT 11015
VT11026
Imax 1000 mA; R(20) = 12

Imax 800 mA; R(20) = 12
VT11004; VT 11015
f 230 Hz 15 %
VT11026
f 170 to 200 Hz 15 %
Signal switching output
U 0 to +6 V; Ri ca. 10 k
Type of connection
12 screw terminals
Type of mounting
Carrier rail TH 357.5 to EN 60715
Type of protection
IP 20 to EN 60529
40 x 79 x 85.5 mm
0 to +50 C
25 to +70 C
Weight
m 0.16 kg
259
RE 30226/06.05
VT 11004; VT 11015; VT 11026
5/6

Characteristic curve 1 (VT 11004)
Imax 1000
I90% 660
500
I10% 330
10 9
1 0 +1
+5
+ 9 +10
01
Imax 1000
500
I10% 330
10
1 0 +1
+5
+10

1000
Imax 800
I90% 680
500
I10% 280
10 9
1 0 +1
+5

I10% and I90% can be adjsted from outside using
trimming potentiometers:
I10% min ~ 10 mA
I10% max ~ 500 mA
I90% min = I10% + 50 mA
I90% max = Imax
+ 9 +10
260
6/6
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT 11004; VT 11015; VT 11026
RE 30226/06.05
Terminal assignment
Operating
voltage
Differential
input
+UO
Solenoid B
0V
Solenoid A
n.c.
n.c.
Reference
potential
10
n.c.
Ucomm
11
Signal switching output solenoid B
n.c.
12
Signal switching output solenoid A

Carrier rail TH 357.5
to EN 60715
7 8 9 10 11 12
REXROTH
VT 11015
79
R1
Potentiometer:
Factory setting:
VT 11004
VT 11015
VT 11026
R1 I10 %
330 mA
330 mA
280 mA
R2 I90%
660 mA
Imax
680 mA
LED lamps:
B
R2
A Controlling of solenoid A
B Controlling of solenoid B
1 2 3 4 5 6
85,5
40

Ensure a sufficient distance to radio equipment (>> 1 m)!
Shield command value cables; do not lay them near power cables;
shield solenoid cable!
Reset of the overcurrent shutdown by providing a zero command value!
In the case of heavy fluctuations in the operating voltage it may be required to install an external smoothing capacitor having a
capacitance of at least 2200 F
Recommendation: VT 11073 capacitor module (see RE 29750); sufficient for up to 3 amplifier modules
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
Zum Eisengieer 1
Telefon +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0
Telefax +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58
www.boschrexroth.de

wear and aging.
261
Electrical amplifier modules for

controlling proportional and on/off
valves
RE 29870/06.05
Replaces: 02.03
1/8
Type VT 11550 to VT 11554
Series 2X
H2946_d
Table of contents
Contents
Features
Page
Features
Ordering code
Function
Technical data
Block circuit diagram / pin assignment VT 11550 to VT 11553 4

Characteristic curves of proportional outputs
Terminal assignment VT 11550 to VT 11553
Terminal assignment VT 11554
Unit dimensions

Notes on fault diagnosis

Amplifier modules VT 11550 to VT 11554 are used for controlling two proportional solenoids or two switching solenoids.
Depending on the version, up to two clocked output stages for
proportional solenoids and two switching outputs
Differential amplifier input 10 V
Enable input
Adjustable time ramp (using trimming potentiometer)
External time ramp shutdown
Restricted short-circuit protection
Potentiometer for setting I10% and I90% or Imax
Output for fault messages and indication of faults by LED
Further LED lamps:
Active proportional solenoid and switching outputs
Internal supply voltage
262
2/8
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT 11550 to VT 11554
RE 29870/06.05
Ordering code
VT 115_ _
Proportional
outputs
Switching
outputs
yes
yes
= 50
yes
yes
= 51
yes
no
= 52
yes
no
= 53
yes
no
= 54 1)
1)
Jump at
Jump at
Ucomm = 10 % Ucomm = 90 %
2X
*
2X =
Series 20 to 29
and pin assignment)
Application example: Pump adjustment via proportional solenoid
Function
The electrical amplifier modules are to be snapped onto carrier
rails that are usually installed in control cabinets. The electrical
connection is made via a terminal strip.
The outputs of the amplifiers for proportional solenoids Ax and
Bx and, if required, switching outputs As and Bs are activated
by applying a minimum command value voltage of approx.
10 % to the differential amplifier input. A positive command
value voltage controls outputs A, a negative command value
voltage controls outputs B. In the case of amplifier type VT
11554 the proportional solenoid can be controlled in
accordance with two different characteristic curves, depending
on the polarity of the command value voltage.
With a command value voltage of approx. 10 % referred to a
10 V input voltage at the differential amplifier, the output current increases step-like. The height of the 10 % step-change
can be adjusted separately for proportional outputs Ax and Bx
from outside using a potentiometer. As the command value
voltage increases, the solenoid current of the proportional
outputs rises linearly.
With amplifier types VT 11550 and VT 11551 an additional
current step-change takes place at a command value voltage of
about 90 %.
The maximum current or the 90 % step-change can be adjusted separately for outputs Ax and Bx from outside using trimming potentiometers. This has also an influence on the gradient
of the output characteristic curve.
LEDs signal the individual activation for each proportional and
switching output, with the brightness being roughly proportional to the solenoid current intensity of Ax and Bx.
The output stages can be enabled or disabled via the enable
input.
A time ramp function, which can be externally influenced via a
trimming potentiometer, is implemented in the amplifiers. The
adjustment range of the ramp time ranges from approx. 80 ms
to approx. 1 s. The time setting acts equally on the up and the
down ramp and on both proportional solenoids. The internal
time ramp function can be bridged via input ramp off.
The amplifiers are provided with an output for fault messages,
which can be used in conjunction with the LED lamps for fault
diagnosis (see page 5). The activation of the fault output is at
the same time signalled by the fault LED.
263
RE 29870/06.05
VT 11550 to VT 11554
3/8
Operating voltage
UO 24 VDC
Upper limit value
uO(t)max 35 V 1)
Lower limit value
uO(t)min 21 V 1)
1)
UB
Momentary value
+45 %
10 %
35 V
30 V
40 C
Note:
70 C
Each individual module must be provided with an external

2200 F smoothing capacitor!
(Capacitor module VT 11073, see RE 29750)
Valve type:
Proportional valve
DRE 4 K (solenoid GP 3512 ; 1 A)
On/off valve
3 WE 4 (not with VT 11551 and VT 11553)

(solenoid GU 35 26 V; 26 W)
Clock-pulse frequency (proportional output)

Max. power consumption
f 230 Hz 15 %
Pmax 25 VA
Max. output current

Proportional output
Imax 1.0 A
Switching output
Imax 1.2 A
Enable voltage
Command value voltage range
Max. common-mode control
UE > 18 V
Ucomm 0 bis 10 V
Umax 3 V
Input capacitance of the operating

voltage connections
CI 0.2 F
Input resistance of the differential

amplifier (command value input)
RI > 5 k

Weight
t 30 bis +70 C
t 30 bis +75 C
m ca. 0.16 kg
01
Operating voltage
(amplifier module) 0 V
7
8
9
Trigger for 10 % step-change
Function generator
Summator
Output stage
I10%B
I10%A
I2B
I2A
M0
UM
+ UM
power
time
Imax
Ramp generator
DC
DC
Power supply unit
Fault detection
Trigger for ramp enable
1)
+U
10
Evaluation
solenoid current
Fault message
Switching
solenoid Bs1)
Switching
solenoid As1)
Proportional
solenoid Ax
Proportional
solenoid Bx
Enable
Not with VT 11551 and VT 11553!
fault
Bs1)
As1)
Ax
Bx
11
VT 11550 to VT 11554
+U
Hydraulics
+ UB
0 to 10 V > B
0 to + 10 V > A
Reference potential
Differential input:
12
Bosch Rexroth AG
Time ramp off
Supply voltage
(solenoid) + U
4/8
264
RE 29870/06.05
Block circuit diagram / pin assignment VT 11550 to VT 11553
+U
7
8
9
Trigger for 10 % step-change
Function generator
Summator
Output stage
I10%A2
I10%A1
ImaxA2
ImaxA1
M0
UM
+ UM
power
time
Imax
DC
DC
Ramp generator
+U
12
Power supply unit
Fault detection
Trigger for ramp enable
+U
fault
As
Ax
10
Evaluation
solenoid current
11
Fault message
Switching
solenoid As
Proportional
solenoid Ax
Enable
VT 11550 to VT 11554
B
Operating voltage
(amplifier module) 0 V
0 to 10 V > A2
0 to + 10 V > A1
Reference potential
Differential input:
Time ramp off
Supply voltage
(solenoids) + U
RE 29870/06.05
265
5/8
01
266
6/8
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT 11550 to VT 11554
RE 29870/06.05
Characteristic curves of proportional outputs

Type VT 11550 and VT 11551
Isolenoid
max. 1 A
I100%
I90%
Ax
Bx
I10%
10 V ~ 9,2 V
~ 9,2 V +10 V
~ 0,8 V ~ 0,8 V
Ucomm
Type VT 11552 and VT 11553

Isolenoid
max. 1 A
I100%
Bx
Ax
I10%
10 V
+10 V
~ 0,8 V ~ 0,8 V
Ucomm
Type VT 11554
Isolenoid
max. 1 A
I100%
Ax(A2)
Ax(A1)
I10%
10 V
+10 V
~ 0,8 V ~ 0,8 V
Ucomm
Terminal assignment VT 11550 to VT 11553
+U
Bx
Output, proportional solenoid B
0V
Ax
Output, proportional solenoid A
Bs
As
Signal switching output A 1)
Reference potential
GND
10
Fault message (> 18 V active / max. 40 mA)
Ucomm: 0 to +10V A
0 to 10V B
Ucomm
11
UE
+ UO
12
Supply voltage
(solenoids)
Signal switching output B 1)
Differential input:
Operating voltage
(amplifier module)
1)
Enable input (+24 V active)

Time ramp off (+24 V active)
Not with VT 11551 and VT 11553 (terminal not assigned)
267
RE 29870/06.05
7/8
VT 11550 to VT 11554
Terminal assignment VT 11554
+U
n. c.
0V
Ax
Output, proportional solenoid (A1, A2) 2)
n. c.
As
Signal switching output
Reference potential
GND
10
Fault message (> 18 V active / max. 40 mA)
Ucomm: 0 to +10V A1
0 to 10V A2
Ucomm
11
UE
+ UO
12
Supply voltage
(solenoids)
Differential input:
Operating voltage
(amplifier module)
2)
Enable input (+24 V active)

Time ramp off (+24 V active)
01
See characteristic curve VT 11554

Type VT 11550 to VT 11553
Carrier rail NS 35/7,5

to DIN 50022
Ax:
Proportional output Ax active
As:
Switching output As active (not connected on

VT 11551 and VT 11553)
7 8 9 10 11 12
Bx:
Proportional output Bx active
power
Bs:
Switching output Bs active (not connected on

VT 11551 and VT 11553)
time
Fault message
Ax
time:
Ramp time adjustment (ca. 80 ms to 1 s)
As
I2:
Max. current setting for proportional solenoid Ax
10 %:
Adjustement of 10 % step-change for

proportional solenoid Ax
10 %:
10%
Bs
fault:
B I :
2
B I2
Bx
79
power: Internal supply voltage
fault
A I2
10%
1 2 3 4 5 6
85,5
40
Max. current setting for proportional solenoid Bx

Adjustement of 10 % step-change for
proportional solenoid Bx
Type VT 11554

to DIN 50022
Ax:
Proportional output active
As:
Switching output active
7 8 9 10 11 12
power: Internal supply voltage
A1
A2
Fault message
time:
Ramp time adjustment (ca. 80 ms to 1 s)
Imax:
Max. current setting for characteristic curve A1
10 %:
Adjustment of 10% step-change for char. curve A1
Imax:
Max. current setting for characteristic curve A2
10 %:
Adjustment of 10% step-change for char. curve A2
A2max
10%
79
fault:
fault
power
time
Ax Imax
A1
As 10%
1 2 3 4 5 6
85,5
40
268
8/8
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT 11550 to VT 11554
RE 29870/06.05

Ensure a sufficient distance to radio equipment (>> 1m)!
Do not use free-wheeling diodes in solenoid cables! When solenoid cables are interrupted (e.g. by a relay)
corresponding protective circuits are required.
Be careful with time ramp operation! When the electronics are switched off, the time ramp cannot be executed.
In the case of solenoid output overloading, the relevant output is switched off. If overloading persists at a command
value voltage of 10 V, the output stage is switched on and off in 5 ms cycles. This impermissible situation
can be recognised at the fault message output and must be remedied as quickly as possible!
If safety aspects advise against the permanent application of the operating voltage to terminal 6, the supply cable may
be protected by installing a back-up fuse of 0.063 A (F).
When the operating voltage is applied simultaneously to terminal 1 and terminal 6, this may result in a brief response of the
power output stages. This transitional state can be avoided by applying the operating voltage to terminal 1 with a certain delay.
The failure of the amplifier module can result in undefined characteristics!
If electromagnetic interference must be expected, suitable measures must be taken to ensure the operability
(depending on application, e.g. shield, filtration)!
Notes on fault diagnosis

Overloading of an output:
Voltage to fault output (terminal 10) > 18 V
fault LED lights up
Cable break in the cables of a proportional solenoid:
Activation LED of the proportional output concerned is permanently alight
at full brightness, even if the command value voltage at terminal 5 is reduced.
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
Zum Eisengieer 1
Telefon +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0
Telefax +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58
www.boschrexroth.de

parties.
269
RE 29866/06.05
Replaces: 02.03
Analog Amplifier Module
1/4
Type VT 11724
Series 1X
H3783_d
Table of contents
Features
Features
Suitable for controlling proportional pressure reducing valves

Ordering code
Differential input
One clocked output stage
Block circuit diagram / Pin allocation
Function generator
Technical data
Ramp generator with adjustable ramp time

(up and down ramp can be adjusted separately)
Terminal assignment
Unit dimensions
Contents
Page
Engineering notes / Maintenance instructions / Supplementary

information
4

Adjustable current regulator

Power supply indication by LED
270
2/4
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT 11724
RE 29866/06.05
Ordering code
VT 11724
1X
*
Further details in plain text
Amplifier module for controlling proportional pressure reducing valves

types 3DRE(M) 10 (up to series 4X) and 3DRE(M) 16 (up to series 5X)
as well as DRE(M) 10 and DRE(M) 20
Series 10 to 19
= 1X
The activation of solenoid control is indicated by LED H3, the
brightness of which is proportional to the solenoid current.
These amplifier modules are suitable for controlling a proportional solenoid. They are to be snapped onto carrier rails
according to EN 60715. The electrical connections are made
by means of screw terminals. The modules are operated using
24 V DC.
The following values can be adjusted from outside by means of

assigned trimming potentiometers:
Ramp time, separately for up and down ramp
(by means of R11, R12 tmax approx. 5 s)
The solenoid current (actual value) is measured and compared

with the externally provided command value. Any occurring
differences between actual and command value, caused e.g.
by changes in the solenoid temperature or operating voltage,
are balanced.
Slope of the output characteristic curve (by means of R1, R2)
Block circuit diagram / Pin allocation

6
+UB
R11
Differential input 6
Ucomm: 0 to +10 V
3
R12
R2
7
u
u
2
R1
H3
+UB
+ UB
DC
DC
Operating
voltage
0V
Power pack
Output stage
Ramp generator
Switching stage
Function generator
Proportional solenoid
Current regulator
271
RE 29866/06.05
VT 11724
3/4
Operating voltage
UB 24 V DC +40 % 10 %
Operating range:
Upper limit value
uB(t)max 35 V
Lower limit value
uB(t)min 21 V
Power consumption
PS max 22 VA
Current consumption
Imax 0.85 A
Fuse
IS Electronic short-circuit protection of the solenoid
Inputs:
Ucomm 0 to +10 V; Ri approx. 10 k

Adjustment ranges:
Output current
I I10% to Imax
Ramp time
t approx. 50 ms to approx. 5 s
Outputs:
Imax 800 mA; R(20) = 19.5

f 200 Hz 10 %
Type of connection
6 screw terminals
Type of mounting
Carrier rail TH 35/7.5 to EN 60715
Type of protection
IP 20 to DIN 40050
25 x 79 x 85.5 mm
0 to +50 C
25 to +85 C
Weight
m 0.13 kg
Note:
For details regarding environment simulation tests in the field of climate,
see RE 30309-U (declaration on environmental compatibility).
Imax 800
500
I10% 220
0 10 20
40
60
80
Command value in %
100
01
272
4/4
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT 11724
RE 29866/06.05
Terminal assignment
Operating
voltage
+UB
0V
Reference
potential
Proportional
solenoid
+Ucomm
Terminals 3 and 6: Differential inputs

to EN 60715
4 5 6
79
REXROTH
VT 11724
Adjustment/indication element set to

Potentiometers:
R1
Imax
800 mA
R11
R12
R2
I10 %
220 mA
R11
Up ramp
min
R1
H3
R2
R12
Down ramp
min
LED lamp:
H3
Solenoid current
1 2 3
85,5
25
Engineering notes / Maintenance instructions / Supplementary information

The distance to radio equipment must be sufficiently large (>> 1 m)!
Command value cables must always be shielded and not laid near power cables;
shield solenoid cables!
In the case of heavy fluctuations in the operating voltage, it may become necessary to install an external smoothing capacitor
Recommendation: Capacitor module type VT 11073 (see RE 29750); sufficient for up to 3 amplifier modules
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
Zum Eisengieer 1
Telefon +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0
Telefax +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58
www.boschrexroth.de

parties.
273
RE 29 763/12.02
Replaces: 11.95
H/A 5316/95
Electrical amplifier module

for the flow control of a variable
displacement axial piston pump
Type VT 11 019, series 1X
01
VT 11 019 (from series 11)
Contents
Features
Ordering details
Function
Technical data
Characteristics in the case of a fault
Terminal allocation
Unit dimensions
Engineering / maintenance guidelines
Features
Page
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
The VT 11 019 amplifier module is used for controlling the flow of a

variable displacement axial piston pump with electrical position
feedback and FE control (type A10VSOFE).
Differential input
Adjustable ramp generator (max. rampen time 5 s)
Pulsed output stage
Controller for the valve spool position
Supply voltage polarity protection
Oscillator and demodulator for the inductive position
measurements
Controller enable
LED displays: "power" Internal supply voltage (green)
"H1" Multi-function display (orange)
Ordering details
VT 11 019
1X / *
Amplifier module for the flow control of a variable

displacement axial piston pump type A10VSOFE
1X =
1)

Series 11 to 19 1)
Compatible with series 10 units, when terminal 11

has not been connected to ground (0 V) in these units
(see engineering guidelines on page 4).
2003
VT 11 019
1/6
RE 29 763/12.02
274
Function
The amplifier module is clipped onto carrier rails such as those
commonly used in electric control cabinets. The electric connections
are via a terminal strip.
The amplifier module contains the electronic components for the
control of a proportional solenoid. Dependent on a positive voltage
signal present at the command value input the amplifier module
controls the solenoid. The actual value (position of the solenoid
armature) is signalled by an inductive position measuring system and
compared to the externally signalled command value. Occurring
differences between actual and command value are levelled out.
Through the connection of a positive voltage (UF > 8.5 V) at terminal
3 the controller and the output stage are enabled.
The following can be set externally via a trimming potentiometer:

The ramp time up to approx. 5 s
Command value reduction in a range of 0 % to 100 %
The zero point of the position transducer
Operating voltage
Function range:
Upper limiting range
Lower limiting range
UB
uB(t)max
uB(t)min
+ 24 VDC + 40 % 10 %
+ 39 V
+ 21 V
1.5 A
Fuse
2.5 A; slow blowing; after release self-activating
Inputs:
Differential input (command value input)
Enable
Active
Inactive
Demodulator input (positional measuring system)
Ramp time (setting range)
Outputs:
Output stage
Pulse frequency
Driver for the inductive transducer
Max. load capacity
Voltage amplitude (USS)
Max. stroke of the position transducer
Measuring points
Command value w
Position actual value x
Ue
0 to + 10 V; Re = 50 k (standard) 1)
UF
UF
Re
8.5 V < UF < 40 V

< 6.5 V
> 50 k
Imax
f
f
I
10 ms to 5 s
1.3 A; R(20) = 12.7

Free pulsating up to approx. 1.5 kHz
Ua
s
5,8 kHz 10 %
30 mA
5 V per output
3.8 mm
Uw
Ux
0 to + 5 V
0 to 5 V
Connection type
40 x 79 x 85.5 mm

t
t
0 to 50 C to DIN IEC 68-2 T1, T2, T14 and T30 2)

25 to + 85 C to DIN IEC 68-2 T1 and T2 2)
Interference immunity
Class 3 to prEN 50082 T2 2)
Mechanical loadability
To DIN IEC 68-2 T6, T24 and T27 2)
Weight
1)
2)
0.14 kg
Current input on request

Further details on request
RE 29 763/12.02
2/6
VT 11 019
275
Characteristics in the case of a fault
Error
Missing
enable (UF < 6.5 V)
Characteristics
of the electronics
Cable break
position transducer
E, R, A
E, R, A
1)
Abbreviation meaning:
Cable break
current input 1)
S, A
Only in special versions with a current

input of 4 to 20 mA (on request)
E = Output stage is switched off (solenoids are moved into a de-energised condition!)
R = Controller is switched off
S = Command value is set to 0 %
A = Multi-function display is illuminated
01
Block circuit diagram / connection allocation VT 11019 (from series 11)

Only in special versions with a current input of 4 to 20 mA (on request)
Enable + UF
PI
H1
u
i
Differential input
Ref. potential
+ Ucom.
4
5
u(i)
8
4
Gw
2 1
PD
2
t
+ UB
Operating voltage
0V
1
2
Gx
+ UM
M0
UM
+ DC
DC
power
Zx
12
11
2( )
1
10
(2)
Attention:
The connections to the position
transducer are shown for
clockwise rotation pumps
("( )" for anti-clockwise rotation
pumps)
1
2
3
4
5
Ramp generator
Controller for spool position
Current controller
Output stage
VT 11 019
6
7
8
9
10
Power supply
Monitoring
Proportional valve
Position transducer
1
2
3
4
3/6
Actual value 0 to 5 V
Com. value 0 to + 5 V
Measuring zero
Measuring zero
H1
Zx
Gw
Gx
t
Multi-function display
Zero point position transducer
Command value reduction
Actual value matching
Ramp time
RE 26 763/12.02
276
Terminal connections
Operating
voltage
Enable
Differential
input
Position
transducer
connection 1)
+ UB
0V
UF
9 n.c.
Ref.
4
potential
+USoll 5
2
10 n.c.
11
12 1
1) Applies
Solenoid
connection
Position
transducer
connection 1)
to clockwise rotation pumps (see block circuit diagram)
Connection cable (recommendation):

Position transducer 3-core cable, single screened,
cross-section max. 1.5 mm2
Solenoid connection 2 or 4-core cable, single screened,
cross-section max. 1.5 mm2
Differential input
2-core cable, single screened
Unit dimensions
(Dimensions in mm)
to DIN 50 022
7 8 9 10 11 12
REXROTH
VT 11019-1X
79
Gw
power t
H1
Gx
Zx
1
1 2 3 4 5 6
85,5
RE 29 763/12.02
40
4/6
H1:
Multi-function display (see page 2)
power:
Internal supply voltage
Gw:
Command value reduction
t:
Ramp time
Gx:
Actual value adjustment
Zx:
Position transducer zero point
Measuring socket 1: Actual value 0 to 5 V
Measuring socket 2: Command value 0 to + 5 V
Measuring socket 3: Measuring zero
Measuring socket 4: Measuring zero
VT 11 019
277

The amplifier module may only be connected when switched off!
Do not connect the earth terminal of the inductive transducer to ground!
Do not connect terminal 11 to ground, earth or screen; otherwise function disturbances may occur!
(this was also not permitted with series 10 units, but it did not lead to function disturbances.)
Always screen command value lines and lines of the inductive transducer separately; screen open at valve;
connect screen to 0V operating voltage (terminal 2) on module side only in order to avoid couplings!
Do not lay lines near power lines!
Do not use free wheel diodes in solenoid lines!
Distance to antenna lines, radio sources and radar equipment must be at least 1 m!
Because of the load current of the integrated smoothing capacitor external fuses must have slow blowing characteristics!
Attention: When using the differential input (command value as voltage signal) both inputs must always
be switched on or off simultaneously!
The actual value adjustment (potentiometer "Gx") is factory pre-calibrated!
01
Bosch Rexroth AG

Telefon 0 93 52 / 18-0
Telefax 0 93 52 / 18-23 58 Telex 6 89 418-0

Cambs, PE19 2ES
Tel: 0 14 80/22 32 56
Fax: 0 14 80/21 90 52
E-mail: info@boschrexroth.co.uk
VT 11 019
5/6

condition or suitability for a certain application can
be derived from our information. The details stated
do not release you from the responsibility for
carrying out your own assessment and verification.
It must be remembered that our products are
subject to a natural process of wear and ageing.
RE 29 763/12.02
278
Notes
Bosch Rexroth AG

Telefon 0 93 52 / 18-0
Telefax 0 93 52 / 18-23 58 Telex 6 89 418-0

Cambs, PE19 2ES
Tel: 0 14 80/22 32 56
Fax: 0 14 80/21 90 52
RE 29 763/12.02
6/6

VT 11 019
279
RE 29743/06.05
Replaces: 02.05
1/4
Type VT11021
Component series 1X
H6507_d
Table of contents
Features
Features
Suitable for controlling servo-valves with mechanical feedback,

type 4WS2EM (sizes 6 and 10)
Ordering code
U/I transformer (short-circuit-proof against 0 V)
Technical data
DC/DC converter
Terminal assignment
Reverse voltage protection
Unit dimensions
Signalling of internal supply voltage by LED
Contents
Page
Ordering code
VT 11021
1X
Amplifier module for servo-valves without electrical position

feedback;
types 4WS2EM 6 and 4WS2EM 10
(10 to19: unchanged technical data and pin assignment)
*
= 1X
280
2/4
Bosch Rexroth AG
VT 11021 RE 29743/06.05
The amplifier module is to be snapped onto a hat rails according to EN 60715. It is electrically connected by means of screw
terminals. The module is powered by 24V DC voltage.
The 10 V command value is applied to the differential input.
The output current of the downstream U/I transformer controls
the servo-valve.
The following parameters can be adjusted externally using

trimming potentiometers Gw, Zw and G D:
The max. output current between approx. 10 and 110 % by
means of Gw
The offset current between +10 % and 10 % of the max.
output current by means of Zw
The amplitude of the dither signals between 0 and 10 % of
the maximum output current by means of G D
+
Differential input:
Ucomm: 0 to 10 V
Reference potential
6
3
Zw
Servo-valve
GD
Operating
voltage
0V
+ UM
M0
UM
DC
DC
Ucomm: 0 to 10 V I: 0 to 60 mA
Ucomm: 0 to +10 V I: 0 to +60 mA
3 4
+ UB
D
C
Gw
Power supply unit
Gw
Max. output current
Zw
Offset current
Summator
GD
Amplitude of dither signal
U/I transformer
281
RE 06.05/Entwurf
VT 11021
3/4
Operating voltage
UO 24 VDC +40 % 10 %
Operating range:
Upper limit value
uO(t)max 35 V
Lower limit value
uO(t)min 21 V
Imax 300 mA
Current consumption (without valve) at UO = 24 V

Power consumption
PS approx. 8 VA
Fuse
Thermal overload fuse (with reactive function when temperature falls below the threshold)
Inputs:
Ucomm 0 to 10 V (Re 20 k)
Command value
Outputs:
Imax 60 mA +10 %
Valve current
Measuring sockets
Uw 0 to 10 V
Current command value w

Uact 0 to 60 mV (10 mV 1 mA)
Dither signal:
Frequency
f 340 Hz 10 %
Amplitude
ISS 0 to 6 mA (factory setting 3 mA)
Type of connection
6 screw terminals
Type of mounting
Hat rail TH35-7.5 according to EN 60715
Type of protection
IP 20 to EN 60529
25 x 79 x 85.5 mm
0 to +50 C
20 to +70 C
Weight
m 0.13 kg
Terminal assignment
Operating
voltage
+UO
Servo(supply)
valve
0V
Servovalve
Reference
potential
Ucomm
01
282
4/4
Bosch Rexroth AG
VT 11021
RE 29743/06.05
Unit dimensions
Hat rail TH 35-7.5
to EN 60715
Adjustment / indicator element
4 5 6
Potentiometers:
REXROTH
VT 11021
79
Factory setting
Gw
Zw
GD
Gw
max. output current
60 mA (100 %)
Zw
offset current
0 mA
GD
amplitude of dither signal 3 mA
LED indicator lamp:

green
w I
internal supply voltage
Measuring sockets:
1 2 3
85,5
25
current command value (10 V 100 %)
actual current value (10 mV 1 mA)
measuring zero

The distance to radio equipment must be sufficiently large (>> 1m)!
Shield command value cables; do not lay them near power cables!
In the case of a strong fluctuations in the operating voltage, it may become necessary to install an external smoothing capacitor
Recommendation:
Capacitor module VT 11073 (see RE 29750); sufficient for up to 3 amplifier modules
Bosch Rexroth AG
Zum Eisengieer 1
Phone +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0
Fax
+49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58
www.boschrexroth.de

wear and aging.
283
RE 30264/07.05
Plug amplifier module

1/8
Type VT-SSPA1
Unit series 2X
List of contents
Features
Features
Analog amplifier for actuating proportional valves (pressure

and directional control valves) without position control
Ordering data
Differential input
Preferred types
Adjustable ramp time (10 ms...5 s)
Function
Adjustable sensitivity, valve zero and dither frequency
Connections/calibration
Operating voltage 24 V
Contents
Circuit diagram/pin assignment

Commissioning/adjustment
Page
3
4 and 5
Technical data
Unit dimensions

Current measuring adapter VT-PA-5, see RE 30073
284
2/8
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT-SSPA1
RE 30264/07.05
Ordering data
VT
Construction
Plug amplifier
Hydraulic component
For valves without electrical
feedback
Valve type
Proportional valve
Actuation
Analog
2X V0
I=
V0 =
2X =
508 =
525 =
=A
=1
Material Number
For valve types
VTSSPA152520/V0
0 811 405 143
see valve group A
VTSSPA150820/V0
0 811 405 144
see valve group B
VTSSPA152520/V0/I
0 811 405 145
see valve group A
VTSSPA150820/V0/I
0 811 405 162
see valve group B
Valve group A
Valve group B
DBETX...25
DBETX...8
DBE6X...25
DBE6X...8
DRE6X...25
DRE6X...8
DBE10Z...25
DBE10Z...8
DRE10Z...25
DRE10Z...8
3FREX10
4WRBA..EA
Unit series
=P
Type
3FREX6
Customer version
Catalog version
=S
Preferred types
2FREX10
Optional extras
Actuation 4...20 mA
=S
Output stages
1 output stage
2FREX6

0.8 A solenoid
2.5 A solenoid
285
RE 30264/07.05
VT-SSPA1
3/8
Function
The plug amplifier is employed for actuating proportional
valves without position control.
It is plugged directly into the valves solenoid plug.
The connecting cable (UB, setpoint) on the control side is
routed through a compression gland and connected.
A LED lights up when the power supply is switched on. The
setpoint input takes the form of either voltage 0...10 V or
current 4...20 mA, depending on the type of plug amplifier.
The setpoint can be adjusted in terms of zero and sensitivity.

In the case of voltage input, a differential input is available.
In addition, the setpoint can be run using a ramp.
The dither amplitude is variable, allowing the system to be
adapted to suit special-purpose applications. On delivery, the
dither amplitude is already set to an optimum value, so that
further adjustment is only necessary in special cases, as
mentioned above.
01
Connections/calibration
P1
P2
P3
P4
St 1
LED
Circuit diagram/pin assignment
1)
2)
0 811 405 143; 0 811 405 144

0 811 405 145; 0 811 405 162
Ramp time
Sensitivity
Zero
Dither frequency
Terminal
UB display
286
4/8
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT-SSPA1
1. Prepare the connecting cable.
Wire end ferrules with short crimp (5x)
2. Route cable through the compression gland

and connect to terminal St 1.
Caution
Do not switch on the power supply or input
the setpoint for the cable yet!
3. Switch on the power supply
LED lights up (green).

4. Zero adjustment pot. P3,
with minimum setpoint input.
5. Sensitivity adjustment pot. P2,
with maximum setpoint input.
0 811 405 143

0 811 405 145
0 811 405 144

0 811 405 162
RE 30264/07.05
287
RE 30264/07.05
VT-SSPA1
5/8
6. Dither frequency adjustment
pot. P4.
Dither frequency adjustment range
The dither frequency is already correctly set on delivery,

but correction may be required for special applications. If so,
please consult BRH-CO/SPI.
01
Factory setting
P4
Pot. setting
Ramp time adjustment range
7. Ramp time adjustment

(acceleration and deceleration)
pot. P1.
Factory setting
CW
P1
Pot. rotation
288
6/8
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT-SSPA1
Technical data
Specifications
Construction
Connections
Plug housing
Solenoid
UB, setpoint
DIN 43650
Cable 5x0.75 mm2, shielded
(incl. PE)
Ambient temperature
C 20...+70
Storage temperature
C 20 min.
Degree of protection
IP 65, plugged in
Power supply nom. 24 V DC

Solenoid 2.5 A
Battery voltage 10.2...31 V

Rectified AC voltage 10.2...27 V
Solenoid 0.8 A

Rectified voltage 21...27 V
Residual ripple
Power consumption
Setpoint
Output
< 2 VSS
55 VA max, see valve data
0 811 405 143

0 811 405 144
0...10 V DC
0 811 405 145

0 811 405 162
4...20 mA
0 811 405 145

0 811 405 143
Imax = 2.5 A (square-wave voltage, pulse-modulated)
0 811 405 144

0 811 405 162
Imax = 0.8 A (square-wave voltage, pulse-modulated)
Ramp time
s 60 ms...4.5
Dither frequency range
95...340 Hz as an option
Zero adjustment range
See characteristic curves on page 4
Sensitivity adjustment range

Special features
Conformity
LED (green): power supply on

Rapid energizing for fast response times
EN 61000-6-2: 2002-08
EN 61000-6-3: 2002-08
RE 30264/07.05
289
RE 30264/07.05
VT-SSPA1
7/8
01
290
8/8
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT-SSPA1
RE 30264/07.05
Notes
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
Zum Eisengieer 1
Telefon +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0
Telefax +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58
www.boschrexroth.de

aging.
291
RE 30265/09.05
1/8
Type VT-SSPA1-1, VT-SSPA1-50
Component series 1X
HAD 7072
Table of contents
Contents
Features
Page
Features
Ordering code
Overview of types
Possible applications
Characteristic curve
Function
Technical data
Terminal assignment
Section / control elements / dimensions

Used for controlling solenoid operated DBET-6X pressure

control valves without closed-loop position control
Proportional command value / flow characteristic curve for
command values between 0 % and 100 %
Regulated, adjustable maximum current for a command value
greater than approx. 120 % (only with differential input )
Differential input, optional current input
Ramp generator, up/down separated
Zero potentiometer / biasing current
Command value attenuator / maximum current
Dither frequency potentiometer
292
2/8
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT-SSPA1-1, VT-SSPA1-50
RE 30265/09.05
Ordering code
VT SSPA1
For DBET-6X
Universal
1X V0
*
=1
= 50
24 =
24 V application
0=
I=
Voltage input
Current input
Overview of types
Type
Mat. no.
UO
Inom
f at Inom
Comm. value
For valve
Solenoid
VT-SSPA1-1-1X/V0/0-24
R900779643
24 V
1.6
340 Hz
0-10 V/24 V
DBET-6X
5.5 Ohm
1.6 A
VT-SSPA1-1-1X/V0/I-24
R901029782
24 V
1.6
340 Hz
4-20 mA
DBET-6X
5.5 Ohm
1.6 A
VT-SSPA1-50-1X/V0/0-24
R901005414
24 V
2.5
305 Hz
0-10 V/24 V
universal
> 2 Ohm
2.5 A
R901029783
24 V
2.5
305 Hz
4-20 mA
universal
> 2 Ohm
2.5 A
293
RE 30265/09.05
3/8
2-conductor technology (only with differential input)
U/I
Ramp function when switched on

The IN+ input is to be bridged with the supply voltage (+UO)
in the plug-in connector, the IN input is to be bridged with
the supply voltage (0 V) in the plug-in connector.
IN+
Switching applications with constant-current regulation
U
IN
The maximum current must usually be matched according to

the solenoid data using potentiometer G. The ramp time
ramp up (t <) can be adjusted within the range of
60 ms to 5 s.
t<
+UB
10uF
UB = 24 V
t>
U
DC
DC
0V
0V
PE
01
Switching with low control power
Ramp function, when the control voltage is switched on or
off, can be separately adjusted
US = 24 V
IN+
U/I
The IN+ input is to be connected to the control voltage (Uc

= 24 V / 12 V), the IN input is to be bridged with the supply
voltage (0 V) in the plug-in connector.
U
IN
+UB
10uF
UB = 24 V

the solenoid data using potentiometer G. In the de-energised
condition (IN+ = 0 V or IN+ = open) a biasing current
can be set on Z. This biasing current can be used to reduce
the switch-on delay, especially in conjunction with a ramp. If
required, a value of between approx. 20 mA and approx. 15 %
of the nominal current can be set. The ramp times ramp up
(t <) and ramp down (t >) can be adjusted within the range
of 60 ms to 5 s.
t<
t>
U
DC
DC
0V
0V
PE
4-conductor technology
The IN+ input is to be connected to control signal UC = 0 V
to 10 V or Is = 4 mA to 20 mA, the IN input is to be connected to the reference potential of the control voltage.
The biasing current and the maximum current have to be
adjusted by means of potentiometers Z and G before commissioning. The current can then be adjusted proportionally
between the set biasing current and the set maximum current
according to the control voltage. The biasing current can be
adjusted within the range of approx. 0 mA to approx. 15 % of
the nominal current, the maximum current within the range of
0 to Imax (see technical data on page 5).
IN+
0 - 10 V
4 - 20 mA
U/I
U/I
U
IN
+UB
10uF
24 V
t>
U
DC
DC
0V
PE
t<
294
4/8
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
RE 30265/09.05
(1): Internal voltage adjustment

Sollwert
(2): Command value input

(3): Zero point potentiometer Z / biasing current I (IN = 0%)
U/I
U
IN
(4): Command value attenuator G / maximum current I (IN = 100%)

(5): Ramp time potentiometers t < and t >
(2)
(6): Frequency range correction f

(7): Current output stage
0V
0V
t>
(5)
t<
+UB
10uF
24 V
(3)
IN+
DC
(4)
1
(7)
(6)
DC
(1)
f
PE
Actual value
Imax
With factory setting
IO (0%)
Note!
0%
Depending on the type, the biasing current can also be 0.
100 %
approx. 110 %
Max. command value

= 35 V
Adjustment range
Inom (100%)
UO
Command value
Function
The plug-in amplifier is suitable for mounting onto a valve connection base according to DIN 43650 / ISO 4400. By turning
the plug insert and the electronics in the housing, the plug-in
amplifier can be mounted on the solenoid in 90 increments.
switching off, with 3-wire connection only, i.e. switching signal

and supply are connected separately). This characteristic also
depends on the valve and solenoid type. The downstream command value attenuator (4) has no influence on the ramp time
Connection / grounding
The connection to the control is to be made by means of a 2-,

3- or 4-wire cable depending on the application. If the protective conductor is to be connected, the number of wires must
be adjusted accordingly. The protective conductor is to be
connected directly on the corresponding screw-type contact of
the plug insert.
Up to a command value of approx. 110 % the transfer characteristic curve rises linearly. The zero point can be corrected by
means of potentiometer Z, the maximum value using potentiometer G.

The command value range is between 0 and UO. In the command value range of 0-10 V or 4-20 mA, the solenoid current
is proportional to the command value. From a command value
of approx. 110 % up to UO the solenoid current is almost constant according to the Imax setting (switching application).
Ramp generator
The ramp times can be adjusted separately for up and down
ramps. In switching applications, the ramps can be used to
dampen the switch-on and switch-off impulse (in the case of

Output stage (7) is self-clocking. The clock frequency depends
on the current intensity, the operating voltage and the impedance of the controlled solenoids. The clock frequency can be
re-adjusted by means of potentiometer f. The current output
stage generates a regulated current signal according to the
control variable provided by summator (3). Too high a clock frequency results in an increase in the valve hysteresis. Too low a
clock frequency increases the noise level of the hydraulic system.
295
RE 30265/09.05
5/8
Type
Maximum cable inductance1)
VT-SSPA1-1
VT-SSPA1-50
24 VDC
UO
u(t)max
35 V
u(t)min
18 V
100 H
Lmax
Current / power consumption
< 1.7 A
< 2.6 A
(depending on solenoid data)
Pmax
< 40 VA
< 60 VA
2 AT
3.15 AT
> 15 mH
> 10 mH
0 to 300 mA
0 to 450 mA
1.6 A
2.5 A
IB to 1.7 A
IB to 2.6 A
Recommended back-up fuse

Minimum coil inductance
Biasing current (adjustment range)
Lmin
IB
Nominal current (with factory setting)

Maximum current (adjustment range)
Command value input (voltage)
Imax
U
Proportional range
0 to 10 V
Switching range
12 V to UO
Resistance
Option: Command value input (current)
Proportional range
20 k
I
4 to 20 mA / Ri = 100
60 ms to 5 s
Type of connection (cable)
4 screw-type terminals
Type of connection (solenoid)
Base to DIN 43650 / ISO4400
Number of pins (solenoid)
2 + PE
Cable diameter
4.5 11 mm
Dimensions
40 x 38 x 70 mm (WxHxD)
Type of mounting
M3 x 40
Type of protection
Weight
Clock frequency
IP65 to EN 60529
m
2)
0.125 kg
f
DBET-6X
1)
25 to +85 C
25 to +70 C 2)
25 C to +85 C
Usually corresponds to a cable length greater than 100 m

Valid for solenoid currents > 2 A and a clock frequency > 350 Hz
160 Hz to 380 Hz (340 Hz at Inom)
01
296
6/8
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
RE 30265/09.05
Terminal assignment
Terminal
Terminal
+UB
Operating voltage UO
+24 V
IN+
+ command value input

+24 V: 0 to +10 V / 4 to 20 mA
0V
0 V ground
IN
Reference potenial for command value
Section / control elements / dimensions (in mm)

Top view with open housing:
G:
Z:
Zero point potentiometer / biasing current
t <: Ramp time up

t >: Ramp time down
Frequency range
t<
IN+
IN
+UB
61,75
0V
25
ca. 38
34
18
t> G
5,5
f:
ca. 71
34
297
RE 30265/09.05
7/8

The plug-in amplifier may only be wired when disconnected from the power supply.
The distance to aerial lines, radio sources and radar equipment must be at least 1m.
Use a measuring adapter for adjusting the potentiometers and for checking the current values, and measure currents electrically
isolated.
The specified maximum solenoid currents must not be exceeded.
Do not use solenoids with integrated free-wheeling diodes.
The supply voltage must be protected by means of a fuse - see technical data.
Note:
The solenoids are controlled with a clocked voltage. The intensity of the solenoid voltage impulse corresponds to the applied operating voltage (+UO).
Solenoids with integrated EMC suppressor circuit may only be used, if the permissible solenoid voltage - both, for positive and
negative voltage - is greater than the actual operating voltage.
Solenoids without EMC suppressor circuit may usually be operated up to their nominal current.
Please observe the manufacturers information.
Caution:
VT-SSPA1-50 amplifiers are indented for universal use and are not adapted to specific valves.
In the case of a strongly fluctuating operating voltage, it may be required to provide an external smoothing capacitor having a capacitance of approx. 470 F to 2200 F.
Recommendation: Capacitor module VT 11073 (see RE 29750) sufficient for up to 10 plug-in amplifiers
The cable length should not exceed 20 m
Cable recommendation: 4 x 0.75 mm2, shielded, or 5 x 0.5 mm2, shielded
01
298
8/8
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
RE 30265/09.05
Notes
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
Zum Eisengieer 1
Phone +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0
Fax
+49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58
www.boschrexroth.de

wear and aging.
299
RE 30116/09.05
Replaces: 10.03
1/8
Type VT-SSPA1-5, VT-SSPA1-100
Component series 1X
HAD 7072
Table of contents
Contents
Features
Page
Features
Ordering code
Overview of types
Function
Technical data
Terminal assignment
View / control elements / dimensions

Used for controlling solenoid operated pressure control 1) and

directional valves 2) without closed-loop position control
Proportional command value / current characteristic curves for
command values from 0 % to 100 %
Regulated, adjustable maximum current for a command value
greater than approx. 120 % (only with differential input)
Differential input, optional current input
Ramp generator, separate for up/down
Zero potentiometer / biasing current
Dither frequency potentiometer
Operating voltage 24 V / 12 V
1)
Especially of type
KBPS...8
2)
Especially of type
KKDSR1...
KKDSR2...
300
2/8
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
RE 30116/09.05
Ordering code
VT SSPA1
for KBPS...8
for KKDSR
1X V0
*
=5
= 100
12 =
24 =
12 V application
24 V application
0=
I=
Voltage input
Current input
Overview of types
Type
Mat. no.
UO
Inom
f at Inom
Command value
For valve
Solenoid
VT-SSPA1-5-1X/V0/0-24
R901024331
24 V
1.2
200 Hz
0-10 V/24 V
KBPS...8
4.77 Ohm
1.2 A
R901046147
24 V
1.2
200 Hz
4-20 mA
KBPS...8
4.77 Ohm
1.2 A
VT-SSPA1-5-1X/V0/0-12
R901046149
12 V
1.76
230 Hz
0-5 V/12 V
KBPS...8
2.3 Ohm
1.76 A
R901046244
12 V
1.76
230 Hz
4-20 mA
KBPS...8
2.3 Ohm
1.76 A
VT-SSPA1-100-1X/V0/0-24
R901030116
24 V
1.2
150 Hz
0-10 V/24 V
KKDSR1
7.2 Ohm
1.2 A
VT-SSPA1-100-1X/V0/I-24
R901030114
24 V
1.2
150 Hz
4-20 mA
KKDSR1
7.2 Ohm
1.2 A
VT-SSPA1-100-1X/V0/0-12
R901030117
12 V
1.8
130 Hz
0-5 V/12 V
KKDSR1
3.3 Ohm
1.8 A
VT-SSPA1-100-1X/V0/I-12
R901030115
12 V
1.8
130 Hz
4-20 mA
KKDSR1
3.3 Ohm
1.8 A
301
RE 30116/09.05
3/8
Z
IN+
U/I
Ramp function when switched on
The IN+ input is to be bridged with the supply voltage (+UO)

in the plug-in connector, the IN input is to be bridged with
UB = 24 V
the supply voltage (0 V) in the plug-in connector.
IN
t>
t<
+UB
10uF
DC
DC

the solenoid data using potentiometer G. The ramp time
ramp up (t <) can be adjusted within the range of
60 ms to 5 s.
0V
0V
PE
01
Switching with low control power
Ramp function, when the control voltage is switched on or
off, can be separately adjusted
The IN+ input is to be connected to the control voltage (Uc
= 24 V / 12 V), the IN input is to be bridged with the supply
voltage (0 V) in the plug-in connector.
US = 24 V
IN+
U/I
U
IN
+UB
10uF
UB = 24 V

the solenoid data using potentiometer G. In the de-energised
condition (IN+ = 0 V or IN+ = open) a biasing current
can be set on Z. This biasing current can be used to reduce
the switch-on delay, especially in conjunction with a ramp. If
required, a value of between approx. 20 mA and approx. 15 %
of the nominal current can be set. The ramp times ramp up
(t <) and ramp down (t >) can be adjusted within the range
of 60 ms to 5 s.
t>
t<
DC
DC
0V
0V
PE
4-conductor technology
The IN+ input is to be connected to the control signal (24
V = Uc = 0 V to 10 V or Ic = 4 mA to 20 mA / 12 V = Uc =
0 V to 5 V or Ic = 4 mA to 20 mA), the IN input is to be
connected to the reference potential of the control voltage.
The biasing current and the maximum current have to be
adjusted by means of potentiometers Z and G before commissioning. The current can then be adjusted proportionally
between the set biasing current and the set maximum current
according to the control voltage. The biasing current can be
adjusted within the range of approx. 0 mA to approx. 15 % of
the nominal current, the maximum current within the range of
0 to Imax (see technical data on page 5).
IN+
0 - 5 V / 12 V
0 - 10 V / 24 V
4 - 20 mA
U/I
U/I
U
IN
+UB
10uF
24/12 V
t>
U
DC
DC
0V
PE
t<
302
4/8
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
RE 30116/09.05
(1): Internal voltage adjustment
(3)
IN+
Sollwert (2) U/I
U
(2): Command value input

(3): Zero point potentiometer Z / biasing current I (IN = 0%)
IN
(4): Command value attenuator G / maximum current I (IN = 100%)

(5): Ramp time potentiometers t < and t >
24 / 12 V
(6): Frequency range correction f
+UB
10uF
(7): Current output stage

0V
0V
t>
(5)
t<
DC
(4)
1
(7)
(6)
DC
(1)
f
PE
Actual value
Imax
With factory setting
IB (0%)
Note!
0%
Depending on the type, the biasing current can also be 0.
Function
100 %
Approx. 110 %
Max. command value = 35 V
Adjustment range
Inom (100%)
UO
Command value
The plug-in amplifier is suitable for mounting onto a valve connection base according to DIN 43650 / ISO 4400. By turning
the plug insert and the electronics in the housing, the plug-in
amplifier can be mounted on the solenoid in 90 increments.
and supply are connected separately). This characteristic also

depends on the valve and solenoid type. The downstream command value attenuator (4) has no influence on the ramp time.
Connection / grounding
Up to a command value of approx. 110 % the transfer characteristic curve rises linearly. The zero point can be corrected by
means of potentiometer Z, the maximum value using potentiometer G.
The connection to the control is made by means of a 2-, 3- or

4-wire cable depending on the application. If the protective
conductor is to be connected, the number of wires must be
adjusted accordingly. The protective conductor is to be connected directly on the corresponding screw-type contact of the
plug insert.
The command value range is between 0 and UO. In the command value range 0-5 V, 0-10 V or 4-20 mA, the solenoid current is proportional to the command value. From a command
value of approx. 100 % up to UO the solenoid current is almost
constant according to the Imax setting (switching application).
Ramp generator
The ramp times can be adjusted separately for up and down
ramps. In switching applications, the ramps can be used to
dampen the switch-on and switch-off impulse (in the case of
switching off, with 3-wire connection only, i.e. switching signal

Output stage (7) is self-clocking. The clock frequency depends
on the current intensity, operating voltage and the impedance
of the controlled solenoid. The clock frequency can be re-adjusted by means of potentiometer f. The current output stage
generates a regulated current signal according to the control
variable provided by summator (3). Too high a clock frequency
results in an increase in the valve hysteresis. Too low a clock
frequency increases the noise level of the hydraulic system.
303
RE 30116/09.05
5/8
Type
VT-SSPA1-5
UO
VTSSPA1-100
24 VDC
u(t)max
35 V
u(t)min
18 V
UO
12 VDC
u(t)max
16 V
u(t)min
8V
Maximum cable inductance 1)
Lmax
100 H
Current / power consumption
< 1.7 A
(depending on solenoid data)
Pmax
< 40 VA
Recommended back-up fuse

Minimum coil inductance
Biasing current (adjustment range)
2 AT
Lmin
IB
Nominal current (factory setting)

Maximum current (adjustment range)
Command value input (voltage)
Imax
12 V to UO (6 V to UO with option 12V)
Resistance
20 k
I
4 20 mA / Ri = 100
60 ms to 5 s
Type of connection (cable)
4 screw terminals
Type of connection (solenoid)
Base to DIN 43650 / ISO4400
Number of pins (solenoid)
2 + PE
Cable diameter
4.5 11 mm
Dimensions
40 x 38 x 70 mm (WxHxD)
Type of mounting
M3 x 40
Type of protection
Clock frequency
1)
2)
Option 24 V: 1.2 A
Option 12 V: 1.8 A
IB to 1.9 A
0 to 10 V (0 to 5 V with option 12 V)
Switching range
Weight
0 to 300 mA
Proportional range
Option: Command value input (current)

Proportional range
> 10 mH
25 to +85 C
25 to +70 C 2)
25C to +85 C
IP65 to EN 60529
0.125 kg
f
KBPS...8
160 Hz to 350 Hz (200 Hz at Inom) (option 24 V)
KKDSR1
120 Hz to 160 Hz (150 Hz bat Inom) (option 24 V)
KKDSR2
On enquiry
Usually corresponds to a cable length greater than 100 m

Valid for solenoid currents > 2 A and a clock frequency > 350 Hz
01
304
6/8
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
RE 30116/09.05
Terminal assignment
Terminal
Terminal
+UO
Operating voltage UO
+24 V / +12 V
IN+
0 V ground
IN
0V
+command value input

+24 V: 0 to +10 V / 420 mA
+12 V: 0 to +5 V / 420 mA
Reference potential for command value
View / control elements / dimensions (in mm)

Top view on open housing:
G:
Z:
Zero point potentiometer / biasing current
t <: Ramp time up

t >: Ramp time down
Frequency range
t<
IN+
IN
+UB
61,75
0V
25
ca. 38
34
18
t> G
5,5
f:
ca. 71
34
305
RE 30116/09.05
7/8

The plug-in amplifier may only be wired when disconnected from the power supply.
The distance to aerial lines, radio sources and radar equipment must be at least 1m.
Use a measuring adapter for adjusting the potentiometers and for checking the current values and measure currents electrically
isolated.
The specified maximum solenoid currents must not be exceeded.
Do not use solenoids with integrated free-wheeling diodes.
The supply voltage must be protected by means of a fuse - see technical data.
Note:
The solenoids are controlled with a clocked voltage. The intensity of the solenoid voltage impulse corresponds to the applied operating voltage (+UO).
Solenoids with integrated EMC suppressor circuit may only be used, if the permissible solenoid voltage - both, for positive and
negative voltage - is greater than the actual operating voltage.
Solenoids without EMC suppressor circuit may usually be operated up to their nominal current.
Please observe the manufacturers information.
Caution:
In the case of strongly fluctuating operating voltage, it may be required to provide an external smoothing capacitor having a capacitance of approx. 470 F to 2200 F.
Recommendation: Capacitor module VT 11073 (see RE 29750) sufficient for up to 10 plug-in amplifiers
The cable length should not exceed 20 m
Cable recommendation: 4 x 0.75 mm2, shielded, or 5 x 0.5 mm2, shielded
01
306
8/8
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
RE 30116/09.05
Notes
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
Zum Eisengieer 1
Phone +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0
Fax
+49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58
www.boschrexroth.de

wear and aging.
307
Digital valve amplifier for

valve types
4WRE 6, component series 2X
RE 30126/09.05
Replaces: 05.05
1/8
Type VT-VRPD-2
Component series 2X
H7356_d
Table of contents
Contents
Features
Page
Features
Ordering code
Technical data
Pin assignment of the male connector
Pin assignment of the D-Sub socket on the front panel
Unit dimensions

19 racks, VT 19101, VT 19102, VT 19103 and VT 19110 (see
RE 29768)
Enclosed card holder VT 12302-3X (see RE 30103)
Open card holder VT 3002-2X/64G (see RE 29928)
For installation in control cabinets only!
Connection adapter VT 10812-2X/64G (see RE 30105)
Suitable for controlling proportional valves with electrical position feedback, types:
User data can be exactly reproduced and are protected
against unintended or unauthorized changes
Use of a powerful microcontroller
Valve selection using operating software BODAC
Command value input, optional as voltage or current interface
Voltage input as differential input
Command value input with variable input adjustment
Ramp generator
Digital inputs for calling pre-set command value parameters
Enable input and fault output
Switched-mode power supply unit for internal supply voltages
Freely configurable measuring sockets X2 (X1 positively assigned to actual valve value)
Configuration and parameterization via serial interface using
PC software BODAC (CD:SYS-HACD-BODAC-01)
Connecting cable for BODAC
Further information and operation
For instructions regarding the installation of VT-VRPD, see
RE 30126-B
Operating instructions for BODAC for VT-VRPD-2-2X,
see RE 30126-01-B
308
2/8
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
RE 30126/09.05
VT-VRPD-2
Ordering code
Order for complete amplifier
VT-VRPD
2X V0
1
1=
With valve output stage
(Caution: Only suitable for valve with
two solenoids!)
Digital amplifier for proportional valves

Amplifier for valve types 4WRE 6 and 4WRE 10
(component series 2X)
=2
0=
Basic component
0=
= 2X
Without display
V0 =
Basic component
The amplifier card is designed as double-sided printed-circuit
board in Euro-format 100 x 160 mm with daughterboard.
A microcontroller is the central unit of the amplifier. It controls
the entire sequence and implements closed-loop position control. Board-spedific data (configuration, command value feedforward, parameters) are saved in the non-volatile FLASH.
Four binary-coded, digital inputs are used for calling parameter
sets (command values) from the memory, in which a maximum
of 16 sets can be saved. A call-up activates the command value for the valve spool position with the associated ramp times.
Further control inputs have the following function:
Command valid:
Enable of the parameter set addressed by

the current call-up (H-active)
Enable:
Activation of outputs (fault message acknowledgement by L/H)
Remark:
H-active = High-active, 15 V to UO
L-active = Low-active, 0 V to 5 V
L/H edge = LowHigh edge
The amplifier card includes a controller for the spool position of
a proportional valve.
The command value can be fed forward via digital command
value call-ups (5) and/or via analogue inputs (1). Analogue input E1 (b14/b16) must be used for command values of 10 V,
analogue input E2 (b22/b24) for command values of 4 to
20 mA.
The digital command value is added to the analogue command
value with the correct sign in accordance with the set call-up.
The signal level of the command value inputs can be varied by
means of the software.
Apart from the possibility of generating ramps internally, it is
possible to influence up and down ramps of external signals
with correct sums and signs by means of analogue inputs E3
(b6/b9) and E4 (b18/b20).
For 4WRE valves, a step function generator (9) is provided by
the software when a spool with overlap is selected. The command value sum is fed to the controller (12).
The actual valve value (b26) is generated by means of an
oscillator/demodulator stage from the position measuring system of the valve and also fed to the controller (12). The controller output controls the current-regulated output stages.
Enable and fault messages
The closed-loop control is activated by an H-level at the enable
input. If no command value call-up is active, digital call-up 0 is

set.
A fault logic (14) recognises system deviations, a cable break
of the actual value cables and of the command value input for
4 to 20 mA as well as an inactive enable input. In the case of
a fault, a fault message is output to (d22) by a Low signal and
signalled visually by LED OK (OK goes out) on the front panel. It is possible to configure the enable so that an inactive enable input is not signalled as a fault.
Parameterisation and diagnosis
The selection of the valve to be controlled and the selection
and configuration of the command value input, the ramp generator, the enable input and the setting of the command value
call-up parameters are made via the serial interface [6] at the
front D-SUB socket [7].
Digital outputs
DO 1
(d20)
Solenoid A active
DO 2
(d26)
Solenoid B active
DO 3
(z22)
System deviation window
DO 4
(z24)
Freely configurable
DO 5
(z26)
Freely configurable
DO 6
(z28)
Freely configurable
DO 7
(f2)
Not assigned
Indicator elements and measuring sockets

The front panel of the command value card is provided with
measuring sockets for the two analogue outputs.
Measuring socket X2:
Valve command value (default)
Measuring socket X1:
Actual valve value (b26)
Measuring socket :
Reference potential (corresponds

to connection z32)
The following states are signalled by LEDs:

LED (green):
Enable active
LED OK (green):
OK ready for operation
LEDs I1...I4 (yellow):
Binary-coded command value call-ups
LED I6 (yellow)
Command valid
LED I5, I7 (yellow)
Not assigned
( ) = Cross-reference to block circuit diagram on page 3
11
12
13
14
15
Control of binary call-ups

Characteristic curve adjustment
Offset
Limitation
7
8
9
10
Switching matrix
Switched-mode power supply unit
Binary command value call-ups
Control of
binary callups
Binary 0
Binary 15
LC1
DC
S-samp end
S-ramp start
Ramp down
Comm. value internal Ramp up
Analogue input adjustment
DC
C1
U/U or I/U converter
z32
z30
z20
z10
d18
Command valid
d12
BINARY 1
BINARY 2
BINARY 4
BINARY 8
d2
d4
d6
d8
b20
b18
b8
b6
b24
b22
b16
b14
0V
+ UB
DI 1
DI 2
DI 3
DI 4
DI 5
DI 6
E4
E3
E2
E1
10
14
PID
Fault logic
Digital outputs
Measuring sockets
Oscillator / demodulator
PID-controller
11
X2X1
15
b30
b32
d22
d20
d26
z22
z24
z26
z28
f2
Actual valve value

Valve command value (default)
Reference potential (0 V)
X1
X2
10V
+ 10V
OK
DO 1
DO 2
DO 3
DO 4
DO 5
DO 6
DO 7
b26 Valve comm.

b28 value ( 10 V)
z14
z10
2
3
z12
z16
Solenoid A
z18
Measuring sockets:
Solenoid A active
Solenoid B active
System deviation > window
Freely configurable
Freely configurable
Freely configurable
Not assigned
13
12
1
2
z2
z4
i
PI
z8
PI
Solenoid B
z6
VT-VRPD-2
Enable
Voltage input
(10 V)
Current input
(4 - 20 mA)
External ramp
up (0 - 10 V)
External ramp
down (0 - 10 V)
RE 30126/09.05
309
3/8
Block circuit diagram / pin assignment VT-VRPD-2
01
310
4/8
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT-VRPD-2
RE 30126/09.05
Operating voltage
UO 24 VDC + 40 % 10 %
Operating range:
Upper limit value
uO(t)max 35 V
Lower limit value
uO(t)min 21 V
Current consumption
Imax 1.5 A; stand-by current 270 mA
Fuse
IS 4 A slow
Digital inputs
U Low = 0 to 5 V
High = 15 V to UO
Digital outputs
U log 0 = 0 to 5 V
log 1 = 15 V to UO 3 V
Imax = 30 mA
Analogue inputs
Configuration as voltage input E1, E3 and E4
Range
U 10 V
Input resistance
Ri 100 k, > 10 M for input E3
Resolution
5 mV for range 10 V
2.5 mV for range 0...10
Non-linearity
< 10 mV
Configuration as current input (E2 only)

Range
Input resistance
Current loss
Resolution
Reference voltage
I 4...20 mA
Ri 100
0.15 % (at 500 between pin b24, b8, b20 and 0 V)
I 5 A
U 10 V
Imax 30 mA
Residual ripple content
< 20 mV
f 5.7 kHz
Scanning time for command value conditioning
t 2 ms
Serial interface
RS 232 (front panel), D-Sub socket
Type of connection
64-pin male connector, DIN 41612, form G
Card dimensions

Height
3 HE (128.4 mm)
1 TE (5.08 mm)
7 TE
0 to 50 C
20 to + 70
Weight
m 0.2 kg
Note:
Details regarding environment simulation testing in the fields of EMC (electromagnetic compatibility), climate and mechanical
311
RE 30126/09.05
VT-VRPD-2
5/8
Pin assignment of male connector

Pin
Row z
Row b
Row d
M1+
Solenoid A+
n. c.
DI 1
Binary 1
M1
Solenoid A
n. c.
DI 2
Binary 2
n. c.
M2+
Solenoid B+
E3+
Ramp + (U)+
DI 3
Binary 4
n. c.
M2
Solenoid B
E3
Ramp + (U)
DI 4
Binary 8
n. c.
10
Shield
Shield
n. c.
DI 5
n. c.
n. c.
12
L 1O
LVDT supply +
n. c.
DI 6
Binary valid
n. c.
14
L 1I
LVDT signal
E1+
Comm. value (U) +
DI 7
n. c.
n. c.
16
L 1I+
LVDT signal
E1
Comm. value (U)
DI 8
n. c.
n. c.
18
L 1O+
LVDT supply
E4+
Ramp (U)+
DI 9
Enable
n. c.
20
System gnd
System ground
E4
Ramp (U)
DO 1
Solenoid A active
n. c.
22
DO 3
System deviation window
E2+
Comm. value (I) +
OK
OK outptu
n. c.
24
DO 4
Freely configurable
E2
Comm. value (I)
Data +
n. c.
n. c.
26
DO 5
Freely configurable
AO 3
Act. valve value 10V DO 2
Solenoid B active
n. c.
28
DO 6
Freely configurable
AGND Analogue G ND
Data
n. c.
n. c.
30
UB
Supply voltage
REF
10 V
AO 1
Valve comm. value
n. c.
32
LO
Weight
REF+
+10 V
AO 2
n. c.
n. c.
Pin assignment of D-SUB socket on the front panel
1
6
Receive data (RS 232)
Send data (RS 232)
GND
9
5
RS 232
Row f
DO 7
n. c.
01
312
6/8
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT-VRPD-2
RE 30126/09.05
Rexroth
O1
I2
O2
I3
O3
I4
O4
I5
O5
I6
O6
I7
O7
122
I1
100
89
3HE (128,4)
OK
RS232
X1 X2
VRPD-2
8TE (40,3)
165
195,5

The amplifier card may only be plugged or withdrawn when disconnected from the power supply!
Do not use plugs with free-wheeling diodes or LED indicator lamps for connecting the solenoids!
Measurements on the card may only be taken using instruments Ri > 100 k!
Route command value cables separately and always shield them; connect shield to connection z10 on the card side and leave
the other end open (risk of earth loops)!
For solenoid cables up to 50 m length, use cable type LiYCY 1.5 mm2. In the case of greater lengths, please consult us!
Recommendation:
Use highly flexible Cu cables (min. 2.5 mm2) for connecting the system ground!
The system ground is an integral part of EMC protection of the amplifier card. It is intended to discharge interference that
comes via the data and supply cables. This is only possible, when the system ground itself does not inject interference into the
command value card.
Due to the charging current of the smoothing capacitor on the card, back-up fuses must have slow-blowing characteristics!
Caution:
Note:
When the differential input is used, both inputs must always be switched on or off simultaneously.
Electrical signals brought out via control electronics (e.g. signal OK) must not be used for switching safety-relevant machine functions!
(See also European standard safety requirements for fluid power systems and components - hydraulics,
EN 982)
313
RE 30126/09.05
VT-VRPD-2
7/8
Notes
01
314
8/8
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT-VRPD-2
RE 30126/09.05
Notes
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
Zum Eisengieer 1
Phone +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0
Fax
+49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58
www.boschrexroth.de

The data specified above only serve to describe the product. No statements concerning a certain condition or suitability for a certain application can be derived from our information. The information given does not
wear and aging.
315
Analog Command Value Card
RE 30255/06.05
Replaces: 11.02
1/8
Type VT-SWKA-1
Series 1X
H6538_d
Table of contents
Contents
Features
Features
Page
1 and 2
Ordering code
Block circuit diagram / pin allocation
Technical data
5 and 6
Unit dimensions
Engineering / Maintenance notes / Supplementary information 8
Analog command value card (without power part) for

controlling valves with integral electronics
For controlling valves without integral electronics, a
suitable additional amplifier is required.
Suitable for generating, combining and normalizing command
value signals
Configuration and parameterization of the command value card
by means of potentiometers
4 callable command value inputs 10 V
(standard 0 to 100 %; can be changed over 100 %)
Control variable output:
Voltage 10 V
Current 4 to 20 mA (standard 0 to 100 %; can be changed
over 100 %)
Inversion of internal command value signal using 24V input or
jumper
Ramp time selection by quadrant recognition (24V input) or
ramp time call-ups (24V inputs)

Ramp time range can be changed over by means of jumpers
316
2/8
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT-SWKA-1
RE 30255/06.05
Features (continued)
Characteristic curve correction by means of separately

adjustable step-change heights and maximum values
Enable input
VT-SWKA-1 product description and commissioning

instructions, see RE 30255-B
Output signal ramp ready as auxiliary process variable
Output signal ready for operation

(see RE 29768)
Switchable measuring socket
Closed card holder VT 12302 (see RE 30103) with blind

plate insert 4TE/3HE (material no. R900021004)
Open card holder VT 3002-2X/48 (see RE 29928)

For control cabinet installation only!
Suitable power supply units:
Compact power supply unit 115/230 VAC 24 VDC, 60
VA (smoothed) and 24 VDC, 25 VA (regulated)
Ordering code
VT-SWKA-1 1X V0
*
Further details in plain text
Analog command value card

Series 10 to 19
0=
= 1X
V0 =
Basic version
Basic version
317
RE 30255/06.05
VT-SWKA-1
3/8
General
The command value card is designed as printed circuit board
in Euro-format 100 x 160 mm and is suitable for installation in
a rack. A power supply unit [1] provides the internally required
positive and negative supply voltages. As soon as the power
supply unit is in operation and no error is present, the green
LED on the front panel lights up and the ready for operation
signal is set.
Current input [3]
There is no changeover between current and voltage input.
Both inputs are permanently available (see terminal allocation).
The input signals are internally normalized and added. The zero
point and the range of values of the current input can be
changed over by means of jumper J5.
Four command value signals, w1 to w4, can be called up.
External command value voltages (command values 1 to 4)
are preselected either directly via the regulated voltage inputs
+10 V and 10 V or via external potentiometers. If the
voltages, the command values are adjusted by means of
potentiometers w1 to w4. If external potentiometers are
used, the internal potentiometers act as attenuators or limiters.
Only one call-up is possible at a time. If several call-ups are selected simultaneously, call-up 1 has lowest priority, call-up 4
highest priority.
Ramp generator [9]

The ramp generator limits the increase of the control variable.
Downstream step-functions and amplitude attenuators do not
shorten or extend the ramp time.
Jumper J2 can be used to set the ramp time to minimum
(< 2 ms) (ramp off).
The internally set ramp time can be extended by means of an
external potentiometer. The setting can be verified with the help
of the measuring socket. In the case of a cable break, the
internal presetting will be validated automatically.
Ramp status signal [11]
The status signal ramp ready indicates that the control
variable has reached the requested final value. This signal (24V
output) facilitates the synchronization of higher-level sequence
controls with the valve function or the controlled hydraulic
function.
adjust step-change heights and maximum values separately for
positive and negative signals according to the hydraulic
requirements. The actual characteristic curve shape through
the zero point is not step-like, but linear.
A yellow LED on the front panel indicates, which call-up is

active.
The control variables (current output and voltage output) are

limited to approx. 110 % of the nominal range.
Fault recognition [14]
The command value that is generated internally from input

signals, command value call-ups and zero point offset signals
can be inverted by means of an external signal or jumper J1. An
LED (1) on the front panel signals whether an external
inversion signal is applied.
This features monitors internal operating voltages, voltage

outputs and, if jumper J7 (1-2) is plugged, the current output
for cable break. When no fault is present, the green ready for
operation LED lights up and the output ready for operation
is set to 24 V (operating voltage).
Enable function [8]
Measuring points [15]
The enable function cuts the enable signal of the ramp generator in or out. When the enable is cut in or out, the control variable changes at any command value according to the set ramp
time. This prevents a controlled valve from opening or closing
suddenly. If an error signal is present, the input signal of the
ramp generator is also set to 0 %. An LED on the front panel
signals that an enable signal is applied.
A measuring socket is provided on the front panel to allow the

verification of the settings of command value call-ups, ramp times and further, internal signals. The measuring points can be
selected using the measuring point selector switch that is also
provided on the front panel. The signal of the measuring socket
is also connected to the blade connector (b26).
[ ] = Reference to the block circuit diagram on page 4
01
b14
+
b16
b22
+
b24
d24
d28
9 Ramp generator
100 F
Zw 5
4 Command value selection logic
UL
J1
8 Enable function
w1
t5
t4
3 Current input
L0
w2
t3
w3
t2
6 Command value summation
0V
z32
z30
b10
d18
w4
J5
2
u
t1
10
t
t4
+/
M0
5 V
7,5 V
15 V
+15 V
+7,5 V
Gw+
15 Measuring point changeover
1)
F
DE 0
0 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9A B C D E F
1)
12
Measuring points
J4
S+
Gw
UL
14
J7
UL
+10 V/25 mA
Ready for
operation
z20
System ground
b28 M0
b26 Measuring signal
b30 10 V/25 mA
b32
d22
4 bis 20 mA
d32 Control variable
0 to 10 V
For explanations regarding the jumpers as

well as the position and assignment of indicator and adjustment elements, see page 7
Measuring points 8 and 9

are not assigned
15
13
J6
d30 Control variable
d26 Ramp ready
VT-SWKA-1
11 Ramp status function
DC
DC
t3
t2
J2, J3
t1
max
UP/DOWN
4Q
11
Hydraulics
1 Power supply unit
voltage
Operating 24 V
Enable
Inversion
Command value
call-ups
d2
1
d4
2
d6
3
d8
4
Command value 1 b2
Command value 2 b4
Command value 4 b8
Command value 3 b6
Command value 6:
4 to 20 mA
Command value 5:
10 V to +10 V
Ramp time
external
Ramp call-ups
d10
1
d12
2
d14
3
d16
4
+15 V
1234
7
56 89
Quadrant operation b20
Bosch Rexroth AG
ABC
4/8
318
RE 30255/06.05
319
RE 30255/06.05
VT-SWKA-1
5/8
Operating voltage
UB 24 VDC +40 % 20 %
Operating range:
Upper limit value
UB(t)max 35 V
Lower limit value
UB(t)min 18 V
Power requirement
Current consumption
Fuse
PS < 7 VA
I < 0.3 A
Thermal overload protection; auto-activating when triggered
Inputs:
Analog
command values 1 to 4 (potentiometer inputs)
Ue 0 to 10 V; Re = 100 k (reference is M0)
command value 5 (differential input)
Ue 0 to 10 V; Re > 50 k
command value 6 (current input)

ramp time external
Ie 4 to 20 mA; load RB = 100 (zero point can be changed over)

Ue 0 to +10 V; Re = 10 k (internally raised to +15 V; reference is M0)
Digital
command value call-ups
U 8.5 V to UB call-up activated

U 0 to 6.5 V no call-up
ramp call-ups
U 8.5 V to UB call-up activated

U 0 to 6.5 V no call-up
quadrant recognition
U 8.5 V to UB ON
U 0 to 6.5 V OFF
command value inversion
U 8.5 V to UB ON
U 0 to 6.5 V OFF
enable
U 8.5 V to UB ON
U 0 to 6.5 V OFF
Adjustment ranges:
Zero point adjustment (potentiometer Zw)
30 %
0 to 110 %
20 ms to 5 s (can be changed over using J3)
Step-change height (potentiometers S+ and S)
0 % to 50 % (step-change height reached at ca. 2 % command value injection)
0 % to 110 % (valid when step-change height is set to 0 %)
01
320
6/8
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT-SWKA-1
RE 30255/06.05
Technical data
Outputs:
Analog signals
control variable
voltage
current
measuring signal
U 10 V 2 %; Imax = 2 mA
I 4 mA to 20 mA 2 %; RB max = 500 (zero point can be changed over)
U 10 V 2 %; Imax = 2 mA
Digital signals
ramp ready
U > 16 V; 50 mA
ready
U < 1 V; Ri = 10 k ramp active

ready for operation
Regulated voltages
U > 16 V; 50 mA (in the event of a fault: U < 1 V; Ri = 10 k)

U 10 V 2 %; 25 mA
Measuring sockets
measuring signal v
(depending on position of measuring point selector switch)
U 10 V 2 %; Imax = 2 mA
Type of connection
48-pin blade connector, DIN 41612, form F
Card dimensions

Height
3 HE (128.4 mm)
1 TE (5.08 mm)
3 TE
0 to +50 C
25 C to +85 C
Weight
m 0.15 kg
Note:
For details regarding environment simulation tests in the fields of
see RE 30255-U (declaration on environmental compatibilty).
321
RE 30255/06.05
VT-SWKA-1
7/8

J5 current input
1-2
2-3
4 mA
0%=
12 mA
0%=
J1 inversion
1-2
2-3
inverting
not inverting
J4 Step function
1-2
2-3
OFF
ON
No function!
(Reserve)
Do not change!
Rexroth
-14Q T
J5
4
12
F 01
23
456
BCDE
Zw
w1
w2
w3
w4
t1
t2
t3
t4
1
1
J8
J1
1
J3 J2
G+
S+
01
12
4
J6
J7
J4
t5
v0
vF
789A
SWKA
Do not change!
Measuring point selector
switch
LED lamps:
Enable (yellow)
External inversion
1
4Q
Reserved
T
Potentiometers (some with LED lamp):
Zw
Command value 1
w1
Command value 2
w2
Command value 3
w3
Command value 4
w4
Ramp time 1
t1
Ramp time 2
t2
Ramp time 3
t3
Ramp time 4
t4
Ramp time 5
t5
Cannot be adjusted on the front panel:
Amplitude attenuator for positive commandvalues
G+
G
S+
S
Measuring sockets:
Measuring signal
v
Measurement zero
J6 current output
1-2
2-3
1-2
2-3
ON
OFF
1-2
2-3
OFF
ON
Ten-fold
Single
4 mA
0%=
12 mA
0%=
J7 cable break
monitor
J2 Ramp function
J3 Ramp time
Connection made
Connection broken
For further information and notes, see product description

and commissioning instructions RE 30255-B!
322
8/8
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
RE 30255/06.05
VT-SWKA-1
Rexroth
89
3HE (128,4)
Zw
w1
w2
w3
w4
t1
t2
t3
t4
100
-14Q T
23
456
BCDE
t5
F 01
v0
vF
789A
SWKA
4TE (20)
2
7
165
182
Engineering / Maintenance notes / Supplementary information

The command value card may only be withdrawn or plugged in when disconnected from the power supply!
Never install cables near power cables!
The distance to antenna cables, radio equipment and radar systems must be at least 1 m!
Use relays with gold-plated contacts for switching command values (small voltages, small currents)!
Always shield command value cables; connect shield to protective earth (PE) on the card side!
Note:
When using the differential input, both inputs must always be switched on or off simultaneously!
Electrical signals processed by control electronics (e.g. signal ready for operation) must not
be used for activating safety-relevant machine functions!
(See European standard Safety requirements for fluid power systems and components hydraulics, EN 982)
For further information, see product description and commissioning instructions VT-SWKA-1 (RE 30255-B).
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
Zum Eisengieer 1
Telefon +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0
Telefax +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58
www.boschrexroth.de

wear and aging.
323
RE 30282/01.05
Type VT-SWKA1-5
Unit series 1X
Contents
Features
Features
Page
1
Ordering data and scope of delivery
Preferred types
Front panel
Application
Technical data
Unit dimensions
Used for setpoint generation

4 internal, variable setpoints
Setpoint recall using digital signals
2 signal inputs for inversion
1/6
324
2/6
Bosch Rexroth AG
Type VT-SWKA1-5
RE 30282/01.05

VTSWKA151X/V0/ 0
0=
V0 =
1X =

Type
Material No.
VT SWKA1 5 1X / V0 / 0
0 811 405 093
Front panel
No optional extras
Customized version
Catalog version
Unit series
325
RE 30282/01.05
Type VT-SWKA1-5
Bosch Rexroth AG
3/6
01
326
4/6
Bosch Rexroth AG
Type VT-SWKA1-5
RE 30282/01.05
Application
Two-channel setpoint card for the preparation and recall of four
internal signal voltages (Uset = 0 10 V) per channel.
Two differential inputs, UE1 (Channel 1) and UE2 (Channel 2),

allow additional external setpoints 0 to 10 V to be entered.
The setpoint signal cards output signals UA1 (Channel 1) and

UA2 (Channel 2) are generally used for controlling a proportional amplifier.
The output signal UA1 (Channel 1) or UA2 (Channel 2) can be

inverted by an external input signal INV1 or INV2; i.e. positive
setpoints UE1 and UE2 or internal setpoints P1 to P8 result in
a negative output UA1 or UA2.
Green LEDs on the front panel indicate an inverted output
signal.
Eight setpoints of 0 to +10 V can be selected by eight

internal potentiometers divided between two separate
channels:
P1 to P4 (Channel 1)
P5 to P8 (Channel 2).
Individual setpoints are recalled via the external enable signals
(switching signals +24 V), which are assigned to the potentiometers:
Setpoint 11 to Setpoint 14 (Channel 1)
Setpoint 21 to Setpoint 24 (Channel 2).
The selected recall is signaled by yellow LEDs:
LED 1 to LED 8.
Setpoint signal linkage.

If more than four internal setpoints are required, up to eight
setpoints can be processed in Channel 1 by supplying output
UA2 (Channel 2).
327
RE 30282/01.05
Type VT-SWKA1-5
Bosch Rexroth AG
5/6
Technical data
Specifications
PCB format
(100 x 160 x approx. 35) mm (W x L x H), Europe format with front panel
(7 modular spacings)
Plug-in connection
Connector DIN 41612 F32
Ambient temperature
0 C ... +70 C, storage temperature min. 20 C, max. +70 C
Power supply
UB at z2b2
24 V DC nominal, 21 ... 28 V unfiltered

(rectified AC voltage)
Current rating
150 mA max.
Signal preparation
8 trimming potentiometers for 0 ... 10 V

Negative output signals via external command INV1 (b8) or INV2 (b26)
Signal recall
z2 ... z8/z26 ... z32
8 signal inputs +24 V (max. 40 V DC) Ri = 2 k

P1 ... P4 or P5 ... P8 individual or cumulative
Display
Yellow LED for potentiometer being recalled

Green LED for true output signal and inverted output signal
Combination
P1 ... P8 via Channel 1
Bridge z24z18: P1 ... P4 +P5 ... P8

Brcke z24z16: P1 ... P4 P5 ... P8
01
328
6/6
Bosch Rexroth AG
Type VT-SWKA1-5
RE 30282/01.05
Bosch Rexroth AG
Zum Eisengieer 1
D-97816 Lohr am Main, Germany
Telefon
+49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0
Telefax
+49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58
www.boschrexroth.de
Bosch Rexroth AG reserves all rights, including industrial property rights.

We reserve all rights of disposal, such as copying and passing on to third
parties.
from the obligation of own judgement and verification. It must be remembered
that our products are subject to a natural process of wear and aging.
329
Setpoint and voltage-controlled

ramp generator
RE 30281/01.05
Type VT-SWKA3-5
Unit series 1X
Contents
Features
Features
Page
1
Preferred types
Front panel
Planning notes
Technical data
Unit dimensions
Used for setpoint generation

4 internal, variable setpoints
Setpoint recall using digital signals
Inputs for external setpoint entry
Used for ramp generation
Choice of two ramp time ranges
t1 = 0,1 ... 3 s, t2 = 2 ... 60 s
Choice of external or internal ramp control
Automatic quadrant recognition
1/6
330
2/6
Bosch Rexroth AG
Type VT-SWKA3-5
RE 30281/01.05

VTSWKA351X/V0/ 0
Setpoint and voltage-controlled
ramp generator
0=
V0 =
1X =

Type
Material No.
VT SWKA3 5 1X / V0 / 0
0 811 405 116
Front panel
No optional extras
Customized version
Catalog version
Unit series
331
RE 30281/01.05
Type VT-SWKA3-5
Bosch Rexroth AG
3/6
01
332
4/6
Bosch Rexroth AG
Type VT-SWKA3-5
RE 30281/01.05
Planning notes
Application
1. Preparation and recall of internal and external signal voltages
UE = 0 ... 10 V.
2. Generation of signal voltage ramps t = 0.1 ... 60 s.
Ramp time adjustable in proportion to control voltage
UT = 0 ... +10 V,
defined externally (linear adjustment curve).
Setpoint generation
4 internal, variable setpoints: adjustable via potentiometers
P1 ... P4 on the front panel. Power supply from internal, stabilized voltage source z32 = +10 V or z30 = 10 V
Setpoint recall: via digital signals +24 V at terminals z24, z26,
z4 and z2 (P1, P2, P3, P4)
3 inputs for external setpoint entry: (0 V reference potential)
input voltage 0 ... 10 V at terminals b10, b12 and b18 (input
impedance Ri = 100 k)
1 input for external setpoint entry: (designed as differential
amplifier input) input voltage 0 ... 10 V at terminals b14 (signal) and b16 (ref. 0 V)
Input impedance Ri = 100 k.
Ramp generation
Choice of two ramp time ranges: t1 = 0.1 ... 3 s, t2 = 2 ... 60 s.
Adjustable using S1 on the front panel
Choice of external and internal ramp control with high level
digital signal (+24 V) at terminal z16 (+24 V) external ramp
time control, low level signal (0 V) or open input internal
ramp time control
Internal linear adjustment of ramp time via potentiometer P5
(acceleration = ) and P6 (braking = )
External linear adjustment of ramp time via terminal z18
(acceleration = ) and z12 (braking = ) Control voltage
UT = 0 ... +10 V proportional to the ramp time Reference zero
for UT = z10
Ramps with automatic quadrant recognition for positive and
negative setpoints
Ramp OFF control with digital signal (+24 V) at z14, high
level signal (+24 V) Ramp OFF, low level signal (0 V) or
open input ramp process curve.
Signal outputs
Main output (summing output setpoints) b26, UA = 0 ... 10 V
Test output for test purposes b24, UTest = 0 ... 10 V summing
setpoint without ramp control (input signal for ramp generator)
Signal ground b28/z28
Output load: RL 10 k.
333
RE 30281/01.05
Type VT-SWKA3-5
Bosch Rexroth AG
5/6
Technical data
Specifications
PCB format
(100 x 160 x approx. 35) mm (W x L x H), Europe format with front panel
(7 modular spacings)
Plug-in connection
Connector DIN 41612 F32
Ambient temperature
0 C ... +70 C, storage temperature min. 20 C, max. +70 C
Power supply
UB at b32
and 0 V at b2
24 V DC nominal, battery voltage 21 ... 40 V

Rectified AC voltage Ueff = 21 ... 28 V
(single phase, full-wave rectification)
Current rating
350 mA max.
Setpoints
4 internal, variable setpoints (+10 V ... 0 V or 10 V ... 0 V)

3 inputs for external setpoint entry (10 V)
1 input for external setpoint (10 V) differential input
Ramps
2 ramp time ranges (0.1 ... 3 s/2 ... 60 s)

Separate adjustment of acceleration and deceleration ramps
Ramp OFF command input
Possibility of external entry of voltage-controlled ramps
Outputs
Signal output (z20/b12), 10 V, load capacity 10 mA

Test output (b24) without ramp function, load capacity 10 mA
Digital inputs
(control inputs)
Signal voltage UE = +6 ... +40 V, UE nom = +24 V

High signal +6 V
Low signal +6 V
Input impedance Ri = 2 k (input current approx. 10 ... 15 mA)
Displays/signals
LED displays (yellow) for operational setpoints P1 ... P4

LED displays (green) for internal or external ramp time adjustment
LED display (yellow) for ramp deactivated T = 0
2 LED displays (green) for ramp output
a) LED UA = 0: LED lights up when ramp output = 0
b) LED UA = UE: LED lights up when ramp output = sum of setpoint inputs
2 LED operating status displays: LED (green) operating voltage UB = On
LED (red) insufficient operating voltage
Digital output b4 = +24 V, output load RL 10 k
Signal (high level): ramp output signal has achieved setpoint input signal level
Digital output b30 = +24 V, output load RL 10 k
Signal (high level): ramp output signal has reached 0 V
01
334
6/6
Bosch Rexroth AG
Type VT-SWKA3-5
RE 30281/01.05
Bosch Rexroth AG
Zum Eisengieer 1
Telefon
+49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0
Telefax
+49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58
www.boschrexroth.de

parties.
335
RE 29902/07.05
Replaces: 02.03
Analogue command value module
1/6
Type VT-SWMA-1
Series 1X
H5999
Table of contents
Contents
Features
Page
Features
Ordering code, preferred types
Technical data
Terminal assignment
Unit dimensions
Suitable for controlling valves with integral electronics

Possibility of realising simple hydraulic functions via digital
controlling
Adjustment elements:
1 potentiometer for zero point adjustment
(command value offset)
1 potentiometer for command value attenuation
(for differential input)
4 potentiometers for command value preselection
5 potentiometers for ramp time adjustment
LED lamps:
Command value call-up (4 x)

Active ramp time (4 x)
Polarity reversal
Power
Measuring sockets for command value and ramp time

Differential input
4 call-up possibilities each for command value and ramp time
Ramp generator with 5 ramp times; 4-quadrant recognition
Control signal output
Power supply unit without raised zero point
Without power part
336
2/6
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT-SWMA-1
RE 29902/07.05
Ordering code
VT-SWMA-1
1X V0
Series 10 to 19
and pin assignment)
= 1X
0=
V0 =
Basic version
Basic version
General
The command value module is to be snapped onto top hat rails
to EN 60715. The electrical connection is made using screwtype terminals. The module is operated with 24V DC voltage.
A power supply unit [1] provides the internally required positive
and negative supply voltages. The green LED (power) lights up
as soon as the power supply unit is in operation.
Ramp time call-ups [11]

When quadrant recognition is not activated, a separate ramp
time t1 to t4 is assigned to each command value call-up
w1 to w4.
As long as a signal is being changed, the LED assigned to the
current ramp time is alight.

The internal command value is generated from the external
command value signal applied to differential input [2], a called
up signal and an offset signal (zero point potentiometer Z
[3]).
The external command value signal can be changed from 0 %
to approx. 110 % by means of potentiometer G (amplitude attenuator [4]).
Call-up signals w1 to w4 [5] can also be adjusted between 0
% and 110 %. Call-up signals w1 and w2 have a positive, callup signals w3 and w4 a negative polarity. This allows the realisation of two forward and two reverse movements of the hydraulic drive without requiring any additional circuitry. For applications that require more than two signals of the same polarity,
command value inversion is provided [6]. If this is activated, for
example, together with call-up 3, call-up signal w3 also provides a positive control variable.
Only 1 call-up is possible at a time. If several call-ups are activated simultaneously, the following is valid: Call-up 1 has the
lowest priority, call-up 4 has the highest priority [7].
When quadrant recognition [8] is activated, the electronics
automatically recognises the polarity [9] and any changes (up/
down) [10] in the control variable and assigns a ramp time to
the current signal state.
Ramp
time
As long as the signal is being changed, the LED assigned to

the current ramp is alight.
Polarity ofSignal changes

control output in direction of
t1
Maximalwert
t2
0%
t3
Maximalwert
t4
0%
0%
Maximum
value (+)
Maximum
0%
value (+)
Maximum
0%
value ()
Maximum
value ()
0%
Ramp time t5 [12]

If neither quadrant recognition nor a call-up is activated, ramp
time t5 is always valid. This ramp time can be used, among
others, for an emergency stop function. The valve can be
closed with the defined ramp time t5.
Ramp time adjustment
The current ramp time can be checked at measuring socket t
[13]. Ramp times t1 to t4 can be adjusted with the help of
the ramp time potentiometers. Through activation of a call-up
signal, ramp time signal t at the measuring socket is clearly assigned to one of the ramp times t1 to t4. t5 is assigned to
the ramp time signal at the measuring socket, if neither a callup nor quadrant recognition is activated. The adjustment range
of the ramp time is selected so that these can be set reproducibly (for details, see Technical data).
Output
The output signal of the ramp generator can be checked at
measuring socket w [14]. The downstream matching amplifier
[15] provides the control signal for the valve via output control
variable [16].
[ ]
= Cross-reference to block circuit diagram on page 3
Operating
voltage
0V
+U
+ U0B
Quadrant operation
Call-up command value 4
12
11
Power supply unit
Summator with zero point

potentiometer
Call-up signals
DC
M0
15 V
+ Uref
Uref
+ 15 V
t2
11
t3
10 Recognition of changes in the

contol variable (up/down)
Polarity recognition
Priority logic
t1
t4
10
t5 12
13
15
14
+/ 9
15 Matching amplifier
14 Measuring socket internal command value
13 Measuring socket ramp time signal
12 Ramp time potentiometer t5
11 Ramp time call-ups
Inv
potential
8 Reference
variable
7 Control
VT-SWMA-1
Uref
w4
4-Q
Uref
w3
DC
+Uref
w2
L0
+Uref
w1
10
Reference potential 4
Command value 10 V
Differential input:
RE 29902/07.05
337
3/6
01
338
4/6
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT-SWMA-1
RE 29902/07.05
Operating voltage
Uo 24 VDC +40 % 10 %
Operating range:
Upper limit value
uo(t)max 35 V
Lower limit value
uo(t)min 18 V
Power consumption
PS 12 VA
Current consumption
Imax 0.5 A
Fuse
Thermal overload protection

(reactivation when temperature falls below threshold)
Inputs
Command value (differential input with attenuator)
Ui 0 to 10 V; Ri > 50 k
Quadrant operation 4-Q

active
U4-Q 8.5 V to 35 V; Ri > 50 k
inactive
U4-Q 0 to 6.5 V
Command value inversion Inv

active
UInv 8.5 V to 35 V; Ri > 50 k
inactive
UInv 0 to 6.5 V
Command value call-ups 1 to 4

active
U 8.5 V to 35 V; Ri > 50 k
inactive
U 0 to 6.5 V
Adjustment ranges:
Zero balancing (potentiometer Z)
30 %
Amplitude attenuator (potentiometer G)
0 % to ca. 110 %
0 % to ca. 110 % (factory setting 100 %)
20 ms to 5 s
Outputs:
Control variable
Measuring socket for control variable w
Measuring socket for ramp time t
Type of connection
U 0 to 10 V; 2 mA; RL > 5 k
Uw 0 to 10 V (+100 % = +10 V; 100 % = 10 V)
Ut 0,01 V to +10 V 0,01 V(tmax = ca. 10 s); 10 V(tmin = ca. 10 ms)
12 screw terminals
Type of mounting
Top hat rail TH 35/7.5 to EN 60715
Type of protection
IP 20 to EN 60529
40 x 79 x 85,5 mm
0 to +50 C
25 to +85 C
Weight
m 0.3 kg
Note:
For details regarding environment simulation tests in the field
of EMC (electro-magnetic compatibility), climate and mechanical
stress, see RE 29902-U (declaration on environmental
compatibility).
339
RE 29902/07.05
5/6
VT-SWMA-1
Note on the adjustment and measurement of the ramp time

For adjusting the ramp time potentiometers we recommend that
4-quadrant recognition be switched off and call-ups be activated.
Value at measuring socket t
Ut in V
0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1
0,05
0,03
0,02
t in ms
20
33
50
100
200
333
500
1000
2000
3333
5000
t=
100 V ms
Ut
Example:
Measured
Ut = 5 V
Results in
t=
100 V ms
= 20 ms
5V
Terminal assignment
+U0
Control variable
output
0V
Reference
potential
+U4-Q
Reference
potential 4
10
Ucomm
11
+UInv
12
Operating
voltage
Quadrant
operation
Differential
input

Top hat rail TH 35-7.5
to EN 60715
7 8 9 10 11 12
REXROTH
VT-SWMA-1
4-Q Inv
w1
w2
w3
w4
G
t w Z
79
t1
t2
t3
t4
t5
1 2 3 4 5 6
85,5
40

t1 to t5
Ramp times
w1 to w4
G
Amplitude attenuator for
differential input
Z
Zero point balancing
LED lamps:
4-Q
Inv
Inversion active
green
Ready for operation power
(no lettering)
Measuring sockets:
t
Current ramp time
w
Internal control variable
Reference potential / ground
01
340
6/6
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT-SWMA-1
RE 29902/07.05

The amplifier module may only be unplugged when disconnected from the power supply!
Ensure a sufficient distance to aerial lines, radio sources and radar equipment (>> 1 m)!
Shield command value lines, do not lay near power cables!
Caution: When the differential input is used, both inputs must be activated or deactivated simultaneously!
Note:
Electrical signals (e.g. control variable) brought out via control electronics must not be used
for switching safety-relevant machines functions!
(See also the European standard Safety requirements for fluid power systems and components
hydraulics, EN 982)
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
Zum Eisengieer 1
Telefon +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0
Telefax +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58
www.boschrexroth.de

wear and aging.
341
RE 29903/06.05
Replaces: 02.03
1/6
Type VT-SWMAK-1
Series 1X
H5973_d
Table of contents
Contents
Features
Page
Suitable for controlling valves with integral electronics
Features
For valve spool overlap compensation
Ordering code
Possibility of adjusting the maximum valve opening and the

hydraulic zero point; convenient correction of zero point shifts
Technical data
Unit dimensions
Terminal assignment
Engineering / maintenance notes
Adjustment elements:
1 potentiometer for zero point adjustment (command value
offset)
2 potentiometers for command value attenuation for positive
and negative signals
2 potentiometers for jump adjustment for positive and
negative signals
LED lamps:
Enable
Power
Measuring socket for command value

Differential input; enable input
Control signal output
Power supply unit without raised zero point
Without power part
342
2/6
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT-SWMAK-1
RE 29903/06.05
Ordering code
VT-SWMAK-1
1X V0
*

Series 10 to 19
Basic version
= 1X
Basic version
adjusted. The adjustable characteristic curve generator [3] can
be used to adjust the jump height and maximum values independently of each other for positive and negative signals in
accordance with the hydraulic requirements.
The command value module requires 24V DC voltage. A

power supply unit [7] provides the internally required positive
and negative supply voltage. As soon as the power supply unit
is in operation, the green LED (power) lights up. The control
signal can be cut in or out by applying a signal at the enable
input (connection 3). If no enable signal is applied, the control
signal is 0 % (with reference to the reference potential GND
of the command value).
The potentiometers S+ and S serve to compensate for

the valve overlap; the potentiometers G+ and G are used
for adjusting the maximum flow of the servo- or proportional
valve (see output characteristic curve and adjustment recommendation).
The summator [2] adds an offset, which can be adjusted by

means of potentiometer Z, to the externally provided command value. Thus, zero point drifts from the control side can be
compensated for and the hydraulic zero point can be exactly
The control signal has the same reference potential/GND as

the command value. In the case of fluctuations in the reference
potential, the summator [4] corrects the control signal as required.
G+
S+
Command value: Ui = 10 V
6
5
6
Enable UE
24 V
Operating
voltage
0V
+ 15 V
power
DC
2
DC
2; 4 Summator
+ Uref
M0
Uref
15 V
5 Output amplifier
6 Trigger
7 Power supply unit
5
4 Control
signal
343
RE 29903/06.05
VT-SWMAK-1
3/6

Points of inflection of characteristic curves:
w
w3
u4
u0
0%
w0
0%
u1
+2 % = +200 mV
w1
w1
0 % to +50 % (S+)
u2
u2
2 % = 200 mV
w2
0 % to 50 % (S)
u3
+100 % = +10 V
w3
w1 up to +110 % (G+)
u4
100 % = 10 V
w4
w2 up to 110 % (G)
u1
u0,w0
u3 u
w2
w4
0 V to +5 V
0 V to 5 V
w1 up to +11 V
w2 up to 11 V
The minimum value of w3 and w4 corresponds

to the setting of w1 and w2.
Operating voltage
UO 24 VDC
Operating range:
Upper limit value
uO(t)max 35 V
Lower limit value
uO(t)min 18 V
Power consumption
PC 1.2 VA
Current consumption
Imax 50 mA
Fuse
Electronic protection
Inputs:
Ue 0 to 10 V; Re = 100 k
(common reference potential with control signal output)
Enable
active
UF > 8.5 V
inactive
UF < 6.5 V
Adjustment range:
Jump function
0 to 50 %; jump height achieved at Ucomm = 2 %

(can be adjusted separately for positive and negative signals)
0 % to 110 %; this is valid for a jump height setting = 0 %

(can be adjusted separately for positive and negative signals)
Balance
10 %
Outputs:
Actuating signal
Measuring socket for command value w
U 0 to 10 V
Uw 0 to 10 V (10 V = 100 %)
Type of connection
6 screw-type terminals
Type of mounting
Carrier rail NS 35/7.5 to DIN 50022
Type of protection
IP 20 to DIN 40050
25 x 79 x 85.5 mm
0 to +50 C
25 to +85 C
Weight
m 0.08 kg
01
344
4/6
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT-SWMAK-1
RE 29903/06.05

to EN 60715
4 5 6
G+
Amplitude attenuator for positive command values
REXROTH
VT-SWMAK
S+
Jump height for positive direction
Jump height for negative direction
Balancing
Reference potential
79
G+
S+
G
S
Z
LED lamps:
1 2 3
25
85,5
green
power
yellow
enable
Terminal assignment
Operating
voltage
Control
signal output
+UO
0V
GND
Reference
potential
UE
Ui
Command
value input
Enable
Engineering / maintenance notes

The command value module may only be wired when disconnected from the power supply!
Do not lay lines near power cables!
Always connect the reference potential of the differential input GND to the earth of the control!
345
RE 29903/06.05
VT-SWMAK-1
5/6
With external command value feedforward:
Without external command value feedforward:
1. Apply operating voltage

Turn potentiometers S+ and S- to the left-hand limit
stop (Min)
Turn amplitude attenuators G+ and G- to the
righthand limit stop (Max)
Preselect command value 0 %
Apply enable signal
1. Apply operating voltage

Turn potentiometers S+ and S- to the left-hand limit
stop (Min)
Turn amplitude attenuators G+ and G- to the right-hand
limit stop (Max)
Preselect command value 0 % (input open or short-circuited)
Apply enable signal
2. Zero point adjustment

Attention! Terminal 5 is the reference potential for the command value input and the actuating signal output and must
be connected to 0 V (earth) at the control.
Set 0 V at measuring socket w using potentiometer Z
2. Step height adjustment

Set an internal command value of +2 % using potentiometer Z the measuring socket signal is now 0.2 V
Adjust the positive jump height using potentiometer S+;
check the control variable at measuring socket w
(10 V = 100 %)
Set an internal command value of 2 % using zero point
potentiometer Z
the measuring socket signal is now 0.2 V
Adjust the negative jump height using potentiometer S-;
(10 V = 100 %)
3. Jump height adjustment

Preselect command value +2 %
the measuring socket signal is now approx. 0.19 V to 0.23 V
Adjust the positive jump height using potentiometer S+;
(10 V = 100 %)
Preselect command value 2 %
the measuring socket signal is approx. 0.19 V to 0.23 V
Adjust the negative jump height using potentiometer S-;
(10 V = 100 %)
For an exact hydraulic adjustment, the valve and the
hydraulics must also be in operation. The jump height must
be adjusted according to the required min. drive speed
(creep speed).
4. Maximum value adjustment
Preselect command value +100 %
the measuring socket signal is now approx. 10 V to 11 V
Set the positive max. control variable using potentiometer
G+; check the control variable at measuring socket w
(10 V = 100 %)
Preselect command value 100 %.
the measuring socket signal is now approx. 10 V to 11 V
Set the negative max. control variable using potentiometer
G-; check the control variable at measuring socket w
(10 V = 100 %)
3. Zero point adjustment

Set 0 V at measuring socket w with the help of potentiometer Z
4. Maximum value adjustment
Only possible with external command value feedforward
01
346
6/6
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT-SWMAK-1
RE 29903/06.05
Notes
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
Zum Eisengieer 1
Telefon +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0
Telefax +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58
www.boschrexroth.de

parties.
347
RE 30284/01.05
Current/voltage signal
transformer module
Type VT-SWMA1-5
Unit series 1X
Contents
Features
Page
Features
Preferred types
Front panel
Technical data
Unit dimensions
Module for converting 0...4...20 mA

to 0...10 V
3 usable signal outputs
1st output 0 ... 20 mA 0...+10 V
2nd output 4 ... 20 mA 0...+10 V
3rd output 4...12...20 mA 0...10 V
1/4
348
2/4
Bosch Rexroth AG
Type VT-SWMA1-5
RE 30284/01.05

VTSWMA151X/V0/ 0
Current/voltage signal
transformer module
0=
V0 =
1X =

Type
Material No.
VT SWMA1 5 1X / V0 / 0
0 811 405 105
Front panel
No optional extras
Customized version
Catalog version
Unit series
349
RE 30284/01.05
Type VT-SWMA1-5
Bosch Rexroth AG
3/4
01
UAUAUA
UA1: 0 ... +10 V
UA2: 0 ... +10 V
UA3: 0 ... 10 V
Technical data
Specifications
Format/design
(86 x 110 x 95) mm per module
Fastening/connection
DIN rail/connector with screw terminals
Temperature range
0...70 C; storage: 20...+70 C
Power supply
UB = 24 Vnom, batt.: 21 ... 40 V DC

Single-phase full wave: 21 ... 28 V DCeff
Current rating
approx. 0.1 A
Signal input 0...20 mA
Differential amplifier with shunt 200
Signal outputs: (max. 10 k load)
UA1: 0...+10 V (0...20 mA)

UA2: 0...+10 V (4...20 mA)
UA3: 0...10 V (4...12...20 mA)
Logic output term. 8

IE 3 mA
24 V DCnom 0 V, 24 V 0 V,
max. load capacity 50 mA
//
//
//
//
IEIEIEIE
0 ... 20 mA
4 ... 20 mA
4 ... 12 ... 20 mA
350
4/4
Bosch Rexroth AG
Type VT-SWMA1-5
RE 30284/01.05
Wall mounting
Rail mounting
Bosch Rexroth AG
Zum Eisengieer 1
Telefon
+49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0
Telefax
+49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58
www.boschrexroth.de
I/U-mA/V
86 x 110 x 95
Wall mounting
Supplied loose

parties.
351
RE 30283/01.05
Signal adjustment module
1/6
Type VT-SWMA2-5
Unit series 1X
Contents
Features
Features
Page
1
Preferred types
Front panel
Signal interface module
Technical data
Unit dimensions
Signal adjustment module for servo solenoid valves with OBE

For linear curve adaptation, 40 % dual gain and 60 % dual gain
Signal adjustment for differential cylinders
Valve zero adjustment
Input signal V or mA
352
2/6
Bosch Rexroth AG
Type VT-SWMA2-5
RE 30283/01.05

VTSWMA251X/V0/ 0
0=
Signal adjustment module
V0 =
1X =
No optional extras
Customized version
Catalog version
Unit series

Type
Material No.
VT SWMA2 5 1X / V0 / 0
0 811 405 107
Front panel
Area adjustment
353
RE 30283/01.05
Type VT-SWMA2-5
Bosch Rexroth AG
3/6
* determines function UE or IE
Signal adapter
01
354
4/6
Bosch Rexroth AG
Type VT-SWMA2-5
RE 30283/01.05
Signal (interface) module

For servo solenoid valves with on-board electronics:
Linear
Dual gain 60 %
Dual gain 40 %
Signal adjustment for differential cylinders
Valve zero adjustment
Test mode (man. 20 %)
Signal spread (lin. gain)
Input signal: V/mA
System layout
Valve characteristic
Controller
Curve adjustment
Area adjustment
Input signal mA or V
Test mode
Zero/gain
355
RE 30283/01.05
Type VT-SWMA2-5
Bosch Rexroth AG
5/6
Technical data
Specifications
Format/design
(86 x 110 x 95) mm per module
DIN rail/connector + terminals
Temperature range
0 ... 70 C storage: 20 ... +70 C
Power supply
UB = 24 Vnom, batt.: 21 ... 40 V DC

Current rating
approx. 0.1 A
Signal input
V or mA
UE 10 V, differential amplifier
Ri = 100 k
IE (0) ... 420 mA
Rsh = 200
Signal output 10 V
UA1 valves with linear characteristic curve

UA2 valves with dual gain (40 %)
UA3 valves with dual gain (60 %)
Miscellaneous
Test mode switches for man. control 20 % UA signal
01
356
6/6
Bosch Rexroth AG
Type VT-SWMA2-5
RE 30283/01.05
Wall mounting
Rail mounting
Bosch Rexroth AG
Zum Eisengieer 1
Telefon
+49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0
Telefax
+49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58
www.boschrexroth.de
SIGN-ADAP
86 x 110 x 95
Wall mounting
Supplied loose

parties.
357
RE 30262/06.05
Replaces: 07.99
1/4
Type VT-SSV-1
Series 2X
H 6138_d
Table of contents
Contents
Features
Page
Features
Ordering code
Technical data
Unit dimensions
Project / maintenance instructions / additional information

Suitable for control of switching valves with direct current

solenoid operation through signals with low control power
Activation can carried out direct with the switch output signals
of an open loop control
Output with constant short circuit protection
Status indication of switching condition with LED
358
2/4
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
Vt-SSV-1
RE 30262/06.05
Ordering code
VT-SSV-1
2X
*

Series 20 bis 29
(20 to 29: technical data and terminal connection unchanged)
= 2X
1
U+
U+
IN
PE
IN
U+
2
GND
PE
Operating voltage on terminal U+ (24 V) and (GND)

Control voltage on terminal IN and (GND)
Protective ground on terminal PE
IN
PE
1 Connecting terminals
2 Electronic switch
3 LED for status indication
4 Solenoid contacts
359
RE 30262/06.05
VT-SSV-1
3/4
Technical Data (For application outside these parameters please consult us!)
Operating voltage
U+ 24 VDC +20 % 10 % (residual ripple < 15 %)
Output current
Imax 2 A (at 100 % duty)
Output voltage
Umax U+ 0.2 V (typical at 2 A)
Control voltage:
ON
UIN 10 to 35 VDC
OFF
UIN 0 to 6 VDC
Control current
Switching frequency
IIN 3 mA
fmax approx. 4 Hz
Cable connection:
Screw-type terminals max. 1.5 mm2
Fitting
Pg 11
External cable diameter
d 4 to max. 10 mm
Solenoid connection
Plug-in connector 2-pin + PE, EN 175301-803 (Z5L)
Connection cable (recommendation)
H05VV-F 4G1,5 (not included in delivery)
Permisible operating temperature range
25 to +70 C
25 to +70 C
Weight
m ca. 45 g
Note:
For details regarding environmental simulation test for the areas of EMC (electro-magnetic compatibility), climate and mechanical loading see RE 30 262-U (explanation regarding environmental compatibility).
01
360
4/4
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT-SSV-1
RE 30262/06.05

45
28
18
28
5,5
40
Project / maintenance instructions / additional information

The amplifier is integrated into a plug-in connector Z5L to EN 175301-803 with transparent cover. For the operation a terminal
lead with 3 wires is necessary. With a lead with four wires the protective conductor can also be connected.
Cable recommendation: H05VV-F 4G1,5
On mounting the housing can be rotated by 90 steps.
When overloading or short circuit occurs the output is switched off. Before switching back on the control signal UIN must be
switched to OFF ( 6 V).
The switching off times may be doubled or trebled because of the limitation of the negative switching off voltage peak.
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
Zum Eisengieer 1
Telefon +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0
Telefax +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58
www.boschrexroth.de

361
RE 00112-04
Designation
Type
Series
Data
sheet no.
Digital multi-axis NC control
VT-MAC8
1X
30156
363
Digital axis control
VT-HNC100-1,
VT-HNC100-2
2X
30131
379
Analog position controller
VT-MACAS
1X
30050
391
Digital positioning card for positiondependent braking
VT-HACDB
1X
30144
397
Digital control system assembly HNC100-SEK

for the secondary control of axial piston units
SYHNC100-SEK
2X
30141
405
Digital command value and controller card
VT-HACD-1
1X
30143
413
dp/Q controller
VT-VACAF
1X
30136
425
p/Q controller
VT-VACAP
2X
30134
433
p/Q amplifier
VT-VARAP1
2X
30058
441
Page
01
02
04
05
06
362
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
RE 00112-04
363
Digital multi-axis NC control
Type VT-MAC8
Component series 1X
Table of contents
Contents
Page
Features
System overview
Ordering code for system
Software engineering
Overview of controller functions
4 and 5
NC interpreter
Programming language ECL-Win
Technical data
Pin assignment of master card
Pin assignment of slave card
Unit dimensions

7 and 8
9, 10 and 11
12
13, 14 and 15
RE 30156/04.05
1/16
364
2/16
Bosch Rexroth AG
VT-MAC8
RE 30156/04.05
Features
The MAC8 is a digital Rexroth multi-axis NC control of modular
design. It consists of a master card with no, 2 or 4 axis controllers and can be extended as required with up to seven slave
cards for four axes each. It is therefore the ideal solution for
complex control tasks with up to 32 interpolatable axes. Further MAC8s can be connected via local Ethernet. The MAC8
communicates via field bus (Profibus DP or CAN) or via Ethernet with the higher-level PLC machine control. It is provided
with special hydraulic closed-loop control characteristics and
can control movements of the machine or machine parts on its
own and therefore assumes PLC functions. Sensors and actuators can also be evaluated and controlled via CAN bus.
Interfacing / visualisation
By means of OPC server
By means of Active X elements
Interfaces: RS 485 or Ethernet
Programming
Use programming by means of a PC
Comprehensive diagnosis and debugging tools
Comfortable data management on a PC
High-level language-oriented
32 NC programs that can be executed in parallel
Fields of application:
High processing speed due to compiled programs
Presses (tube forming, metal / ceramic, powder, plastic,

deep drawing, glass presses, press brakes, die cushion
controls, IHF (internal high pressure forming, etc.)
Materials handling (container cranes, balance cranes,
train/truck lifts, belt drive, etc.)
Steelworks and rolling mill technology (continuous casters,
curved casting machines, mould oscillation, roll stands, 3-roll
bending machines, turning cooling beds, flying shears, ladle
cars, moulding plant, etc.)
Testing technology (weld testing machine, shock absorber
test bench, tube testing press, etc.)
Special machinery (coal distributors, thick sheet turning
equipment, engine turning system, etc.)
Fast integer and real arithmetic

Exponential and angle functions
Hydraulic axes
Measuring system Incremental or absolute (SSI)
Analogue 10 V and 4 to 20 mA
10 mA and 20 mA
Control output
Analogue 10 V and 4 to 20 mA
10 mA and 20 mA
Closed-loop control
Following controller
Process interfacing
State controller
32 digital inputs, 24 digital outputs, Profibus DP,

CAN open, TCP-IP
Position-dependent braking
Synchronisation controller for up to 32 axes (various variants)
Pressure/force controller
System overview
Profibus DP / CAN / Ethernet
Visualisation /
diagnosis
PLC / process control

level
Local Ethernet
Ethernet / RS422
CAN bus
Sensors
Up to 32
drives
Actuators
Up to 32
drives
365
RE 30156/04.05
VT-MAC8
3/16
Ordering code for system

VT-MAC 8 1X S
System with
1 slot
5 slots
8 slots
AX4
=1
=5
=8
Bus variant
No field bus
Profibus DP slave interface module
*
4 axis slaves
Number
0 to 7 =
= A
= P
Master
Without axis module, with RS485
2-axis version, with RS 485
4-axis version
1=
2=
4=
Selection aid
Part of
Analogue In
ordering code
RS 232
CAN Open
Profibus DP
Analogue I/O
Encoder plug
2X
4X
RS 485
AM 1
AM 2
AM 4
PM 1
PM 2
2X
PM 4
4X
Components
02
Material no.
Type
Designation
R901075726
VT-MAC8-1X/K-AM1
Master card without axis controller
R901075728
VT-MAC8-1X/K-AM2
Master card with 2 axis controllers
R901075730
VT-MAC8-1X/K-AM4
Master card with 4 axis controllers
R901075732
VT-MAC8-1X/K-PM1
Master card with Profibus DP, without axis controller
R901075734
VT-MAC8-1X/K-PM2
Master card with Profibus DP, with 2 axis controllers
R901075738
VT-MAC8-1X/K-PM4
Master card with Profibus DP, with 4 axis controllers
R901075752
VT-MAC8-1X/K-AX4
Salvekarte with 4 axis controllers
R901075757
VT-MAC8-1X/K-DUMMY
Blank location cover for one slot
R901075714
VT-MAC8-1X/K-RACK1
Blank rack with one slot (master card)
R901075722
VT-MAC8-1X/K-RACK5
Blank rack with 5 slots (1 master, 4 slaves)
R901075725
VT-MAC8-1X/K-RACK8
Blank rack with 8 slots (1 master, 7 slaves)
R901052075
Cable set MAC8/ABS/SF/3M
Cable for absolute value encoder SSI (X2), 3 metres, open end
R901052153
Cable set MAC8/INC/24V/SF3M
Cable for incremental encoder 24V (X2), 3 metres, open end
R901052152
Cable set MAC8/INC/5V/SF/3M
Cable for incremental encoder 5V (X2), 3 metres, open end
R901052141
Cable set MAC8/AE/SF/3M
Cable for analogue inputs (X4), 3 metres, open end
R901052069
Cable set MAC8/AEA/SF/3M
Cable for analogue inputs/outputs (X1), 3 metres, open end
R901052150
Cable set MAC8/DEA/SF/3M
Cable for digital inputs/outputs (X5), 3 metres, open end
R901074828
Cable set MAC8/PC/RS232/5M
Cable for PC-MAC8 RS232 interface (X3.4), 5 metres
R901074832
Cable set MAC8/PC/RS422/RS232/ADAPT/5M
Cable for PC-MAC8 RS422 with RS232 adapter (X3.4), 5 m
R901074837
Cable set MAC8/PC/RS422/RS232/ADAPT/30M Cable for PC-MAC8 RS422 with RS232 adapter (X3.4), 30 m
R901074840
Cable set MAC8/PC/RS422/RS232/ADAPT/50M Cable for PC-MAC8 RS422 with RS232 adapter (X3.4), 50 m
R901058546
SYS-MAC8- D/E
Installation CD for MAC8 Tools
366
4/16
Bosch Rexroth AG
VT-MAC8
RE 30156/04.05
Creation of program with MACpro
Acquisition of measured data
Windows version with integrated editor with

command highlighting
12 recording channels with start and stop trigger
Creation of project groups for the management of individual

programs on the slots, with automatic change-over
Graphic and numeric representation (DBF format) of recorded channels
Global header files for common definitions
Continuous data recording (Trend)
Recording option for all process variables
Programs can be organised in modules (files)

Nesting depth for up to 50 subroutines
Commissioning functions
Change-oriented compiling and transfer to the MAC8
Inputs can be simulated
Reference list of variables and subroutines used
Outputs can be set
Automatic comparison of version PC <-> MAC8
Analogue output variables can be set
Saving of different desktop settings
Inching mode for optimising the controller
Program saved in the flash
Activation / deactivation of individual controller components
Debugging
Project-related administration of:
On-line help for Syntax, Tools and Keys
programs
Tracing of program execution (trace)
configurable programming user interface
Process variable tracing by means of Trend
system parameters
Program view (View) with search functions
measured data
Function level display (call hierarchy)

5 break points are managed
System requirements of MACpro:
Stop / Start / Continue and Single Steps (Single, Step,

Stepover) of individual or all programs
IBM-PC or compatible system
Saving of memory image (program with data)

View of variables
All variable windows can be selected by means of hot keys
or from the menu; flexible window size
Configurable variable window (mix-variables) with hexadecimal, decimal, binary and floating point representation: Simple
inclusion of optional variables from the program view into the
tracing window and structuring by means of comments
Windows NT, Windows 2000, Win XP

Processor 300 MHz or faster
Min. 64 MB RAM (recommended: 128 MB)
Min. 100 MB free hard disk space
The program is installed from a CD
(SYS-MAC-8-D/E, material no. R901058546)
Setup window with all axis-specific process variables

System parameter assistant

Position controller:
Following controller
External controller function via NC program
Alternating control (position / pressure)
Following operation
Force limitation in positive and negative direction
Direction-dependent gain adjustment
Velocity override
Gain can be changed via NC program
Inflected gain characteristic curve
Interpolation of up to 32 axes
Fine positioning
Pre-acceleration
Residual voltage principle
Force / distance; force / time curves
Compensation of zero point offsets
Position/input value curves
State feedback
Transformation of coordinates of spatial axes

Control output limitation by means of NC program
367
RE 30156/04.05
VT-MAC8
5/16
Overview of controller functions (continued)

Status controller:
Synchronisation controller:
Velocity feedback
Synchronisation of optional groups of up to 32 axes that can

be varied during operation
Acceleration feedback
Active synchronism with force limitation or parallel making

way
Pressure feedback
External feedback
Passive synchronism with tilt compensation control, with

definable, average counterforce
Pressure / force controller:
Synchronisation offsets of the axes can be dynamically

changed
PID controllers
I-component can be activated/deactivated via window
Differential pressure evaluation
Axes can be dynamically added to or withdrawn from the

synchronised group (also during operation)
P / Q pilot control
Relative synchronism, also in opposite direction
Various modes for the transition from position to force con-
troller
Monitoring functions:
Dynamic following error monitoring
Velocity controller:
Traversing range limits (electronic limit switches)
PI controllers
Cable break monitoring for incremental and SSI encoders
I-component can be activated/deactivated via window
Cable break monitoring for sensors with 4 to 20 mA output

Valve monitoring
Encoder voltage monitoring
NC interpreter
The NC interpreter organises the execution of the 32 parallel
NC programs. Each program operates sequentially on its own.
The change-over between parallel programs takes place after
a program line was worked off. In the case of commands that
wait for an event (e.g.: WAIT, POS), branching to the next
program takes place immediately after the event query in order
not to hinder the execution of other programs. All system re-
sources are available to all programs (I/O, axes, variables etc.).

Programs can start, stop or delay each other. This concept allows optimum imaging of the sequence structure of the machine in the NC program of the MAC8.
NC interpreter / multiplexer
0
10 11 12
...
...
26 27 28 29 30 31
Start / stop
Process data
acquisition
Main program
Operating
mode management
Manual operation
Automatic operation
Hand
Auto
OFF
Bus protocol
data transfer etc.
Start
02
368
6/16
Bosch Rexroth AG
VT-MAC8
RE 30156/04.05
Programming language ECL-Win

The data organisation of the MAC8:
Program sequence control:
Numeric variables (integers):
IF ELSE
Instruction
V:
Standard variables
WHILE
Loop
P:
Local variables
{..}
Command block
N:
Process variables
[..]
Bundling of commands
BEGIN END
Program definition
A:
Custom fields
Label
S:
System parameters
JUMP <label> or <soubroutine>
Fields (integers):
Real variables:
R:
START/STOP/BREAK/CONT<program>
Floating point figures
WAIT <time> or <condition>

Data manipulation:
Logic variables:
I:
Inputs
DIM
O:
Outputs
COPY
Field copying function
Process flags
SET
Assign variable
F:
Signs and operators:
<num. sign>
{- | ! | #}
<num. operator>
{* | / | + | - | & |
<num. real operator>
Field declaration
MSET
Preset fields
PSET
Assign local variable
Axis/process funcitons:
| |^ | << | >>}
AXINIT
Initialise axes
{ sin | cos |
AXSET
Take over axis data
tan | asin | acos | atan
STOP
Interrupt axis movement
| sqrt
HALT
Immediate halt of axis movement
<log. operator>
{& | | | ^ }
POS HALT
Immediate halt of axis movement
<num. comp. operator>
{<= | >= | <> |< |>

| = }
BREAK
Interrupt axis movement
CONT
Resume axis movement
Compiler instructions:
EQUIT
Acknowledge axis esrror
<comment>
LOCK
Lock axis control
#include
<file name>
UNLOCK
Unlock control
#modul
<file name>
OVER
Determine axis override
#define
<name> <text>
ACC
Acceleration () of axis
#global
<file name>
VEL
Axis velocity
Acquisition of measured values:
POS
Position axis
TIMER
Timer
SYNCH
Define axes to be synchronised
TRACE
Oscilloscope function
LIN
Linear interpolation
FORCE
Force control
Dialogue commands (hand-held control box or terminal):

DIALOG
Start dialogue
DAC
Voltage output
WINDOW
Define window
FUNC
Axis functions
DISPLAY
Output variable or text
SIMU
Simulation of axis
INPUT
Input definition
HOME
Referencing
LEVEL
User level
TABLE
Create process curve
READ_KEY
Softkey query
VIRTUAL
Define virtual axes
SSET
String assignment
REAL
Inverse calculation formula to

VIRTUAL
FREEZE
Freeze axis velocity
Special commands:
CALL <address>
START/STOP TASK
Call C-function
Start C-task
For operating parameters that are not listed here, it is usually

possible to enter a constant, a variable or a term!
369
RE 30156/04.05
VT-MAC8
7/16
Technical data
Operating voltage
Current consumption
UO 18 to 36 VDC / max 3.6 A

Master without axis 500 mA
Master with axis 800 mA
Slave 400 mA
Processor
MPC860 and MPC555
Memory
16 MB SDRAM, 16 MB flash, 8 KBytes DPR

4 MB Flash (MPC555)
2 MB SRAM (MPC555)
Analogue inputs:
Voltage inputs (differential inputs)
10 V 12 bits with 4-fold oversampling
Input voltage
UI max. +10 V to 10 V
Input resistance
RI 160 k
Resolution
5 mV
Current inputs
Input current
II 4 20 mA, 20 mA
Input resistance
R 100
Power loss
IL 12 A
Resolution
4 A
Analogue outputs:
Voltage outputs
Output voltage
Unom 10 V PWM (pulse-width modulation)
Output current
Imax 10 mA
Load
Rmin 2 k
Current outputs
Output current, normalised
Inom 20 mA
Load
Rmax 500
Resolution
Serial interfaces
1 mV
Standard RS232 (19.2 KBaud)
RS485 (115 KBaud)
Optional Profibus DP (max. 12 MBaud)
CAN open (max. 1 MBaud)
Switching inputs
Number 32
Logic level log 0 (low) 0 V to +5 V
log 1 (high) +10 V to 36 V
RI 3 k 10 %
Switching outputs
Number 24
Logic level log 0 (low) 0 V to +5 V;
log 1 (high) +10 V to 36 V;
Current carrying capacity up to 50 mA
02
370
8/16
Bosch Rexroth AG
VT-MAC8

Digital position transducers
Incremental transducer
Transducer with TTL output
Input voltage
log 0 0 to 1 V
log 1 2.8 to 5.5 V
Input current
log 0 0.8 mA (at 0 V)

log 1 0.8 mA (at 5 V)
Max. frequency referred to Ua 1
fmax 250 kHz, 24 bits
SSI position transducer

Coding
Gray code
Data width
Adjustable up to max. 28 bits
Line receiver (TTL)

Input voltage
fmax 250 kHz

log 0 0 to 1 V
log 1 2.5 to 5.5 V
Input current
log 0 0.5 mA (at 0 V)

log 1 0.5 mA (at 5 V)
Line driver
Output voltage
log 0 0 to 0.5 V
log 1 2.5 to 5.5 V
0 to 50 C
20 to 70 C
Weight:
Rack 1
m 1000 g
Rack 5
m 1800 g
Rack 8
m 2500 g
Master card
m 400 g
Slave card
m 350 g
Blank cover
m 100 g
RE 30156/04.05
371
RE 30156/04.05
VT-MAC8
9/16
Pin assignment of master card VT-MAC8

Front panel shows: VT-MAC8-1X/K-PM1
X1a RJ-45; 100BaseT Ethernet

2
TPO
TPI+
75K-GND
75K-GND
TPI
75K-GND
75K-GND
X3.1
X1a
CAN open
n.c.
CAN_Lx
n.c.
100BaseT
TPO+
CAN_Hx
10BaseT
Rexroth
GNDCANx
n.c.
n.c.
n.c.
X1b
n.c.
6
7
8
9
TPO+
TPO
TPI+
n.c.
n.c.
TPI
n.c.
n.c.
digital I/O
X1b RJ-45; 10BaseT Ethernet

X3.3
Profibus DP
n.c.
n.c.
VP
n.c.
3
4
1
2
8
X3.1
3
Voltage supply
Shield
GND
+24 V
GND
6
TxD
GND
Uin4D
V 24
RS485
fieldbus
X6
DGND
RxD
Uin2D
Uin3D
X3.4
AGND
Uin1D
X4
Uin3C
Uin4C
X3.3
X3.4
24V OK RUN BUS
24V
X6
MAC-8
RxD
TxD+
5V
RxD+
RS485 / V24
analog in
Uin1C
Uin2C
CAN
Analogue in
CNTR -P
n.c.
X4
RxD/TxD -P
RxD/TxD -N
X5
TxD
02
372
10/16
Bosch Rexroth AG
VT-MAC8

X5
Pin
Rexroth
X1a
100BaseT
43
10BaseT
44
45
46
analog I/O
X1b
47
digital I/O
48
encoder 1
X1
X5
49
Digital I/O
Description
Pin
Description
22
Reserved
23
In0
24
In3
25
In6
26
In9
27
In12
28
In15
29
In18
Reserved
In2
In5
In8
In11
In14
In17
50
In20
51
In23
52
In26
53
In29
54
Out0
55
Out3
56
Out6
30
31
X2.1
analog in
encoder 2
32
X4
33
CAN
X2.2
57
X3.1
58
RS485 / V24
fieldbus
X3.3
34
59
X3.4
60
24V
61
X6
62
MAC-8
Description
Reserved
In1
In4
In7
In10
In13
In16
In19
In22
10
In25
11
In28
12
In31
13
Out2
14
Out5
15
Out8
16
Out11
17
Out14
18
Out17
19
Out20
20
Out23
21
0V
In21
In24
In27
In30
Out1
35
Out4
36
Out7
37
Out10
38
Out13
39
Out16
40
Out19
41
Out22
42
0V
Out9
Out12
Out15
Out18
24V OK RUN BUS
Pin
Out21
0V
RE 30156/04.05
373
RE 30156/04.05
VT-MAC8
11/16

X1 Analogue I/O on master card

Pin
Rexroth
1
X1a
Pin Description
n.c.
100BaseT
n.c.
2
n.c.
10BaseT
3
4
analog I/O
5
6
digital I/O
encoder 1
IUin1A
Current / voltage input 0.. 20 mA / 10 V

17 Current / voltage input 0.. 20 mA / 10 V
IUin2A
IUin2B
AGND
X5
X2.1
Analogue ground
IUin3B
IUin4A
IUin4B
AGND
16 Analogue ground
IUin1B
IUin3A
X1
Analogue ground
15
n.c.
AGND
X1b
14
AGND

21 Analogue ground
Uout1
10 V
Uout2
22 10 V
10 Uout3
10 V
Uout4
23 10 V
analog in
encoder 2
11 AGND
X4
X2.2
Iout1
24 20 mA
12 Iout2
20 mA
Iout3
25 20 mA
13 Iout4
20 mA
CAN
encoder 3
X2.x
X3.1
Pin
1
fieldbus
encoder 4
X2.3
X3.3
X2.4
Analogue ground
Encoder plug
INC
/Ua 2
+Clk
Ua 0
/ Ua 0
Ua 1
/ Ua 1
7
8
SSI
Clk
Ua 2
24V OK RUN BUS
9
24V
X6
10
Data
0V
11
MAC-8
0V
+Data
12
5 V TTL
13
n. c.
n. c.
14
Reserved
Reserved
15
n. c.
n. c.
02
374
12/16
Bosch Rexroth AG
VT-MAC8
Pin assignment of slave card VT-MAC8-1X/K-AX4

X1
Rexroth
1
address
2
S1
Analogue I/O
Pin
Iin1C
Current input 20 mA
Iin2C
14 Current input 20 mA
AGND
Iin3C
analog I/O
5
6
X1
encoder 1
Current input 20 mA
16 Analogue ground
IUin1A
IUin1B
IUin2A
IUin2B
AGND
Analogue ground
IUin3A
IUin3B
IUin4A
IUin4B
Uout1
10 V
Uout2
22 10 V
10 Uout3
10 V
AGND
Uout4
X2.1
Analogue ground
15 Current input 20 mA
Iin4C
AGND
21 Analogue ground
23
11 AGND
Iout1
Iout3
10 V
Analogue ground
24
12 Iout2
encoder 2
on slave card
Pin Description
20 mA
20 mA
25
13 Iout4
20 mA
20 mA
X2.2
X2.x
encoder 3
Pin
1
Encoder plug
INC
/Ua 2
encoder 4
X2.3
+Clk
AX-4
Slot
2
Slot 2
Slot 3
Ua 0
Slot 4
/ Ua 0
Slot 5
Ua 1
Slot 6
/ Ua 1
Slot 7
Slot 8
24V OK RUN BUS
Address
X2.4
S1
SSI
Clk
Ua 2
9
10
Data
0V
11
0-1
Not permitted
9-F
Not permitted
0V
+Data
12
5 V TTL
13
n. c.
n. c.
14
Reserved
Reserved
15
n. c.
n. c.
Caution!
Address the card according to the slot!
RE 30156/04.05
375
RE 30156/04.05
VT-MAC8
13/16

VT-MAC8-1X/K-RACK5
VT-MAC8-1X/K-RACK1
System with 5 slots
System with 1 slot
175,4
Rexroth
X1a
Rexroth
Rexroth
Rexroth
Rexroth
address
address
address
address
S1
S1
S1
(37,7)
(37,7)
134,6
Rexroth
X1a
S1
X1b
X1
X1
X1
X1
X5
X2.1
X2.1
X2.1
X2.1
X4
X2.2
X2.2
X2.2
X2.2
X3.1
X2.3
X2.3
X2.3
X2.3
X1
190,5
190,5
X1b
X5
X2.1
X4
X2.2
X3.1
X2.3
02
X2.4
X2.4
X2.4
X3.3
X2.4
X2.4
X3.4
X3.3
24V OK RUN BUS
24V
24V OK RUN BUS
24V OK RUN BUS
24V OK RUN BUS
X6
24V OK RUN BUS
37,7
37,7
24V OK RUN BUS
MAC-8
AX-4
160
AX-4
AX-4
24V
X6
AX-4
MAC-8
79
376
14/16
Bosch Rexroth AG
VT-MAC8

VT-MAC8-1X/K-RACK8
System with 8 slots
238,8
(37,7)
198
Rexroth
X1a
Rexroth
Rexroth
Rexroth
Rexroth
Rexroth
Rexroth
Rexroth
address
address
address
address
address
address
address
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
190,5
X1b
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X5
X2.1
X2.1
X2.1
X2.1
X2.1
X2.1
X2.1
X2.1
X4
X2.2
X2.2
X2.2
X2.2
X2.2
X2.2
X2.2
X2.2
X3.1
X2.3
X2.3
X2.3
X2.3
X2.3
X2.3
X2.3
X2.3
X2.4
X2.4
X2.4
X2.4
X2.4
X2.4
X2.4
X2.4
X3.3
24V OK RUN BUS
37,7
24V OK RUN BUS
24V
24V OK RUN BUS
24V OK RUN BUS
24V OK RUN BUS
24V OK RUN BUS
24V OK RUN BUS
24V OK RUN BUS
X6
MAC-8
AX-4
AX-4
AX-4
221,3
AX-4
AX-4
AX-4
AX-4
RE 30156/04.05
377
RE 30156/04.05
VT-MAC8
15/16

VT-MAC8-1X/K-RACK1/5/8
219,5
265,9
91
02
(min. 310,5)
378
16/16
Bosch Rexroth AG
VT-MAC8
RE 30156/04.05
Notes
Bosch Rexroth AG
Zum Eisengieer 1
Phone +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0
Fax
+49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58
www.boschrexroth.de

parties.
379
Digital axis control HNC100
RE 30131/07.05
Replaces: 03.05
Types VT-HNC100-1 and VT-HNC100-2
Component series 2X
H/D 20451
Table of contents
Contents
Page
Features
Ordering code
Software configuration
System overview
Overview of NC commands for the sequence control

Technical data
Pin assignment
5
6 and 7
VT-HNC100-1-2X/.-08
VT-HNC100-2-2X/.-16
VT-HNC100-1-2X/.-24
10
Unit dimensions
11
Preferred types
11
1/12
380
2/12
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT-HNC100
RE 30131/07.05
Features
The digital axis control HNC100 is a programmable NC control
for a closed-loop controlled axis. It meets the specific requirements of closed-loop controlling of hydraulic drives and also offers the possibility of controlling electrical drives.
With regard to immunity to interference, mechanical resistance
to vibration and shock, and climate-proofness, the HNC100 is
designed for use in harsh industrial environments. It conforms
with EC Directives (CE mark).
Operation:
Comfortable administration of data on the PC
Swift changing of data by means of hand-held control box
BB-3 (see RE 29798) or control panel BF-1 (see RE 29794)
Process interfacing:
8, 16 or 24 digital inputs and outputs each, Profibus DP,
CANopen or INTERBUS-S for communication with a PLC
Fields of application:
Hydraulic axes:
Machine tools, plastics processing machines, special machines
Measuring system:
Incremental or absolute (SSI)
Analogue 0 to 10 V and 4 to 20 mA
Reference voltage 10 V
Presses
Transfer lines
Voltage or current control variable output
Rail-bound vehicles
NC language with subprogram technique and conditional

jumps
Freely configurable controller variants

Position controller, pressure/force controller
Alternating closed-loop control (position/pressure)
Synchronisation control for 2 axes
Own NC program for function sequences
Local CAN bus for parameterising several HNC100
Installation instructions and interconnection diagrams

VT-HNC100-.-2X, see RE 30131-Z
Programming:
User programming with a PC
Ordering code
VT-HNC100
2X
Digital NC control HNC100

Version for 1 hydraulic axis
Version for 2 hydraulic axes

=1
=2
0=
Without evaluation electronics
A=
On enquiry only:
Evaluation electronics for 2 inductive position transducers (not possible in conjunction with INTERBUS-S or CANopen)
= 2X
Type of installation:
Housing for wall-mounting
Housing for rack installation
For single-axis version:
8 digital inputs/outputs
For 2-axis version:
=W
=M
= 08
= 24
0=
P=
C=
I=
S=
= 16
An interface cable is not included in the scope of supply, but can be ordered separately (3 m long;
other lengths on enquiry). Material no.: R900842349
1)
Additional plug type 6ES7972-0BA20-0XA0 for Profibus DP is not included in the scope of supply, but must be ordered separately! Material no: R900050152
Without bus interfacing

Profibus DP 1)
CANopen
INTERBUS-S
SERCOS
381
RE 30131/07.05
VT-HNC100
3/12
Software configuration
Configuration
The operation of the HNC100 is based on the creation of
application-specic data sets. These data sets are generated on a PC and sent to the HNC100 via the serial interface.
The combination of the user program and data sets is called
project. This software conguration is carried out according
to the following steps:
1. The tasks to be performed by the HNC100 are to be defined
and stored in a sequence chart. The definition also refers to
the meaning of inputs and outputs and the parameters used.
Support for the definition of parameters used in the NC

program
Dialogue window for on-line setting of parameter values
Comprehensive options for displaying process data, digital
inputs, outputs and flags
Recording and graphical representation of up to four process variables via selection of trigger options
Dialogue for the graphical definition of special functions
(determination of function via polygon)
2. The functions of the sequence charts have to be implemented in the form of a sequence of NC commands.
System requirements:
3. The machine data (selection of encoders and controllers)

and the parameters of the NC program have to be defined.
Windows 9x or Windows NT
4. The data are sent to the HNC100.
IBM PC or compatible system

Processor: Intel 80286 or higher (recommendation: 80486
or better)
5. Settings and program sequences are optimised on the machine.
Min. 8 MB RAM (recommendation: 16 MB)
PC program WIN-PED
Note:
The PC program WIN-PED helps the user perform conguration tasks. It is used for programming, setting and diagnostics
with regard to the HNC100.
The PC program WIN-PED (SYS-HNC-WINPED5-C01) is

not included in the scope of supply. It can be ordered separately or downloaded free of charge on the Internet!
Scope of functions:
Order for CD-ROM: Material no. R900725471
Comfortable dialogue functions for on-line or

off-line setting of machine data
Download on the Internet: www.boschrexroth.de/hnc100
10 MB free hard disk space
Enquiries: support.nc-systems@boschrexroth.de
NC editor with integral syntax check and program compiler

Position controller:
Pressure/force controller:
PDT1-controller
PIDT1-controller
Linear gain characteristic curve
I-component can be cut in and out via window
Direction-dependent gain adjustment
Differential pressure evaluation
"Inflected" gain characteristic curve
Own scanning rate
Gain alteration possible via the NC program
Velocity controller:
Fine positioning
PI-controller
Residual voltage principle
I-component can be cut in and out via window
Zero point error compensation
Monitoring functions:
State feedback
Dynamic following error monitoring
Traversing range limits (electronic limit switches)
Limitation of control output via the NC program
Cable break monitoring for incremental and SSI encoder
"Position-dependent braking"
Cable break monitoring for sensors with 4 to 20 mA output
Intermediate electronics for use with commercial NC controls

Synchronisation control
In the event of a fault, the output "no error" is reset and

the controller deactivated !
02
382
4/12
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT-HNC100
RE 30131/07.05
System overview
Higher-level control
Possible interfaces to the HNC100:
Analogue signals
Digital inputs/outputs
Serial interface
Field bus systems
(Profibus DP, CANopen, INTERBUS-S, SERCOS)
4
8
reset
X7
9
78 A
3456
OUT 1-8
analog IN/OUT
3456
S2
BCD
BCD
9
78 A
1
EF 2
S1
1
EF 2
shield
GND
18-36V
X5
X4
X8
local CAN
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
err
res
IN 1-8
encoder
COM / local CAN
local CAN
X8
X3
COM / local CAN
X4
PIN4=24VDC
RUN
5V CPU
Further
HNC100
X1
X6
X2
HNC100
HNC100
3
7
6
2
1
1 Single-rod cylinder
2 Integrated position measuring system
3 Servo, proportional or high-response valve
with integral control electronics
4 HNC100
5
6
7
8
Connecting cable
Pressure transducer
Sandwich plate shut-off valve (with plug-in switching amplifier)
Local CAN bus
383
RE 30131/07.05
VT-HNC100
5/12
Overview of NC commands for the sequence control

At the time of publishing this data sheet, the following NC
commands are available for programming of sequences 1):
Definition part:
Sequence control:
/TRIG
Definition of a switching point
G01
Point-to-point travel
/E
Suppression of limit switches
G30
Point-to-point travel for oscillating movements
/OVER
Override of velocity
BREAK
Interruption of G01 or G30
/KD
Definition of a curve
STOP
Deceleration and termination of G01, G30
/KT
Scanning time of a curve
G53/G54 Zero point compensation "OFF/ON"
/DFN
Normalisation factor for curve polygon
G70
Activation of closed-loop velocity control
/SE
Definition of system inputs
G55
/SA
Definition of system outputs
Setting/reading of values of zero point compensation
G63
Transition from closed-loop pressure/velocity

control to closed-loop position control
NC interpreter:
KURVE
Start and stop of the curve function
Output of a voltage
KP
Alteration of controller gain
CLR
Resetting of output or flag
SET
Setting of output or flag
IF
Conditional branching
G27, G28 Activation of pressure controller in dependence

upon a position
JMP
Jump to a flag (L000 to L1999)
G60
Activation of pressure controller
JSR
Subroutine call
G61
Activation of pressure limitation
M17
End of subroutine
G62
Deactivation of pressure limitation
M02
End of main program
M22
Variable for global variables
Setting the actual and command value for the

position controller
Variable for local variables
G04
Waiting time
Lxxx
Jump flag
M00
Waiting for input or flag
Value assignment for an R parameter
M90
Setting output or flag
G64
Limitation of control variable
M91
Resetting output or flag
BINE
Reading of binary-coded inputs
BINA
Output to binary-coded outputs
M22I
Setting of command value for position controller
G65/G66 Position monitoring in closed-loop pressure control ON/OFF
M33/M34 Activation/deactivation of position controller

M35/M36 Activation/deactivation of synchronism
G26
Traversing to limit stop, closed-loop controlled
G25
Traversing to limit stop, open-loop controlled
1)
This scope of functions is valid for the current software version. The efficiency of the system is continuously extended
within the framework of software development.
02
384
6/12
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT-HNC100
RE 30131/07.05
Operating voltage
Power consumption
Processor
Memory
Analogue inputs 1):
Voltage inputs (differential inputs)
Number of channels
Input voltage
Input resistance
Resolution
Non-linearity
Calibration tolerance 2)
Current inputs
Number of channels
Input current
Input resistance
Resistance between Pin Iin 1 and analog_GND
Power loss
Resolution
Impedance inputs 3)
Number of channels
Input voltage
Input resistance
Resolution
Non-linearity
Analogue outputs:
Voltage outputs 4)
Number of channels
Output voltage
Output current
Load
Current outputs 4)
Number of channels
Output current
normalised
not normalised
Load
Resolution
Non-linearity
within the range of 9.5 V to +9.5 V
within the range of 10 V to 9.5 V and +9.5 V to +10 V
UO 18 to 36 VDC
8 W (plus power for connected sensors/actuators)
16/32-bit MC68376
Flash EPROM 1 MB; EEPROM 8 KB; RAM 256 KB (main
memory)
Pint
4
UI +10 V to 10 V measurable (max. +15 V to 15 V)
RI 200 k 2 %
5 mV
< 10 mV
max. 40 mV (with factory setting)
II
RI
R
IL
4
4 mA to 20 mA
100 0.2 %
0 to 500
0.1 to 0.4 % (at 500 between pin Iin 1 and analog_GND)
5 A
4
Uimp 10 V to +10 V
Rimp > 10 M
5 mV
< 10 mV
max. 40 mV (with factory setting)
4
Unom 10 V to +10 V (max. 10.7 V to +10.7 V)
Imax 10 mA
Rmin 1 k
Inom
Imax
Rmax
2
4 mA to 20 mA
23 mA
500
60 mV (without noise)
1.25 mV
15 mV
35 mV
1)
Not all of the channels can be used simultaneously. The voltage inputs and the current inputs are provided with a common pin so that either the voltage input or the current input
can be used at a time. The current can be looped through
several current measuring devices. Otherwise, a jumper must
be provided from pin Iin to pin analog_GND.
3)
Due to the characteristics of these high-resistance inputs,

no internal protective circuits with diodes or capacitors
may be used. For this reason, when connecting analogue
signals to inputs Uimp1 to Uimp4 , connect all the required
protective features such as shield, EMC protection and
signal lter externally in the incoming circuit.
2)
If the factory settings are not sufcient, the measuring equipment

can be calibrated on site according to the system requirements.
4)
Outputs Uout 1 and Iout 1 as well as Uout 2 and Iout 2

are electrically coupled. Normalisation can be set to voltage
or current by means of the software.
385
RE 30131/07.05
VT-HNC100
7/12

Serial interfaces
Switching inputs
Switching outputs
Standard RS232 (9.6 KBaud)

Optional Profibus DP (max. 12 MBaud)
CANopen, INTERBUS-S
Number 8, 16 or 24
Logic level log 0 (low) 5 V; log 1 (high) 10 V to UO; Ri = 3 k 10 %
Connection Flexible conductor up to 1.5 mm2
Number 8, 16 or 24
Logic level log 0 (low) 2 V; log 1 (high) UO; Imax = 50 mA
Connection Flexible conductor up to 1.5 mm2
Digital position transducers:

Incremental transducer (transducer with TTL output)
Input voltage
Input current
Max. frequency referred to Ua 1
SSI transducer
Coding
Data width
Line receiver (TTL)
Input voltage
Input current
Line driver
Output voltage
- EnDat transducer
Voltge supply to position transducer by the
HNC100
Max. voltage for all input signals
Inductive position transducers:
Number
Voltage supply
Reference voltage
Dimensions (W x H x D):
VT-HNC100-1-2X/.-08-.-.
VT-HNC100-2-2X/.-16-.-. and VT-HNC100-1-2X/.-24-.-.
Weight:
VT-HNC100-1-2X/.-08-.-.
VT-HNC100-2-2X/.-16-.-. and VT-HNC100-1-2X/.-24-.-.
Further technical details on enquiry.
log 0
log 1
log 0
log 1
fmax
0 to 1 V
2.8 to 5.5 V
0.8 mA (at 0 V)
0.8 mA (at 5 V)
250 kHz
Gray code
Adjustable up to max. 28 bits
log 0
log 1
log 0
log 1
0 to 1 V
2.8 to 5.5 V
0.8 mA (at 0 V)
0.8 mA (at 5 V)
02
log 0 0 to 0.5 V (at 120 )
log 1 2.5 to 5.5 V (at 120 )
Interface in preparation
U UO or +5 VDC 5 %; max. 200 mA
Umax UO 1 V (the signals are not opto-decoupled)
2
Ueff 2 V (Imax = 30 mA / channel)
balanced to ground, short-circuit-proof, can be synchronised
between 4.8 and 5.2 kHz, optional compensation capacitor
of 220 nF; amplitude stability 0.2 % /10 K; carrier frequency
5 kHz 2 %; inductive transducers in half and full bridge circuit
and 3- and 4-conductor circuit; linearity error < 0.1 %
Uref +10 V 25 mV and 10 V 25 mV (20 mA each)
71 x 155 x 204 mm
106.5 x 155 x 204 mm
0 to 50 C
20 to +70 C
m 1.0 kg
m 1.2 kg
Note!
For details regarding environment simulation testing in the fields
of EMC (electromagnetic compatibility), climate and mechanical
386
8/12
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT-HNC100
RE 30131/07.05
Pin assignment VT-HNC100-1-2X/.-08 (single-axis version)
reset
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
err
res
IN 1-8
local CAN
X8
X3
encoder
COM / local CAN
RUN
5V CPU
X7
Note!
The pins identied with res are
reserved and must not be connected.
OUT 1-8
analog IN/OUT
3456
9
78 A
BCD
9
78 A
S2
3456
S1
BCD
S1, S2:
Address,
baud rate
CAN
X4
PIN4=24VDC
1
EF 2
X4: COM / local CAN

Pin 1 CAN_GND
2 TxD
3 CTS
4 24 VN
5 0 VN
6 RxD
7 RTS
8 CAN_H
9 CAN_L
1
EF 2
X8: local CAN

Pin 1 CAN_GND
2 res
3 res
4 res
5 res
6 res
7 res
8 CAN_H
9 CAN_L
shield
GND
18-36V
X5
X3: encoder
Pin incremental SSI
/Ua 2
1
Clock
2
Ua 0
3
/Ua 0
4
Ua 1
Data
5
/Ua 1
/Data
6
/Clock
7
Ua 2
8
res
9
10 0 VN
11 res
12 5 VTTL (max. 150 mA)
13 res
14 24 VN (max. 200 mA)
15 res
X1
X6
X2
HNC100
via optical fibre adapter
X5: communication with higher-level control

Pin
Profibus
INTERBUS-S
SERCOS
DP
(OUT)
n.c.
DO 2
1
n.c.
DI 2
2
RxD/TxD-P
GND 2
3
CNTR-P
n.c.
4
DGND
Udd
5
VP
/DO 2
6
n.c.
/DI 2
7
RxD/TxD-N
n.c.
8
n.c.
BCI
9

Pin CANopen
inductive
INTERBUS-S
(IN)
n.c.
Supply 1 +
DO1
1
CAN_L
Supply 1
DI1
2
Signal 1 +
GND1
3 CAN_GND
n.c.
Signal 1
n.c.
4
n.c.
Supply 2 +
n.c.
5
n.c.
Supply 2
/DO1
6
CAN_H
Signal 2 +
/DI1
7
n.c.
Signal 2
n.c.
8
n.c.
Sync IN/OUT
n.c.
9
X6:
Pin
voltage supply
1 Shield
2 GND
3 18 - 36 VDC
X2: analog IN / OUT

Iin 1
Uin 1 +
Pin 1
Uin 1
2
Uin 2 +
Iin 2
3
Uin 2
4
Uin 3 +
Iin 3
5
Uin 3
6
Uin 4 +
Iin 4
7
Uin 4
8
Iout 2
9
10 Uout 2
11 analog_GND
12 Uref = + 10 V
13 Uref = 10 V
14 Iout 1
15 Uout 1
16 Uout 3
17 Uout 4
Iin 1 +
18
Iin 2 +
19
Iin 3 +
20
Iin 4 +
21
22 Uimp 1
23 Uimp 2
24 Uimp 3
25 Uimp 4
X1: digital I/O

Pin 1 IN1
2 IN2
3 IN3
4 IN4
5 IN5
6 IN6
7 IN7
8 IN8
9 OUT1
10 OUT2
11 OUT3
12 OUT4
13 OUT5
14 OUT6
15 OUT7
16 OUT8
17 /error
18 res
387
VT-HNC100
RE 30131/07.05
9/12
Pin assignment VT-HNC100-2-2X/.-16 (2-axis version)

X8: local CAN
Pin 1 CAN_GND
2 res
3 res
4 res
5 res
6 res
7 res
8 CAN_H
9 CAN_L
X4
PIN4=24VDC
COM / local CAN
RUN
5V CPU
X7
X2.1
S2
9
78 A
3456
analog IN/OUT 1
3456
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
err
res
BCD
9
78 A
IN 1-8
1
EF 2
S1
BCD
1
EF 2
S1, S2:
Address,
baud rate
CAN
X3.2
reset
encoder 1
local CAN
X8
X3.1
shield
GND
18-36V
IN 1-8
encoder 2
The pins identied with res

are reserved and
must not be connected.
X4: COM / local CAN

Pin 1 CAN_GND
2 TxD
3 CTS
4 24 VN
5 0 VN
6 RxD
7 RTS
8 CAN_H
9 CAN_L
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
res
res
X2.2
analog IN/OUT 2
Note!
X5
X6
OUT 1-8
X1.1
X1.1 and X1.2: digital

IN/OUT
X1.2
Pin X1.1
IN1
IN9
1
IN2
IN10
2
IN3
IN11
3
IN4
IN12
4
IN5
IN13
5
IN6
IN14
6
IN7
IN15
7
IN8
IN16
8
OUT1 OUT9
9
10 OUT2 OUT10
11 OUT3 OUT11
12 OUT4 OUT12
13 OUT5 OUT13
14 OUT6 OUT14
15 OUT7 OUT15
16 OUT8 OUT16
17 /error res
res
18 res
X6:
Pin
voltage supply
1 Shield
2 GND
3 18 - 36 VDC
OUT 1-8
X3.1: encoder 1
Pin incremental SSI
/Ua 2
1
Clock
2
Ua 0
3
/Ua 0
4
Ua 1
Data
5
/Ua 1
/Data
6
/Clock
7
Ua 2
8
res
9
10 0 VN
11 res
12 5 VTTL (max. 150 mA)
13 res
14 24 VN (max. 200 mA)
15 res
X3.2: encoder 2
Pin incremental SSI
/Ub 2
1
Clock
2
Ub 0
3
/Ub 0
4
Ub 1
Data
5
/Ub 1
/Data
6
/Clock
7
Ub 2
8
res
9
10 0 VN
11 res
12 5 VTTL (max. 150 mA)
13 res
14 24 VN (max. 200 mA)
15 res
X1.2
HNC100
via optical fibre adapter

Pin Profibus
INTERBUS-S
SERCOS
DP
(OUT)
n.c.
DO 2
1
n.c.
DI 2
2
GND 2
3 RxD/TxD-P
CNTR-P
n.c.
4
DGND
Udd
5
VP
/DO 2
6
n.c.
/DI 2
7
n.c.
8 RxD/TxD-N
n.c.
BCI
9
Pin CANopen
inductive
INTERBUS-S
(IN)
n.c.
Supply 1 +
DO1
1
CAN_L
Supply 1
DI1
2
Signal 1 +
GND1
3 CAN_GND
n.c.
Signal 1
n.c.
4
n.c.
Supply 2 +
n.c.
5
n.c.
Supply 2
/DO1
6
CAN_H
Signal 2 +
/DI1
7
n.c.
Signal 2
n.c.
8
n.c.
Sync IN/OUT
n.c.
9
X2.1: analog IN / OUT1

Uin 1 + Iin 1
Pin 1
Uin 1
2
Uin 2 + Iin 2
3
Uin 2
4
res
5
res
6
res
7
res
8
res
9
10 res
11 analog_GND
12 Uref = + 10 V
13 Uref = 10 V
14 Iout 1
15 Uout 1
16 Uout 3
17 res
Iin 1 +
18
Iin 2 +
19
20 res
21 res
22 Uimp 1
23 Uimp 2
24 res
25 res
X2.2: analog IN / OUT2

Iin 3
Uin 3 +
Pin 1
Uin 3
2
Iin 4
Uin 4 +
3
Uin 4
4
res
5
res
6
res
7
res
8
res
9
10 res
11 analog_GND
12 Uref = + 10 V
13 Uref = 10 V
14 Iout 2
15 Uout 2
16 Uout 4
17 res
Iin 3 +
18
Iin 4 +
19
20 res
21 res
22 Uimp 3
23 Uimp 4
24 res
25 res
02
388
10/12
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT-HNC100
RE 30131/07.05
Pin assignment VT-HNC100-1-2X/.-24 (single-axis version)
X4
PIN4=24VDC
RUN
5V CPU
S2
3456
1
EF 2
3456
9
78 A
BCD
9
78 A
1
EF 2
Note!
X2: analog IN / OUT

Iin 1
Uin 1 +
Pin 1
Uin 1
2
Uin 2 +
Iin 2
3
Uin 2
4
Uin 3 +
Iin 3
5
Uin 3
6
Uin 4 +
Iin 4
7
Uin 4
8
Iout 2
9
10 Uout 2
11 analog_GND
12 Uref = + 10 V
13 Uref = 10 V
14 Iout 1
15 Uout 1
16 Uout 3
17 Uout 4
Iin 1 +
18
Iin 2 +
19
Iin 3 +
20
Iin 4 +
21
22 Uimp 1
23 Uimp 2
24 Uimp 3
25 Uimp 4
shield
GND
18-36V
IN 9-16
IN 17-24
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
res
res
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
res
res
X5
OUT 1-8
X6
X2
X1.1
OUT 9-16
X1.2
OUT 17-24
X1.3
HNC100

Pin
Profibus
INTERBUS-S
Sercos
DP
(OUT)
n.c.
DO 2
1
n.c.
DI 2
2
RxD/TxD-P
GND 2
3
CNTR-P
n.c.
4
DGND
Udd
5
VP
/DO 2
6
n.c.
/DI 2
7
n.c.
8 RxD/TxD-N
n.c.
BCI
9
via optical fibre dapter
The pins identied with res

are reserved and
must not be connected.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
err
res
X7
S1
BCD
S1, S2:
Address,
baud rate
CAN
reset
IN 1-8
encoder
local CAN
X8
X3
analog IN/OUT
voltage supply
1 Shield
2 GND
3 18 - 36 VDC
COM / local CAN
X6:
Pin
X7:
Pin
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
communication with higher-level control

CANopen
inductive
INTERBUS-S
(IN)
n.c.
Supply 1 +
DO1
CAN_L
Supply 1
DI1
CAN_GND
Signal 1 +
GND1
n.c.
Signal 1
n.c.
n.c.
Supply 2 +
n.c.
n.c.
Supply 2
/DO1
CAN_H
Signal 2 +
/DI1
n.c.
Signal 2
n.c.
n.c.
Sync IN/OUT
n.c.
X3: encoder
Pin incremental SSI
/Ua 2
1
Clock
2
Ua 0
3
/Ua 0
4
Ua 1
Data
5
/Ua 1
/Data
6
/Clock
7
Ua 2
8
res
9
10 0 VN
11 res
12 5 VTTL (max. 150 mA)
13 res
14 24 VN (max. 200 mA)
15 res
X1.1 to X1.3: digital IN/OUT
X1.2
X1.3
Pin X1.1
IN1
IN9
IN17
1
IN2
IN10
IN18
2
IN3
IN11
IN19
3
IN4
IN12
IN20
4
IN5
IN13
IN21
5
IN6
IN14
IN22
6
IN7
IN15
IN23
7
IN8
IN16
IN24
8
OUT1 OUT9 OUT17
9
10 OUT2 OUT10 OUT18
11 OUT3 OUT11 OUT19
12 OUT4 OUT12 OUT20
13 OUT5 OUT13 OUT21
14 OUT6 OUT14 OUT22
15 OUT7 OUT15 OUT23
16 OUT8 OUT16 OUT24
res
17 /error res
res
res
18 res
X4: COM / local CAN
Pin 1 CAN_GND
2 TxD
3 CTS
4 24 VN
5 0 VN
6 RxD
7 RTS
8 CAN_H
9 CAN_L
X8: local CAN
Pin 1 CAN_GND
2 res
3 res
4 res
5 res
6 res
7 res
8 CAN_H
9 CAN_L
389
RE 30131/07.05
VT-HNC100
11/12

71 (106,5)
192
44 (79)
184
4 x 4,5
X4
X3
PIN4=24VDC
reset
3456
OUT 1-8
analog IN/OUT
3456
1
EF 2
1
EF 2
135
128,4
BC D
BC D
155
X7
S1 8 9 A S28 9 A
shield
GND
X5
111,5
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
err
res
IN 1-8
local CAN
X8
encoder
COM / local CAN
RUN
5V CPU
18-36V
X1
X6
X2
HNC100
Vibration damper
02
( ) nominal dimensions are valid for VT-HNC100-2-2X/.-16-.-. and VT-HNC100-1-2X/.-24-.-.
Preferred types
Type
Material number
VT-HNC10012X/W-08-0-0
R900955334
VT-HNC10012X/W-08-I-0
R900955332
VT-HNC10012X/W-08-P-0
R900958999
VT-HNC10012X/W08C0
R900959000
390
12/12
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT-HNC100
RE 30131/07.05
Notes
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
Zum Eisengieer 1
Phone +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0
Fax
+49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58
www.boschrexroth.de

parties.
391
Industrial
Hydraulics
Electric Drives
and Controls
Linear Motion and

Service
Automation
Pneumatics
Mobile
Hydraulics
RE 30050/03.04
Replaces: 11.02
Analog position controller

Type VT-MACAS
Series 1X
Type VT-MACAS
List of contents
Contents
Features
Ordering data
Preferred types
Front panel
Block diagram
Technical data
Device dimensions
Features
Page
1
2
2
2
3
4
5
6
Design: Module for snapping onto DIN rails

Actuation of valves with on-board electronics
Enabling input
Short-circuit-proof interfaces
Measurement taps on front panel
Deadband compensation can be deactivated
Position: PT1 control
Velocity control possible in conjunction with a speedometer:
PI control
Cylinder area ratio adjustment
2004
VT-MACAS
1/6
RE 30050/03.04
02
392
Ordering data
Axis control
M A
=A
I=
Type
Controller
Option
No code
Version with
supply input
Version with
current input
=C
V0 =
Actuation
Analog
Customer version
Catalogue version
=A
Function
Position control
Series
Series 10 to 19
1X =
=S
500 =

Standard version without valve amplifier function

Material no.
Type VT-MACAS
For valve types
0 811 405 139

0 811 405 140
VT-MACAS-500-10/V0
VT-MACAS-500-10/V0/I
Valves with on-board electronics

Front panel
RE 30050/03.04
2/6
VT-MACAS
393
02
VT-MACAS
3/6
RE 30050/03.04
394
Format/design
Temperature range
Power supply
(8), (9)
Current rating
Signal input
VT-MACAS-500-10/V0
(1), (2)
Feedback signal
VT-MACAS-500-10/V0
(3), (4)
Valve signal
(5), (6), (7)
Enable signal (10)
Fault signal (11)
IN POS signal (12)
Ramp ranges
Area ratio adjustment
AK:AR
Feedback signal adjustment
Type of controller
Valve zero
Special features
RE 30050/03.04
(86 x 110 x 95) mm/module

DIN rail/connector + terminals
0 ... 70 C; storage: 20 ... +70 C
UB = 24 Vnom/batt.: 21 ... 40 V DC
Max. 200 mA
Uset: 10 V, difference amplifier
Ri = 100 k
Iset: 4 ... 20 mA Rsh = 200
Ufeed: 10 V, difference amplifier
Ri = 100 k
Ifeed: 4 ... 20 mA Rsh = 200
UV = 10 V (max. 10 mA) or
IV = 4 ... 20 mA (average 12 mA)
Can be deactivated,
effective in a range of 4 %
8.5 ... 40 V DC
No fault: 24 Vnom (UB) max. 50 mA
Fault: < 2 V
IN POS: 24 Vnom (UB) max. 50 mA
Not IN POS: < 2 V
I: 0.1 ... 1 s
II: 1 ... 10 s
Min. 1:1; max. 1:4
Zero: 5 ... 10 %
Gain: 50 ... 110 %
Position: PT1
Velocity: PI
5%
Module can be switched from position to velocity control
Position window can be switched over
Measurement taps on front panel
Short-circuit-proof interfaces
4/6
VT-MACAS
395
Applications
This controller module enables simple position or velocity
control actions to be effected, in combination with Bosch
Rexroth servo cylinders with analog position measurement
systems (potentiometers). Since the signals are processed in an
analog manner and the module is only equipped with the most
essential features required for performing a control action,
we were able to keep the cost of the drive low. A further

speciality of this module is that it can be switched over internally
(front panel) to velocity control, and there is a version for
voltage interface and a version for current interface, related to
the setpoints and feedback signals.
Position control
The setpoint and feedback signals of the position are compared
and the difference transmitted to the valve amplifier. In the event
of an abrupt change in the input signal, the system reacts with
maximum dynamics. The times for accelerating or braking a load
are limited either by the available power or the system gain.

When a ramp function acts as an input value, the load is moved
at a constant speed.
02
Velocity control*
The setpoint and feedback signal of velocity are compared and
the difference transmitted to the valve amplifier. Through the
process of integration, the signal is amplified to such an extent
that even the smallest error is eliminated.
VT-MACAS
When a ramp function acts as an input signal, progressive

acceleration or deceleration with a constant value takes place.
* Only possible with a speedometer.
5/6
RE 30050/03.04
396
Wall mounting
86 x 110 x 95
DIN rail mounting
Bosch Rexroth AG
Telefon 0 93 52/18-0
Telefax 0 93 52/18-23 58 Telex 6 89 418-0
RE 30050/03.04

6/6
VT-MACAS
397
Digital positioning card for positiondependent braking
RE 30144/09.04
Replaces: 06.03
Type HACD-B
Component series 1X
H7190
Table of contents
Contents
Page
Features
Ordering code
2 and 3
Technical data
Pin assignment of the D-sub socket on the front panel
Unit dimensions
Engineering / maintenance notes / supplementary functions
1/8
398
2/8
Bosch Rexroth AG
HACD-B
RE 30144/09.04
Features
Position-dependent braking of a hydraulic axis
Accessories required:
Preselection of the target position possible via analogue

input or internal parameter
PC program BODAC: Ordering code of the CD:

SYSHACDBODAC01 (mat. no. R900777335) or download on the Internet at: www.boschrexroth.com/hacd
Preselection of traversing speed possible via analogue input

or internal parameter
Actual value acquisition possible by means of SSI encoder
or analogue position measuring system
Interface cable: Cable set VTHACD1X/03.0/HACD-PC

(mat. no. R900776897) or commercial 1:1 cable
Adjustable start-up ramp with rounding option (S-components)
Installation instructions for HACD-B, see RE 30144-B
Adjustable emergency ramp for stopping a movement
Operating instructions for BODAC and commissioning

instructions for HACD included in the BODAC program
package, see RE 30144-01-B
Braking characteristics can be set to linear or root-shaped

Residual speed logic with shutdown in the target window or
permanent activation for traversing to the mechanical limit
stop
Overlap compensation for valves with positive overlap
Suitable card holders

(see RE 29768)
Enclosed card holder type VT 12302 (see RE 30103)
Traversing profile can be adjusted separately for A->B and

B->A
Set-up operating mode with separate preselection of traversing speed and residual speed
Open card holder type VT 3002-2X/64G (see RE 29928)

Only for installation in a control cabinet!
Connection adapter type VT 10812-2X/64G (see RE 30105)
Start A->B or B->A via digital input
Suitable power supply unit
Activation of set-up mode via digital input
Compact power supply unit type VT-NE30 (see RE 29929)
Switching outputs for position A and B reached

Enable input and OK output
10 V reference voltage output
Front display with keys for displaying and changing parameters as well as for diagnosis purposes
RS232 serial interface
Ordering code
VTHACDB
1X V0
Digital controller card
0=
= 1X
Basic unit
0=
1=
Without valve output stage

With display
= V0
The HACD-B digital positioning card for position-dependent braking is designed as double-sided printed circuit board in Euro-format 100 x 160 mm.
A microcontroller controls the entire sequence. Card-specific data (configuration and parameters) are saved in a non-volatile
memory.
The card is completely configured by means of software and does not include any jumpers or similar items. For the purpose of
configuration, the HACD-B must be connected to a PC via a serial interface (RS 232, 1:1 cable). The configuration as well as parameterisation and diagnosis are carried out by means of the BODAC user interface.
Alternatively, parameterisation and diagnosis can also be carried out with the help of the 4 keys and the display on the front panel.
The parameters for target position, traversing speed, braking and residual speed can be selected separately for the directions
A->B and B->A.
399
RE 30144/09.04
HACD-B
3/8
Functional description (continuation)

The movements A->B or B->A are started via switching inputs.
The switching inputs signal that target position A or B has been reached within an adjustable target window.
v [%]
Velocity
100
Linear or
root-shaped
vmax
Residual
speed
S-ramp
start
Ramp S-ramp
end
Emergency Start of
ramp
braking
Target position
Position s
[Units]
Target position
Troubleshooting
The target position can be fed forward either via the analogue
input or set by means of internal parameters.
The following faults are signalled by a high level at switching

output DO7:
Traversing speed
Monitoring of the analogue inputs for falling below or exceeding certain ranges in accordance with the set limits.
The traversing speed, too, can be fed forward via the analogue
input or by means of internal parameters. A downstream ramp
generator with rounding option for the start and end of the
ramp allows jerk-free acceleration of the drive. An adjustable
emergency ramp allows smooth stopping of the drive when the
start signal is withdrawn.
Braking
The time of braking is to be given as internal parameter. It is
to be entered as distance to the target position referred to a
speed of 100%. The braking characteristics can be linear or
root-shaped.
Residual speed
Monitoring of the SSI encoder for cable break

Valve monitoring (comparison of command/actual)
The following faults result in a stop (analogue output d30 = 0):
Monitoring of the supply voltage, all internal voltages as well
as the 10V reference voltage.
Monitoring of the microcontroller itself (watchdog) as well as
of the memory (checksum)
Front panel operation
In conjunction with the 4 keys, the front display serves for displaying and changing parameters as well as for diagnosis purposes.
The residual speed logic allows both, traversing at creep speed

to the target position or traversing to the mechanical limit stop.
When traversing to the target position was selected, the residual speed is switched off within an adjustable target window.
When traversing to limit stop was selected, the active residual
speed is maintained.
Access to the parameters of the HACD-B is provided by a corresponding menu structure. The parameter values can be displayed and changed.
Moreover, it is possible to compensate for the characteristics

of valves with positive overlap with the help of the overlap compensation feature.
Speed, including ramp times, A->B and B->A
Set-up operating mode
Configuration of analogue I/O
The set-up mode can be activated using the set-up switching input.
Configuration of SSI
In this operating state, separate, internal parameters are used

for the traversing speed. Feedforwarding via an analogue input
is impossible.
Moreover, it is possible to parameterise a residual speed.
The following parameters can be accessed:

Target position A and B
Start of braking, A->B and B->A
Residual speed, A->B and B->A
Changes to the configuration, e.g. braking characteristics and

the use of analogue inputs or internal parameters are possible
by front panel operation.
The diagnosis options include the display of command and actual values as well as the output of fault messages.
PC program BODAC
The PC program BODAC allows the configuration, parameterisation and diagnosis of the HACD-B via a serial interface (RS
232).
02
b6
d2
d4
d6
d8
Start A -> B
Start B -> A
0V
Actual valve
value
+ UO
z32
z30
DC
Speed A -> B
Speed B -> A
DC
SSI/analogue
A/B
A/B
A/B
Characteristics
A->B
B->A
Start-up and emergency ramp
A->B
B->A
Braking
A->B
Target position B
A/B
MIN
A/B
Residual speed with

and without stop
A->B
B->A
Fault
detection
U
U/I
b30
b32
f2
d22
z28
z24
z22
d26
d20
d30
10 V
+ 10 V
Collective
fault
System deviation of
valve
OK
Set-up active
Position B
reached
Emergency
ramp active
Position A
reached
AO 1
b22
U/I
b24
d18
d10
d12
Enable
U/I
U/I
b2
U/I
b4
U
f10
f8
f4
f6
Set-up
Speed
DATA
DATA+
CLK+
CLK
Actual position b10

(analogue) b12
Target position b8
B->A
Target position A
Bosch Rexroth AG
Actual positition(digital)
4/8
400
HACD-B
RE 30144/09.04
Block circuit diagram: VT-HACD-B
401
RE 30144/09.04
HACD-B
5/8
Operating voltage
UO 24 VDC + 40 % 10 %
Operating range:
Upper limit value
uO(t)max 35 V
Lower limit value
uO(t)min 21 V
Imax 150 mA
Current consumption
Fuse
IS 4 AT
Digital inputs
U log 0 = 0 to 5 V
log 1 = 15 V to UO
Digital outputs
U log 0 = 0 to 5 V
log 1 = 15 V to UO
Imax = 30 mA
Analogue inputs
Configuration as voltage input
Range
U 0 to 10 V or 10 V (configurable)
Input resistance
Ri 100 k, > 10 M for input AI 3
Resolution
5 mV for range 10 V, 2.5 mV for range 0...10
Non-linearity
< 10 mV
Configuration as current input

Range
0...20 mA or 4...20 mA (configurable)
Input resistance
U 100
Current loss
Ri 0.5 % (with 500 between pin AI x and 0 V)
Resolution
5 A
Analogue outputs
02
AO 1 configuration as voltage output

Output voltage
U 0 ... 10V or 10 V (configurable)

Imax 20 mA load Rmin 500
Output current
Resolution
1.25 mV (14 bits)
AO 1 configuration as current output

Output current
U 0...20 mA or 4...20 mA (configurable)

Rmax 500
Load
Resolution
1.25 A
15 A (without noise)
Reference voltage
U 10 V
Imax 30 mA
Residual ripple content < 20 mV
Scanning rate
Ramp time
T 2 ms
tmax 300 s
Serial interface
RS 232 (front panel), D-sub socket
Type of connection
64-pin male connector, DIN 41 612, form G
Card dimensions

Height
3 HE (128.4 mm)
1 TE (5.08 mm)

Weight
Note:
7 TE
0 to 50 C
20 to + 70 C
m 0.2 kg
For details regarding environment simulation testing in the fields of EMC (electromagnetic compatibility), climate and mechanical stress, see RE 30143-U (declration on environmental compatibility).
402
6/8
Bosch Rexroth AG
HACD-B
RE 30144/09.04

Pin
Row z
Row b
Row d
1)
n.c.
Speed
n.c.
Speed 1)
6
8
n.c.
n.c.
Target position +
Target position
1)
1)
Row f
Start A -> B
4)
Collective fault
Start A -> B
4)
Actual value SSI clock pulse +
Start A -> B
5)
Actual value SSI clock pulse
Start A -> B
5)
Actual value SSI data +
10
Shield
Actual value, analogue +
3)
6)
12
n.c.
Actual value, analogue
3)
14
n.c.
n.c.
n.c.
n.c.
16
n.c.
n.c.
n.c.
n.c.
Set-up
Set-up 6)
Actual value SSI data

n.c.
18
n.c.
n.c.
Enable
n.c.
20
System ground
n.c.
Position A reached
n.c.
22
Emergency ramp active
Actual valve value +
OK
n.c.
24
Set-up active
Actual valve value
n.c.
n.c.
26
n.c.
n.c.
Position B reached
n.c.
28
System deviation, valve
Analogue GND
n.c.
n.c.
30
UO: + 24 V
Analogue output AO 1 2)
n.c.
32
L0: 0 V
Reference voltage +10 V
n.c.
n.c.
1)
The inputs can be set to 0...10 V, 10 V or 4...20 mA by

means of software.
2)
Output AO 1 can be set to 0...10 V, 10 V or 4...20 mA by

means of software.
3)
This input has an input resistance of Ri > 10 M.
4) 5) 6)
n.c. ... not assigned in the basic version, but reserved for extensions.
The two inputs must be connected
Pin assignment of D-sub socket on the front panel
5
9
GND
Send data (RS 232)

6
1
403
7/8
HACD-B
RE 30144/09.04
UP
DOWN
100
3HE (128,4)
ESC
X1 X2
I1
I2
I3
I4
I5
I6
I7
I8
122
ENT
89
OK
O1
O2
O3
O4
O5
O6
O7
8TE (40,3)
165
195,5
Engineering / maintenance notes / supplementary functions

Use low-capacitance cables. Whenever possible, establish cable connections without intermediate terminals.
The arrangement of electromagnetic sources of interference (e.g. frequency converter) in the direct vicinity of the closed-loop
control electronics is not permitted.
Do not lay power cables in the direct vicinity of the controller card.
Do not lay cables of the control electronics in the direct vicinity of power cables.
Lay sensor cables separately.
The distance to aerial lines, radio sources and radar equipment must be at least 1 metre.
Engineer the system so that when the differential inputs are used, both inputs are always activated or deactivated simultaneously.
Use relays with gold-plated contacts for passing on command values (small voltages, small currents).
Always shield command value and actual value cables. Connect the shield to shield on the card side and leave the other end
open, otherwise, there is a risk of earth loops.
Use highly flexible CU conductors (min 2.5 mm2) for connecting the system ground!
The system ground is an essential part of EMC protection of the controller card. It discharges interference that is transported
via data and supply voltage cables to the controller card. This function can only be ensured, if the system ground itself does not
inject interference into the controller card. Rexroth recommends that solenoid cables be shielded as well.
Electrical signals brought out via control electronics (e.g. the OK signal) must not be used for switching safety-relevant machine functions!
(See also European Standard Safety requirements for fluid power systems and components - hydraulics EN982:1996)
02
404
8/8
Bosch Rexroth AG
HACD-B
RE 30144/09.04
Notes
Bosch Rexroth AG
Zum Eisengieer 1
Telefon +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0
Telefax +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58
www.boschrexroth.de

parties.
405
RE 30 141/09.02
Replaces: 08.00
H/A/D 6208/99
Digital control system assembly HNC100-SEK

for the secondary control of axial piston
units
Type SYHNC100-SEK
Series 2X
Type SYHNC100-SEK-2X/.-24-
Contents
Page
Features
Ordering details
Technical data
Contents
Page
System overview
Unit dimensions
Engineering / maintenance guidelines /
additional information
1
2
2
3 and 4
5
6
7
8
02
8
Features
The digital HNC100-SEK control system is suitable for the closed loop
control of speed and torque and the open loop control of torque for
secondary controlled axial piston pumps type A4VS..DS1(E). It has
interfaces for the acquisition of swivel angle position for single or tandem
units as well as RPM feedback using incremental transducers. The
sorftware contains open and closed loop control and monitoring functions
which are specifically laid out for the secondary control.
Compact unit for panel mounting, optionally available as a
19" rack plug-in unit
Permanent storage of system parameters in an
EEPROM
Parameterisation and process visualisation via a commercially
available PC
Two modules with monitoring functions for the evaluation of
signals from inductive swivel angle transducers
4 analogue differential input (voltage or current)
4 impedance convertor inputs
2 incremental transducer inputs with monitoring functions for
RPM or angle of rotation acquisition
4 analogue voltage outputs 10 V, two of them optional

as current outputs
24 digital inputs
Profibus DP, CANopen or INTERBUS-S for communication
with a PLC (CANopen/INTERBUS-S with restrictions)
24 digital outputs (switched outputs)
Configured sequence routine for on/off switching sequences
with the control of an isolator valve and brake if fitted
Monitoring functions with output of fault codes for improved
diagnostics
Conformity with the relevant EU directives (CE sign)
Notes regarding system build-up:

With secondary units fitted with a servo valve type 4WS2EM10
(standard version, see RE 92 055) an additional amplifier module
type VT 11 021 (see RE 29 743) is required.
Alternatively: Use a servo valve type 4WSE2EM10 with
intergrated electronics or a control valve
(consult us)
2003
SYHNC 100-SEK
1/8
RE 30 141/09.02
406
Ordering details
SYHNC100 SEK 2X /
24
E24
*
Digital NC control HNC100

Version for secondary control
= SEK
Series 20 to 29
connection allocation)
A037 =
A038 =
A039 =
A040 =
= 2X
Installation type:
Housing for wall mounting
Housing for rack mounting
E24 =
=W
=M
= 24
Without bus connection

Profibus DP 1)
Only on request:
CANopen
INTERBUS-S
1)
= 0
= P
= C
= I
Standard software version:

Closed loop RPM control
Closed loop master/slave RPM control
Torque control
Closed loop torque control
Hydro-static drives
Evaluation electronics for the

inductive position transducer:
Without evaluation electronics
Evaluation electronics for position transducer
type IW9, stroke 9 mm (standard)
0=
C=
On request:
Evaluation electronics for the position transducer DPH
Evaluation electronics are not possible
in conjuntion with INTERBUS-S and CANopen
Additional plug type 6ES7972-0BA20-0XA0 for Profibus DP is

not included within the scope of supply and must be ordered
separately!
Material No.: 00050152
Ordering details for accessories:
KABELSATZ
VT 15 300 1X /
Connection cable for connecting a PC

to the digital NC control HNC100-SEK
Series 10 to 19
/ *
= 1X
02,0 =
03,0 =
04,0 =
05,0 =
10,0 =
15,0 =
Cable length in m
The PC programme WIN-PED is available for setting and
documenting the control parameters and the display of condition
values on a PC.
Scope of functions:
Dialogue window for on-line or off-line setting of the
parameter values
Comprehensive options for displaying process variables, the
digital inputs, outputs and flags
Recording and graphical represenation of up to four process
variables via selection of trigger options
System requirements:
IBM PC or compatible system
Windows 3.1 or Windows 95
Processor Intel 80286 or higher (recommendation 80486 or
better)
Min. 8 MB RAM (recommendation 16 MB)
10 MB free hard disc space
RE 30 141/09.02
Note:
PC programme WIN-PED (SYS-HNC-WINPED-.01) is not included
within the scope of supply and must be ordered separately!
Material No.:00887807 SYS-HNC-WINPED-C01 (CD-ROM)
On request SYS-HNC-WINPED-D01 (discs)
2/8
SYHNC 100-SEK
407
Operating voltage
Power consumption
UB
Pinternal
Processor
18 to 36 VDC
8 W (in addition power for any connected sensors/actuators)
16/32 Bit MC68376
Memory
Flash-EPROM 1 MB; EEPROM 8 KB; RAM 256 KB (main memory)

1):
Analogue inputs
Voltage input (differential input)
Number of channels
Input voltage
Input resistance
Resolution
Non-linearity
Current input
Number of channels
Input current
Input resistance
Resistance between output pin and GND
Current loss
Resolution
Impedance input 3) 4)
Number of channels
Input voltage
Input resistance
Resolution
Non-linearity
UE
RE
IE
RE
R
IV
Uimp
Rimp
Analogue outputs:
Number of channels
Voltage and current output
Voltage output
Output voltage
Unom
Output current
Imax
Load
Rmin
Output current (current driver only)
Inom
Load (current driver only)
Rmax
Residual ripple
Resolution
Non-linearity
Within the range 9.5 V to + 9.5 V
Within the range 10 V to 9.5 V and + 9.5 V to + 10 V
Serial interfaces
Standard
Optional
4
Max. + 15 V to 15 V (+ 10 V to 10 V can be measured)
200 k 2 %
5 mV
< 10 mV
Max. 40 mV (with factory calibration)
4
0 to 20 mA
100 0.2 %
0 to 500
0.1 to 0.4 % (for 500 at output pin)
5 A
4
10 V to + 10 V
> 10 M
5 mV
< 10 mV
Max. 40 mV (with factory calibration)
02
2
2
10 V to + 10 V (max. 10.7 V to + 10.7 V)
10 mA
1 k
20 mA to + 20 mA (max. 23 mA to + 23 mA)
500
1.25 mV
15 mV
35 mV
RS232 (9.6 KBaud)
Profibus DP (max. 12 MBaud); CANopen; INTERBUS-S
Signal inputs
Number
Logic level
Connection
24
Log 0 (low) 5 V; log 1 (high) 10 V to UB; Re = 3 k 10 %
Flexible conductor up to 1.5 mm2
Signal outputs
Number
Logic level
Connection
24 (short circuit proof)

Log 0 (low) 2 V; log 1 (high) UB; Imax = 50 mA
Flexible conductor up to 1.5 mm2
1)
2)
Not all of the channels can be driven simultaneously. The voltage

inputs and the current inputs are provided with a common pin so
that either the voltage input or the current input can be used.
If the factory settings are not sufficient, the measuring instruments
can be calibrated on site according to the system requirements.
3)
4)
Due to the characteristics of these high resistance inputs, internal

protective circuits with diodes or capacitors cannot be used.
For this reason, when applying analogue signals to inputs Uimp1
to Uimp4, all the required protective features such as shields, EMC
protection and signal filtration must be connected externally in
the incoming circuit.
When using evaluation electronics for the inductive position
transducer only 2 impedance inputs are available.

SYHNC 100-SEK
3/8
RE 30 141/09.02
408
Technical data - continued (for applications outside these parameters, please consult us!)
Digial position transducers:
Transducer with TTL output
Input voltage
Input current
Sensor with an HTL output
Input voltage
Input current
Power supplied by the HNC100 to the position transducers

Max. voltage for all input signals
Log 0
Log 1
Log 0
Log 1
0 to 1 V
2.8 to 5.5 V
0.8 mA (at 0 V)
0.8 mA (at 5 V)
Log 0
Log 1
Log 0
Log 1
0 to 2.8 V
21 to 35 V
0.8 mA (at 0 V)
8.8 mA (at 35 V)
U
Umax
Inductive position transducers:

Number
Voltage supply
Ueff
Reference voltage
Uref
UB or + 5 VDC 5 %; max. 200 mA

UB 1 V (signals are not opto-decoupled)
2
2 V (Imax = 30 mA / channel)
Balanced to ground, short circuit proof, can be synchronised
between 4.8 and 5.2 kHz, optional compensation capacitor of
220 nF; amplitude constant 0.2 % /10 K; carrier frequency
5 kHz 2 %; inductive transducers in half and full bridge circuit
and 3 and 4 conductor circuit; linearity error < 0.1 %
+ 10 V 25 mV; 20 mA and
10 V 25 mV; 20 mA
106.5 x 155 x 204 mm

0 to 50 C
20 to + 70 C
Weight
1.2 kg
Further technical details on request.
Note:
For details regarding the environmental simulation test covering
EMC (electro-magnetic compatibility), climate and mechanical stress,
RE 30 141/09.02
4/8
SYHNC 100-SEK
SYHNC 100-SEK
5/8
ncommand
2 analogue
outputs
5 free
analogue
inputs
22 digital
outputs
24 digital
inputs
WIN-PED
PC
RS232
RPM
n controller
Power
limitation
Additional
functions
Controller
programme
Swivel
angle
controller 2
RPM
calculation
Swivel
angle
controller 1
Control and monitoring programme
Communication
Counter
and
monitoring
Pos. transducer
evaluation 1
and
monitoring
Pos. transducer
evaluation 2
and
monitoring
Counter
and
monitoring
Amplifier VT 11021
or
integr. electronics
Tandem unit (optional)
Amplifier VT 11021
or
integr. electronics
Optional
p0
p0
X Relay, PLC or
switching amplifier
p0
p0
Emmergency OFF
circuit system side
(24 V; 2 x 25 W)
409
RE 30 141/09.02
02
410
System overview
Higher level control
Possible interfaces to the HNC100:
Analogue signals
Digital inputs / outputs
Serial interface
Field bus system Profibus DP
(on request CANopen, INTERBUS-S)
7
X4
PIN4=24VDC
COM / local CAN
encoder
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
err
res
X7
345 6
S2
9
78 A
BC D
BC D
9
78 A
345 6
S1
1
EF 2
X7
reset
IN 1-8
1
EF 2
X1.1
local CAN
X8
X3
analog IN/OUT
X3
RUN
5V CPU
X1.1
shield
GND
18-36V
X2
IN 9-16
IN 17-24
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
res
res
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
res
res
X5
OUT 1-8
X6
X2
HNC100
X1.1
OUT 9-16 OUT 17-24
X1.2
X1.3
8
2
X4
1
local CAN
X8
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
Secondary unit A4VS

Position transducer IW9
Servo valve
Sandwich plate filter
Electrically pilot operated check valve
(with plug-in switching amplifier VT-SSV-1)
RE 30 141/09.02
COM / local CAN
PIN4=24VDC
HNC100
Additional
SYHNC100-SEK
7 SYHNC100-SEK
8 Local CAN-Bus
9 Connecting cable
6/8
SYHNC 100-SEK
411
X8: Local CAN
Pin 1
CAN_GND
2
res
3
res
4
res
5
res
6
res
7
res
8
CAN_H
9
CAN_L
X4: COM / local CAN

Pin 1
CAN_GND
2
TxD
3
CTS
4
24 VN
5
0 VN
6
RxD
7
RTS
8
CAN_H
9
CAN_L
X4
PIN4=24VDC
COM / local CAN
RUN
5V CPU
reset
IN 1-8
encoder
local CAN
X8
X3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
err
res
X7
9
78 A
analog IN/OUT
3 45 6
S2
BC D
BC D
9
78 A
3 45 6
S1
1
EF 2
S1, S2 Address, Baud rate CAN
1
EF 2
shield
GND
18-36V
IN 9-16
IN 17-24
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
res
res
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
res
res
X5
OUT 1-8
X6
HNC100
X5:
Pin
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Profibus DP
n.c.
n.c.
RxD / TxD-P
CNTR-P
DGND
VP
n.c.
RxD / TxD-N
n.c.
INTERBUS-S (OUT)
+ DO 2
+ DI 2
GND 2
n.c.
Udd
DO 2
DI 2
n.c.
BCI
X7:
Pin
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Inductive IW9
IW9_1:
IW9_1: 2
IW9_1: 1
res
IW9_2:
IW9_2: 2
IW9_2: 1
res
res
Inductive
Supply 1 +
Supply 1
Signal 1 +
Signal 1
Supply 2 +
Supply 2
Signal 2 +
Signal 2
Sync IN/OUT
SYHNC 100-SEK
CANopen
n.c.
CAN_L
CAN_GND
n.c.
n.c.
n.c.
CAN_H
n.c.
n.c.
X2
X1.1
X6: Voltage supply

Pin 1
Shield
2
GND
3
18 - 36 VDC
INTERBUS-S (IN)
+ DO1
+ DI1
GND1
n.c.
n.c.
DO1
DI1
n.c.
n.c.
7/8
OUT 9-16
X1.2
OUT 17-24
X1.3
X3: Encoder
Pin
Incremental
1
/Ua 2
2
Ub 2
3
Ua 0
4
/Ua 0
5
Ua 1
6
/Ua 1
7
/Ub 2
8
Ua 2
9
/Ub 1
10
0 VN
11
Ub 1
12
5 VTTL (max. 200 mA)
13
Ub 0
14
24 VN (max. 450 mA)
15
/Ub 0
X1.1 to X1.3: Digital IN/OUT
Pin X1.1 X1.2 X1.3
1 IN1
IN9
IN17
2 IN2
IN10 IN18
3 IN3
IN11 IN19
4 IN4
IN12 IN20
5 IN5
IN13 IN21
6 IN6
IN14 IN22
7 IN7
IN15 IN23
8 IN8
IN16 IN24
9 OUT1 OUT9 OUT17
10 OUT2 OUT10 OUT18
11 OUT3 OUT11 OUT19
12 OUT4 OUT12 OUT20
13 OUT5 OUT13 OUT21
14 OUT6 OUT14 OUT22
15 OUT7 OUT15 OUT23
16 OUT8 OUT16 OUT24
17 /error res
res
18 res
res
res
X2: Analogue IN/OUT

Iin 1
Pin 1 Uin 1 +
2 Uin 1
3 Uin 2 +
Iin 2
4 Uin 2
5 Uin 3 +
Iin 3
6 Uin 3
Iin 4
7 Uin 4 +
8 Uin 4
9 Iout 2
10 Uout 2
11 analogue_GND
12 Uref = + 10 V
13 Uref = 10 V
14 Iout 1
15 Uout 1
16 Uout 3
17 Uout 4
18
Iin 1 +
19
Iin 2 +
20
Iin 3 +
21
Iin 4 +
22 Uimp 1
23 Uimp 2
24 Uimp 3 (only without evaluation electronics)
25 Uimp 4 (only without evaluation electronics)
RE 30 141/09.02
02
412

192
106,5
79
4 x 4,5
184
X4
COM / local CAN
RUN
5V CPU
reset
IN 1-8
encoder
local CAN
X8
X3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
err
res
3 45 6
analog IN/OUT
3 45 6
1
EF 2
135
9
78 A
1
EF 2
128,4
S2
BC D
9
78 A
BC D
155
X7
S1
shield
GND
18-36V
IN 9-16
IN 17-24
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
res
res
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
res
res
111,5
PIN4=24VDC
X5
OUT 1-8
X6
HNC100
X2
X1.1
OUT 9-16 OUT 17-24
X1.2
X1.3
Vibration dampers

Place of installation
Do not install the HNC100 next to power electronics (e.g. frequency
convertors); the power supply unit of the HNC100 should be installed
as close as possible to the HNC100.
Voltage supply
The connection should be as short as possible, lay the supply and
return lines (+ 24 V / GND) together.
Operating voltage range: 18 to 36 V (ripple < 1.5 V; 0,9 mA)
Input fuse:
1.25 A (recommendation)
When providing the power supply to an inductive position transducer
via the interface of the HNC100, the supplied voltage must meet the
requirements of the position transducer.
Earthing of the housing
The housing of the HNC100 is earthed via the connection of the
fixing screws with the rear panel of the switching cabinet.
Screening
Always use cables with screens made of copper braid for signal lines.
Typically, the screen is connected at one end to the HNC100. Connect
a large area of the cable screen to the metal part of the plug connector
housing (push the screen back and clamp the cable while it is stress
relieved).
Wiring
The distance between the signal and load lines should be as
large as possible
Do not route signal lines through strong magnetic fields
Lay signal lines without interruptions
Twist together load lines (e.g. supply voltage), which are laid as
two single cores,
Do not lay signal lines in parallel to load lines
System interference suppression
Switched inductivity:
DC Anti-parallel free wheeling diode via consumer
winding
AC Type related R/C combination via consumer winding
Electric motors:
Connect R/C combinations from each motor winding to earth
Frequency convertor:
Provide an input filter in the power supply of the frequency
convertor
Shield control lines of the motor and install them separately
from other lines and/or provide output filters for motor lines
Large area contact of the frequency convertor housing with
the back panel of the switching cabinet
Bosch Rexroth AG

Telefon 0 93 52 / 18-0
Telefax 0 93 52 / 18-23 58 Telex 6 89 418-0

Cambs, PE19 2ES
Tel: 0 14 80/22 32 56
Fax: 0 14 80/21 90 52
RE 30 141/09.02
8/8

SYHNC 100-SEK
413
RE 30143/05.05
Replaces: 08.03
Digital command value

and controller card
Type VT-HACD-1
Component series 1X
H7344_d
Table of contents
Contents
Page
Features
Ordering code
3 and 4
Block circuit diagram: VT-HACD-1, mode 1 - block call-ups
Block circuit diagram: VT-HACD-1, mode 2 - motion profile
Block circuit diagram: VT-HACD-1, mode 3 - structure editor
Technical data
8 and 9
9
Pin assignment of the D-Sub sockets on the front panel
10
Unit dimensions
10

1/12
414
2/12
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT-HACD-1
RE 30143/05.05
Features
Required accessories:
Use as command value card for generating, linking and

normalizing signals
PC program BODAC:
Ordering code of CD: SYSHACDBODAC01
or download on the Internet
www.boschrexroth.com/hacd
Use as controller card for closed control loops with PIDT1controller and optional state feedback
Alternating closed-loop control (e.g. position control with
superimposed pressure / force control) possible
Interface cable: Cable set VTHACD1X/03.0/HACD-PC or

commercial 1:1 cable
Input for digital measuring system, SSI and incremental

6 analog inputs, can be switched between voltage (10 V,
0...10 V) and current (4...20 mA)
Optional USB adapter VT-ZKO-USB/S-1-1X/V0/0
Analog outputs, 1x can be changed between voltage

(10 V, 0...10 V) or current (0...20 mA, 4...20 mA),
1x voltage (10 V)
Installation instructions for VT-HACD, see RE 30143-B
Operating instructions for BODAC and commissioning of
HACD-1 (included in the BODAC program package),
see RE 30143-01-B
Versatile options of signal connection and change-over

Enable input and OK output
8 digital inputs
7 digital outputs, can be configured
Suitable card holders
Parameterisable ramp function

(see RE 29768)
32 blocks with command values, velocities and controller

parameters
Enclosed card holder VT 12302-3X (see RE 30103)
Adjustment to hydraulic drives by means of area adjustment, characteristic curve correction, overlap compensation,
residual velocity logic and zero point correction
Open card holder VT 3002-2X/64G (see RE 29928)

For control cabinet installation only!
Connection adapter VT 10812-2X/64G (see RE 30105)
10 V reference voltage output

Front display with keys for displaying and changing parameters as well as for diagnosis
Serial interface RS232
Configurable analog output (A03) connected to plug connector
Ordering code
VT-HACD
1X V0
Digital command value and controller card

Standard command value and controller card
Series 10 to 19
pin assignment)
0=
=1
0=
P=
= 1X
1=
V0 =
Without valve output stage

Profibus DP V0
With display
Basic device
415
RE 30143/05.05
VT-HACD-1
3/12
The VT-HACD command value and controller card is a doublesided printed circuit board in Euro-card format 100 x 160 mm.
A microcontroller controls the entire sequence, makes adjustments and connections and realises closed control loops.
Card-specific data (configuration and parameters) are saved in
a non-volatile memory.
The card is completely configured by means of software; it
does not include any jumpers or similar components. For the
purpose of configuration, the VT-HACD must be connected to
a PC via a serial interface (RS 232, 1:1 cable). The complete
configuration as well as parameterisation and diagnosis are
handled with the user interface BODAC.
The configuration and thus the realisation of applications is
very easy by linking pre-defined function blocks. This does not
require any programming knowledge:
Mode 1 - Block call-up (factory setting)
The 32 blocks can be called up via the binary combination of
digital inputs DI1DI5 + DI6 as binary enable. This mode
is compatible with VT-SWKD in terms of functions.
Mode 2 - Motion profile
A command value profile is provided that images a typical
application of a closed-loop position control.
Mode 3 - Structure editor
The structure editor is enabled. It is possible to create own
motion sequences. 32 blocks are available to this end.
Each block comprises the following: Command value, ramp
times (velocity+, velocity-, S-component) and controller
parameters.
Blocks are activated by setting trigger conditions: Setting
of digital inputs, comparison of signals with freely definable
thresholds, or elapsing of waiting times.
Changing over to another mode is possible by saving a corresponding parameter set, which is included in the scope of supply of BODAC.
Signal linkage
The VT-HACD offers versatile options of signal linkage [8] and
[9] on both, the input and output side, with 2 signals being
able to be linked. The possible functions are addition, subtraction, multiplication and division as well as minimum / maximum
value generator, area ratio and limiter:
Analogue I/O
The 6 analogue inputs can be changed between 10V, 0
10V, 020mA and 420mA by means of software.
One analogue output can also be switched between 10V,
010V, 020mA and 420mA by means of software. The
2nd analogue output is permanently set to 10V. A03 can be
configured with the help of software and can be used, for example, for diagnosis purposes.
Changing over is executed so that the entire range of the
analogue/digital converter is utilised.
The operating range as well as fault recognition can be defined
for all analogue inputs.
The analogue outputs can be adjusted by means of gain and
offset.
Digital I/O
The VT-HACD is provided with 9 digital inputs and 8 digital
outputs.
One input has the fixed functionality enable, one digital output the fixed functionality OK.
The other digital inputs are used for triggering blocks (see
blocks and triggering).
The function of each digital output can be assigned by selection from a pre-defined list:
Command value = actual value
Actual value greater than or less than an adjustable threshold
Waiting time elapsed
Ramp active
Internal flag set
Error flag set
Digital position measuring system
When the VT-HACD is used as controller card, digital SSI or
incremental position measuring systems may be used for the
acquisition of actual values.
Performance limits of incremental encoders
= subtraction: Z = X - Y
The maximum frequency of the incremental encoder input (FE)

of the VT-HACD is 100 kHz. The decisive factors for the frequency are the maximum operating speed of the drive, the resolution (Res) of the encoder system used and possible signal
evaluation by an EXE (interpolation and digitisation electronics).
* = multiplication: Z = X * Y / 100
Determination formulas
/ = division: Z = X / Y * 100
Encoder resolution at given maximum velocity:
+ = addition: Z = X + Y
MIN = minimum value generator: Z = MIN (X, Y)

MAX = maximum value generator: Z = MAX (X, Y)
RATIO = Input of a ratio:
for RATIO >1: Z = X * RATIO - Y
for RATIO <1: Z = X - Y / RATIO
(e.g. area ratio for differential pressure measurement)
LIMIT = signal limiter: Z = MIN (|X|, |Y|) * X / |X|
JUMP = step function generator: Z = MAX (|X|, |Y|) * X / |X|
with
Z ... result
X ... 1st signal
Y ... 2nd signal
Res [m]
3
v m
s x 10
Fa [kHz] x EXE
Velocity at given encoder resolution:

Res [m] x EXE x FE [kHz]
v m
s
103
02
416
4/12
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT-HACD-1
RE 30143/05.05

Controller
Fault detection and correction
If the VT-HACD is used as controller card, the entry controller

must be selected in signal linkage [8].
The VT-HACD supports many fault monitoring options:
LCx signals represent the command value branch, LFBx signals

the actual value branch. [8]
Monitoring of position sensors for cable break
As actual value signal, an SSI encoder or incremental encoder

[2] (digital measuring system) or one or several analogue sensors may be used.
The controller is structured as PIDT1-controller, in which every
component can be activated or deactivated individually. It is
therefore also possible to realise a P- or PT1-controller. The Icomponent can additionally be controlled via a window (upper
and lower limit).
Control parameters can be set block by block or independently
of blocks. In mode 3 , state feedback can be used for attenuating the controller output.
Controller structure:
Sollwertaufschaltung
P
-
Istwert
System deviation monitoring when the HACD is configured

as controller
Monitoring of the supply voltage, all internal voltages and the
10V reference voltage
Monitoring of the microcontroller itself (watchdog) and the
memory (checksum)
Fault monitoring and its reactions can also be configured.
Front panel operation
In conjunction with the 4 keys, the front display can be used to
display and change parameters and for diagnosis purposes.
A corresponding menu structure allows access to the parameters of the VT-HACD. The parameter values can be viewed and
changed.
The following parameters can be accessed:
Command value and ramp parameters
DT1
Sollwert
Monitoring of analogue inputs for overrange and underrange
Actual values
+
T1
Stellgre
-
Closed-loop control parameters

Output adjustment
Analogue I/O
Position sensors
DT1 (Istwert)
Zustandsrckfhrung
Signal
D
Verstrkung
Changes in the configuration, i.e. changes in the signal linkage,

trigger conditions, fault monitoring, etc. are not possible via
front panel operation.
The diagnosis options provided are the displaying of command
and actual values and the output of error messages.
PC program BODAC
Adjustment to the hydraulic system

For the optimum adjustment to the specific characteristics of
hydraulic drives, the following functions are provided upstream
of the analogue output:
Direction-dependent gain [10]
The gain can be adjusted separately for positive and negative
values. An adjustment to the area ratio of single-rod cylinder is
therefore possible.
Characteristic curve correction [11]
This function can be used for compensating for progressive
flow characteristics of proportional directional valves or for implementing an inflected characteristic curve.
Overlap jump / residual velocity [12]
When valves with positive overlap are used, fine positioning
can be employed to increase the static accuracy with the help
of a PDT1-controller. This function can be selected according
to the residual voltage principle or as overlap jump.
Zero point correction [13]
Is used for correcting the zero point of the servo, proportional
or high-response valve connected.
The PC program BODAC can be used for the configuration,

parameterisation and diagnosis of the VT-HACD via a serial interface (RS 232).
INC
SSI
10
10
13 Offset
14 Limitation
overlap jump
13
13
Measuring
sockets
12
12
GND
X2X1
14
14
16
15
b26
d32
b28
d30
outputs
16 OKoutputs and digital
b30
b32
d22
d20
d26
z22
z24
z26
z28
f2
U/I
15
15
OUT2
OUT1
15 Analogue outputs
current or voltage
Fault recognition
CMD1 = LFB1
CMD2 = LFB2
LFB1 threshold
LFB2 threshold
LFB1 threshold
LFB2 threshold
Error 1
11
11
12 Residual velocity and
Control
digital
outputs
LO2
11 Characteristic curve adjustment
Alternating control
Math. linkage or controller
Alternating
LO1
10 Direction-dependent gain
Controller
8
+
LC2
*
/
MIN
MAX
Limit
LFB2 Jump
Controller
8
+
*
/
MIN
MAX
Limit
LFB1 Jump
LC1
10V
+ 10V
OK
DO 1
DO 2
DO 3
DO 4
DO 5
DO 6
DO 7
AO 3
AO 2
AGND
AO 1
4 Adjustment of analogue inputs
6 Math. linkage of inputs
call-ups
binary
Control
Controller parameters (if controller selected in (8))

P
T1
I, I-thresholds
D (LFB1)
D
Comm. value feedforward
Int. comm. value Velocity +

positive
Velocity
negative

P
T1
I, I-thresholds
DT1 (LFB1)
DT1
7 32 blocks for comm. value generation,

change-over of controller parameters
FB2
C2
FB1
Int. comm. value Velocity

positive
Velocity
negative
S-component
3 Enable input and digital inputs
DC
FB2-1 +, -, *, /
MIN, MAX
FB2-2 Limit, Jump
Ratio
C2-1
FB1-1
5 Switching matrix
DC
Binary 1
Binary 2
Binary 3
Binary 4
Binary 5
Binary enable
2b
2a
IN6
IN5
IN4
IN3
IN2
IN1
1 Analogue inputs, voltage or current
z32
z30
z20
z10
INC
SSI
U/I
U/I
U/I
U/I
U/I
U/I
2 SSI encoder (digital encoder)
0V
+ UB
System ground
Shield
d18
d2
d4
d6
d8
d10
d12
f18
f14
f16
f8
f10
f12
f10
f8
f4
f6
b24
b22
b20
b18
b16
b14
b4
b2
b8
b6
b12
VT-HACD-1
Enable
DI 1
DI 2
DI 3
DI 4
DI 5
DI 6
Ua1
/Ua1
Ua2
/Ua2
Ua0
/Ua0
DATA +
DATA
CLK +
CLK
AI 6
AI 5
AI 4
AI 3
AI 2
AI 1
b10
RE 30143/05.05
417
5/12
Block circuit diagram: VT-HACD-1, mode 1 - block call-ups
02
z30
Control logic
Direction-dependent gain
Controller
8
+
LC1 *
/
ConMIN
troller
MAX
Limit
LFB1 Jump
ontroller parameters (if controller selected in (8))

T1
P
D (LFB1)
I, I-thresholds
D
BA


T1
P
D (LFB1)
I, I-thresholds
value feedforward
Comm.
D
DC
FB2
C2
DC
FB2-1 +, -, *, /
MIN, MAX
FB2-2 Limit, Jump
Ratio
C2-1
FB1
2 SSI or incremental
(Home)
(Auto)
(A B)
(B A)
INC
SSI
IN6
IN5
IN4
FB1-1
AB
5 Switching matrix
z32
2b
2a
(Inching+)
(Inching)
(A B E/S)
(B A E/S)
(Setup)
INC
SSI
IN3
IN2
IN1
overlap jump
13 Limitation
12 Offset
12
Measuring
sockets
11
Fault recongition
13
GND
X2X1
15
b26
b28
d30
b30
b32
d22
d20
d26
z22
z24
z26
z28
f2
U/I
14
14
OUT1
10V
+ 10V
OK
DO 1
DO 2
DO 3
DO 4
DO 5
DO 6
DO 7
AO 3
AGND
AO 1
outputs
15 OKoutputs and digital
voltage or current
14 Analogue outputs
at position B
at position A
at phome position
at creep speed (A B)
at creep speed (B A)
Error II error 1
Error II error 2
10
Control
digital
outputs
LO1
VT-HACD-1
0V
+ UB
z20
z10
d18
d2
d4
d6
d8
d10
d12
f18
f14
f16
f8
f10
f12
f10
f8
f4
f6
b24
U/I
U/I
U/I
U/I
U/I
U/I
Hydraulics
System ground
Shield
Enable
DI 1
DI 2
DI 3
DI 4
DI 5
DI 6
Ua1
/Ua1
Ua2
/Ua2
Ua0
/Ua0
DATA +
DATA
CLK +
CLK
AI 6
b22
b20
b18
b16
b14
b4
b2
b8
b6
b12
b10
Bosch Rexroth AG
AI 5
AI 4
AI 3
AI 2
AI 1
6/12
418
RE 30143/05.05
Block circuit diagram: VT-HACD-1, mode 2 - motion profile (rapid, creep speed)
SSI
U/I
U/I
U/I
U/I
U/I
+, -, *, /
MIN, MAX C2
Limit, Jump
+, -, *, /
MIN, MAX C3
Limit, Jump
Controller
8
+
*
/
MIN
MAX
Limit
Jump
Math. linkage or controller
10
10
11
11
14 Limitation
overlap jump
Y2
17
+
*
/
MIN
MAX
Limit
Jump
LO2
X2
Y1
X1
17
+
*
/
MIN
MAX
Limit
Jump
13 Offset
Alternating control
LO1
Alternating
Controller
8
+
*
/
MIN
MAX
Limit
Jump
10 Direction-dependent gain
LFB2
LC2
LFB1
LC1
C1
LFB1
C2
LFB2
C3
LFB3
13
13
GND
X2X1
14
14
16
16
b30
b32
d22
d20
d26
z22
z24
z26
z28
f2
b26
d32
b28
d30
10V
+ 10V
OK
DO 1
DO 2
DO 3
DO 4
DO 5
DO 6
DO 7
AO 3
AO 2
AGND
AO 1
17 Math. linkage of outuputs
16 OKoutput and digital outputs
voltage or current
15
U/I
15
15
OUT2
OUT1
15 Analog outputs
Fault
detection
Control
digital
outputs
Measuring
sockets
12
12
Error
Block time
Internal flags
Digital outputs
2
Trigger condition 1 AND
OR Trigger condition
Dwell time
Thresholds
Digital inputs

P
T1
I, I-thresholds
D (LFB1)
D
LFB1 = OFF
FB2
C3
FB3
nt. comm. value + OFF Velocity + positive

C2
C3
FB3 Velocity + negative

P
T1
I, I-thresholds
D (LFB1)
D
LFB1 = OFF
C1
C3
FB3

FB3-1 +, -, *, /
MIN, MAX FB3
FB3-2 Limit, Jump
Ratio
C3-2
C3-1
FB2-1 +, -, *, /
MIN, MAX FB2
FB2-2 Limit, Jump
Ratio
C2-2
C2-1
Int. comm. value + OFF Velocity + positive

C1
C3
FB3 Velocity + negative
S-component
DC
+, -, *, /
MIN, MAX C1
Limit, Jump
FB1-1 +, -, *, /
MIN, MAX FB1
FB1-2 Limit, Jump
Ratio
C1-2
C1-1
DC
5 Switching matrix
INC
SSI
IN6
IN5
IN4
IN3
IN2
IN1
z32
z30
z20
z10
d18
d2
d4
d6
d8
d10
d12
d14
d16
f18
2b
2a
2 SSI or incremental
0V
+ UB
Shield
System ground
U/I
f14 INC
f16
f8
f10
f12
f10
f8
f4
f6
b24
b22
b20
b18
b16
b14
b4
b2
b8
b6
b12
b10
VT-HACD-1
Enable
DI 1
DI 2
DI 3
DI 4
DI 5
DI 6
DI 7
DI 8
Ua1
/Ua1
Ua2
/Ua2
Ua0
/Ua0
DATA +
DATA
CLK +
CLK
AI 6
AI 5
AI 4
AI 3
AI 2
AI 1
RE 30143/05.05
419
7/12
Block circuit diagram: VT-HACD-1, mode 3 - structure editor
02
420
8/12
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT-HACD-1
Operating voltage
UO 24 VDC + 40 % 10 %
Operating range:
Upper limit value
uO(t)max 35 V
Lower limit value
uO(t)min 21 V
Current consumption
Fuse
Imax Stand-by current consumption 250 mA

IF 4 AT
Digital inputs
Signal log 0 = 0 to 5 V
log 1 = 15 V to UO
Digital outputs
Signal log 0 = 0 to 5 V
log 1 = 15 V to (UO 3 V)
Imax = 30 mA
Analogue inputs A16

Configuration as voltage input
Range
U 0 to 10 V or 10 V (can be configured)
Input resistance
Ri 100 k, > 10 M for input AI 3
Resolution
5 mV for range 10 V
2,5 mV for range 0...10
Non-linearity
< 10 mV
Configuration as current input

Range
Input resistance
I 0...20 mA or 4...20 mA (can be configured)

Re 100
Power loss
0.15 % (at 500 between pin AI x and 0 V)
Resolution
5 A
Analogue outputs
AO 1 configuration as voltage output
Output voltage
U 0 ... 10V or 10 V (can be configured)
Output current
Imax 20 mA
Load
Rmin 500
Resolution
1.25 mV (14 bits)
AO 1 configuration as current output

Output current
Load
I 0...20 mA or 4...20 mA (can be configured)

Rmax 500
Resolution
1.25 A
15 A (without noise)
AO 2 / AO 3
Output voltage
U 10 V
Output current
Imax 10 mA
Load
Rmin 1 k
Resolution
10 mV (11 bits)
Reference voltage
U 10 V
Imax 30 mA
< 20 mV
RE 30143/05.05
421
RE 30143/05.05
VT-HACD-1
9/12

Scanning time
t 2 ms
Serial interface
RS 232 (front panel), D-Sub socket
Type of connection
64-pin male connector, DIN 41612, form G
Card dimensions

Height
3 HE (128.4 mm)
1 TE (5.08 mm)
7 TE
0 to 50 C
20 to + 70
Weight
m 0.2 kg
Note:
For details with regard to environment simulation testing in the fields of EMC (electromagnetic compatibility), climate and

Pin
Row z
Row b
Row d
Row f
n.c.
Analogue input AI 3 +
Digital input DI 1
Digital output DO 7
n.c.
Analogue input AI 3
Digital input DI 2
SSI clock +
n.c.
Analogue input AI 2 + 1)
Digital input DI 3
SSI clock
n.c.
Analogue input AI 2 1)
Digital input DI 4
SSI data +; Inc Ua1
10
Shield
Analogue input AI 1 +
3)
Digital input DI 5
SSI data ; Inc /Ua1
12
n.c.
Analogue input AI 1
3)
Digital input DI 6
Inc Ua2
14
n.c.
Digital input DI 7
Inc /Ua2
16
n.c.
Digital input DI 8
Inc Ua0
18
n.c.
Enable
Inc /Ua0
20
System ground
Digital output DO 1
n.c.
22
Digital output DO 3
OK
n.c.
24
Digital output DO 4
n.c.
n.c.
26
Digital output DO 5
Analogue output AO 3, 10V
Digital output DO 2
n.c.
28
Digital output DO 6
Analogue GND 4)
n.c.
n.c.
30
UO: +24 V
10 V
Analogue output AO 1 2)
n.c.
32
L0: 0 V
+10 V
Analogue output AO 2, 10V
n.c.
1)
Inputs AI 2, 4, 5 and 6 can be set to 0...10 V, 10 V,

020 mA or 4...20 mA by means of software.
2)
Output AO 1 can be set to 0...10 V, 10 V, 020 mA or

4...20 mA by means of software.
3)
This input has an input resistance Ri > 10 M
4)
Reference potential for AO 1, AO 2, AO 3, +10 V and 10 V
n.c. ... not assigned in the basic version, but reserved for extensions.
02
422
10/12
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT-HACD-1
RE 30143/05.05
Pin assignment of D-Sub sockets on the front panel
1
6

RxD/TxD-P
Send data (RS 232)
RxD/TxD-P
(B/B)
(A/A)
GND
9
5
DGND
9
5
Profibus
RS 232
Rexroth
OK
ENT
UP
DOWN
RS232
X1 X2
122
100
89
3HE (128,4)
ESC
PROFIBUS
I1
I2
I3
I4
I5
I6
I7
I8
8TE (40,3)
O1
O2
O3
O4
O5
O6
O7
165
195,5
423
RE 30143/05.05
VT-HACD-1
11/12

Use low-capacitance cables. Whenever possible, establish cable connections without intermediate terminals.
Sources of electromagnetic interference (e.g. frequency converters) must not be installed in the direct vicinity of the control
electronics.
The installation of power cables in the direct vicinity of the controller card is not permitted.
Do not lay cables of the control electronics in the direct vicinity of power cables.
Install sensor cables separately.
The distance to aerial lines, radio sources and radar equipment must be at least 1 metre.
Provide the installation so that when differential inputs are used, both inputs are always switched on or off simultaneously.
Use relays with gold-plated contacts for passing on command values (small voltages, small currents).
Always shield command value and actual value cables. Connect the shield to shield on the card side and leave the other end
open, otherwise there is a risk of earth loops.
Use highly flexible CU conductors (min 2.5 mm2) for connecting the system ground!
The system ground is an important, integral part of EMC protection of the controller card. It discharges interference that is transported to the controller card through data and supply voltage cables. This function is only ensured, when the system ground
itself cannot inject interference into the controller card. Rexroth recommends that solenoid cables, too, be shielded.
Electrical signals (e.g. signal OK) brought out via control electronics must not be used for switching safety-relevant machine
functions!
(see also European standard Safety requirements for fluid power systems and components - hydraulics EN982:1996)
02
424
12/12
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT-HACD-1
RE 30143/05.05
Notes
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
Zum Eisengieer 1
Phone +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0
Fax
+49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58
www.boschrexroth.de

parties.
425
Industrial
Hydraulics
Electric Drives
and Controls
Linear Motion and

Pneumatics
Service
Automation
Mobile
Hydraulics
p/Q controller
RE 30136/05.04
Type VT-VACAF
Series 1X
Contents
Features
Features
Page
1
Analog amplifiers in Europe card format for installation

in 19 rack
Differential pressure (draft) controller with PID action
Preferred types
Front panel
External deactivation for pressure controller
Applications
Monitor signal for controller
Examples
Separate acceleration and braking ramps
Separate adjustment and deactivation of ramps
Technical data
Adjustable surface area adaptation for cylinders
Unit dimensions
Suitable for pressure sensors (0...10 V, 4...20 mA)

Supply for pressure sensors
Detection of open circuit to pressure sensors
Accessories
Pressure sensors type HM18, see RE 30271
1/8
426
2/8
Bosch Rexroth AG
Type VT-VACAF
RE 30136/05.04
VT- V A C A
Hydraulic component
(actuation)
Axis control
Valve type
Controller
Actuation
Analog
Function
Differential p/Q control
500
- 10 / V0 /
=A
V0 =
=C
Series
Series 10 to 19
1X =
=A
500 =
Customized version
Catalog version
Serial number for types

=F

Type
Material No.
For valve types
VT-VACAF-500-10/V0
0 811 405 147
427
RE 30136/05.04
Type VT-VACAF
Bosch Rexroth AG
3/8
Front panel
nur bei
0 811 405 158
02
Applications
In contrast to p/Q control, p/Q control of the load can be achieved with the differential pressure controller card, by measuring
the pressure in the A and B-lines of a hydraulic load.
As a result, this control structure is employed in applications in
which the pressure has to be controlled in the direction of motion
of the load not only against a constant pressure, but against a
changing pressure, i.e. wherever closed-loop draft control is
required. Adaptation of the feedback value permits pressure
sensors with an output signal of 0...10 V and 4...20 mA to be
connected.
The setpoint ramps enable setpoint step-changes of psetpoint

to be executed as a ramp function. The error monitoring logics
detect open circuits in the sensor signal lines and faults in the
power supply. The pressure control loop can also be deactivated
externally (flow control).
To actuate the load, this PCB must be coupled to a valve
amplifier card or a valve with on-board electronics.
428
4/8
Bosch Rexroth AG
Examples
Application 1
Welding machine
Weld seam
Application 2
Vehicle torsion dynamometer
Type VT-VACAF
RE 30136/05.04
429
RE 30136/05.04
Type VT-VACAF
Bosch Rexroth AG
5/8
02
430
6/8
Bosch Rexroth AG
Type VT-VACAF
RE 30136/05.04
Technical data (For applications outside these parameters, please consult us!)
PCB format
(100 x 160 x approx. 35) mm (W x L x H),

Plug-in connection
Connector DIN 41612-F32
Ambient temperature
Operating temperature 0 C ... +70 C; storage temperature 20 C ... +70 C
Power supply
UB at z2b2
24 V DC nominal
Rectified AC voltage Ueff = 21...28 V
Smoothing capacitor,
connected separately to b4, z4
4700 F/63 V DC, only required if ripple UB > 10 %
Current rating
250 mA max.
Setpoint Q
b20: 0 ... 10 V
z20: 0 V
(Ri = 100 k)
Setpoint pdiff
z10: 0 ... 10 V
z12: 0 V
Feedback signal from pressure sensor
b26: 0 ... +10 V

b28: 0 V
b24:
b30:
b16: 0 ... +10 V

b18: 0 V
z14:
z30:
4 ... 20 mA
4 ... 20 mA
Pressure sensor power supply
z6: +15 V, max. 100 mA

z8: 15 V, max. 100 mA
Pressure controller OFF
b10: 6 ... 40 V DC
External controller readout
z24: 24 V/0.1 A max., if controller not operative
Signal source
Supply 10 V from b32, z32 (10 mA) or external signal source
Monitor signal Factual
z16: 10 V
Pressure sensor fault

(open circuit in signal lines)
b22: No fault: +UK; max. 100 mA

b22: Fault: 0 V
b22: LED Ramp OFF A and
Ramp OFF B flash
Ramp times
min. 350 ms (1)

max. 5.6 s (16)
Ramp OFF
z22: 8 ... 40 V DC
z26: 8 ... 40 V DC
16350stages
ms/stage
16 stages
Cylinder surface area adaptation
min. 1:1 (1)

max. 1:4 (16)
LED displays
red: UB fault
red: ramp OFF A
red: ramp OFF B
green/yellow: green, controller operative
yellow, controller not operative
off, controller OFF
Caution: Connect power zero b2 and control zero b12, b14 or z28 separately to central ground (neutral point).
431
RE 30136/05.04
Type VT-VACAF
Bosch Rexroth AG
7/8
02
432
8/8
Bosch Rexroth AG
Type VT-VACAF
RE 30136/05.04
Notes
Bosch Rexroth AG
Zum Eisengieer 1
Telefon
+49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0
Telefax
+49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58
www.boschrexroth.de
2004 by Bosch Rexroth AG, Industrial Hydraulics, D-97813 Lohr am Main

processed, duplicated or circulated using electronic systems, in any form or by
any means, without the prior written authorization of Bosch Rexroth AG,
Industrial Hydraulics. In the event of contravention of the above provisions, the
contravening party is obliged to pay compensation.
The data specified above only serves to describe the product. No statements
responsibility for carrying out your own assessment and verification. It must be
aging.
433
Industrial
Hydraulics
Electric Drives
and Controls
Linear Motion and

Pneumatics
Service
Automation
Mobile
Hydraulics
RE 30134/05.04
p/Q controller
Type VT-VACAP
Series 2X
Contents
Features
Features
Page
1
Analog amplifiers in Europe card format for installation

in 19 rack
Suitable for servo solenoid valves with on-board electronics
Preferred types
Front plate
Applications
External deactivation for pressure controller
Examples
Suitable for pressure sensors (1...6 V, 0...10 V, 4...20 mA)
Supply for pressure sensors
Technical data
Detection of open circuit to pressure sensors
Unit dimensions
7
Accessories
Pressure sensors type HM18, see RE 30271
1/8
434
2/8
Bosch Rexroth AG
Type VT-VACAP
RE 30134/05.04
VT- V A C A P
Hydraulic component
(actuation)
Axis control
500
- 20 / V0 /
2CH =
=A
Valve type
Controller
Actuation
Analog
Function
p/Q control
V0 =
=C
500 =
Customized version
Catalog version
Series
Series 20 to 29
2X =
=A
Option
2 channels
Serial number for types

=P

Type
Material No.
For valve types
VT-VACAP-500-20/V0
0 811 405 157
Servo solenoid valves with on-board electronics
VT-VACAP-500-20/V0/2CH
0 811 405 158
Servo solenoid valves with on-board electronics
435
RE 30134/05.04
Type VT-VACAP
Bosch Rexroth AG
3/8
Front plate
only in
0 811 405 158
02
Applications
The single-channel p/Q controller card consists of the basic
card in standard Europe format together with DC/DC converter
and front plate. The 2-channel p/Q controller card version
consists of this same basic card equipped with an additional p/Q
daughter card incorporating the same circuitry. The two cards
share a common front plate.
The supply voltage is 24 V DC. This card does not provide the
power supply for the valve being regulated.
The input parameters for the cards comprise the setpoint value
for valve position, the setpoint value for pressure, the actual
(feedback) pressure and any control mode signals. The pressure
sensors with voltage interface receive their voltage supply from
the card (z6/z8).
Cards are for the connection of pressure sensors with both
voltage and current signals.
The setpoint value for pressure is selected via potentiometer.

The potentiometers can be supplied from the card (z32/b12).
Test connections in the front plate and on the card are available
for monitoring and compensation tuning of the most important
parameters.
The circuitry of the 2-channel card is designed to allow fully
independent operation of the controller on the basic card
and that on the daughter card. In this mode, the card can be
employed to control 2 valves with on-board electronics
(see example 2).
An additional channel mode circuit provides a substantial
increase in the range of optional applications for these cards
(see example 1).
436
4/8
Bosch Rexroth AG
Type VT-VACAP
RE 30134/05.04
Examples
Example 1
Common output channel mode
P ist
P soll
Tochterkarte
Daughter card
Carte fille
Q soll
P
I
DIL 5
P ist
P
I
DIL 0
P soll
Basiskarte
Basic card
Carte de base
Example 2
Separate outputs channel mode
Q soll
DIL 5
Kanalmode z30
Channel mode z30
Mode de canal z30
437
RE 30134/05.04
Type VT-VACAP
Bosch Rexroth AG
5/8
ext. p-Regler Abschaltung

Ext. p-controller disconnection
Coupure de p-rgulateur
6...40V
b 10
"Regler off"
DIL 4
P soll
0...10V
z 12
0 V
z 10
PID
Tp4 Tp5
S5/S6
Q soll
0...10V
z 20
0 V
b 20
Istwert Druck Monitorsignal

0...10V
Feedback signal p monitor signal
Signal effectif p signal du monitor
(max. 1mA)
4...20 mA
p-Sensor
p-Sensor
p-Capteur
0V
b 6
b 8
Tp
(E)
z 18
DIL 2
"
z 14
on"
5%
zero
DIL 5
U U
gain
1...6V/0...10V
b 16
0V
b 18
b 32
24V
"
DIL 1
ext. Regler Abfrage

Ext. controller interrogation
24V/20mA
Ext. interrogation du rgulateur
Signalltg.
Np
A
M
V
z 24
UB
+U K
24V
off
z 2
0V
Basiskarte
Basic card
Carte de base
+15 V
0V
-15 V
DC
DC
b 2
z 6
ext. Kanalwechsel
Ext. channel change
Ext. changement de canal
Tochterkarte
Daughter card
Carte fille
+10 V
z 4
Versorgung p-Sensor
Supply p-sensor
Alimentation p-capteur
Meldung
Signal
Annonce
(kein/not/non
8 V 20 mA)
on"
DIL 3
"Regler off"
+15 V /100mA
DIL 0
Potentiometer Versorgung
Supply of potentiometers
Alimentation de potentiom.
6...40V
z 30
+10V
z 32
02
1
No
ext. p-Regler Abschaltung

Ext. p-controller disconnection
Coupure de p-rgulateur
6...40V
z 28
"Regler off"
DIL 4
P soll
0...10V
b 12
0 V
b 14
0...10V
z 22
0 V
b 22
PID
Tp4 Tp5
S5/S6
Q soll
Istwert Druck Monitorsignal

0...10V
Feedback signal p monitor signal
Signal effectif p signal du monitor
(max. 1mA)
4...20 mA
p-Sensor
p-Sensor
p-Capteur
(D)
UA
0V
b 4
b 8
Tp
z 16
DIL 2
"
z 14
on"
5%
zero
(D)
UA
(E)
DIL 5
U U
gain
1...6V/0...10V
b 26
0V
b 28
b 30
24V
"
DIL 1
ext. Regler Abfrage

Ext. controller interrogation
24V/20mA
Ext. interrogation du rgulateur
Np
z 26
Signalltg.
on"
DIL 3
A
M
V
off
"Regler off"
Daughter card installed only on 2-channel version
Meldung
Signal
Annonce
(kein/not/non
8 V 20 mA)
438
6/8
Bosch Rexroth AG
Type VT-VACAP
RE 30134/05.04
PCB format
(100 x 160 x approx. 35) mm (W x L x H),

Europe format with front plate (7 modular spacings)
Plug connection
Ambient temperature
Operating temperature 0 C ... +70 C; storage temperture 20 C ... +70 C
Power supply
UB at z2b2
24 V DC nominal
Rectified AC voltage Ueff = 21...28 V
Smoothing capacitor at z4b2
4700 F/63 V DC, only if ripple UB > 10 %
Current rating
0 811 405 157 max. 160 mA

0 811 405 158 max. 220 mA
Basis card
Daughter card
Pressure sensor (1 ... 6 V/0 ... 10 V)

Pressure sensor (4 ... 20 mA)
b26 ref. b28

b24 ref. b28
b16 ref. b18

z14 ref. b18
Pressure sensor supply V
z6 (+15 V)/b8 (0 V)
Pressure setpoint (0 ... 10) V
b12/b14 (0 V)
z12/z10 (0 V)
External controller deactivation
z28: 6 ... 40 V DC
b10: 6 ... 40 V DC
External controller readout
z26: 24 V DC, max. 20 mA
z24: 24 V DC, max. 20 mA
Monitor signal pactual
z16: 0 ... 10 V DC
z18: 0 ... 10 V DC
External channel selection mode
z30: 6 ... 40 V DC
Flow setpoint
z22: 0 ... 10 V DC
b22: 0 V
z32: +10 V, max. 10 mA
Output
UAI; b4/b8 (0 V): 0 ... 10 V

Load RL > 1 k
Cable: Pressure sensor

Cable: Valve
Cable: PLC signals
4 x 0.5 mm2 (screened)

0.5 mm2 (screened)
LED displays/channel
Pressure controller OFF

Controller operating
Open circuit to pressure sensor (both above-mentioned LEDs flash)
Special features
Monitoring for open circuit to pressure sensor

Test connections for major parameters
External deactivation of pressure controller
External channel selection mode
For use with various pressure sensors
z20: 0 ... 10 V DC
b22: 0 V
UAIl; b6/b8 (0 V): 0 ... 10 V
Load RL > 1 k
439
RE 30134/05.04
Type VT-VACAP
Bosch Rexroth AG
7/8
02
440
8/8
Bosch Rexroth AG
Type VT-VACAP
RE 30134/05.04
Notes
Bosch Rexroth AG
Zum Eisengieer 1
Telefon
+49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0
Telefax
+49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58
www.boschrexroth.de
2004 by Bosch Rexroth AG, Industrial Hydraulics, D-97813 Lohr am Main

or by any means, without the prior written authorization of Bosch Rexroth AG,
aging.
441
Industrial
Hydraulics
Electric Drives
and Controls
Linear Motion and

Pneumatics
Service
Automation
Mobile
Hydraulics
RE 30058/03.04
p/Q amplifier
1/8
Type VT-VARAP1
Series 2X
List of contents
Contents
Features
Page
Suitable for actuating directly operated and pilot operated

servo solenoid valves
Features
Preferred types
Front panel
3 and 4
Enabling input
Technical data
Additional information / example
External control shutoff
Example / unit dimensions
Open-circuit detection for feedback signal cable and pressure

sensor
Suitable for pressure sensors (1...6 V, 0...10 V, 4...20 mA)
Pressure measuring technology
Pressure sensor HM18, see RE 30271
442
2/8
Bosch Rexroth AG
Type VT-VARAP1
RE 30058/03.04
VT- V A R A P
Hydraulic component
(actuation)
Axis control
=A
Valve type
Option
No code
Servo solenoid valve NG 6/10
directly operated
5/3V =
p/Q valve NG 10
directly operated
2STV =
servo solenoid valve,
pilot operated, NG 10, 16, 25
3/2V =
servo solenoid valve,
pilot operated,
control line A X
=R
Actuation
Analog
Function
p/Q control
Output stages
1 output stage
=A
=P
=1
V0 =
Series
Series 20 to 29
2X =

2.7 A solenoid
3.7 A solenoid
527 =
537 =
Preferred types (available a short notice)

Type
Material no.
For valve types
VT-VARAP1-527-20/V0
0 811 405 152
4WRPH 6
VT-VARAP1-537-20/V0
0 811 405 153
4WRPH 10
VT-VARAP1-537-20/V0/5/3V
0 811 405 154
5WRP
VT-VARAP1-527-20/V0/2STV
0 811 405 155
4WRL
VT-VARAP1-527-20/V0/3/2VAX
0 811 405 156
3/2 V; NG 25, 32, 50
Front panel
Customer version
Catalog version
10
0V
24V
6...40V
p-Regler AUS
p-controller OFF
Rgulateur p arr.
Sensor Versorgung
+15V
Sensor supply
b 30
Alimentation capteur -15V
z6
2-1
z 12
Sollwert p
0...+10V
Setpoint signal p
z 10
Signal consigne p
0V
1-3
1-2
2-3
1-5
b 16
+
+U K
100 k
100 k
24V=/
max 100 mA
100 k
ON
0-Punkt
P ist
Q max
Diff. Amp.
grn
+U K green
vert
max 40 V
8.5 V=
10 V / 10mA
+10 V / 10mA
3-1 3-5
5%
Leitungsbruch
Cable break
Rupture cble
Justierung Nullpunkt
Adjustment zero
Tarage zero
Sicherheitslogik
safety logic
logique de
surveillance
15 V
+15 V
10 V
+10 V
1-1
3-4
3-3
3-2
L - 0V
St. - 0V
-15V
+15V
Lvdt.
rot
red
rouge
gelb
yellow
jaune
15 V
10 V
+U K
+U K
Ref-0-
10 V
b 8
b 6
b 30
b 24
z 30
b 22
z 28
b 2
b 4
z 4
z 2
b 2 Leistungs-Null
Power zero
Zro de puissance
z 28 Steuer-Null
Control zero
Zro de controle
Sternpunkt 0 V
ground
masse
+U B 24 V=/max. 1.5A Versorgung

Supply
Alimentation
4 700 F / 63V=
10 % ripple (U B )
1...6V/0...10V
2-4
1-6
b 18
4...20mA z 14
p-sensor
p-sensor
p-capteur
Rev. 0V
1-7
1-4
z 24
b 10
2-2
b 20
z 20
z 22
z 16
b 14
b 12
b 32
z 32
Type VT-VARAP1
p-Regler arbeitet
p-controller works
Rgulateur p en action
0...+10V
Test (p)
z 18
max 40 V=
+10V
0...10V
Sollwert Q
Setpoint signal Q U E
Signal consigne Q
0V
Fehler
Fault
Erreur
Freigabe
Enabling
Deblocage
Steuer-Null
Control zero
Zero de controle
Pot. Versorgung
Supply of pot.
Alimentation de pot.
RE 30058/03.04
443
Bosch Rexroth AG
3/8
0 811 405 152, 0 811 405 153, 0 811 405 154
02
0V
24V
6...40V
p-Regler AUS
p-controller OFF
Rgulateur p arr.
Sensor Versorgung
+15V
Sensor supply
b 30
Alimentation capteur -15V
1-3
1-2
+U K
100 k
100 k
24V=/
max 100 mA
100 k
ON
0-Punkt
P ist
Q max
Diff. Amp.
grn
+U K green
vert
max 40 V
8.5 V=
3-1 3-5
5%
Leitungsbruch
Cable break
Rupture cble
Justierung Nullpunkt
Adjustment zero
Tarage zero
Sicherheitslogik
safety logic
logique de
surveillance
15 V
+15 V
10 V
+10 V
1-1
3-4
3-3
3-2
L - 0V
St. - 0V
-15V
+15V
Lvdt.
rot
red
rouge
gelb
yellow
jaune
15 V
10 V
+U K
+U K
Ref-0-
10 V
Ref-0-
10 V
b 8
b 6
b 30
b 24
z 30
b 22
b 30
b 28
z 30
b 26
z 28
b 2
b 4
z 4
z 2
b 2 Leistungs-Null
Power zero
Zro de puissance
z 28 Steuer-Null
Control zero
Zro de controle
Sternpunkt 0 V
ground
masse
+U B 24 V=/max. 1.5A Versorgung

Supply
Alimentation
4 700 F / 63V=
10 % ripple (U B )
Type VT-VARAP1
z6
2-1
z 12
Sollwert p
0...+10V
Setpoint signal p
z 10
Signal consigne p
0V
2-3
1-5
b 16
1...6V/0...10V
2-4
1-6
b 18
4...20mA z 14
p-sensor
p-sensor
p-capteur
1-7
1-4
2-2
z 24
b 10
z 18
b 20
z 20
z 22
z 16
10 V / 10mA
+10 V / 10mA
Rev. 0V
p-Regler arbeitet
p-controller works
Rgulateur p en action
0...+10V
Test (p)
0...10V
Sollwert Q
Setpoint signal Q U E
Signal consigne Q
0V
Fehler
Fault
Erreur
max 40 V=
+10V
b 14
b 12
b 32
z 32
Bosch Rexroth AG
Freigabe
Enabling
Deblocage
Steuer-Null
Control zero
Zero de controle
Pot. Versorgung
Supply of pot.
Alimentation de pot.
4/8
444
RE 30058/03.04
0 811 405 155, 0 811 405 156
445
RE 30058/03.04
Type VT-VARAP1
Bosch Rexroth AG
5/8
P.C.B. format
(100 x 160 x approx. 35) mm (B x L x H)

Plug connector
Ambient temperature
Weight m
0.25 kg
Power supply
UB to z 2 b 2
24 V DC
4700 F/63 V DC, only required if UB ripple >10 %
2.7/40 (NG 6)
3.7/60 (NG 10)
Current rating
1.7 A
2.7 A

37 W
55 W
Input signal (setpoint Q)
b 20: 0...10 V
z 20: 0...10 V
(Ri = 100 k)
Input signal (setpoint p)
z 12: 0...10 V
z 10: 0 V
Feedback signal from pressure sensor
z 14: 4...20 mA current input

b 16: 0...+10 V / 1...+6 V voltage input
b 18: 0 V reference
Pressure control OFF
b 10: 6...40 V DC
External scanning of controller
z 24: 24 V/0.1 A max.
Limit frequency
For applications 30 Hz
Signal source

Output stage enable
To z 16, U = 8.5...40 V, Ri = 100 k, LED (green) on front panel lights up
Sensor power supply
z 6: +15 V/35 mA, Ri 25
Position transducer
02
Power supply
b 30: 15 V/25 mA
z 30: +15 V/35 mA
Pilot stage signal
b 22: 0 10 V, RL > 10 k/ref. b 24
Main stage signal

Solenoid output
b 26: 0 10 V, RL > 10 k/ref. b 28

b6b8
Imax. = 2.7 A
Imax. = 3.7 A
Solenoid cable:
20 up to 20 m 1.5 mm2
20 up to 60 m 2.5 mm2
4 x 0.5 mm2 ( screened)
Position transducer:
Pressure sensor:
LED displays
Green: Enable
UB ON
Yellow: Position transducer open circuit
Red: Supply voltage too low
Yellow: Pressure control OFF
Yellow: Pressure control working
Both yellow LEDs flashing: Pressure sensor open circuit
Special features
Open-circuit protection for feedback signal cable and pressure sensor

External control shutoff
Error signal
Position transducer open circuit
UB too low
15 V stabilization
z 22: No fault: +UK; max. 100 mA

Fault: 0 V
Note
446
6/8
Bosch Rexroth AG
Type VT-VARAP1
RE 30058/03.04
Additional information / Example

Applications
The p/Q amplifiers comprise a base card with front panel,
containing the valve amplifier with position control and
a daughter card. The daughter card, inserted in the base card,
is where the actual pressure control process occurs.
This amplifier is only available as a single combination unit.
When used together with the appropriate servo solenoid valves
(see table on page 2) and pressure sensors (sensor signal
1...6 V, 0...10 V or 4...20 mA), this unit can be employed for
controlling flow and pressure in a closed-loop control circuit.
The input parameters are the setpoints for pressure p and flow Q.
Pressure and valve spool position are transmitted as feedback
values.
Example 1
Pressure control in a cylinder chamber in order to obtain
a constant clamping force.
The combination of valve amplifier and p/Q amplifier functions:

a) As a flow controller when psetpoint < pfeedback value, that is,
while the pressure control function remains inoperative.
b) As a pressure regulator when psetpoint > pfeedback value, that is,
the flow is reduced until pfeedback value = psetpoint. The pressure
control only functions when there is a positive setpoint
voltage to z 20.
The setpoint Q corresponds to the spool position as long as
the pressure control system remains inoperative, that is when
psetpoint > pfeedback value or when the pressure control is switched off
(DIL 4 OFF). Setpoint Q can lie within the range UE = 0...10 V.
For effective pressure regulation, however, setpoint p must be
supplemented by a setpoint Q. This is UE 2...+10 V.
447
RE 30058/03.04
Type VT-VARAP1
Bosch Rexroth AG
7/8
Example
Example 2
The flow is controlled with load compensation by means of
a pressure compensator, and the pressure is controlled in the
closed loop (pressure override).
02
448
8/8
Bosch Rexroth AG
Type VT-VARAP1
RE 30058/03.04
Notes
Bosch Rexroth AG
Zum Eisengieer 1
Telefon
+49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0
Telefax
+49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58
www.boschrexroth.de

or by any means, without the prior written authorization of Bosch Rexroth AG,
aging.
449
RE 00112-04
Sensors and signal transmitters
Designation
Type
Initiator
VT-IA4010
Series
Data
sheet no.
Page
1X
29726
451
Electronic pressure switch with integrated analogue output
HEDE 10.../1/
2X
30276
455
Electronic pressure switch with two switching outputs
HEDE 10.../2/
2X
30278
463
Pressure transducer with integrated electronics
HM17
1X
30269
471
Setpoint generator
VT-SWMA4-5
30285
477
Potentiometer
VT-SWMA5-5
30287
481
Electronic signal transmitter (three-axis version)
VT10399
5X
29755
485
Electronic signal transmitter (two-axis version)
VT10406
3X
29754
491
Electronic signal transmitter (single-axis version)
VT10468
3X
29753
499
Electronic remote control for the actuation hydraulic axis
4THES5, THEC5, THE5
29881
505
01
03
03
05
06
450
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
RE 00112-04
451
RE 29726/06.05
Replaces: 08.03
Initiator
1/4
Type VT-IA4010
Series 1X
fo_29726_d
Contents
Features
page
suitable for amplifier VT 3015-1X
Features
proximity sensor with analog output signal
Ordering details
Function/installation dimensions
value of output voltage is proportional to the clearance between its active face and a cam surface
Technical data
service life is not limited by mechanical operations
active face on the end of the device
Output curve
cylindrical form
housing an fixing clamp made from plastics
fully encapsulated connection cable
connection cable: 4 x 0,75 mm2, shielded, length 2 m
452
2/4
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT-IA4010
RE 29726/06.05
Ordering details
VT-IA4010 1X
Series 10 to 19
(10 to 19: externally interchangeable)
= 1X
Function/installation dimensions (nominal dimensions in mm)
Side A
Side B
min. 2.5
Cam
Cam
20
77,4
5,5
Initiator
Initiator
32
L0
+U
6V
6V
amplifier
Note: the cam gradient and adjustment determines the deceleration distance.
+U
L0
amplifier
453
RE 29726/06.05
VT-IA4010
3/4
Supply voltage
U 10 to 15 V
U 0 to 6 V
Output voltage
Power requirements
I approx. 6 mA
Working range
s 3 to 10 mm
20 to +80 C
Weight
m 0.1 kg
Black
1k
Brown
Yellow/Green
Blue
+U
Output: Umax = 6 V
Earth (ground)
-U
03
L0 amplifier
454
4/4
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
RE 29726/06.05
VT-IA4010
Output curve
Output voltage in V
Ambient temperature 25C

9
8,5
8
7,5
7
6,5
6
5,5
5
4,5
4
3,5
3
2,5
2
1,5
1
0,5
0
+ 0,5
Working range
1
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Clearance a (see page 2) in mm
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
Zum Eisengieer 1
Telefon +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0
Telefax +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58
www.boschrexroth.de

455
RE 30276/05.05
Replaces: 30275
Electronic pressure switch

with integrated analogue output
1/8
Type HEDE 10/1/
Component series 2X
tb0002
Table of contents
Contents
Features
Page
Features
Ordering code
Technical data
2 and 3
Pin assignment K41
Unit dimensions
Accessories
5 and 6
Suitable for measuring pressures and converting the measured

values into electrical signal variables
EMC properties allow the use of this pressure switch also in
critical applications
Ceramic / capacitive sensor
Connecting cable with 4-pin M12 plug on housing
Accuracy class 1.0
Connection thread G1/4
Parts in contact with media are made of stainless steel, ceramic and FKM
Compact design
One switching output and one analogue output

456
2/8
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
HEDE 10/1/
RE 30276/05.05
Ordering code
HED E
10 A1 2X
K41 G24 1
*
Further details in clear
text
Hydraulic
electrical
pressure switch
V=
Integrated electronics
=E
Component type
= 10
Hydraulic interface 1/4
= A1
Component series
1=
= 2X
Pressure stages
100 bar
250 bar
400 bar
600 bar
FKM seals
Caution!
Observe compatibility of
seals with hydraulic fluid used!
One switching and one analogue output
G 24 =
= 100
= 200
= 400
= 600
Supply voltage
Plug variant
M12, 4-pin as standard
K41 =
Input variables
UO 18 to 36 VDC
Auxiliary energy
Current consumption
I < 50 mA
pN in bar
100
250
400
600
pmax in bar
400
750
800
900
p in bar
650
1000
1200
1200
Measuring range
Overload safety
Burst pressure
Output variables
U 0 to 10 VDC minimum load 2600
Analogue output
I 4 20 mA (max. load (UO 10) x 50 )

Switching output
Rise time (10 to 90 %)
t 3 ms
Current carrying capacity
I 250 mA
Response time
t < 3 ms (with response time set to dAP = 3)
Max. switching frequency
f 170 Hz (at dAP = 3)
Characteristic curve deviation:

(initial point setting according to DIN16086)
< 0.5 %
Temperature coefficient within nominal temperature range

Highest TC of zero point
Highest TC of span
0.2 % / 10 k
0.2 % / 10 k
Hysteresis
< 0.1 %
Repeatability
0.1 %
Long-term drift under reference conditions (6 months)
0.05 %
Ambient conditions
Limit temperature range
20 to +80 C at UO < 32 V
20 to +60C at UO > 36 V
40 to +100 C
Medium temperature range
25 to +80 C
Mechanical data
Pressure port
G1/4
Electrical connection
M12 plug-in connection
457
RE 30276/05.05
3/8
HEDE 10/1/

Hysteresis / window; normally open / normally closed; pickup, drop-out delay; attenuation; display unit / analogue output:
voltage or current
Programming options
Pressure stages
100
250
400
600
Switching point SP
bar
1.0 ... 100
2 ... 250
4 ... 400
6 ... 600
Release position, rP
bar
0.5 ... 99.5
1 ... 249
2 ... 398
3 ... 597
In increments of
bar
0.5
Adjustable response time of a switching output and resulting switching

frequency
Response time (dAP) ms 3 ... 500

Hz 170 ... 1
Adjustable delay time dS, dr
s 0.0; 0.2 ... 50.0
Environmental compatibility
Type of protection / housing to IEC 60529
IP67
Class of protection EN 50178
III
Insulation resistance
M > 100 (500 VDC)
Resistane to shock to IEC 60068-2-27
g 50 g, 11 ms
Resistance to vibration to IEC 60068-2-6
g 20 g, 10 ... 2000 Hz
Switching cycles min.
100 million
Approval
cULus
EMC
EN 61000-4-2 ESD
EN 61000-4-3 HF radiated
EN 61000-4-4 burst
EN 61000-4-5 surge
EN 61000-4-6 HF cable-bound
4 / 8 kV
10 V/m
2 kV
0.5 / 1 kV
10 V
Housing material
EPDM/X (Santoprene); FKM; PBTP (Pocan); PC (Macrolon);

V2A (1.4301)
Materials in contact with the medium
V2A (1.4305); ceramic; FKM
Connection
M12 plug-in connection, gold-plated contacts
03
Pin assignment K41

One switching and
1 BN
one analogue output:
L+
4 BK
HEDE 10
2 WH
3 BU
Detail of plug on the device: 2

3
1
4
BN
Brown
WH White
BU
Blue
BK
Black
458
4/8
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
HEDE 10/1/
RE 30276/05.05

34
48
1 Status LEDs
1
2
M12 x 1
2 4-digit alphanumerical display
3 Programming key
4 Dimension for pressure
stage 100 bar and 250 bar
stage 400 bar and 600 bar
91,5
(94)
3
4
57,3
(59,8)
M12 x 1
5
13,5
1,3
5
30
21,5
27
G1/4
Recommended installation:
Vibration-free installation!
459
RE 30276/05.05
HEDE 10/1/
5/8
Accessories
Cable sockets:
Technical data:
Current carrying capacity:
4A
Temperature range:
25...90 C
Type of protection:
IP 67
Contacts:
CuZn
Contact surface:
Gold-plated
Housing:
TPU
Seal:
FKM
15
Designation
Material no.
04 POL (with 2 m cable)
R900773031
42
10,5
04 POL (with 5 m cable) R900779498
M 12x1

15
CuZn/Ni
Wire cross-section:
4 x 0,34 mm
Sheath material:
PUR
Shield:
Not connected
on plug side
Sheath diameter:
5.0 mm
Sheath colour:
Black
Bending radius for

dyn. application:
min. 50 mm
39
Fitting:
27
M 12x1
10,5
46
20
04 POL (without cable)1)
R900773042
R900779509
Connection:
1 BN
2
2 WH
36
20
4
30
4 BK
18
3 BU
M12x1
03
15
M12x1
1) Type
of protection IP68
Hydraulic fitting:
Material no.
17
AB 20-28
R900012451 / 1
22
19
G 1/4
5
Designation
O-ring
12
Elastic profiled seal
49
460
6/8
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
HEDE 10/1/
Accessories (continued)
Mounting clamp for HEDE 10
Material no.
Mounting clamp
R900786138
70
58
Designation
34
29
12
6,5
52
Protective cap for HEDE 10
Material no.
Protective cap M12
R900786141
45
37
35
Designation
16
3
RE 30276/05.05
461
RE 30276/05.05
HEDE 10/1/
7/8
Notes
03
462
8/8
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
HEDE 10/1/
RE 30276/05.05
Notes
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
Zum Eisengieer 1
Phone +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0
Fax
+49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58
www.boschrexroth.de

parties.
463
RE 30278/04.05
Replaces: 30275
Electronic pressure switch

with two switching outputs
1/8
Type HEDE 10/2/
Component series 2X
H6972
Table of contents
Contents
Features
Page
Suitable for the measurement of pressures
Features
EMC properties allow the use also in critical applications
Ordering code
Sensor ceramic / capacitive
Technical data
2 and 3
Connecting cable with 4-pin M12 plug on the housing
Pin assignment K41
Accuracy class 1.0
Unit dimensions
Connection thread G 1/4
Accessories
5 and 6
Parts that are in contact with the medium are made of stainless steel, ceramics or FKM
Compact design
Two switching outputs
464
2/8
Bosch Rexroth AG
HEDE 10/2/
RE 30278/04.05
Ordering code
HED E
10 A1 2X
K41 G24 2
*
Further details in clear
text
Hydraulic
electrical
pressure switch
V=
Integrated electronics
FKM seals
Caution!
Observe compatibility of seals with
the hydraulic fluid used!
=E
Type of component
= 10
Hydraulic interface 1/4
= A1
Component series
2=
= 2X
Pressure stage
100 bar
250 bar
400 bar
600 bar
Two switching outputs
G 24 =
= 100
= 200
= 400
= 600
Supply voltage
Plug-in variant
M12, 4-pin as standard
K41 =
Input variables
UB 18 to 36 VDC
Auxiliary power
Current consumption
I < 50 mA
Measuring range
Overload safety
Burst pressure
pN in bar
100
250
400
600
pmax in bar
400
750
800
900
p in bar
650
1000
1200
1200
Output variables
Switching output
Current carrying capacity
I 250 mA
Response time
t < 3 ms (with set response time dAP = 3)
Max. switching frequency
f 170 Hz (at dAP = 3)
Characteristic curve deviation:

(initial point setting to DIN16086)
< 0.5 %
Temperature coefficient in the nominal temperature range

Highest TC of the zero point
Highest TC of the range
0.2 % / 10 k
0.2 % / 10 k
Hysteresis
< 0.25 %; 0.5 % for pressure stage 600 bar
Repeatability
< 0.1 %
Long-term drift under reference conditions (6 months)
0.05 %
Ambient conditions
20 to +80 C at UB < 32 V
20 to +45 C at UB > 36 V
40 to +100 C
Fluid temperature range
25 to +80 C
Mechanical data
Pressure port
G1/4
M12 plug-in connection
465
RE 30278/04.05
3/8
HEDE 10/2/

Hysteresis / window; n.o. / n.c; pick-up, drop-out delay;
damping; unit of indication / diagnosis output
Programming options
Pressure stages
100
250
400
600
bar
1.0 ... 100
2 ... 250
4 ... 400
6 ... 600
Resetting point, rP
bar
0.5 ... 99.5
1 ... 249
2 ... 398
3 ... 597
in increments of
bar
0.5
Switching point SP
Adjustable response time of a switching output and resulting switching

frequency
Response time (dAP) ms 3 ... 500

Hz 170 ... 1
Adjustable delay dS, dr
s 0.0; 0.2 ... 50.0
Environmental compatibility
Type of protection / housing to IEC 60529
IP67
Protection class to EN 50178
III
Insulation resistance
M > 100 (500 VDC)
Resistance to shock to IEC 60068-2-27
g 50 g, 11 ms
Resistance to vibration
g 20 g, 10 2000 Hz)
Switching cycles min.
100 million
Approval
cULus
EMC
EN 61000-4-2 ESD
EN 61000-4-3 HF radiated
EN 61000-4-4 burst
EN 61000-4-5 surge
EN 61000-4-6 HF cable-bound
4 / 8 kV
10 V/m
2 kV
0,5 / 1 kV
10 V
Housing material
EPDM/X (Santoprene); FKM; PBTP (Pocan); PC (Macrolon);

V2A (1.4301)
Materials in contact with the medium
V2A (1.4305); ceramics; FKM
Connection
M12 plug-in connection, gold-plated contacts
Pin assignment K41

Two switching outputs:
03
1 BN
L+
2 WH
HEDE 10
4 BK
3 BU
Detail view on the

plug of the device:
2
3
1
4
BN
Brown
WH White
BU
Blue
BK
Black
466
4/8
Bosch Rexroth AG
HEDE 10/2/
RE 30278/04.05

34
48
1 Status LEDs
1
2
M12 x 1
2 4-digit alphanumerical display
3 Programming key
stages 100 bar and 250 bar
stages 400 bar and 600 bar
91,5
(94)
3
4
57,3
(59,8)
M12 x 1
5
13,5
1,3
5
30
21,5
27
G1/4
Installation recommendation:
Vibration-free installation!
467
RE 30278/04.05
HEDE 10/2/
5/8
Accessories
Cable sockets:
Technical data:
4A
Temperature range:
25...90C
Type of protection:
IP 67
Contacts:
CuZn
Contact surface:
Gold-plated
Housing:
TPU
Seal:
FKM
15
42
Material no.
R900773031
R900779498
R900779504
R900779503
R900773042
R900779509
10,5
Current carrying capacity:
Designation
CuZn/Ni
Wire cross-section:
4 x 0.34 mm
15
Sheath material:
PUR
Shield:
Not connected
on plug side
Sheath diam.:
5.0 mm
Sheath colour:
Black
Bending radius for

dyn. application:
min. 50 mm
27
39
Fitting:
M 12x1
M 12x1
10,5
46
20
Connection:
1 BN
2
2 WH
36
20
4
30
4 BK
18
3 BU
M12x1
03
15
M12x1
1) Type
of protection IP68
Hydraulic fitting:
Material no.
17
AB 20-28
R900012451 / 1
22
19
G 1/4
5
Designation
O-ring
12
Elastic profiled seal
49
468
6/8
Bosch Rexroth AG
HEDE 10/2/
RE 30278/04.05
Accessories (continued)
Fixing clamp for HEDE10
Material no.
Fixing clamp
R900786138
70
58
Designation
34
29
12
6,5
52
Protective cap for HEDE10
Material no.
Protective cap M12
R900786141
45
37
35
Designation
16
3
Bosch Rexroth AG
Zum Eisengieer 1
Phone +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0
Fax
+49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58
www.boschrexroth.de

parties.
469
RE 30278/04.05
HEDE 10/2/
Notes
03
Bosch Rexroth AG
Zum Eisengieer 1
Phone +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0
Fax
+49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58
www.boschrexroth.de

parties.
470
8/8
Bosch Rexroth AG
HEDE 10/2/
RE 30278/04.05
Notes
Bosch Rexroth AG
Zum Eisengieer 1
Phone +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0
Fax
+49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58
www.boschrexroth.de

parties.
471
RE 30269/07.05
Replaces: 02.03
Pressure transducer
with integrated electronics
1/6
type HM 17
Series 1X
H6983_d
Table of contents
Contents
Features
Page
Features
Ordering code
Technical data
2, 3
Suitable for measuring pressures in hydraulic systems

Conversion of a pressure into an electrical analogue signal
(e.g. for use in control and instrumentation technology)
Sensor in thin-film technology
Pin assignment
4-pin M12 component plug on housing
Unit dimensions
Accuracy class 0.5
Accessories
Measuring range max. up to 600 bar

Connecting thread G1/4
Parts that come into contact with fluids are made of stainless
steel
Compact build
Operational reliability due to high bursting pressure and
polarity reversal, overvoltage and short-circuit protection
CE mark
472
2/6
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
HM 17
RE 30269/07.05
Ordering code
HM 17
1X
V0
Pressure transducer with integrated electronics
0=
Series 10 to 19
= 1X
Measuring ranges:
Up to 50 bar
Up to 100 bar
Up to 200 bar
Up to 250 bar
Up to 315 bar
Up to 400 bar
Up to 450 bar
Up to 600 bar
No options
V0 =
= 050
= 100
= 200
= 250
= 315
= 400
= 450
= 600
Standard version
C=
H=
H=
Current output 4 - 20 mA
Voltage output 0.1 - 10 V
Voltage output 0.5 - 5 V
The plug-in connector is not included in the

scope of supply! (see page 5)
Input variables
Auxiliary power
UB 19 to 36 VDC (8 to 36 VDC with output 0.5 to 5 V)
Current consumption
Measuring range
Overload protection
Bursting pressure
I 4 mA (with voltage output)

pN in bar
50
100
200
250
315
400
450
600
pmax in bar
120
200
500
500
780
800
1200
1200
p in bar
550
1200
1200
1500
1700
2400
2400
Dead volume
V ca. 200
800
mm3
Output variables
Output signal and permissible max load RA
I 4 to 20 mA, two-wire RA = (UB - 10 V)/0.02 A with RA in Ohm

and UB in Volt
U 0.5 to 5 V, three-wire RA > 10 k
U 0.1 to 10 V, three-wire RA > 20 k
Balancing error:
Zero point
< 0.15 % 1)
Final value
< 0.3 % 1)
Temperature coefficients in the nominal temperature range

Highest TC of the zero point
< 0.2 %/10 K
Highest TC of the span
< 0.2 %/10 K
Characteristic curve deviation
typ. < 0.2 % 1) (limit point setting)
Hysteresis
< 0.1 % 1)
Repeatability
< 0.05 % 1)
Adjustment time (10 to 90 %)

Long-term drift (1 year) under reference conditions
t < 2 ms
< 0.2 % 1)
473
RE 30269/07.05
HM 17
3/6

Ambient conditions
Nominal temperature range
-20 to +80 C
-40 to +85 C
-40 to +100 C
Hydraulic fluid temperature range
-40 to +90 C
Mechanical data
Pressure port
G1/4 male thread according to DIN 3852 form E

(pressure channel with nozzle = 0.6 mm);
Profiled seal according to DIN 3869, material FKM
Materials:
Parts that come into contact with measuring substance
CrNi steels 1.4571 and 1.4542
Housing
CrNi steels 1.4571
Tightening torque
MA 10 Nm
Shock load capacity
1000 g as per IEC 60068-2-27
Vibration capacity
20 g as per IEC 60068-2-6
4-pin M12 component plug on housing 2)
Weight
m 0.05 kg
1)
Referred to full measuring range
2)
Recommendation: Use of shielded connecting cables;
Note!
With plug-in connector M12x1, see page 5
For details regarding environment simulation tests in the

field of EMC (electro-magnetic compatibility), climate and mechanical stress, see RE 30266-U (declaration of environmental
compatibility). The information provided in this declaration for
pressure transducer HM 16 is also valid for HM 17.
Pin assignment
Version V0
03
(4-pin M12 component plug, viewed to contact side)
1
4
2
3
Voltage
Current (two-wire system)
1 Auxiliary power + (+UB)
1 Auxiliary power + (+UB)
2 n. c.
2 n. c.
3 Auxiliary power (0 V)
3 Auxiliary power (0 V)
4 Output signal
4 n. c.
474
4/6
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
HM 17
RE 30269/07.05
66,5
19
43,5
81,5 (102,5)
1)
A/F 19
Dimensions required for removing

plug-in connector
Plug-in connector without cable
12
1)
2
G1/4A
21
Pressure port G1/4 according to DIN 3852
Profiled seal according to DIN 3869, material FKM (material no. R900012502)
4-pin M12 component plug
106,5 (120,5)
1)
Version V0
475
RE 30269/07.05
HM 17
5/6
Accessories:
Plug-in connectors:
Technical data:
Designation
Current carrying capacity: 4 A
15
25 ... 90 C
Type of protection:
IP 67
Contacts:
CuZn
Contact surface:
Gold-plated
Housing:
TPU
M 12x1
CuZn/Ni
Wire cross-section:
4 x 0.34 mm
Envelope material:
PUR
Shield:
Not connected
on plug side
Envelope diameter:
5.0 mm
Envelope colour:
Black
27

39
FKM
Screws:
M 12x1
10,5
Bending radius for dyn.

applications:
15
Seal:
42
10,5
Temperature range:
Material no.
46
20
04 POL (without cable)1) R900773042
min. 50 mm
Connection with cable sockets with connecting cables

M12x1
1 BN
4 BK
04 POL (without cable)1) R900779509
18
30
3 BU
36
20
2 WH
4
M12x1
15
03
1)
Type of protection IP 68
476
6/6
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
HM 17
RE 30269/07.05
Notes
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
Zum Eisengieer 1
Telefon +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0
Telefax +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58
www.boschrexroth.de

wear and aging.
477
RE 30285/01.05
Ersetzt: 09.03
Setpoint generator
1/4
Type VT-SWMA4-5
Contents
Features
Page
Features
Ordering data
Preferred types
Application examples
Technical data
Unit dimensions
Potentiometer with two microswitches for one axis

Especially suitable as a setpoint generator for controller cards
and modules
478
2/4
Bosch Rexroth AG
Ordering data
Type VT-SWMA4-5
RE 30285/01.05
VT SWMA4 5
Type
Material No.
VT-SWMA4-5
0 811 405 121
Setpoint generator
Application examples
Employed for output signal 0 . . . 10 V
e.g. for actuating 2-quadrant proportional amplifiers
0 ... 10 V
Valve amplifier U //
Control by logic circuit

or switching valve
Employed for output signal 2 x 0 . . . +10 V

e.g. for actuating 2 individual single-quadrant proportional
amplifiers (proportional plug amplifiers)
0 ... +10 V (left or right)
U left (a)
U right (b)
Technical data
Mechanical displacement
max. = 30
Dead zone
centre = 5
Potentiometer resistance
2 x 1.8 k
Return
Centering spring
Microswitch
2 x change-over contacts, switch within centre
479
RE 30285/01.05
Type VT-SWMA4-5
Bosch Rexroth AG
3/4
Unit dimensions (Nominal dimensions in mm)
30 // R 90 % 95 %
Switching points of microswitch
Free space
for fastening
Mounting surface
Rubber seal
(IP 65)
Rear
Terminals
U1 U2
+10 VDC= or 10 VDC=
125 250 V/5 A

Microswitch
Required space beneath console

Height: 35 mm
03
480
4/4
Bosch Rexroth AG
Type VT-SWMA4-5
RE 30285/01.05
Notes
Bosch Rexroth AG
Zum Eisengieer 1
Telefon
+49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0
Telefax
+49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58
www.boschrexroth.de

parties.
481
RE 30287/01.05
Ersetzt: 09.03
Potentiometer
Type VT-SWMA5-5
Contents
Features
Page
Features
Ordering data
Preferred types
Application example
Unit dimensions
10-speed helical potentiometer for forming setpoints

Mounted on DIN rail
1/4
482
2/4
Bosch Rexroth AG
Type VT-SWMA5-5
Ordering data
RE 30287/01.05
VT SWMA5 5
Type
Material No.
VT-SWMA5-5
0 811 405 164
Potentiometer
Application example
The potentiometer modules function is the formation of setpoints
which act, among other things, as input variables for Rexroth
valve amplifiers. The possible voltage ranges are
0 ... +10 V (10 revs.).
10 V ... +10 V (10 revs.).
Rexroth valve amplifiers feature a potentiometer supply

(term. b32/z32) for this purpose.
The desired potentiometer setting can be mechanically fixed.
The module can be fitted onto a DIN mounting rail or fastened
directly to a mounting plate.
Valve amplifier
Neutral
or
e. g. 0 811 405 096
or
483
RE 30287/01.05
Type VT-SWMA5-5
Bosch Rexroth AG
3/4
Unit dimensions (Nominal dimensions in mm)
Supply +10 V
Setpoint
Ground 10 V
03
484
4/4
Bosch Rexroth AG
Type VT-SWMA5-5
RE 30287/01.05
Notes
Bosch Rexroth AG
Zum Eisengieer 1
Telefon
+49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0
Telefax
+49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58
www.boschrexroth.de

parties.
485
RE 29755/04.05
Replaces: 07.02
Electronic signal transmitter
1/6
Type VT 10399
Series 5X
Three axes version
F 87013_d
Features
Engineering guidelines
Contained within the VT 10399-5X electronic signal transmitter

are the electronic and mechanical components which are used
to convert the lever movement and the operating elements contained within the ball grip into a proportional electrical voltage.
Due to the design of the lever joint, safe operation of only one
axis is also possible.
Technical data
Features:
Cable allocation
Sensitive control due to low operating forces
Integrated evaluation electronics
Zero position, directional and dead-man contact
15 V DC supply voltage
Circuit example
Replacable gaiter
Unit dimensions
Switched off if there is a cable break in the supply cables
Contents
Features
Page
1
Ordering details
Function
Polarity protection
Options:
Dead-man switch in the hand lever
The actuation pins of the Z axis are sealed (by means of a
gaiter)
The ball grip can be deflected by 20
Can be held in any position by means of a friction brake in the
X and Y axes
Directional contacts for electrical monitoring of the hand lever

movement
486
2/6
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT 10399
RE 29755/04.05
Ordering details
VT 10399
5X
*
Further details
in clear text
Three axes signal transmitter

Series 50 to 59
= 5X
Additional functions
Friction brakes on X and Y axes
Friction brake X axis, spring return on Y axis
Friction brake Y axis, spring return on X axis
Spring return on X and Y axes
Lever form and additional functions
Ball grip, adjustable 20
Ball grip, fixed
Ball grip, fixed with gaiter
R00 =
RXY =
= BXY
= BX0
= B0Y
= FXY
Protection to EN 60529
IP 53
IP 53
IP 65
T=
A=
=B
=C
=D
Ball grip only with direction contacts

Ball grip with proportional output 10 V
Ball grip with proportional output 10 V and two direction contacts
(can also be used as zero position contacts)
Direction contact
No contact
Contact in the
X and Y axes
ball grip with
dead-man contact
ball grip without
dead-man contact
= 80
= 90
= 9R
Function
Mechanics
Electronics
The simple robust mechanism consists of a control lever that is

mounted in a swivel bearing. Two plastic track potentiometers
are adjusted, these are orientated in relation to the associated
axis. The actuation elements in the ball grip also adjusts the
plastic track potentiometers, thereby sensitive control is also
possible in the Z axis. On request the ball grip can be steplessly deflected (max. 20) in relation to the control lever. Spring
centring returns the control lever and ball grip into the neutral
position whn the lever is released. The mechanical components
are protected by means of a gaiter.
The plastic track potentiometer is connected in series with an

impedance converter, which ensures that the control curve remains within the specified limits, even with varying loading on
the control output. The electronics also carry out other protective functions. Should a cable break in the 15V supply lines occur, then the supply to the transducer is automatically switched
off internally. The electrical connection is via multi-core screened cable.
Zero position, directional and dead-man contacts

In order to be able to electrically monitor the direction of lever
movement and the zero position, a contact can be fitted per
half axis. This contact closes when the lever is moved out of its
neutral position within the range of 5 % to 10 % (referred to
the output signal 10 V).
The transducer can also be fitted with a dead-man switch. This
is operated by pressing the upper half of the hand lever (at
right angles to the plane of installation).
When these functions are required, they are connected via a
2nd non-screened cable.
The combination of plastic track potentiometer and impedance

converter ensures that a long service life is achieved.
487
RE 29755/04.05
VT 10399
3/6
Attention: If the transmitter is installed in a fully isolated manner, then the transmitter housing must be earthed by a
separate cable!
Elektronics
Supply voltage
Current consumption
U 15 VDC (1 %) stabilised
I Approx. 50 mA
Control outputs
Output voltage
Output current
Switched contact
Fuse
U Max. 10 V
I Max. 5 mA
2 A, max. 30 VDC (ohmic load)
IS 2 A medium blowing characteristics
Mechanics
Lever displacement angle
Approx. 20 from the spring centred position to the end

position (when operated in the X or Y directions)
Operating force
F Start value approx. 7 N

Final value approx. 16 N
Above the mounting plane:
See ordering details
Below the mounting plane:
IP 65
Cable length
l 600 mm
Permissible ambient temperature
25 to +70 C
Weight
m Approx. 2.0 kg
03
488
4/6
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT 10399
RE 29755/04.05
Cable allocation
Colour of the connecting cable (cable 1 screened):
Supply lines:
Signal lines:
Screen:
Notes:
Colour of the connecting cable (cable 2 non-screened):
Red
+15 V
Feed cable:
Blue
Black
M0 (measuring zero)
Directional contacts:
Grey/Pink
XA
Blue
15 V
Red/Blue
XB
White
M0 (measuring zero)
Yellow
YC
Pink
X axis
Braun/Green
YD
Green
Y axis
White/Yellow
ZE
Yellow
Z axis
Yellow/Brown
ZF
Yellow/Green Housing transmitter
Dead-man contact:
Grey
Transparent
Zero position contact:
Black
X axis
Green
Y axis
White/Green
Z axis
Screen
The cable screen is not connected internally!

If the transmitter is installed in a fully isolated manner, then the transmitter housing must be connected to earth!
X axis
Y axis
20
YC
XA
Z axis
+ 10 V
Lever displacement
1
XB
YD
10 V
20 angle
12 mm
ZE
+ 10 V
1mm
1mm
ZF
10 V
12 mm
Way
489
RE 29755/04.05
VT 10399
5/6

Directional contact XA
Zero position contact X axis
Directional contact XB
Directional contact YC
Zero position contact Y axis
Directional contact YD
2A
Directional contact Z E
Zero position contact Z axis
Directional contact ZF
Dead-man contact
Circuit example
Supply
voltage
Supply
voltage
03
+
12 V
24 V
VT 11005
VT 11006
Proportional
amplifier
Power
supply
module
Proportional solenoids
Propor-
Directional and
zero position relays
tional
amplifier
Proportional
amplifier
490
6/6
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT 10399 RE 29755/04.05
20
20
20
150
20
88
2
1 Adjustable range for version B
2 Mounting face
120
12,5
3 Connecting cables (length 600 mm)
3
90
50
ZF
YD
92
108
4 x 7
YC
+10V
10V
Front
12
ZE
76,4
XB 10V
70
100
45
Front (see notch)
XA +10V
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
Zum Eisengieer 1
Telefon +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0
Telefax +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58
www.boschrexroth.de

parties.
491
RE 29754/04.05
Replaces: 07.02
1/8
Type VT 10406
Series 3X
Two axes version
F 87014_d
Contents
Features
Page

to convert the lever movement into two independent proportional
signals. Due to the design of the lever joint safe operation of only
one axis is also guaranteed.
Features
Ordering details
Function
Technical data
Cable allocation
Replacable gaiter
Switch in the lever
Circuit example
Polarity protection
Unit dimensions
7
Options:
Additional controls are possible via various switches fitted into
the hand lever
Can be held in any position by means of friction brakes in the
X and Y axes
The zero point may be mechanically locked


movement
492
2/8
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT 10406
RE 29754/04.05
Ordering details
VT 10406
3X
*
Two axes signal transmitter

Series 30 to 39
= 3X
Friction brakes on X and Y axes
Friction brakes on X axis, spring return on Y axis
Friction brakes on Y axis, spring return on X axis
Spring return on X and Y axes
Lever form
Hand lever
Hand lever
Hand lever
Hand lever
Hand lever
Ball lever
Ball lever
Ball lever
None
Push button
Rocker switch
Pressure operated switch
Rocker switch with detent
None
With dead-man contact
With mech. pull detent
IP 65
IP 65
IP 65
IP 65
IP 65
IP 65
IP 53
IP 65
R00 =
RXY =
S=
K=
= BXY
= BX0
= B0Y
= FXY
Direction contact
No contact
Contact in X and Y axes
Standard
Cross-form limiting gate
=0
=1
=2
=3
=4
=5
=6
=7
Function
Mechanics
Electronics
The simple robust mechanism consists of a control lever mounted in a swivel bearing. Two plastic track potentiometers are
adjusted, these are orientated in relation to the associated axis.
When the control lever is released, springs return to its neutral
position. The mechanical components are protected by means
of a gaiter. The transmitter can be fitted with a friction brake on
both axes which makes it possible to hold the control lever in
any position. When the actuation of only one axis is permissible a cross-form of gate can be fitted. (simultaneous actuation of
both axes is thereby not possible).

the control output. The electronics also carry out other protective functions. Should a cable break in the 15V supply lines
occur, then the supply to the transducer is automatically switched off internally. The electrical connection is via a multi-core
screened cable.

In order to be able to electrically monitor the direction of lever
movement and the zero position, a contact can be fitted per
half axis. This contact closes when the lever is moved out of its
neutral position within the range of 5 % to 10 % (referred to
the output signal of 10 V).

493
RE 29754/04.05
VT 10406
3/8
Attention: If the transmitter is installed in a fully isolated manner, then the transmitter housing must be earthed by a
separate cable!
Techicnal data (for applications outside these parameters, please consult us!)
Elektronics
Supply voltage
Current consumption
U 15 VDC ( 1 %) stabilised
I Approx. 40 mA
Control outputs
Output voltage
Output current
Switched contact
Fuse
U Max. 10 V
I Max. 5 mA
2 A, max. 30 VDC (ohmic load)
IS 2 A, medium blowing characteristics
Mechanics
Approx. 20 from the spring centred position to the end
Operating force
position (when operated in the X or Y directions)

Above the mounting plane
Below the mounting plane
IP 65
Cable length
l 600 mm
25 to +70 C
Weight
m Approx. 1.8 kg
03
494
4/8
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT 10406
RE 29754/04.05
Cable allocation
Colour of the connecting cable (cable 1 screened):
Supply lines:
Signal lines:
Screen:
Notes:
Red
+15 V
Black
M0 (measured zero)
Blue
15 V
White
M0 (measured zero)
Pink
X axis
Green
Y axis
Yellow/Green
Housing transmitter
Transparent
Screen

If the transmitter is installed in a fully isolated manner, then the transmitter housing must be connected to earth!
Colour of the connecting cable (cable 2 non-screened):

Feed cable:
Blue
Grey/Pink
XA
Red/Blue
XB
Yellow
YC
Brown/Green YD
Dead-man contact:
Grey
Black
X-Achse
Green
Y-Achse
YC
XA
X axis
Y axis
20
+ 10 V
1
1
XB
YD
10 V
20
495
RE 29754/04.05
VT 10406
5/8
Directional contact YC
2A
Zero position contact Y axis

Directional contact YD
Dead-man contact
Switch in the lever
Pressure switch and push button:
Rocker switch and rocker switch with detent:
Violet
White
2A
Violet
2A
Brown
Colour of the connection cables (cable 2 non-screened):

Feed cable:
Violet
Pressure operated switch and push button:
White
Brown
White
03
12 V
24 V
tional
amplifier
Propor-
amplifier
tional
Propor-
Directional and
Power
supply
module
VT 11006
VT 11005
Supply
voltage
Bosch Rexroth AG
Supply
voltage
6/8
Hydraulics
496
VT 10406
Circuit example
RE 29754/04.05
497
RE 29754/04.05
VT 10406
7/8

5
20
20
42
38
120
12,5
145
190
Front
90
YC +10V
XB
92
108
10V
4 x 7
XA
+10V
12
100
76,4
Front (see notch)
YD 10V
1 Hand lever
2 Ball lever
3 Mounting face
5 Switch in lever (see ordering details)
6 Dead-man contact
7 Pull detent
03
498
8/8
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT 10406
RE 29754/04.05
Notes
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
Zum Eisengieer 1
Telefon +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0
Telefax +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58
www.boschrexroth.de

parties.
499
RE 29753/04.05
Replaces: 07.02
1/6
Type VT 10468
Series 3X
Single axis version
F 87015_d
Contents
Features
Page
Features
Ordering details
Function
Technical data
Cable allocation
Switch in the lever
Circuit example
Unit dimensions

to convert the lever movement into a proportional electrical
voltage.
Replacable gaiter
Polarity protection
Options:
Additional controls possible via various switches fitted into the
hand lever
Can be held in any position by means of a friction brake
The zero point may be mechanically locked


movement
500
2/6
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT 10468
RE 29753/04.05
Ordering details
VT 10468
3X
*
Futher details in clear text
Single axis signal transmitter

Series 30 bis 39
Friction brake
Spring return
Lever form
Hand lever
Hand lever
Hand lever
Hand lever
Hand lever
Ball lever
Ball lever
Ball lever
None
Push button
Rocker switch
Pressure operated switch
Rocker switch with detent
None
With dead-man contact
With mech. pull detent
= 3X
R0 =
RX =
Direction contact
No contact
Contact in the X axis
=B
=F
IP 65
IP 65
IP 65
IP 65
IP 65
IP 65
IP 53
IP 65
=0
=1
=2
=3
=4
=5
=6
=7
Function
Mechanics
Electronics
The simple robust mechanism consists of a control lever mounted in a swivel bearing. By deflecting the lever, the setting of a
plastic track potentiometer is changed. Dependent upon the
model, the control lever is automatically spring returned to the
neutral position or held in any position by a friction brake.
A mechanical detent can also be fitted into the hand lever. The
mechanism is protected by a rubber gaiter.

the control output. The electronics also carry out other protective functions. Should a cable break in the 15V lines occur,
then the supply to the electronics is automatically switched off
internally. The electrical connection is via multi-core screened
cable.

In order to be able to electrically monitor the direction of lever movement and the zero position, a switch can be fitted per
half axis. This switch closes when the lever is moved between
5 % to 10 % of the maximum travel (referred to the output
signal of 10 V).
Attention: If the transmitter is installed in a fully isolated manner, then the transmitter housing must be earthed by a seperate
cable!
501
RE 29753/04.05
VT 10468
3/6
Electronics
Supply voltage
U 15 VDC ( 1 %) stabilised
Current consumption
I Approx. 30 mA
Control outputs
Output voltage
U Max. 10 V
Output current
I Max. 5 mA
Switched contacts
2 A, Max. 30 VDC (ohmic load)

IS 2 A, medium blowing characteristics
Fuse
Mechanics
Approx. 20 from the spring centre position to the end position
Operating force
(when operated in the X direction)

above the mounting plane:
below the mounting plane:
IP 65
Cable length
l 600 mm
25 to +70 C
Weight
m Approx. 1.5 kg
Cable allocation
Colour of the connecting cables (cable 1 screened):

Supply lines:
Signal lines:
Screen:
Notes:
Red
+15 V
Black
M0 (measured zero)
Blue
15 V
White
M0 (measured zero)
Pink
X axis
Yellow/green
Housing transmitter
Transparent
Screen

If the transmitter is installed in a fully isolated
manner, then the transmitter housing must be
connected to earth!
X axis
XA
+ 10 V
03
20
1
1
20
Colours of the connecting cables (cable 2 non screened):

Feed cable:
Blue
Grey/Pink
XA
Red/Blue
XB
Dead-man contact:
Grey
Black
X axis
XB
10 V
502
4/6
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT 10468
RE 29753/04.05
Zero position, directional and deadman contacts
2A
Dead-man contact
Switch in the lever
Pressure switch and push button

Violet
White
2A
Rocker switch and rocker switch with detent
White
Violet
2A
Brown
Colours of the connecting cable (cable 2 non screened):

Feed cable:
Violet
Pressure operated switch and push button:
White
Brown
12 V
24 V
Directional and
Power supply
module
VT 11006
VT 11005
Supply
voltage
Proportionalamplifier
Supply
voltage
Switching
amplifier
Switching solenoids
output
Switched signal
Supply
voltage
RE 29753/04.05
VT 10468
503
5/6
Circuit example
03
504
6/6
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT 10468
RE 29753/04.05
7
38
20
20
42
120
165
11
80
55
1 Hand lever
2 Ball lever
65
50
4 x 6,5
XB
XA
10V
+10V
3 Mounting face
Front

5 Switch in lever (see ordering details)
6 Dead-man contact
90
7 Pull detent
105
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
Zum Eisengieer 1
Telefon +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0
Telefax +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58
www.boschrexroth.de

parties.
505
RE 29 881/06.03
Replaces : 03.02
Electronic remote control for the

actuation of hydraulic axis
Type 4THES5, THEC5, THE5
Type : 4THES5 E, THE5 E, THEC5 G
Content
Functional description, section
Mechanical technical data
Electrical technical data
Safety features and guidelines of the THE5
Ordering details
Variations of ergonomic grip EC2000
Contact position within the plugs for wiring grip EC2000
4THES5 Signal
THEC5 CAN bus
THE5 Power PWM
Features
2
3
4-5
5-6
7
8
9
10-13
14-18
19-26
Specially designed for mobile machines.

Types available : Signal, CAN, Power PWM.
High mechanical robustness of hydraulic remote control
components.
Large selection of ergonomic grips with various E-contacts.
Actuator ergonomics comparable with hydraulic remote
controls.
Metallic electronic box.
03
2003
by Bosch Rexroth AG, Mobile Hydraulics, D-89275 Elchingen
All rights reserved. No part of this document may be reproduced or stored, processed, duplicated or circulated using electronic systems, in any form or
by any means, without the prior written authorisation of Bosch Rexroth AG, Mobile Hydraulics. In the event of contravention of the above provisions,
4THES5, THEC5, THE5
1/26
RE 29 881/06.03
506
Functional description, section

Design
Remote controls type THE5 are mainly composed of a control lever
(1), a fixation body (2) and a box (3) containing the sensors and
electronic cards.
General
All types of THE5 remote controls have similar mechanics and
ergonomics. Their main differences are the integrated electronic
functions and the type of output signals.
- The remote control 4THES5 Signal needs external regulated Power
supplies for its sensors. It generates an analog voltage command
value (V).
- The CAN bus type THEC5 works in a similar manner. It periodically
generates a frame on CAN bus.
Both types of remote controls generate only low power signals. The
actuation of an electrohydraulic axis requires a further external
electronic power interface.
- The remote control THE5 Power PWM gives stabilized currents for
the direct operation of electrohydraulic proportional pressure reducing
valves. The analog Power outputs are pulse-width-modulated (PWM).
Remote controls THE5 fitted with microcontrollers ( CAN bus and
Power PWM) communicate with the PC through a serial interfaces

RS232. CAN bus interfaces enable command values to be sent to
further systems, such as Brueninghaus Hydromatik MC
microcontrollers.
Function principle
When not actuated the control lever is held in the neutral position by
the 4 return springs (8).
With deflection of control lever (1) plunger (5) pushes against return
spring (8). A position sensor is allocated to each actuation axis. Slider
(4) of the sensor fixed on plunger (5) moves upward or downward
while following the lever actuation direction. The command value
generated by the sensor is proportional to lever deflection.
A rubber grommet (6) protects the mechanical components of the
housing from contamination.
6
5
4
3
RE 29 881/06.03
2/26
4THES5, THEC5, THE5
507
Mechanical technical data (for applications outside these parameters, please consult us !)
THE5 Type
4THES5 Signal
Temperature range :
storage, ambient
operation
THEC5 CAN bus

2, 3 and 4 axis
THE5 Power
2, 3 and 4 axis
- 40 to + 85
- 30 to + 70
C
C
Resistance to vibrations and shocks
CDC 381002
Protection degree to DIN 40050
P65 - upper part

Lower part is not
tight
Box
IP65 - upper part

IP67 - lower part
IP65 - upper part

Lower part is not
tight
Zamack (aluminium alloy)
Installation
vertical
Max. permissible actuation moment at the lever

Weight
Nm
kg
10 Nm during operation
80 Nm with an exceptional, one-time loading
1,86
1,9
1,7
Characteristic data : lever control moment in function of lever deflection

Axis 1
Axis 2
Lever deflection in degree

Moment in mN.m
Lever deflection in degree
Moment in mN.m
-25
1,50
-20
1,35
0
0,60
0
0,55
25
1,50
20
1,35
03
4THES5, THEC5, THE5
3/26
RE 29 881/06.03
508
Electrical technical data (for applications outside these parameters, please consult us !)
THE5 Type
4THES5 Signal
THEC5 CAN bus

2, 3 and 4 axis
Nominal supply voltage Vbat
12V, 24V DC
Power supply
9V32V DC
Total current consumption :

Without load
Loaded, maximum value
2A
200mA
Internal fuse
5A
none
External fuse
Quantity of :
External regulated power supply
On/Off Inputs
Outputs for proportional control

of electrohydraulic pressure reducing valve (PWM)
On/Off Outputs
THE5 Power
2, 3 and 4 axis
3A
1A
2 axis : 5A
3 axis : 8A
4 axis : 10A
1 or 2
(sensors
supply)
-
1 or 2
(sensors
supply)
5
(4 buttons
+ dead man)
-
4
(direction contacts)
1
(output
initialization over)
2
(position
proportional
outputs) *
-
2
(position
proportional
outputs) *
1
1
Analog outputs (voltage)
RS 232 Interface for PC software

Interfaces for CAN bus
External regulated power supply of sensors: voltage range
2
(sensitivity + dead
man)
Up to 8
5
(output initialization
over + 4 direction
contacts)
-
1
1 (optional)
0-5V / 1mA
0-10V / 2mA
On/Off Inputs
Active input at 0V, I contact = 2mA to 7mA.

Internal pull up at +Vbat filtered
Proportional solenoid outputs :

Pulse frequency (PWM)
Current range (load dependent)
100 300Hz
02,5A
On/Off Output, max. current
1A
20mA
1A
Microprocessor
No
Yes
Yes
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
qualified according to ISO standards 7637, 11452 and 13766
Protection against short circuits at supply voltage and at ground
All On/Off inputs and outputs.

Short circuit at ground or at supply voltage generates in the
sensor overvoltage that can damage it.
Protection against polarity reversal (battery power supply)
Against polarity reversal by means of a serial diode on +Vbat
Protection against polarity reversal (sensors external supply)
Against polarity reversal.
* permissible nominal current 25A /: recommended load impedance : 200kOhms under 5V.
RE 29 881/06.03
4/26
4THES5, THEC5, THE5
509
Electrical technical data (for applications outside these parameters, please consult us !)
Technical data for the grips switch EC2000
switching capacity
minimal current
maximal current
resistive load
resistive load
microswitch lifetime
resistive load at 12VDC
100mA at 12VDC or 24VDC

5A at 12VDC or 24VDC
100 to 500mA
5A
5 millions cycles
300000 cycles
resistive load at 24VDC
100 to 500mA
5A
3 millions cycles
150000 cycles
inductive load L/R=5ms at 12VDC or 24VDC
1,25A
200000 cycles
maximal contact resistance m

switching on/off with low loads
minimum voltage
minimum current strength
E-contact type
20
V
mA
12
100
high current
grip protection
IP65
switching guidelines for DC voltages
to ensure the service life of the electrical switches, we recommend the

use of free-wheeling diodes that are switched parallel to the
inductivity

Safety features of the THE5 :
03
4THES5 Signal (see page 10)
The specific sensor design enables the generation of an analog signal
on a reduced voltage range compared with the supply voltage
( range 0,5V->4,5V for a 5 V power supply). Thus, a short circuit
cannot be mistaken for a correct signal.
THEC5 CAN and THE5 Power (see page 19)

Detects faults on power supply.
If a fault arises, the clock generator module ( watchdog ) switches
the microprocessor off.
Issues a periodic counter on the CAN bus to enable the detection of
the signal dynamics.
THEC5 CAN bus (see page 14)

The redundancy of the position information confirms that the
generated command value is accurate. On the "Signal" type, it is an
On/Off direction sensor redundancy. On the "Signal" type with CAN,
it is a second proportional sensor redundancy.
4THES5, THEC5, THE5
5/26
RE 29 881/06.03
510

Safety guidelines for the application of the THE5 :
Application guidelines for THE5 Power PWM :
4THES5 Signal and THEC5 CAN bus

The system using the signals delivered by the remote controls THES5
and THEC5 must check the consistency of the signals and implement
the relevant corrective actions in case of failures.
Select the same supply voltage for the remote control THE5 and
the solenoids which are to be connected. I. e. 12 V solenoids for
a 12 V application and 24 V solenoids for a 24 V application.
After correcting a fault, reset the remote control by switching
the power supply off.
An emergency cut-off for the remote control power supply must
be provided for. Warning : when the remote control power
supply is switched off, the output currents are switched off
without a ramp.
Do not fit free-wheeling diodes on those of the THE5's power
lines which are connected to the inductivities of the pressure
reducing valves controlled by the THE5. Provide for suitable
protective circuit in case such lines are interrupted (relays for
instance).
THE5 Power
When a fault is detected, the power outputs are automatically
switched off. The electrohydraulic system must be designed in such a
manner that safe behaviour is guaranteed when the command value
gets equal to zero (case of translation drives).
Warning :
If the power interface to which the remote control is connected
("Signal" and "CAN" types) has no emergency switch off
system, provide for an emergency stop switch to disconnect the
power supply to the electronics. This switch must be easily
accessible to the operator. Safe braking must be provided for in
case of emergency stop (case of translation drives ).
Screen the electric cables connected to position sensors
(regulated power supply and proportional output). A low
impedance line should connect the screen with the vehicle's
ground.
Do not lay cables of low intensity currents to/from the
electronics in the vicinity of power cables.
In case of electric welding operations on the machine, unplug
the power supply battery as well as all plugs connecting the
electronics.
Ensure adequate distance of the electronics away from possible
radio equipments, to limit the magnetic field acquired by the
remote control.
Do not use in hazardous environment.
Do not direct the jet of a pressure washing unit directly at the
unit.
Fit the other inductivities of the vehicle with free-wheeling
diodes to avoid disturbances.
Remote controls must be switched off when starting the engine
of a mobile machine or vehicle.
Do not step into the dialogue phase on serial line while the
machine is working, otherwise the sending to CAN bus is
stopped.
RE 29 881/06.03
6/26
4THES5, THEC5, THE5
511
Ordering details
THE
1X /
Remote control :
2 axis controlled by the remote control electronic 42)
Type :
Signal
Can bus
Power PWM
S2)
C
no code
Grip range :
Ergonomic EC2000
Ergonomic EC4000
Customers
No grip
Ergonomic grip types :

Grip type E
Grip type H
E
H
no code
Z
TT, ST, VT, YT,YU

see EC4000 datasheet : RE 64562
Ergonomic grip orientation :

lever straight and grip in the direction of control port 1
lever curved by 15 in the direction of control port 2
and grip in the direction of control port 1
(pilot control unit for the left hand)
lever curved by 15 in the direction of control port 2 +
and grip in the direction of control port 1
(pilot control unit for the right hand)
03
43
23
Plugs for ergonomic wiring :

DEUTSCH sealed plug IP 67
Plug AMP MAT-N-LOK
Without plug
1)
03
5
6
no code
Remote controls CAN and Power PWM
2) Designate the Signal remote control with 2 axis maximum because the additional axis provided by grips EC4000 are not controlled by the
remote control electronic.

4THES5, THEC5, THE5
7/26
RE 29 881/06.03
512
Variations of ergonomic grip EC2000

TT
without E-contact
ST
yellow
single E-contact on
top
green
VT
black
gray
red
blue
double E-contact
with rocker swith
YT
yellow
black
gray
green
red
blue
yellow
black
gray
white
green
red
blue
brown
double E-contact
with rocker switch
single E contact on
top
YU
double E-contact
with rocker switch
single E-contact on
top
single E-contact to
the front
RE 29 881/06.03
8/26
4THES5, THEC5, THE5
513
Contact location within the plugs for wiring grip EC2000

DEUTSCH sealed plug IP 67
(ordering detail = 5)
Plug AMP MAT-N-LOCK

(ordering detail = 6)
Grip ST
Grip ST
F
2
2
1
View F
View F
cover DEUTSCH DT 04 - 2P - CE 04
cover AMP 350778 - 1

Grip VT or YT
Grip VT or YT
F
1
2
3
6
5
4
View F
View F
Identification wire
in the plug colour
1
2
3
4
5
6
red
black
gray
blue
yellow
green
Ergonomic grip type

VT
x
x
x
x
Identification wire
in the plug colour
YT
x
x
x
x
x
x
red
black
gray
blue
yellow
green
1
2
3
4
5
6
Grip YU
Ergonomic grip type

VT
x
x
x
x
YT
x
x
x
x
x
x
03
Grip YU
5 6 7 8
4 3 2 1
F
1
View F
View F
Identification wire identification wire

in the plug colour in the plug colour
Identification wire identification wire

in the plug colour in the plug colour
1
2
3
4
4THES5, THEC5, THE5
red
black
gray
blue
5
6
7
8
yellow
green
white
brown
1
2
3
4
9/26
red
black
gray
blue
5
6
7
8
yellow
green
white
brown
RE 29 881/06.03
514
4THES5 Signal
The remote control type 4THES5 Signal is designed to deliver
command values to both axis of the single control lever. The command
values are proportional to the movement.
This remote control requires 2 external regulated power supplies (
0-5V or 0-10V ). Such power supplies are to be provided from an
external electronics, such as Brueninghaus Hydromatik MC
microcontrollers. The power supplied directly by the battery supplies
the direction contacts ( 1A nominal ).
The proportional outputs supply a voltage ranging between 20%
and 80% of the external regulated voltage. Thanks to this voltage
limitation, the external electronic system with which the remote control
is connected is able to detect cable breaks and short circuits.
To reverse the command value generated by the remote control, one
can invert the external supplies.
Features
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) according to the ISO
standards 7637, 11452 and 13766.
Ergonomics similar to hydraulics ( permissible deflection angle :
axis 1 : 25 ; axis 2 : 20 ).
Life expectancy : 3 Million cycles.
Compatible with the electrohydraulic actuation module on
SX14 and SX12 directional control blocks.
Requires an external amplifier and an external regulated Power

supply to actuate proportional pressure reducing valves.
Redundancy by means of an on/off sensor working in parallel to
the proportional sensor.
4THES5 Signal - block diagram 2 axis version
Pin 12 +V battery
Pin 11 V battery
Pin 3 +V power supply sensor axis 1
Pin 1 proportional output axis 1
Pin 7 direction + axis 1
On/Off
inputs
interface
Pin 4 V power supply sensor axis 1

Pin 5 +V power supply sensor axis 2
Pin 8 direction axis 1

Pin 9 direction + axis 2
Pin 10 direction axis 2
Pin 6 V power supply sensor axis 2
RE 29 881/06.03
10/26
4THES5, THEC5, THE5
515
4THES5 Signal
Pin allocation
Output connection on plug Deutsch.
Designation of the remote control plug : DT 04 - 12PA - CE 01 : 12 pins.
Designation of the machine plug : DT04-12SA-CE01; DSI material N: 08250513.
Pin number
Designation
Proportional output axis 2 (minimum load 200kOhms with 5V Power supply)
Proportional output axis 1 (minimum load 200kOhms with 5V Power supply)
+V Power supply sensor axis 1
V Power supply sensor axis 1
+V Power supply sensor axis 2
V Power supply sensor axis 2
Direction + axis 1
Direction axis 1
Direction + axis 2
10
Direction axis 2
11
V battery
12
+V battery
Outputs characteristic curves

On/Off outputs
V battery
100%
Directions
1 (2 )
Directions
1+ (2+ )
-100%
+100%
03
Angle
Proportional outputs
V sensor power supply
85%
Directions
1+ (2+ )
50%
Directions
1 (2 )
15%
-100%
4THES5, THEC5, THE5
+100%
11/26
Angle
RE 29 881/06.03
516
4THES5 Signal
Wiring : block diagram
4THE
S5
plug
Regulated power supply 5-10V
Voltage signal
EMS
module
Module battery power supply

Redondancy with
On/Off signals
fuse
battery
(12V or 24V)
Terminal connection
F
1
2
3
4
5
6
12
11
10
9
8
7
View F
cover DEUTSCH DT 04 - 12PA - CE 01
RE 29 881/06.03
12/26
4THES5, THEC5, THE5
517
4THES5 Signal
112
86,4
03
Unit dimension in function of the grip type:

type of grip
EC2000
EC4000
4THES5, THEC5, THE5
Y
207,5
248,5
13/26
RE 29 881/06.03
518
THEC5 CAN bus

The remote control type THEC5 CAN bus makes available on a CAN
bus the information about the control lever position for each axis. It
is able to take the analog information from 1 or 2 external sensors
(e.g. EC3000 or EC4000) and send them to the CAN bus.
This remote control requires one ( or two ) external regulated power
supply(ies) ( 0-5V or 0-10V ). Such power supply are to be provided
from an external electronics such as Brueninghaus Hydromatik MC
microcontrollers. This external power supply enables the generation
of a redundant signal on each of both axis.
The power supplied by the battery supplies the electronics, which
generate an internal 5V.
The analog outputs deliver a voltage which is proportional to the
external regulated supply voltage. The external electronic system can
limit the supply voltage between 20% and 80% of its reference
voltage in order to be able to detect cable breaks or short circuits.
The remote control has 2 proportional tracks for each axis.
The first proportional track, supplied by the internal 5V, is processed
by the remote control's microprocessor which normalizes and converts
its value into a percentage. Then the percentage is issued in a CAN
frame on 1 byte plus sign.
The supply of the second proportional track is external, it can be
reversed so that the command value generated by the remote control
can also be inverted.
The remote control can simultaneously actuate 2 to 4 axis, according
to the selected type.
Features
standards 7637, 11452 and 13766.
Ergonomics similar to hydraulics ( permissible deflection angle :
axis 1 : 25 ; axis 2 : 20 ).
Card with microcontroller, CAN 2.0 compatible with identifier
coded on 11 bits.
The command values are available in standard analog shape
and on the CAN bus (digital); thanks to this redundancy the
application of the remote control is made safer.
RE 29 881/06.03
Redundancy by means of 2 proportional tracks simultaneously

actuated.
Dead man input
Output "initialization over"
14/26
4THES5, THEC5, THE5
519
THEC5 CAN bus

THEC5 CAN bus - block diagram 2 axis version
Pin 14 +V power supply
sensor axis 1
Pin 20 proportional output axis1
Pin 12 V power supply
sensor axis 1
sensor axis 2
sensor axis 2
Pin 5 +V battery
+5V
supply
5V
350mA
0V
+5V
converter
A-N 8 bits
converter
A-N 8 bits
K line
interface
CAN
interface
On/Off output
interface
Pin 6 V battery
Pin 15 K line interface

Pin 16, 17, 18, 19
CAN bus interface
Pin 10 output
initialization over
logics
0V
Pin 1 On/Off input 1
On/Off
inputs
interface

Pin 9 dead man input
THEC5 CAN bus - block diagram 4 axis version

sensor axis 1
sensor axis 1
sensor axis 2
03

sensor axis 2
Pin 5 +V battery
+5V
supply
5V
350mA
0V
+5V
converter
A-N 8 bits
converter
A-N 8 bits
converter
A-N 8 bits
converter
A-N 8 bits
Pin 21 proportional input

axis 3
Pin 22 proportional input
axis 4
K line
interface
CAN
interface
On/Off output
interface
Pin 6 V battery
Pin 11 power supply +5V
axis 3 and 4
Pin 9 dead man input
4THES5, THEC5, THE5

Pin 16, 17, 18, 19
CAN bus interface
Pin 10 output
initialization over
logics
0V
On/Off
inputs
interface
15/26
RE 29 881/06.03
520
THEC5 CAN bus

Pin allocation
Sealed plug AMP Seal 23 pins.
Designation of the remote control plug : 770-728-1.
Designation of the machine plug: 770-680-1; DSI material N: 08250439.
Pin number
Designation
4THEC5 (2 axis)
8THEC5 (4 axis)
On/Off input 1
On/Off input 1
On/Off input 2
On/Off input 2
On/Off input 3
On/Off input 3
On/Off input 4
On/Off input 4
+V battery
+V battery
0V battery
0V battery
+V Power supply sensor of axis 2
V Power supply sensor of axis 2
Dead man input
Dead man input
10
11
Not allocated
+V Power supply sensor of axis 3 and 4
12
13
Not allocated
V Power supply sensor of axis 3 and 4
14
15
Line ISO K
Line ISO K
16
CAN H
CAN H
17
CAN H
CAN H
18
CAN L
CAN L
19
CAN L
CAN L
20
Proportional output of axis 1
21
Not allocated
Proportional input of axis 3
22
Not allocated
23
Outputs characteristic curve

Proportional outputs
V sensor power supply
85%
Directions
1+ (2+ )
50%
Directions
1 (2 )
15%
-100%
RE 29 881/06.03
+100%
16/26
Angle
4THES5, THEC5, THE5
521
THEC5 CAN bus

THEC5
plug
CAN Bus communication
Electronical
vehicle (ECM)
PWM
Voltage signals on regulated power

supply 5-10V
PCTHE5
error display
On/Off signals
On/Off input
On/Off input
On/Off input
On/Off input
-
PC
fuse
battery
(12V or 24V)
When in operation, the programming tools must be isolated from the remote control so that the parameters are protected.
Terminal connection
Display and adjustment possibilities

All adjustment processes and display of functions, faults and systemspecific values are performed by means of a PC with software ToolSE
via the serial interface (DSI material N: 08250401).
4THES5, THEC5, THE5
17/26
RE 29 881/06.03
03
522
THEC5 CAN bus
120,9
130
104,6
Unit dimension in function of the grip type :

type of grip
EC2000
EC4000
RE 29 881/06.03
Y
207,5
248,5
18/26
4THES5, THEC5, THE5
523
THE5 Power PWM

The remote control type THE 5 Power PWM supplies power currents
for the direct and proportional actuation of the solenoids of electrohydraulic pressure reducing valves.
The curves of the current behaviour according to lever deflection can
be programmed for each control port.
The remote control can simultaneously actuate 2 to 4 axis, depending
on the selected execution.
Features
standards 7637, 11452 and 13766.
Ergonomics similar to hydraulics (permissible deflection angle :
axis 1 : 25 ; axis 2 : 20).
Redundancy by means of an on/off sensor working in parallel to
the proportional sensor.
Dead man input
Sensitivity input for the selection of the control curves.
Possible connection with CAN net.
03
4THES5, THEC5, THE5
19/26
RE 29 881/06.03
524
THE5 Power PWM

THE5 Power PWM - block diagram 2 axis version
Pin 3, 4 +V battery
Pin 1, 2 V battery
protection
+ relay
power supply for
power module
On/Off
outputs
interface
+5V
K line
interface
Pin 28 output direction + axis 1

Pin 30 output direction axis 2
0V
+5V
converter
A-N 8 bits
0V
logics
supply
5V
350mA
Pin 12 output initialization over

converter
A-N 8 bits
coils current
inputs
interface
On/Off
inputs
interface
Pin 5 sensitivity
input
4 PWM
outputs
Pin 10 dead man

input
Pin 13 main output 1+ axis 1

(load 2)
Pin 15 main output 1 axis 1
(load 1)
(load 4)
(load 3)
Pin 14 main return axis 1
(return 1 and 2)
(return 3 and 4)
THE5 Power PWM - block diagram 3 and 4 axis version

Pin 3, 4 +V battery
Pin 1, 2 V battery
protection
+ relay
power supply for
power module
+5V
0V
converter
A-N 8 bits
Pin 18 proportional
input axis 3
converter
A-N 8 bits
Pin 20 proportional
input axis 4
converter
A-N 8 bits
Pin 5 sensitivity
input
Pin 10 dead man
input
K line
interface
+5V
converter
A-N 8 bits
Pin 17 power supply

+5V axis 3 and 4
Pin 12 output initialization over

0V
logics
supply
5V
350mA
On/Off
outputs
interface
4 PWM
outputs
4 PWM
outputs
On/Off
inputs
interface
coils current
inputs
interface
coils current
inputs
interface
RE 29 881/06.03
20/26

(load 2)
(load 1)
(load 4)
(load 3)
Pin 23 main output 1 axis 3 /
output 2nd 1 axis 1 (load 5)
(return 1 and 2)
(return 3 and 4)
Pin 16 main return axis 3 /
return 2nd axis 1 (return 5 and 6)
Pin 9 main return axis 4 /
return 2nd axis 2 (return 7 and 8)
4THES5, THEC5, THE5
525
THE5 Power PWM

Pin allocation
Output connection on plug Deutsch 31 pins.
Designation of the remote control plug : HDP - 26 - 24 - 31 - PE L017.
Designation of machine plug : HDP - 24 - 24 - 31 - PE L017; DSI material N of machine plug kits : 08250514.
Pin number
Designation
6THE5 (3 axis)
4THE5 (2 axis)
8THE5 (4 axis)
V battery
V battery
V battery
V battery
V battery
V battery
+V battery
+V battery
+V battery
+V battery
+V battery
+V battery
Sensitivity input
Sensitivity input
Sensitivity input
Main output 1 axis 4 (load 7)

/ Output 2nd 1 axis 2
Not allocated
Not allocated
Not allocated

Main return axis 4

/ Return 2nd axis 2 (return 7 et 8)
10
Dead man input
Dead man input
Dead man input
11
Main return axis 2

(return 3 et 4)
Main return axis 2

(return 3 et 4)
Main return axis 2

(return 3 et 4)
12
13
Main output 1+ axis 1 (load 2)
14
Main return axis 1

(return 1 et 2)
Main return axis 1

(return 1 et 2)
Main return axis 1

(return 1 et 2)
15
16
Main return axis 3

Main return axis 3

17
5VDC Power supply sensor of

axis 3
5VDC Power supply sensor of

axis 3 and 4
18
19
Line ISO K
Line ISO K
Line ISO K
20
21
22
23


24


25
Not allocated
Not allocated
Not allocated
26
Not allocated
Not allocated
Not allocated
27
Direction of axis 1
Direction of axis 1
Direction of axis 1
28
Direction + of axis 1
29
30
Direction of axis 2
Direction of axis 2
Direction of axis 2
31
Not allocated
Not allocated
Not allocated
4THES5, THEC5, THE5
21/26
RE 29 881/06.03
03
526
THE5 Power PWM

Outputs characteristic curve
On/Off outputs
V battery
100%
Directions
1 (2 )
-100%
Directions
1+ (2+ )
+100%
Angle
THE5
plug
PWM
PCTHE5
machine cable
set
error display
dead man switch
safety input
fine control 1
PC
fine control 2
-
fuse
battery
(12V or 24V)
When in operation, the programming tools must be isolated from the remote control so that the parameters are protected.
RE 29 881/06.03
22/26
4THES5, THEC5, THE5
527
THE5 Power PWM

Terminal connection
F
30
29
28
18
17
16
27
31 20
8
19
2
7
1
6
5
15
14
26
21
9
3
4
13
10
22
11 23
12
24
25
View F
cover DEUTSCH HDP - 26 - 24 - 31 - PE L017
Display and adjustment possibilities

All adjustment processes and display of functions, faults and systemspecific values are performed by means of a PC with software ToolSE
via the serial interface (DSI material N: 08250401).
03
4THES5, THEC5, THE5
23/26
RE 29 881/06.03
528
THE5 Power PWM
115
140,5
Unit dimension in function of the grip type:

type of grip
EC2000
EC4000
RE 29 881/06.03
Y
207,5
248,5
24/26
4THES5, THEC5, THE5
529
THE5 Power PWM
Y3
Y1=Y2
Yd
Xd
X1 X2 X3
Xf 100%
t tF
tt R
I max
I max
answer
command
value
time
%
Yf
03
Yd
Xd
lever angle
Xf
%
100%
current
Standard programming :
If there are no special request for parametering when a THE5 remote
control is ordered then a remote control with standard parametering
is supplied.
This standard parametering is suitable for the control of the solenoids of the pressure reducing valves FT DRE 2K 12V, DRE4 12V (max.
current : 1.8 A).
standard parametering of the operating curve :
Jump at start
: Xd = 10 Yd = 40
Jump at end
: Xf = 100 Yf = 100
Number of segments : 1
standard parametering of the ramps :
ramp up
: tR = 1s
ramp down
: tF = 2s
max. current
: Imax = 1,8A
min. current
: Imin = Yd
Yf
current
Programming of a ramp :
Each control curve has two ramp values. One value (ramp "Up")
determines the maximum acceleration value; the other value (ramp
"Down") determines the maximum deceleration value. The ramp
times result from the basic time of 28ms, multiplied by the
programmable ramp factor. The sequence of the maximum current
equals :
Imax / tR bzw. Imax / tF
ramp parametering :
ramp up
: tR = 0 to 7s
ramp down
: tF = 0 to 7s
max. current
: Imax = 2,0A
100%
current
Programming of an operating curve :

The control curves of each output can be determined through 2 to 5
points whereby these reference points in the X-axis are calculated
through percentage values of the lever angle and in the Y-axis through
percentage current values.
If the programmed value for Yf is not 100%, the programme
automatically carries out a jump to 100% after reaching the value
for Yf.
parametering of the control output curve :
Jump at start
: Xd = 10 Yd = 20
Jump at end
: Xf = 85 Yf = 85
Number of segments : 4
Input of the segments
Point no. 1
: X1 = 40 Y1 = 35
Point no. 2
: X2 = 55 Y2 = 35
Point no. 3
: X3 = 60 Y3 = 55
command
value
answer
Yd
35%
time
4THES5, THEC5, THE5
25/26
RE 29 881/06.03
530
THE5 Power PWM

Possible programming of the operating curves :
Example : THE5 (2 axis, 8 parameters)
Marked output
on housing
1+
2
1
2+
on
fine control
off
Axis
1
2
1
2
2
on
on
off
off
main axis
1
1+
2+
off
fine control
on
The horizontal and vertical arrows represent the control axes which
offer the THE5 models.
Each arrow tip represents an electrical output. The diagrams illustrate
the parametering allocated to the outputs. Each output has two
diagrams allocated, i.e. the parametering "fine control OFF" and the
parametering "fine control ON".
Bosch Rexroth AG
Mobile Hydraulics
Glockeraustrae 4
89275 Elchingen - Germany
Telefon 0 73 08 / 820
Telefax 0 73 08 / 72 74
eMail documentation@rexroth.de
RE 29 881/06.03
The THE5 remote controls are intended for the control of pressure
reducing valves types FT DRE2K and DRE4K.
Through appropriate programming the THE5 can be matched for the
control of other solenoids (1 type per axis).
Bosch Rexroth DSI SAS

BP 101 - 91, bd Irne Joliot-Curie
69634 Vnissieux cdex - France
Tl. 04 78 78 52 52
Fax. 04 78 78 52 26 - Tlex 380 852
Internet www.boschrexroth.fr
26/26
The data specified above only serve to describe

the product. No statements concerning a
certain condition or suitability for a certain
application can be derived from our information.
4THES5, THEC5, THE5
531
RE 00112-04
Type
Series
Data
sheet no.
Connection adapter
VT10812
2X
30105
533
Enclosed card holder
VT12302
3X
30103
537
19racks
VT19101, VT19102,
VT19103, VT19110
1X
29768
539
Card holder
VT3002
2X
29928
547
Designation
Page
Racks and card holders
01
Power supply and stabilising units

Compact power supply units
VT-NE30 bis VT-NE32
1X
29929
551
Power supply module
VT11006
1X
29729
555
Capacitor module
VT11073
1X
29750
559
Hydrocontrol electronics
SYHCE
2X
57901
563
Controlled system simulator for

the VT-HNC100-1-2X digital axis control
VT-HNC100DEMO
2X
30133
571
Test and demonstration unit for digital electronic cards
VT-DVT-1
1X
29690
575
Test adapter (11P+PE) for OBE
VT-PA-1
30067
579
VT-PA-2
30068
581
Test adapter for electric amplifiers
VT-PA-3
30070
583
Current-measuring test adapter
VT-PA-5
30073
585
Test box I
VT-PE-TB1
30063
589
Test box II
VT-PE-TB2
30064
593
Test box III
VT-PE-TB3
30065
597
Service case with test unit for proportional valves

and their control electronics
VT-PPV-1
1X
29687
601
Service case with test unit for servo-valves

without integrated electronics
VT-SYTSY-1
1X
29681
609
Service case with test unit for servo and proportional valves
with integral electronics (OBE)
VT-VETSY-1
1X
29685
615
Line connectors for valves and sensors
08008
627
Cable sockets for controlling electrically operated valves

and sensors
08006
639
29761
653
Test and service units
03
04
Plug in connectors
04
Other accessories
f/U converter and monitoring electronics FUW1
VTS0102
1X
06
532
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
RE 00112-04
533
RE 30105/06.05
Replaces: 08.03
Connection adapter
1/4
Type VT 10812
Series 2X
H5397_d
Table of contents
Features
Features
VT 10812 connection adapaters are used as connecting element

between Euro-racks and electronic cards in Euro-format.
Ordering code
VT 10812-2X/32D connection adapters consist of:
Contents
Unit dimensions
Page
2 and 3
32-pin female multi-point connector and

32-pin terminal strip (both a/c assigned; form D)
VT 10812-2X/48F connection adapters consist of:
48-in terminal strip (b/d/z assigned; form F)
VT 10812-2X/64G connection adapters consist of:
64-pin terminal strip (f/d/b/z assigned; form G)
04
534
2/4
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT 10812
RE 30105/06.05
Ordering code
VT 10812
2X
*
Connection adapter
Series 20 to 29
= 2X
(20 to 29: unchanged installation dimensions and pin assignment)
32D =
48F =
64G =
Adapter, 32-pin, form D

Euro-rack
6TE
(30,1)
c
a
2
4
Electronic card
95
2
4
32
32
7
35
32-pin, form D
48-pin, form F
64-pin, form G
535
RE 30105/06.05
VT 10812
3/4

Adapter, 48-pin, form F
Euro-rack
2
4
2
4
Electronic card
95
2
4
10TE
(45,32)
32
32
32
7
35
Adapter, 64-pin, form G

3
2
4
2
4
2
4
Electronic card
95
2
4
8TE
(40)
Euro-rack
32 32 32 32
04
7
56
536
4/4
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT 10812
RE 30105/06.05
Notes
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
Zum Eisengieer 1
Telefon +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0
Telefax +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58
www.boschrexroth.de

wear and aging.
537
RE 30 103/03.03
Replaces: 02.97

Type VT 12 302
H/A 4424/94
Series 3X
VT 12 302-3X
Contents
Features
Ordering details
Function
Technical data
Unit dimensions
Features
Page
1
1
1
2
2
Housing made of colourless chromated steel sheet

Separate earthing screw
Connections via special terminal block
Suitable for amplifier cards with a terminal strip
to DIN 41 612, forms F or G
Recommended for digital valve amplifiers
and accessory cards, e.g. VT 12 350, VT-HACD, VT-VPCD
VT 12 352, VT-SWKD-1, VT-VRPD and VT-VSPD
Ordering details
VT 12 302 -3X/
*

Series 30 to 39
(30 to 39: unchanged technical data and pin allocations)
= 3X
Function
04
The enclosed card holders type VT 12 302 makes assembly and wiring
of the individual Euro format (100 x 160 mm) electronic cards easy.
It has a front plate width of 8 TE. Due to its solid construction (tested
to EN 60 068-2-27, DIN IEC 68-2-6
and DIN IEC 68-2-36) the card holder can be used outside of a
switching cabinet. The enclosed form makes possible an EMV
protection to EN 61 000-4-2.
2003
VT 12 302
1/2
RE 30 103/03.03
538
U
Terminal voltage to VDE 0110 C
Max. 125 VAC
Current loading
Cross-section connection:
Max. 4 A
0.14 to 2.5 mm2
0.14 to 1.5 mm2
24 to 12
Rigid
Flexible
AWG (to EN 60 204, part 1)
Connection type
64-pin spring contact strip, DIN 41 612, form G

for electronic cards with terminal strips, forms F or G
Pin allocation:
For terminal strips form F

For terminal strips form G
Even numbered rows d/b/z

Even numbered rows f/d/b/z
10 TE x 3 HE X 208 mm
20 to + 70 oC
Weight
1.250 kg

208
25,4
7,5
4x5
z4 z6
z8 z20 z12 z14 z16 z18 z10
63
z2
z22 z24 b26 z28 f2 d20 d22 d26 b26 b28
b2 b4 z20 b6 b8 z20 b10 b12 z20 z32
300
b14 b16 z20 b18 b20 z20 b22 b24 z20 z32
d2 d4 d6
d8 d10 d12 d14 d16 d18 b28
b30 b32 b28 d24 d28 z20 d30 d32 z30 z32
f6 f8 f10 z20 f12 f14 f16 f18 z32
75
f4
z20 f20 f22 f24 f26 z20 f28 f30 f32 z32
7,5
Earthing screw M4
56
Bosch Rexroth AG

Telefon 0 93 52 / 18-0
Telefax 0 93 52 / 18-23 58 Telex 6 89 418-0

Cambs, PE19 2ES
Tel: 0 14 80/22 32 56
Fax: 0 14 80/21 90 52
RE 30 103/03.03
2/2

VT 12 302
539
RE 29768/06.05
Replaces: 10.02
19racks
1/8
Type VT 19101, VT 19102, VT 19103, VT 19110
K4804-4_d
19 rack, VT 19101
Series 1X
K4804-18_re_d
19 rack, VT 19101
(view: rear panel with plugs)
Contents
Page
Features
Ordering details
Unit dimensions: terminal plug and plug housings

Unit dimensions
2
3 to 7
04

540
2/8
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT 19101, VT 19102, VT 19103, VT 19110
RE 29768/06.05
Features
The 19 racks, VT 19101, VT 19102, VT 19103 and VT 19110
accept electronic assemblies in Euro-card format and they can
be fitted into 19 electronic cabinets and housings.
They conform with DIN 41494 and IEC 297-3.
Standard connection plug coding

Plug pre-assembly is possible
Or:
Designed to VDE 0100/12.65-4

Installation width; 84 pitch (TE) at 5.08 mm
VT 10812 connection adaptor (see RE 30105)

for magazines without rear wall
Designs of up to 3 x 3 height units (HE)

at 44.45 mm for Euro-cards of 100 x 160 mm
and 100 x 220 mm
Further options are:

Version with handles
Electrical shock protection via a cover plate
Recess card front
Sealed wiring space

Vibration proof version (DB acceptance)
Screwed or earthed card guide rails for

loadings caused by vibration
Optional outlets to cabinet wiring:
HF proof design
Hinged rear panel with:
Rear panel with plugs instead of a blank rear wall for

type VT 19102
140 signal connection terminals on 10 plugs with 3 HE

(max. connection cross-section 2.5 mm2)
Separate terminal block for the supply voltage with
10 terminals (max. connection cross section 6 mm2)
Blank rear panel

Plug housing
Ordering details
VT 191_ _
1 x 3 HE; card dimensions 100 x 160 mm
= 01
= 02
= 03
1 x 3 HE/2 x 3 HE; card dimensions 100 x 160/220 mm
(bus board magazine)
= 10
Series 10 to 19
= 1X
1X
*
Further details (options) in clear text
1=
2=
3=
5=
6=
Magazine nominal depth

For VT 19101 to VT 19103
(card dimensions 100 x 160 mm):
160 mm (without rear panel)
220 mm (with rear panel)
For VT 19110
(card dimensions 100 x 160/220 mm):
220 mm (bus magazine, 3 HE)
Unit dimensions: terminal plug and plug housings (dimensions in mm)
18,2
70
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
Plug housing (option)
71
Coded terminal plug
47,5
Width approx. 19 mm
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
4,4
X11
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
X12
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
X13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
X14
X15
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
X16
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
X17
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
X18
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
X19
X100
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Spannungsversorgung
Versorgungberwachung
PE
L1
120,6
57,15
84 TE x 5,08 = 426,7
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
(239) 290
(245,5)
175,4 (235,4)
3
46
VT 19101, VT 19102, VT 19103, VT 19110
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
482,6
449
465,1
84 TE x 5,08 = 426,7
10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80
Handles
(option)
X10
Nominal depth 160 (220)
RE 29768/06.05
541
3/8
Unit dimensions: VT 19101-1X (dimensions in mm)
Plug and plug housing

(only possible with a depth
of 220)
132,5 (3HE 0,85)
M4 internal
earth bolts
128,4 (3 HE)
04
The u numbers indicate the location of the cards within the magazine.
The first digit of the u number and the plug number gives the tier location.
4,4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
X11
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
X12
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
X13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
X14
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
X16
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
X17
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
X18
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
X19
X100
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Spannungsversorgung
PE
L1
3
46
VT 19101, VT 19102, VT 19103, VT 19110
132,5 (3HE 0,85)
128,4 (3 HE)
84 TE x 5,08 = 426,7
X15
(239) 290
(245,5)
175,4 (235,4)
Hydraulics
482,6
120,6
57,15
465,1
120,6
57,15
449
132,5 (3HE 0,85)
84 TE x 5,08 = 426,7
10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80
10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80
Bosch Rexroth AG
X10
4/8
542
RE 29768/06.05

Handles
(option)

(only possible with a depth of 220)
M4 internal
earth bolts
128,4 (3 HE)
4,4
X12
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
X13
X13
X14
X14
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
X15
X15
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
X16
X16
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
X17
X17
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
X18
X18
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
X19
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
X100
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
X100
65
65
65
80
80
80
PE
Spannungsversorgung
L1
N
75
75
75
Spannungsversorgung
PE
L1
70
70
70
(239) 290
(245,5)
175,4 (235,4)
46
128,4 (3 HE)
84 TE x 5,08 = 426,7
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
482,6
465,1
449
60
60
60
X19
55
55
55
128,4 (3 HE)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
50
50
50
57,15
X11
45
45
45
120,6
57,15
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
40
40
40
120,6
57,15
X12
35
35
35
120,6
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
30
30
30
132,5 (3HE 0,85)
84 TE x 5,08 = 426,7
25
25
25
132,5 (3HE 0,85)
X10
X11
20
20
20
132,5 (3HE 0,85)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
X10
15
15
15
VT 19101, VT 19102, VT 19103, VT 19110
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
10
10
10
RE 29768/06.05
543
5/8
Handles
(option)

(only possible with a depth of 220)
M4 internal
earth bolts
128,4 (3 HE)
04
544
6/8
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT 19101, VT 19102, VT 19103, VT 19110
RE 29768/06.05
Unit dimensions: VT 19110-1X/3 und VT 19110-1X/5 (dimensions in mm)
235,4 (294,4)
46
Handles
(option)
132,5 (3HE 0,85)

120,6
482,6
449
465,1
84 TE x 5,08 = 426,7
10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80
57,15
4,4
The first digit of the u number gives the tier loacation.
545
RE 29768/06.05
VT 19101, VT 19102, VT 19103, VT 19110
7/8
Unit dimensions: VT 19110-1X/6 (dimensions in mm)
5
4,4
482,6
57,15
10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80
120,6
57,15
10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80
120,6
449
465,1
132,5 (3HE 0,85)
84 TE x 5,08 = 426,7
132,5 (3HE 0,85)
235,4 (294,4)
46
Handles
(option)
The first digit of the u number gives the tier loacation.
04
546
8/8
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT 19101, VT 19102, VT 19103, VT 19110
RE 29768/06.05
Notes
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
Zum Eisengieer 1
Telefon +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0
Telefax +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58
www.boschrexroth.de

parties.
547
RE 29 928/11.03
Replaces: 02.03
Card holder
Typs VT3002
1/4
Series 2X
H/A 4842/93
Contents
Features
Page
Features
Card holders allow the simple installation and wiring of individual electronic cards in Euro format, e.g. in switching cabinets
Ordering details
Can be screwed on or snapped onto DIN rails
Technical data
Installation guidelines
Vertical mounting onto a DIN rail, possible with an additional

adaptor (included within the scope of supply)
Unit dimensions
Stable base
Card locking and releasing by lever operation
Power supply unit:
Connection via screw terminals

Ordering details
04
VT3002
2X
Card holder
Series 20 to 29
and pin allocation)
= 2X
15H =
32D =
48F =
64G =
15-pin spring contact strip, form H

32-pin spring contact strip, form D
48-pin spring contact strip, form F
64-pin spring contact strip, form G
548
2/4
Bosch Rexroth AG
VT3002 RE 29 928/11.03
Terminal voltage to VDE 0110 C
Current loading capacity
U Max. 125 VAC
VT 3002-2X/15H
I 15 A
VT 3002-2X/32D
I 4A
VT 3002-2X/48F
I 4A
VT 3002-2X/64G
I 3A
A Screw terminals max. 4mm2, (form H - 6 mm2)
Cross-section connection
Connection type:
(socket connection)
Pin allocation:
VT 3002-2X/15H
15-pin spring contact strip, form H, DIN 41612
VT 3002-2X/32D
32-pin spring contact strip, form D DIN 41612
VT 3002-2X/48F
48-pin spring contact strip, form F DIN 41612
VT 3002-2X/64G
64-pin spring contact strip, form G DIN 41612
VT 3002-2X/15H
Even numbered, rows d/z
VT 3002-2X/32D
Even numbered, rows a/c
VT 3002-2X/48F
Even numbered, rows d/b/z
VT 3002-2X/64G
Even numbered, rows f/d/b/z
20 bis +70C
Weight
m 0,5 kg
Installation guidelines
Push the yellow lever down and insert the card completely.
To withdraw the card you have to operate the detented lever
which releases the card enabling it to be withdrawn.
The connection profile between the two card guides can be

removed or snapped into place on the other side to allow the
connection of cables.
By moving the
spring it is possible to turn through
90 and refit.
Card holder connection types H 15-pin; D 32-pin and
Card holder connection type G 64-pin
F 48-pin
only horizontal mounting possible
Card guide
Card locking mechanism
04
2 4 6 8 1012 14161820 22242628 30 32
2 4 6 8 1012 14161820 22242628 30 32
2 4 6 8 1012 14161820 22242628 30 32
2 4 6 8 1012 14161820 22242628 30 32
f
d
b
z
177
95
8
10
12
14
220 1)
2 4 6 8 1012 14161820 22242628 30 32
16
127
140
140
127
20
140
127
22 18
127
24 28
26
140
32
d
b
z
b
2 4 6 8 1012 14161820 22242628 30 32
2 4 6 8 1012 14161820 22242628 30 32
2 4 6 8 1012 14161820 22242628 30 32
2 4 6 8 1012 14161820 22242628 30 32
30
72
c
a
a
z
d
Dim. with top-hat rail and Eurocard 100 x 160 mm
1)
40
4,2 (2x)
63
63
63
40
4,2 (2x)
40
4,2 (2x)
40
4,2 (2x)
VT 3002-2X/48F
VT 3002-2X/32D
VT 3002-2X/15H
3/4
RE 29 928/11.03 VT3002
549
VT 3002-2X/64G
1,5
550
RE 29 928/11.03 VT3002
4/4
Notes
Bosch Rexroth AG
Zum Eisengieer 1
Telefon +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0
Telefax +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58
www.boschrexroth.de

All rights reserved. No part of the document may be reproduced or stored,
or bymeans, without the prior written authorisation of Bosch Rexroth AG,
the contravening party is obliged to bay compensation.
can be derived from our information. The details stated do not release you
from the responsibility for carrying out your own assessment and verification. It must be remembered that our products are subject to a natural
551
Compact power supply units
RE 29929/03.05
Replaces: 10.02
1/4
VT-NE30, component series 2X

H5348
Table of contents
Contents
Features
Features
Page
1
Ordering code
Technical data
Terminal assignment
Unit dimensions
Power supply unit VT-NE30 (unipolar output voltage):

For the voltage supply of amplifiers for proportional valves
For the voltage supply of proportional valves with
integrated electronics
Power supply unit VT-NE31 (bipolar output voltage):
For the voltage supply of amplifiers for servo-valves
Power supply unit VT-NE32 (unipolar output voltage):
Same function as power supply unit VT-NE30
In addition, regulated output voltage for the supply of closedloop control or evaluation electronics or accessory
components such as pressure transducers, position
measuring systems
Compact design, connection via terminal strip
Unregulated output voltages (filtered);
with VT-NE32 additionally regulated output voltage
Vibration resistance according to DIN IEC 68, insulation testing according to VDE 0113
Short-circuit protection by miniature fuses in output circuits;
with VT-NE32 cut-off of the regulated output voltage after
approx. 1.5 s in the case of overloading or short-circuit; restart
by pressing the reset key
Can be screwed on or snapped onto hat rail EN 60715
LED indicator lamps
Conformity with EC Directives (CE mark)
04
552
2/4
Bosch Rexroth AG
RE 29929/03.05
VT-NE30, VT-NE31, VT-NE32
Ordering code
VT
Compact power supply unit, bipolar
Compact power supply unit, unipolar and regulated
1X
= NE31
= NE32

1X =
VT
Compact power supply unit, unipolar
2X
Series 10 to 19
assignment)
= NE30

2X =
Series 20 to 29
assignment)
VT-NE30
Filtered
Operating voltage
VT-NE31
VT-NE32
Output 1
Output 2
Output 1
Output 2
Filtered
Filtered
Filtered
Filtered
25 W
U 230 VAC 10 % or 115 VAC 10 %
Frequency
f 47 bis to Hz
Output
PO
108 W
7W
7W
60 W
UO
+32 VDC 1)
+27 VDC 1)
27 VDC 1)
+30 VDC 1)
+24 VDC
UO
1)
1)
1)
1)
+24 VDC
Output voltage (at U = 230 VAC):

No load
Full load
+26 VDC
+24 VDC
24 VDC
+25 VDC
Load current
Imax
4A
0.25 A
0.25 A
2.5 A
1A
Residual ripple content (full load)
Ueff
< 3.5 VAC
< 3 VAC
< 3 VAC
< 3 VAC
< 50 mVAC
8AT
0.8 A M
0.8 A M
0.8 A T
See features
Fuse
IF
mm2
Connection cross-section
A max. 4
20 to +50 C
20 to +70 C
Weight
1)
3.1 kg
In the case of deviations of 10 % from operating voltage

U = 230 VAC, the output voltage UO changes by 10 %.
Terminal assignment
1.3 kg
2.4 kg
Note:
For details regarding environment simulation testing in the
fields of EMC (electromagnetic compatibility), climate and
mechanical stress, see RE 29929-U (declaration on environmental compatibilty).
Connection of operating voltage

230 VAC
115 VAC
Compact power supply units VT-NE30 to VT-NE32 are ready

for connection for an operating voltage of 230 VAC.
For screwed mounting, remove the plate for hat rail mounting.
0 115 0 115
0 115 0 115
553
3/4
RE 29929/03.05

4th connection on the secondary side with VT-NE30 and VT-NE32 only
140,0 (VT-NE30)
120,0 (VT-NE31)
124,0 (VT-NE32)
5th and 6th connection on the secondary side with VT-NE31 only
4 x long hole
4.8 x 9
Top view VT-NE32
Top view VT-NE30
0 115 0 115
82
102
87
102
0 115 0 115
VT-NE30
+ VT-NE32
5,8 x 9
84
64
96
85
Top view VT-NE31
+24 0 24 VT-NE31
56
78
81
04
70
59,5
47,5
0 115 0 115
554
4/4
Bosch Rexroth AG
RE 29929/03.05
Notes
Bosch Rexroth AG
Zum Eisengieer 1
Phone +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0
Fax
+49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58
www.boschrexroth.de

parties.
555
RE 29729/07.05
Replaces: 02.03
Power supply module
1/4
Typ VT 11006
Series 1X
F87163_d
Table of contents
Contents
Features
Page
Features
Technical data
Ordering code
Terminal assignment
Unit dimensions
VT 11006-1X power supply modules supply two stabilised

voltages of 15 V. They are used to supply external, electrical
consumers.
Special features:
Switched-mode power supply unit
Reverse voltage protection
Function monitoring by means of LED lamps
Output voltages electrically isolated from operating voltage
04
556
2/4
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT 11006
RE 29729/07.05
Operating voltage
UB
21.5 Veff to 35 Veff
Three-phase bridge (winding)
21.5 V to 35 V
Full bridge (winding)
20 V to 24 V
(with external smoothing capacitor only, 2200 F per module)

P
10 VA
UO
15 V (1 %)
Power consumption
Output voltage
Residual ripple content (referred to the nominal output voltage value)
Output current
Temperature range
Weight
<1 %
I
max. 200 mA
25 to +70 C
~0.13 kg
+UB
0V
+15 V
0V
15 V
Ordering code
VT 11006
24 V power supply module
1X
*
1X =
Series 10 to 19
557
RE 29729/07.05
VT 11006
3/4
Terminal assignment
Operating voltage UB
+UB
15 V
0V
0V
n. c.
+15 V
Notes
The power supply module is not resistant to sustained shortcircuit!
In the case of overloading of one output voltage, the second
output voltage is reduced as well!
In the case of continuous operation of several adjacent modules and temperatures higher than 40 C, a minimum space
of 20 mm must be maintained between the modules!
Top hat rail to

EN 60715
79
4 5 6
1 2 3
85,5
25
04
558
4/4
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT 11006
RE 29729/07.05
Notes
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
Zum Eisengieer 1
Telefon +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0
Telefax +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58
www.boschrexroth.de

parties.
559
RE 29750/06.05
Replaces: 02.03
Capacitor module
1/4
Type VT 11073
Series 1X
F88005_d
Table of contents
Contents
Features
Page
Features
Ordering code
Technical data
Pin assignment and block circuit diagram VT 11073
Terminal assignment
Unit dimensions
This capacitor module is used for smoothing operating voltages

for supplying various amplifier modules that control proportional
and servo-valves.
Features:
Capacitors
Polarity reversal diode
Fuse
Overvoltage protector
LED indicator for output voltage
The capacitor module may only be wired when disconnected
from the power supply!
In the case of polarity reversal of operating voltage
short-circuit!
Do not install near power cables!

04
560
2/4
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT 11073
RE 29750/06.05
Ordering code
VT 11073
1X
Capacitor module
Series 10 to19
= 1X

Technical data
U0
36 V DC
Capacitance
C1/2
2 x 3300 F
Reactance coil
L1/2
18 H
IF
6,3 A MT
25 C bis +70 C
~0,13 kg
Operating voltage
Fuse
Overvoltage protector:
VDR 35 V / 1 mA

Weight
Pin assignment and block circuit diagram VT 11073

Output voltage
UO
Operating voltage
+U0
Si
1
L1
L0
L0
6,3 A
power
C1
C2
L2
L0
L0
561
RE 29750/06.05
VT 11073
3/4
Terminal assignment
UO Output voltage
0V
0V
0V
0V

to EN 60715
4 5 6
Rexroth
VT 11073
79
6,3 A
power
1 2 3
85,5
25
04
562
4/4
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT11073
RE 29750/06.05
Notes
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
Zum Eisengieer 1
Telefon +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0
Telefax +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58
www.boschrexroth.de

parties.
563
RE 57 901/11.02
Replaces: 02.02
Hydrocontrol electronics HCE

for the closed loop control and monitoring of
hydraulic servo axis used in testing applications
HAD 6836/01
Hydrocontrol electronics HCE

Type SYHCE, Series 2X
Hydrocontrol electronics SYHCE1-2X/...
Contents
Features
Ordering details
Technical data
Modules
Unit dimensions
Function and operating
Interfaces
Features
Page
1
2
3 and 4
4
4
5
6 and 7
Manual operation via the front mounted task field or menu

guided operation using a PC via a serial interface or field bus
Digital controller, which can be switched over between position
and force or other control variables, with integrated set-up
functions and closed loop amplitude control which can be cutin
Standard monitoring of position and force limiting values
Control of a sequencing module
Command value dynamics up to 100 Hz
Coupling to a PC via a field bus or AD/DA, I/O
Interface to software tools, e.g. LabView
or CAESAR -LAB
Application areas
Closed loop control and monitoring of hydraulic servo cylinder
axis or hydraulic motors with valve controls
For use with a manual or electrical remote control in test fields
or for the automation of test procedures in the field of quality
assurance
Application examples:
Endurance tests with hydraulic drives
Control of hydraulic drives to determine the
physical parameters in connection with quality assurance
2003
SYHCE
1/8
RE 57 901/11.02
04
564
Ordering details
SYHCE1 2X
Hydrocontrol electronics
Serial number
Is order related and is
determined in the factory
Series 20 to 29
= 2X
(20 to 2 9: unchanged
installation and connection dimensions)
Housing type
Desk top housing 84TE, one axis
Desk top housing 84TE, one axis,
24V power supply
Desk top housing 84TE, one axis,
24V power supply, VT2000 (ZSB)
Rack 84TE,
one axis
Rack 84TE,
one axis, 24V power supply
Rack 84TE,
one axis, 24V power supply,
VT2000
Rack 84TE,
two axes
Module slot 1A EASP
Free
EASP without front operating facility
EASP with front operating facility
Module slot 2A VR4D
Free
VR4D fitted (CAN)
VR4D fitted (Profibus DP)
VR4D fitted (INTERBUS S)
Module slot 6B (only variant B4!)

Socket card
M0 =
Free
M1 =
BK1
M2 =
BK2 (with antialising filter)
= T1
= T2
Module slot 5B (only variant B4!)DMS

T0 =
Free
T1 =
Fitted with ME10
T6 =
Fitted with ME50S6
(T5 fitted with ME50)
T8 =
Fitted with TF6208
(T7 fitted with TF6207)
= T3
= B1
= B2
Module slot 4B (only varient B4!) LVDT

Free (T1 fitted with ME10)
Fitted with ME50
(T6 fitted with ME50S6)
T7 =
Fitted with TF6207
(T8 fitted with TF6208)
T0 =
T5 =
= B3
= B4
= E0
= E1
= E2
S0 =
S1 =
S2 =
S8 =
= V0
= V1
= V2
= V3
Module slot 3A servo amplifier

Free
Servo amplifier SR91
V0 =
V1 =
V2 =
V3 =
= S0
= S1
= S2
= S8
Module slot 4A LVDT (DMS)

Free
Fitted with ME50
(T6 fitted with ME50S6)
Fitted with TF6207
(T8 fitted withTF6208)
Module slot 5A DMS (LVDT)
Free
Fitted with ME10
Fitted with ME50S6 (T7 fitted with TF6207)
Fitted with TF6208
E0 =
E1 =
E2 =
= T0
= T5
= T7
= T0
= T1
= T6
= T8
Accessories: Cable set see RE 57 900-01-Z

(separate order)
Z8-plug switching amplifier
Type VT-SSV-1-1X/ ... (see RE 30 150)
Operating instructions RE 57 901-B
M0 =
M1 =
M2 =
Moldule slot 3B
(only varient B4!) Servo amplifier
Free
Module slot 2B (only varient B4!) VR4D
Free
VR4D fitted (CAN)
VR4D fitted (Profibus DP)
VR4D fitted (INTERBUS S)
Module slot 1B (only varient B4!) EASP
Free
EASP without front operating facility
EASP with front operating facility
Module slot 6A socket card
Free
BK1
BK2 (with antialiasing filter)
Note: (cursive) = optionally possible
The communication programme is contained

within the VRD controller card scope of supply
RE 57 901/11.02
2/8
SYHCE
565
Technical data (for applications outside these parameters, please consult us)
Dimensions:
Desk top housing
19 rack
(B x H x D )
(B x H x D )
Operating voltage
Power consumption
Processor
Memory
Analogue inputs
Input voltage
Input resistance
Resolution
Non-linearity
Calibration tolerance
Analogue voltage outputs
Output voltage
Output current
Load
448.6 x 132.5 x 262 mm, without front mounted handles and feet
482.6 x 132.5 x 262 mm, without front mounted handles and feet
18 - 36 VDC
12W (in addition the power required for attached sensors/actuators
16/32 Bit MC68376
IFlash-EPROM 1 MB; EEPROM 8KB; RAM 256 KB
3
Max. +/- 15V (+/-10V measurable)
200 KOhm +/-2%
5mV
< 10mV
Max. 40mV (can be individually calibrated on the system)
2
+/- 10V
+/- 10mA
Min. 1 KOhm
Analogue current outputs

Servo amplifier
SR-92
SR-93
SR-98
Carrier frequency measurement amplifier
Potentiometer transducer
Reference voltage
Sensing input
Standard
Serial interfaces
Optional
Digital inputs for operating mode control
Logic level
Digital outputs for operating mode control feedback
Logic level
1
+/- 60mA (further technical data can be found in the relevant data sheets)
+/- 40mA (further technical data can be found in the relevant data sheets)
+/-100mA (further technical data can be found in the relevant data sheets)
2 (further technical data can be found in the relevant data sheets)
1
+/- 10V; +/- 25mV; +/-20mA
+/- 10V or +/- 20mA (adjustable via BK-2)
RS232 (9,6Kbaud)
CANopen
Profibus DP (max. 12Mbaud)
INTERBUS-S
8
log 0 (low) <=5V; log1 (high) >= 10V to UBRe = 3KOhm
8
log 0 (low) <=2V; log1 (high) <= UB Imax 50mA
Digital outputs for valve control

Sequence system
Sandwich plate valve
Logic level
2 (valve control via plug switching amplifier VT-SSV)

2 (valve control via plug switching amplifier VT-SSV)
log 0 (low) <=2V; log1 (high) <= UB Imax 50mA
Digital position transducer

Incremental transducer with TTL-output
Input voltage
Input current
Digital position transducer
Max. frequency relating to Ua1

SSI-transducer
Coding
Data width
Line reciever (TTL)

Input voltage
Input current
Line driver
Output voltage
Voltage supply for the digital position transducer via the HCE
SYHCE
2 (1+1 for the FBOX)

log 0 0 to 1V
log 1 2.8 to 5.5V
log 0 to 0.8mA (to 0V)
log 1 0.8mA (to 5V)
250KHz
1
Grey code
Adjustable up to a max. of 28 bit
log 0
log 1
log 0
log 1
0 to 1V
2.8 to 5.5V
To 0.8mA (to 0V)
0.8mA (to 5V)
log 0
log 1
0 to 0.5V (to 120 Ohm)

2.5 to 5.5V (to 120 Ohm)
UB or +5 VDC; +/- 5%; max. 200mA
3/8
04
RE 57 901/11.02
566
Technical data (for applications outside these parameters, please consult us)
Weight
0 to 50C
-20 to +70C
4.9 Kg
6.3 Kg
EN 60068-2 / IEC 68-2
One axis
Two axes
To
Enviornmental compatibility
EMC
To
To
EN 61000-6-2 / VDE 0839 part 6 - 7

EN 50081-1 / VDE0839 part 81-1
Further details on request or see RE 09 400-U
HCE-1 modules
The basic version of the hydrocontrol electronics is built into a 19/3HE rack with a rear panel board, into which, depending on the functions
required, the required function modules are fitted. The rear panel board provides all of the required electrical inter-connections to the
electronic modules and plugs. It has to be suppled with an external 24V DC supply.
Module slot 1A/B
Module slot 2A/B
Module slot 3A/B
Voltage stabilsation
EASP
and control panel for the operating modes
Digital control card
VR4D
Servo valve amplifier
Alternatively
SR91
SR92
Alternatively
SR98
Module slot 4A/B
Carrier frequency measuring amplifier TF6207

Alternatively
ME50
Module slot 5A/B
Carrier frequency measuring amplifier TF6208

ME10
ME50S6
Measuring socket card
BK1
Alternatively
BK2
Module slot 6A/B
Controller for closed loop force and position control with integrated
set-up functions and closed loop amplitude control which can be cut-in
For servo alves with electrical feedback
RE 57 850
For servo valves with mechanical feedback
RE 57 851
Maximum control current: 60 mA
For servo valves with mechanical feedback
RE 57 852
Maximum control current: 100 mA
For inductive position transducers
RE 57 721
For DMS force transducers
RE 57 722
With measurement sockets for the command and actual valves

As with BK1, but with additional anti-aliasing filters
RE 57 725
RE 57 726
4,4
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
84 TE x 5,08 = 426,7
449
465,1
55
60
65
70
75
132,5 (3HE 0,85)
57,15
120,6
19 - Rack
80
Card nominal depth: 220 mm

Total depth: 235.4 mm
(plus 46 mm for the
front mounted handles)
482,6
Dimensions for a desk top version: 448.6 x 132.5 x 245 mm (B x H x D) (without plug-in connectors, operating elements, feet, etc. ...)
RE 57 901/11.02
4/8
SYHCE
567
Functions and handling the SYHCE 2X

The HCE is used to closed loop control and monitor hydraulic axes
with valve controls in testing applications.
In addition, coupling of the axis to a pressurised oil supply can be
controlled by the HCE via a esquencing module.
The operation of the most important operating modes is via a key
pad. More extensive operation and parameterisation is possible by
connecting a notebook via a RS 232 interface or field bus connection.
Integration into automation is possible via a DLL, field bus connection
or alternatively via AD/DA or I/O. Suitable drivers for connecting to
Software Tools such as LabView or CAESAR -LAB are available.
Controllers for force and position make it possible to optimal closed
loop control the drive. The command value is overlaid or removed by
an overlay ramp. An amplitude controller is used to provide
compensation for Bode diagram influences.
A simple function generator makes it possible to provide internal
command values. Integrated into the HCE are simple monitoring
functions such as limiting force values with closed loop position
control, limiting position values with closed loop force control.
These functions can be menu controlled via a PC or via call-ups that
are contained within a PC programme.
There is a set-up controller provided for assembly, adjustment and
maintenance tasks (set-up operation). In the set-up mode the axis
can be controlled by a remote control box.
Position values can be processed from the LVDTs by means of carrier
frequency amplifiers, incremental position transducers, digital position
transducers with SSI interfaces or potentiometers.
An integrated carrier frequency amplifier is provided for processing
force signals.
The actual position and force values can also be processed in the
form of 10V. The measured values are made available to the front
mounted BNC-sockets in an analogue form.
All high response valves that are fitted with integrated electronics or
valves that can be controlled by the Rexroth SR9X series of amplifiers
can be controlled.
The HCE unit is configured using a PC. The WIN-PED programme is

available to enable access to all of the functions via a RS232-interface.
It makes it possible to influence all of the parameters, especially during
commissioning and service.
Screenshot WIN-PED
The PC programme HCE-Lab makes it possible to access the controller
parameters via line sliding regulators, so that parameter changes
can be easily carried out during operation.
Screenshot HCE-Lab
Key pad
SYHCE
Here the connection with the PC can be via a RS232 serial interface or
field bus (CANopen, Profibus DP or INTERBUS-S). Further information
regarding the field bus connections are available on request.
A DLL makes it possible to interconnect the HCE into standard programmes
such as LabView, CAESAR -LAB or your own applications. It is thereby
possible to directly access all of the parameters of the closed loop axis. It
is therefore, possible to connect to all of the common automation systems.
Process values, for example command and actual values, can only be
transmitted within the frame work of the band widths that are provided
by the selected field bus connection.
If a field bus is not available then the process values can be transmitted
via an anlogue connection. Operating modes can be selected via an I/O.
A monitoring input can be activated for monitoring the command
computer.
If a field bus is not available then the process values can be transmitted
via an anlogue connection.
A monitoring input can be activated for monitoring the command
computer. If the signal being applied is withdrawn (fails), then the
command value and controllers are switched off, as well as by using the
appropriate circuitry the drive is also depressurised.
5/8
RE 57 901/11.02
04
568
HCE interfaces (external components and connection facilities)

Servo-cylinder axis with:
X9 Inductive position transducer in half
or full bridge circuit,
LVDT (inductive position transducer)
X3 Digital absolute position transducer

with SSI interface or digital
incremental position transducer,
Digital incremental position transducer

Digital absolute position transducer (SSI)
X9 Potentiometer or analogue actual

position value signal ( 10 V)
Potentiometer (analogue actual position

value)
X17 DMS - force transducer in half or

full bridge circuit
Acutal force value (DMS)
X13 Exteral analogue actual force values

( 10 V)
A
a
X2 Control of servo valves

without integrated electronics
via servo amplifier
Servo valve with electrical feedback
Servo valve with integrated electronics

and SI valve
Sequencing module
NS 25
Version "E"
ZSE +
X18 X21
Connection of a sequencing module
with 24V switching valves
(power output stage in Z8 plug)
additional solenoid valve for shutdown function
RE 57 901/11.02
a, b
a, b
Servo valve with mechanical feedback
B
0
a, b
X2 Control and voltage supply ( 15 V)

for servo and high-response control
valves with integrated electronics
Analogue actual force value ( 10 V)
6/8
SYHCE
569
HCE interface (external components and connection possibilities)
X4, X5,
X7, X8
Field bus
Feldbus
RS 232
ADC
DAC
I/O
Remote control and integration via

field busses (CANopen, INTERBUS-S,
Profibus) within the application
programme e.g. LabView, CAESAR LAB etc.
X4
Connection to a PC via a
RS232-interface for the remote control
or parameterising of the HCE
X1
Analogue and digital in/outputs

for control via a PLC or IPC
X6
F-Box
For remotely controlling the drive in the
set-up operating mode
X13
X14
External actual value input

External command value input
X15, X16 In and output for synchronisation

of the carrier frequency measurement
amplifiers (TF)
15 =
TF synchronisation input
16 =
TF synchronisation output
O
SYHCE
7/8
Output signals via the front

BNC-socket for the command
and actual values on the socket card
RE 57 901/11.02
04
570
Notes
Bosch Rexroth AG

Telefon 0 93 52 / 18-0
Telefax 0 93 52 / 18-23 58 Telex 6 89 418-0

Cambs, PE19 2ES
Tel: 0 14 80/22 32 56
Fax: 0 14 80/21 90 52
RE 57 901/11.02
8/8

SYHCE
571
RE 30 133/02.03
Replaces: 09.02
Controlled system simulator for the

VT-HNC100-1-2X digital axis control
Type VT-HNC100DEMO
HAD 6634/00
Series 2X
Type VT-HNC100DEMO
Table of contents
Contents
Features
Ordering code
Technical data
View of the front panel
Features
Page
1
2
2
3
3
4
Suitable for getting familiar with the functions of the

VT-HNC100-1 digital axis control
(in conjunction with the associated PC software WIN-PED)
Simulation (PT2) of a hydraulic controlled system with changeover between high (30 Hz) and low (10 Hz) natural frequency
Visualised rotary movement of the axis (10 LEDs) with acoustic
backing (loudspeakers)
8 switches for digital PLC inputs
8 LEDs for digital PLC outputs
3 position feedbacks can be selected: incremental
SSI
analogue
Power supply unit for 100 to 240 VAC (including adapter for US
power supply)
04
2003
VT-HNC100DEMO
1/4
RE 30 133/09.02
572
Ordering code
VT-HNC100DEMO 2X /
Basic equipment
Demo case,
VT-HNC100Simulator-1-2X
with power supply unit (Euro-plug) 100 to 240 V 24 V/1.25 A
(with adapter for US power supply)
and connecting cable V24 from the PC to the HNC100
*
PC program WIN-PED on CD-ROM:
1=
Series 20 to 29
= 2X
0=
1=
P=
C=
I=
With SYS-HNC-WINPED-C01
HNC100 equipment:
Without HNC100
With HNC100 Standard W-08-0-0
With HNC100 Profibus W-08-P-0
With HNC100 CANopen W-08-C-0
With HNC100 INTERBUS-S W-08-I-0
The controlled system simulator represents the basic device of the
VT-HNC100DEMO demo case. In the basic version, the demo case
comprises, apart from the controlled system simulator, a power supply unit for supplying the VT-HNC100 controller assembly, which, in
turn, supplies the controlled system simulator with the required operating voltage via the encoder cable.
In addition, the basic equipment includes a connecting cable for the
V24 interface between the PC and the HNC100.
Moreover, the demo case offers space for an HNC100 as well as the
PC program WIN-PED (CD-ROM version). Both can be ordered as
optional extra.
The controlled system simulator is provided with a ribbon cable for
connecting it with the VT-HNC100:
X3 encoder for incremental or SSI encoder and supply voltage
+ 5 V and + 24 V
X2 analogue IN/OUT for analogue position feedback and
controlling of the simulation axis
X1 for 8 digital PLC inputs and outputs
X6 connection of the power supply unit (included in the scope
of supply) with the HNC100
After the HNC100 was parameterised with the help of the PC program WIN-PED, the controlled system simulator is controlled on
the basis of the system deviation from the HNC100 at 10 V via Uout 1.
An analogue second-order delay element, which can be changed
over with regard to natural frequency, simulates the controlled hydraulic cylinder or motor system. Switching position 30 Hz simulates systems, in which only the P-controller can be used, whereas at
switching position 10 Hz it is possible to simulate closed-loop state
controls with acceleration feedback. After the second-order time delay, the signal is again made available to the HNC100 in two forms,
directly as analogue position signal and proportionally converted into
a frequency. In the first case, the control loop is closed with the analogue position signal of 0 to +10 V. In the second case, the resulting
frequency is used for generating an SSI or incremental signal sequence for digital position measuring systems.
RE 30 133/02.03
The resolution of these position signals can be freely selected in the

HNC100. The frequency for the digital position signals is also used
for controlling the running light consisting of 10 LEDs. This visualisation of the movement is backed by an acoustic signal from a loudspeaker. The volume of the operating noise can be adjusted by means
of a potentiometer.
The type of position encoder for the closed control loop is selected
exclusively in the HNC100 or with the PC program WIN-PED, menu
item Machine data/Encoders.
8 sliding switches with check lamps are provided for simulating the
PLC inputs. The outputs of the HNC100 to the PLC are signalled by 8
LEDs. A DC/DC converter generates from the +24 V supply voltage
the required voltage of 15 V for the analogue components.
Demo program
When the demo case is despatched together with an HNC100, a
demo program (DEMO_INK_PR) is installed on this HNC100 so
that the controlled system simulator can simulate an axis with incremental encoder.
You can start the demo program by actuating the sliding switches on
the front panel (PLC Inputs) in the following order:
1. Input 2 to on
2. Input 1 to on
3. Input 5 to on
For further information, please refer to the comments of the NC program.
If you order the demo case without the PC program WIN-PED, the
demo program DEMO_INK_PR is provided on a floppy disk.
If you order the PC program WIN-PED, this demo program as well
as two further demo programs (simulation axis with absolute encoder DEMO_ABS_PR and with analogue encoder
DEMO_ANA_PR) are provided on the program CD.
2/4
VT-HNC100DEMO
573
Power supply unit
Operating voltage
Current consumption
Output voltages
Cable length to the VT-HNC100
100 to 240 VAC; 47 to 63 Hz

700 mA
+ 24 VDC; 1.25 A
2m
65 x 35 x 130 mm
Weight
0.3 kg
0.4 m
Controlled system simulator

Length of ribbon cables to the VT-HNC100
190 x 50 x 140 mm
Weight
0.3 kg
Conneting cable from the PC to the VT-HNC100

Length
3m

HNC
outputs
HNC
inputs
V
Uout 1
30 Hz
10 Hz
Natural frequency, can be
changed over
+5V
Power
Running light
SSI
generator
X1
SSI
INK
generator
Ua 0; /Ua 0
Ua 1; /Ua 1
Ua 2; /Ua 2
Uin 2
+ 24 V
Uin 1
04
8 PLCs
8 PLCs
PLC outputs
PLC inputs
(sliding switches
with check lamps)
Range of values X1: 0 to 32 767
VT-HNC100DEMO
3/4
RE 30 133/09.02
574
View of the front panel
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
P
L
C
O
u
t
p
u
t
s
HNC100
PLC
Inputs
Closed Loop
Simulator
5
Bosch Rexroth AG

Telefon 0 93 52 / 18-0
Telefax 0 93 52 / 18-23 58 Telex 6 89 418-0

Cambs, PE19 2ES
Tel: 0 14 80/22 32 56
Fax: 0 14 80/21 90 52
RE 30 133/09.02
4/4

VT-HNC100CEMO
575
RE 29690/08.05
Replaces: 09.00
Test and demonstration unit

for digital electronic cards
1/4
Typ VT-DVT-1
Series 1X
H5864_d
Table of contents
Contents
Features
Page
Features
Ordering code
Technical data
Pin allocation
Suitable for controlling and functional tests of digital amplifier

and accessory cards
The unit allows the pre-configuration of these electronic cards
and first commissioning on site
At the time of publication of this data sheet, the following
electronic cards can be tested:
VT-VSPD-1-1X/V0/0
VT 12340-1X
VT-VRPD-1-1X/V0/0
VT 12350-3X
VT-VRPD-2-1X/V0/0
VT 12352-3X
VT-VAD-2-1X/V0/0
VT-SWKD-1-1X/V0/0
VT-SWKD-2-1X/V0/0
04
576
2/4
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT-DVT-1
RE 29690/08.05
Ordering code
VT-DVT-1
1X
Test and demonstration unit for digital electronic cards; with

power supply cable and 16-pin terminal connector
Series 10 to 19
=6
Operating voltage
230 VAC
120 VAC
01 =
02 =
Technical data (For applications outside these parameters, plesae consult us!)
VT-DVT-1-1X/01
VT-DVT-1-1X/02
Operating voltage
UB
210 to 240 VAC
110 to 120 VAC
Power consumption
Imax
1.5 A
1.5 A
IS
Fuse
Dimensions (W x H x D):
Weight
1.6 A T
1.6 A T
without handle
260 x 155 x 330 mm
260 x 155 x 330 mm
with handle
310 x 155 x 410 mm
310 x 155 x 410 mm
4.6 kg
4.6 kg
577
RE 29690/08.05
VT-DVT-1
3/4
Pin allocation
View to front panel
d2
d4
d6
d8
d10
0
power
24 V
d18
d12
d30
d32
z32
z32
b2
b6
b10
b14
b18
b22
b32
b4
b8
b12
b16
b20
b24
d20
100%
P1
+100%
10 V
GND
100%
10 V
Certain signals of the digital electronic card are made available at

the front panel for further processing. Depending on the card
that is plugged in, not all of the contacts are assigned.
Analog inputs (b2 to b24) are available via 4 mm plug-in contacts. Two command value potentiometers with a voltage range
of 10 V are vailable for stimulating the analog inputs.
P2
+100%
GND
DVT
Additional 4 mm plug-in contacts are available for two analog

outputs (d30 and d32).
The digital inputs (d2 to d12 and d18) can be controlled via
tumbler switches.
The status of the two possible digital outputs (b32 and d20) is
signalled by two LEDs (yellow).
Connector at the rear
Z2
Z4
Z6
Z8
Z10
Z12
Z14
Z16
Z18
Z20
Z22
Z24
Z26
Z28
out Z30
out Z32
A connector is located at the rear of the unit, to

which solenoids (z2 to z8) and position transducers (z10 to z28) can be connected and a
voltage supply of 24 V (z30 against z32) made
available.
The maximum power drawing is 5 A minus the
power consumption of the electronic card.
04
578
4/4
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT-DVT-1
RE 29690/08.05
Notes
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
Zum Eisengieer 1
Telefon +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0
Telefax +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58
www.boschrexroth.de

parties.
579
Industrial
Hydraulics
Electric Drives
and Controls
Linear Motion and

Service
Automation
Pneumatics
Mobile
Hydraulics
RE 30 067/11.02
00103602

VT-PA-1
Type VT-PA-1
List of contents
Features
Contents
Features
Ordering data
Preferred types
Function
Page
1
1
1
2
The test adapter is employed for testing communication

signals between the system controller and the valve (supply
voltage, setpoint, feedback value).
The presence of the supply voltage is also indicated by the
LED.
The enable signal (PIN 3) can be deactivated by means of
a switch.
Caution
Never feed external voltage into the test jacks!
Only connect valves with identical pin assignment.
Ordering data

VT-
PA-
Material no.
0 811 405 118
Type VT-PA-1
VT-PA-1
04
2002
VT-PA-1
1/2
RE 30 067/11.02
580
Function
System
controller
Valve
WxHxD
Bosch Rexroth AG
Telefon 0 93 52/18-0
Telefax 0 93 52/18-23 58 Telex 6 89 418-0
RE 30 067/11.02
(160 x 100 x 65) mm

2/2
VT-PA-1
581
Industrial
Hydraulics
Electric Drives
and Controls
Linear Motion and

Service
Automation
Pneumatics
Mobile
Hydraulics
RE 30 068/11.02

VT-PA-2
Type VT-PA-2
List of contents
Features
Contents
Features
Ordering data
Preferred types
Function
Page
1
1
1
2
The test adapter is employed for testing communication

signals between the system controller and the valve (supply
voltage, setpoint, feedback value).
The presence of the supply voltage is also indicated by the
LED.
Caution
Never feed external voltage into the test jacks!
Only connect valves with identical pin assignment.
Ordering data

VT-
PA-
Material no.
0 811 405 163
Type VT-PA-2
VT-PA-2
04
2002
VT-PA-2
1/2
RE 30 068/11.02
582
Function
System
controller
Valve
Supply voltage
Ground
WxHxD
(110 x 65 x 70) mm
D, E Ground
F, C Feedback signal
Bosch Rexroth AG
Telefon 0 93 52/18-0
Telefax 0 93 52/18-23 58 Telex 6 89 418-0
RE 30 068/11.02

2/2
VT-PA-2
583
Industrial
Hydraulics
Electric Drives
and Controls
Linear Motion and

Service
Automation
Pneumatics
Mobile
Hydraulics
RE 30 070/11.02
Test adapter for electric amplifiers

Type VT-PA-3
Type VT-PA-3
List of contents
Features
Contents
Features
Ordering data
Preferred types
Application
Device dimensions
Page
1
1
1
2
2
For checking existing

electrical system
For measuring and checking
loads
Ordering data
VT-
PA-
Test adapter for

electric amplifiers

Material no.
0 811 405 114
04
Type VT-PA-3
VT-PA-3
2002
VT-PA-3
1/2
RE 30 070/11.02
584
Application
For Europe cards
(100 x 160) mm with plug to
DIN 41 612, type F32.
Measurement taps 4 mm for all
conductors b and z, 2 ... 32.
All conductors suitable for solenoid current and voltage
supply.
Caution
Never feed external voltage into the

measurement taps!
Eurocard
Catch
32 Measurement
taps
Bosch Rexroth AG
Telefon 0 93 52/18-0
Telefax 0 93 52/18-23 58 Telex 6 89 418-0
RE 30 070/11.02
The
contained
hereinallein
is intended
Die information
angegebenen
Daten dienen
der
to
serve purely as a product
description.
inProduktbeschreibung.
Eine Aussage
berThe
eine
formation
have providedoder
cannot
used asfr
bestimmtewe
Beschaffenheit
einebe
Eignung
evidence
of a particular
aspect orkann
of suitability
einen bestimmten
Einsatzzweck
aus
for
a particular
purpose.
Please notewerden.
that ourEs ist
unseren
Angaben
nicht abgeleitet
products
are subject
to theProdukte
natural processes
zu beachten,
dass unsere
einem of
ageing
and wear.
natrlichen
Verschlei- und Alterungsprozess
unterliegen.
2/2
VT-PA-3
585
RE 30073/01.05
Ersetzt: 09.03
1/4
Type VT-PA-5
Contents
Features
Page
Features
Ordering data
Preferred types
Applications
Test assembly
Proportional plug amplifier
External valve amplifier
Measurement of solenoid current in valves
04
586
2/4
Bosch Rexroth AG
Ordering data
Type VT-PA-5
RE 30073/01.05
VTPA 5
Type
Material No.
VT-PA-5
0 811 405 173
Applications
The test adapter is employed for measuring the solenoid current
in valves.
This measurement provides an indication of the valves modulation status, particularly in the case of proportional valves without
position control.
The proportional plug amplifier can be plugged directly into the

adapter.
Valves that are actuated by a PCB-type amplifier can also
be tested.
To connect the measuring device, first remove the jumper plug.
Example characteristic curve
Max. modulation
Closed-circuit current range
587
RE 30073/01.05
Type VT-PA-5
Bosch Rexroth AG
3/4
Test assembly
Proportional plug amplifier
Plug amplifier
Test specimen
External valve amplifier
04
Test specimen
588
4/4
Bosch Rexroth AG
Type VT-PA-5
RE 30073/01.05
Notes
Bosch Rexroth AG
Zum Eisengieer 1
Telefon
+49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0
Telefax
+49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58
www.boschrexroth.de

parties.
589
Industrial
Hydraulics
Electric Drives
and Controls
Linear Motion and

Service
Automation
Pneumatics
Mobile
Hydraulics
RE 30 063/11.02
Test box I
VT-PE-TB1
Typ VT-PE-TB1
List of contents
Features
Contents
Features
Ordering data
Preferred types
Application
Testing and service accessories
Possible tests
Technical data
Page
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
3
For all single-stage proportional valves without on-board

electronics
For commissioning into service and monitoring the operation
of valves and associated electronics
Setpoints can be set as default either internally or externally
Measurement taps for inputs and outputs
Power supply 115/230 V AC
Connecting cable supplied
Ordering data
VT-
PE-
TB1
Test box I

Material no.
0 811 405 166
04
Type VT-PE-TB1
VT-PE-TB1
2002
VT-PE-TB1
1/4
RE 30 063/11.02
590
Application
Test box I is used for commissioning into service and monitoring
the operation of single-stage proportional valves with and
without position control, and their external valve amplifiers in
Europe format. The unit is provided with all the necessary signal
and voltage connections, inputs and outputs, as well as

measurement taps and a multimeter.
This enables a test programme to be designed which operates
independently of the machines control system.
Supplied with the test box are a power cord, a position transducer cable and two solenoid cables.
The unit can be connected to either 115 V or 230 V mains power
supply.
A full description can be found in 1 819 929 110.
For commissioning into service and testing existing electrical

systems and for measuring and checking loads, we recommend
the test adapter for printed circuit boards VT-PA-3. For product
information and technical data, please see RE 30 070.
Possible tests
The following valves can be tested:
Pressure, throttle and flow control

valves without position control
(one- and two-channel versions)
Directional control valves

without position control
Pressure, throttle, flow control and directional

control valves with position control
RE 30 063/11.02
2/4
VT-PE-TB1
591
General
Dimensions
Weight
Mains voltage
Fuse
Current rating
Ambient temperature
CE test
(305 x 215 x 195) mm

7.6 kg
115 V 10 %
230 V 10 %
Adjust to mains voltage by turning the fuse 180
630 mA slow blowing (at 115 V)
Max. 0.4 A (with NG 10 valve) at 115 V
Max. 0.2 A (with NG 10 valve) at 230 V
0 ... +50 C
IP 40
EN 50 081-1
EN 50 082-2
EN 60 742
04
VT-PE-TB1
3/4
RE 30 063/11.02
592
Notes
Bosch Rexroth AG
Telefon 0 93 52/18-0
Telefax 0 93 52/18-23 58 Telex 6 89 418-0
RE 30 063/11.02

4/4
VT-PE-TB1
593
Industrial
Hydraulics
Electric Drives
and Controls
Linear Motion and

Service
Automation
Pneumatics
Mobile
Hydraulics
RE 30 064/11.02
Test box II
VT-PE-TB2
Type VT-PE-TB2
List of contents
Features
Contents
Features
Ordering data 1
Preferred types
Application
Possible tests
Technical data
Page
1
1
2
2
2
2 and 3
4
For pilot operated proportional valves and servo solenoid

valves with external amplifier
Ordering data
VT-
PE-
TB2
Test box II

Material no.
0 811 405 167
04
Type VT-PE-TB2
VT-PE-TB2
2002
VT-PE-TB2
1/4
RE 30 064/11.02
594
Application
Test box II is used for commissioning into service and monitoring
the operation of:
Pilot operated proportional valves
Servo solenoid valves
Pressure control loops
and their external valve amplifiers.
The unit is provided with all the necessary signal and voltage
connections, inputs and outputs, as well as measurement taps
and a multimeter.
This enables a test programme to be designed which operates
independently of the machines control system.
Supplied with the test box are a power cord, two position
transducer cables, three pressure sensor cables and two solenoid
cables.
The unit can be connected to either 115 V or 230 V mains power
supply.

Possible tests
1. Testing pilot operated proportional valves
With this type of valve, the flow rate setpoint can be set
as default, the ramp function controlled and the feedback
values of the pilot and main stages displayed.
RE 30 064/11.02
2/4
VT-PE-TB2
595
Possible tests
2. Testing pressure control loops
Using this test box, pressure control loops comprising servo
solenoid valve, pressure sensor and p/Q controller card can
also be monitored and adjusted.
Pressure sensors with voltage and current signals can be
connected to the test box. The correct cables for the different
plug versions are supplied.
The setpoints for the pressure p and the flow rate Q can be set
as default.
The feedback values of the pressure p and the valve position
transducer(s) are displayed.
3. Testing servo solenoid valves

Both directly operated and pilot operated servo solenoid
valves can be monitored or actuated.
The valve setpoint can be set as default and the feedback
value(s) displayed.
2
2
VT-PE-TB2
3/4
04
RE 30 064/11.02
596
General
Dimensions
Weight
Mains voltage
Fuse
Current rating
Test data
Ambient temperature
CE test
(305 x 215 x 195) mm

7.6 kg
115 V 10 %
230 V 10 %
max. 0.4 A (with NG 10 valve) at 115 V
max. 0.2 A (with NG 10 valve) at 230 V
Setpoint signal Q
Setpoint signal p
Pilot valve feedback signal
Main stage feedback signal
Solenoid current
Pressure sensor feedback signal
0 ... +50 C
IP 40
EN 50 081-1
EN 50 082-2
EN 60 742
Bosch Rexroth AG
Telefon 0 93 52/18-0
Telefax 0 93 52/18-23 58 Telex 6 89 418-0
RE 30 064/11.02

4/4
VT-PE-TB2
597
Industrial
Hydraulics
Electric Drives
and Controls
Linear Motion and

Service
Automation
Pneumatics
Mobile
Hydraulics
RE 30 065/11.02
00102454
Test box III

VT-PE-TB3
Type VT-PE-TB3
List of contents
Features
Contents
Features
Ordering data
Preferred types
Application
Possible tests
Technical data
Page
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
3
For all valves with on-board electronics and voltage interface

Ordering data
VT-
PE-
TB3
Test box III

Material no.
0 811 405 168
04
Type VT-PE-TB3
VT-PE-TB3
2002
VT-PE-TB3
1/4
RE 30 065/11.02
598
Application
Test box III is used for commissioning into service and monitoring the operation of all valves with on-board electronics and
voltage interface. The unit is provided with all the necessary
signal and voltage connections, inputs and outputs and
measurement taps, making it possible to design a test programme which operates independently of the machines control
system.
Supplied with the test box are a power cord and two valve
connecting cables (one for 7-pole and one for 12-pole
electronics). The unit can be connected to either 115 V or
230 V mains power supply.

Possible tests
Test valve function
External setpoint source
Internal setpoint source
Test communication signals between
valve and system controller
Power supply
System connection
Valve connection
Jacks for external

test units
Input jacks for external voltage supply
RE 30 065/11.02
Input jacks for external setpoint source
2/4
VT-PE-TB3
599
General
Dimensions
Weight
Mains voltage
Fuse
Current rating
Ambient temperature
Test box to valve connecting cable
Line connectors
Test data
Display
(305 x 215 x 195) mm

6.8 kg
115 V 10 %
230 V 10 %
0,1 A (at 115 V)
0.5 A (at 230 V)
max. 0.7 A (with valve connected) at 115 V
max. 0.3 A (with valve connected) at 230 V
0 ... +50 C
LIYCY 12 x 0.5 (for connection to 12-pole electronics)
LIYCY 17 x 0.5 (for connection to 7-pole electronics)
06 P + PE-pole Pg 11; 1 834 482 022
11 P + PE-pole Pg 16; 1 834 482 142
Valve feedback signal
Valve setpoint
Valve supply voltage
LCD 31/2-digit, all test data, LEDs
IP 40
04
VT-PE-TB3
3/4
RE 30 065/11.02
600
Notes
Bosch Rexroth AG
Telefon 0 93 52/18-0
Telefax 0 93 52/18-23 58 Telex 6 89 418-0
RE 30 065/11.02

4/4
VT-PE-TB3
601
Service case with test unit for proportional valves and their control
electronics
RE 29687/06.05
Replaces: 01.03
1/8
Type VT-PPV-1
Series 1X
H/A/D 6732/00
Table of contents
Contents
Features
Page
The service case comes with an integrated test unit, various

cable sets and accessories
Features
Ordering code
Unit drawing
Description of operators panels:

Operators panel 1
Operators panel 2
Operators panel 3
3
4
5
Checking call-up functions
Checking of solenoid currents
Technical data
Measurement of external DC voltages up to 100 V
Overview of proportional valves that can be tested
Switching and testing of relays and analogue switches on

electronic cards
Test unit for commissioning and servicing proportional valves

and their analogue and digital control electronics
Manual preselection and adjustment of command values
Measurement and adjustment of ramp times
Checking of command value and actual value voltages
LED indicator lamps for 24 V outputs

Functional testing of amplifiers of modular design
Functional testing of valves with integral electronics possible
by means of a separate cable (not included in the scope of
supply). This test case can also be used to subject valves of
competitors to functional tests.
A connecting cable with open ends is included.
For a product description and operating instructions for
VT-PPV-1, see RE 29687-B
Service case:
Dimensions (W x H x D) 530 x 390 x 210 mm
Weight (complete)
ca. 10 kg
04
602
2/8
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
RE 29687/06.05
VT-PPV-1
Ordering code
VT-PPV-1
1X V0
Service case with integrated test unit

for proportional valves and their control electronics
*
0=
Series 10 to 19
(10 to 19: Unchanged technical data and pin assignment)
= 1X
Basic version
V0 =
Basic version
The scope of supply comprises:

Designation
Material-Number:
General accessories included in the scope of supply
Test unit VT-PPV (in the service case)
Measuring cables (red and black) with laboratory plugs
Cable set for solenoidd; 2-pin (2x)
R900899764
(4 mm to 2 mm)
Cable set for displacement transducer; 3-pin
R900899765
Mains cable
Cable set for displacement transcucer; 4-pin
R900899766
Spare fuses
Cable set for slot 7; 4-pin
R900899767
Screw driver (blade with 2.5 mm)
Cable set for slot 7; 5-pin
R900899768
Not included in the scope of supply:

Cable set VT-PPV Slot 7, 10 mA Adapter
Material-No. R900733785
Further cable sets for testing valves with integral electronings on enquiry.
Unit drawing
Changeover measurung signal
solenoid A
solenoid B
Mains connection and mains switch

with integrated fuse (0.5 A delayed)
Fuse (4 A delayed)
for Ub1-7 (24 V)
Do NOT attempt to connect slot 7 without

confirming that the electronic is correct connected
positional transducer
fuse
Do not plug or connect more than

one electronic card or system value
7
1
2
VT2000
VT2010
VT2013
VT2023
VT-VSPA1
VT5001
- VT5004
VT5010
- VT5018
VT3000
VT5005
VT-SWKA
VT3006
VT5006
VT-VRPA1
VT3013
VT5007
VT-VRPA2
VT5020
- VT5023
VT3014
VT5008
VT-VSPA1
VT3017
VT5024
VT-VSPA2
VT3018
VT5025
VT3024
VT5035
VT5032
- VT5034
VT5036
VT5037
extern
signal value / actual value
solenoid A / B
VT-SWKD
VT-VRPD
VT-VSPD
extern [U] = V
signal value [U] = V
solenoid A [I] = A
P1
power
110V - 230V
fuse
V
max. 100V DC
on
actual value [U] = V
solenoid B [I] = A
VT-VSPA2
VT5062
- VT5066
ramp time
[t] = s
P2
off
P3
VT-VRPA1
VT-PPV-1
VT5011 - 18
VT5062 - 66
VT-VRPA1
VT50xx
0%
slot 1 - 7
100%
+100%
K1 /
w1:
0-6V
4-20mA
0-9V
0-10V
enable:
on
off
K1:
ramp:
on
off
up
down
on
off
FES25
4WRE..-1X
DBETR
2FRE
4WRE..-2X
0 - 100%
0 - +100%
100% - +100%
on
off
t1:
on
off
100%
on
off
A1
A2
A3
on
off
d8:
on
off
d10:
on
off
d12:
on
off
on
off
4Q:
on
off
1:
on
off
t2:
on
off
analog
output:
K3 /
w3:
on
off
ramp:
on
off
enable:
on
off
t3:
on
off
d2:
K4 /
w4:
on
off
t4:
on
off
d4:
on
off
d14:
on
off
(K6):
d6:
on
off
d16:
on
off
+10V
d20
z22
10V
d26
ready
3,4,5
0 - 100%
0 - +100%
100% - +100%
+100%
100%
0%
0%
enable:
4 - 20mA
off
0 - (+/)10V
+100%
K2 /
w2:
ready
1,2
4 - 20mA
0 - (+/)10V
0 - (+/)6V
+100%
100%
0%
0%
0-6V/0-9V
off
0-10V/4-20mA
on
off
+100%
2
1
3 4
fault
5
6
+ 10 V
E1 - E6
10 V
3
6
7
off
2
1
Warning:
6,7
4 5
slot
Do NOT attempt to switch 7 without confirming

that slot 7 and the electronic is correct connected
Operator panel 1
Operator panel 2
Operator panel 3
Rotary switch for
(for slots 1 and 2)
(for slots 3, 4 and 5)
(for slots 6 and 7)
selecting the slot
603
VT-PPV-1
RE 29687/06.05
3/8
Description of operators panel
Operator panel 1:
Slots 1 and 2 are assigned to this operator panel.
Inversion of the displacement

transducer singal
VT5011 - 18
VT5062 - 66
VT-VRPA1
Potentiometer for
command value adjustment
VT50xx
Preselection of the
command value
0%
+100%
d
o
w
n
0-6V/0-9V
off
0-10V/4-20mA
Selection of the command value
(0 to 6 V or 0 to 9 V)
0-6V
4-20mA
0-9V
0-10V
Type of command value

(4 to 20 mA or 0 to 10 V)
Call-up relay K1
enable:
on
off
ramp:
on
off
External enable
External ramp ON/OFF switch
K1:
up
on
off
External ramp ON/OFF switch

(for slot 1 only)
Selection:
Ramp up or down off
ready
1,2
Indicator lamp for output

Ready for operation (24 V)
Indicator lamp
operator panel active
04
LED function indicator lamp (signals, whether the switch for the selected slot is active)
604
RE 29687/06.05
VT-PPV-1
4/8
Description of operators panel (continued)

Operator panel 2:
Slots 3, 4 and 5 are assigned to this operator panel.
External
ramp time
ON/OFF
switch
Potentiometer for
command value
adjustment
100%
Command
value
selection
ON/OFF
Quadrant
operation
on
off
+100%
Type of
command
value
4 - 20mA
0 - (+/)10V
0 - (+/)6V
External
command value inversion
Command
value range
0 - 100%
0 - +100%
100% - +100%
+100%
100%
0%
0%
K1 /
w1:
on
off
K1/w1 to K4/w4:
K2 /
w2:
on
off
4Q:
on
off
1:
Relay call-ups/
command value
call-ups
K3 /
w3:
on
off
ramp:
on
off
enable:
K4 /
w4:
on
off
Relay call-ups (K6)/ (K6):

Inversion of the callup command value
inputs (UP)
t1:
on
off
on
off
t2:
on
off
on
off
t3:
on
off
t4:
on
off
+10V
d20
z22
10V
d26
ready
t1 to t4:
Ramp
call-ups
(24 V)
3,4,5
Indicator lamp
operator panel
active
Indicator lamp for

output d20 (24 V)
Indicator lamp +10 V-output

(LED active:
+9.5 V < U+10 V-output < +10.5 V)
Indicator lamp for

output d26 (24 V)
External
enable
Indicator lamp for

output z22 (24 V)
Indicator lamp for output

ready for operation (24 V)
Indicator lamp -10 V-output

(LED active:
10.5 V < U10 V-output < 9.5 V)
LED function indicator lamp (signals, whether the switch for the selected slot is active)
605
5/8
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT-PPV-1
RE 29687/06.05
Description of operators panel (continued)
Operator panel 3:
Slots 6 and 7 are assigned to this operator panel.
Potentiometer for
command value
adjustment
Inversion of the
displacement
transducer signal
Type of
comand
value
FES25
4WRE..-1X
External
enable
DBETR
2FRE
4WRE..-2X
enable:
Changeover
of command
value output
d2 to d16:
Digital inputs
(24 V)
100%
Command value
range
0 - 100%
0 - +100%
100% - +100%
+100%
100%
d8:
on
off
analog
output:
A1
A2
A3
d10:
on
off
d2:
on
off
d12:
on
off
d4:
on
off
d14:
on
off
d6:
on
off
d16:
on
off
Indicator lamp
operator panel
active
4 - 20mA
off
0 - (+/)10V
+100%
0%
0%
on
off
Indicator lamp
external
fault output
2
1
3 4
fault
5
6
E1 - E6
+ 10 V
10 V
Indicator lamp switching output 2

(LED active:
10.5 V < U10 V-output < 9.5 V)
Indicator lamp switching output 1
(LED active:
+9.5 V < U+10 V-output < +10.5 V)
6,7
Selection of command value input
04
Ground
230 V
to
110V
Ub5
+ 15 V
+ 10 V
M0
10 V
15 V
1AT
Ub1
DC
DC
0V
24 V
Ub2
DC
AC
Ub1
4AT
Ub2
Ub6
Ub7
Ub3
Ub4
Ub5
selection
Slot
Operator
panel 3
Operator
panel 2
Operator
panel 1
Slot:
32-pin socket connector

4- and 5-pin plug-in connectors
...
...
...
...
...
...
3
4
5
6
7
Ub7
0V
Enable
CommComm+
5-pin
1
2
3
4
5
7*
7*
Slots
Slots
...
A+
A
B+
B
Slots
*Slot 7: 4-pin
1
2
3
4
Ub1 Ub2
1)
Actual value
Solenoid B
External command value

Solenoid A
black
(+shield) 1)
Connection of
displacement
3- or 4-pin
Solenoid B
Solenoid A
... depending on the slected cable set
red
B+
B
A+
A
Ramp time
External voltage
measurement
VT-PPV-1
Ub3
Ub4
Ub5
Ub1
Ub2
Ub3
Ub4
Ub5
Ub6
PE
Mains
switch
RE 29687/06.05
606
6/8
607
RE 29687/06.05
VT-PPV-1
7/8
General
Operating voltage
UB 110 VAC to 230 VAC; -15 % + 10 %; 47 Hz to 63 Hz
Power consumption
PS max
Current consumption
approx. 55 VA
Imax approx. 0.5 A
Fuses:
Primary side (110 to 230 V)
IS 1 A delayed
Secondary side (24 V)
IS
4.0 A delayed
Measuring ranges:
External voltage measurement
U 0 to 100 VDC
Ramp time measurement
t 10 ms to 99.99 s
530 x 390 x 210 mm
0 to 50 C
25 C to +85 C
Weight
approx. 10 kg
Slots 1 to 7
Ub1 to Ub7 24 V
Supply voltage
U 0 to +10 V or 10 to +10 V
U 0 to +9 V
U 0 to +6 V or 6 V to +6 V
I 4 to 20 mA
Call-ups
U 24 V
Connections
Mains voltage
Connector plug for non-heating apparatus
Solenoid A:
2-pin plug-in connector (connecting cable included in the scope of supply)
Solenoid B:
2-pin plug-in connector (connecting cable included in the scope of supply)
Displacement
transducer:
5-pin plug-in connector (depending on the selection of the cable set for 4-pin or 3-pin
connection of the displacement transducer)
Slots 1 to 4:
32-pin socket connector (form D)
Slot 5:
48-pin socket connector (form F)
Slot 6:
64-pin socket connector (form G with Millerspalte)
Slot 7:
5-pin plug-in connector and

4-pin plug-in connector for measuring solenoid currents
External voltage
measurement:
4 mm socket
04
608
8/8
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT-PPV-1
RE 29687/06.05
Overview of control electronics that can be tested

At the time when this data sheet was published, the test unit VT-PPV-1 could be used to carry out functional tests on the following
control electronics:
Slot on the test unit
1
(64-pin socket conn. (4- and 5-pin

(32-pin socket connector) (32-pin socket connector) (32-pin socket connector) (32-pin socket connector) (48-pin socket connector) with Millerspalte) plug-in connectors)
VT 2000
VT 5001
VT 3000
VT 5005
VT-SWKA-1
VT-SWKD
VT 2010
VT 5002
VT 3006
VT 5006
VT-VRPA1
VT-VRPD
VT 2013
VT 5003
VT 3013
VT 5007
VT-VRPA2
VT-VSPD
VT 2023
VT 5004
VT 3014
VT 5008
VT-VSPA1
VT-VSPA1
VT 5010
VT 3017
VT 5024
VT-VSPA2
VT 5011
VT 3018
VT 5025
VT 5012
VT 3024
VT 5035
VT 5013
VT-VSPA2
VT 5014
VT 5015
VT 5016
VT 5017
VT 5018
Amplifiers of
modular design
Controlling of
valves with
integral elektronics possile by
means of seperate
(cable not included in the
scope of
supply).
Connecting cable with open
ends included.
VT 5020
VT 5021
VT 5022
VT 5023
VT 5032
VT 5033
VT 5034
VT 5036
VT 5037
VT 5062
VT 5063
VT 5064
VT 5065
VT 5066
VT-VRPA1
Caution!
No more than one electronic component may be plugged or connected at a time. Several electronic components connected or
plugged at a time can destroy each other!
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
Zum Eisengieer 1
Telefon +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0
Telefax +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58
www.boschrexroth.de

wear and aging.
609
RE 29681/06.05
Replaces: 07.02
Service case with test unit for

servo-valves without integrated
electronics
1/6
Type VT-SVTSY-1
Series 1X
H6100_d
Table of contents
Contents
Features
Page
Features
Ordering code
Test unit type VT-SVT-1-1X
Functional description / operating instructions
The service case includes a test unit with 9 V block battery

and optionally a power supply unit and connecting cable
(see ordering code)
The test unit is suitable for commissioning and servicing work
on hydraulic systems that are fitted with servo-valves without
integral electronics
Test unit type VT-SVT-1-1X:Technical data
Allows functional testing and localisation of faults in the case

of machinery malfunction without removal of the servo-valve
Unit drawing
Voltage supply by 9 V block battery or 12 V power supply unit
Overview of servo-valves that are suitable for testing
Acccessories: Power supply unit type VT-SVTNT-2-1X/G12
Technical data
Service case:
Weight
empty
complete
Accessories: Valve connecting cable
450 x 100 x 350 mm

2 kg
3.2 kg
Note:
The unit may only be used by personnel who are familiar with the
test unit, the valve and the hydraulic system. We will not assume
liability for damage caused by wrongful operation!
04
610
2/6
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT-SVTSY-1
RE 29681/06.05
Ordering code
VT-SVTSY-1
1X
*
Service case with test unit

for servo-valves without integral electronics
Series 10 to 19
and pin assignment)
0=
1=
= 1X
Power supply unit 220 V/12 V:

Without power supply unit
With power supply unit type
VT-SVTNT-2-1X/G12
=1
Connecting cable for valves with electrical connection K9 or K31:

Without connecting cable
=0
With connecting cable type VT-SVTK-1-1X
=1
Connecting cable for valves with electrical connection K17:
=0
=1
Connecting cable for valves with electrical connection K8:

=0
=1
Ordering code for individual components
Designation
Type / ordering code
Material no.
VT-SVT-1-1X
R900214710
Connecting cable with cable socket Z31
VT-SVTK-1-1X
R900939983
VT-SVTK-2-1X
R900939984
VT-SVTK-3-1X
R900939985
Power supply unit 220V/12 V; 580 mA
VT-SVTNT-2-1X/G12
R900946388
Case, aluminium
R900219817
Test unit for servo-valves without integral electronics
Service case (empty)
611
RE 29681/06.05
3/6
VT-SVTSY-1

The test unit is suitable for controlling and testing the function
of servo-valves without integral electronics.
Voltage is supplied to the test unit either by a 9V block battery
(included in the scope of supply) or optionally by a 12V power
supply unit type VT-SVTNT-2.
H6101_d
Functional description / operating instructions

Bring command value potentiometer [4] to the central
position
Valve testing is carried out as follows:

Connect the connecting cable of the power supply unit to
the socket [6] of the test unit or insert battery [11]
Use a suitable valve connecting cable (see ordering code) to

connect the test unit (socket [7]) with the servo-valve
(The valve connecting cables are to be wired so that the two
coils of the servo-valve are connected in series.)
Set function switch [1] to ON LED power [8] lights up

For battery operation, carry out battery test:
Set selector switch [3] to 50 mA
Set command value potentiometer [4] to 100 %
Actuate push-button [2] for battery test
The test unit indicates the battery charge in %
Turn command value potentiometer [4] slowly anti-clockwise

or clockwise and observe the movement of the motor or
cylinder
With a fully functional servo-valve, the motor or cylinder can
be sensitively controlled and moved in the required direction
or to the required position.
Select coil type of the valve using selector switch [3] on the
test unit

Plug-in power supply
unit
VT-SVTNT-2-1X/G12
1
9
10
2
u
Servo-valve
3
11
04
1 mA
5 mA
7,5 mA
20 mA
30 mA
50 mA
Function switch
Coil current indicator
power LED
Pushbutton for battery test
Socket for power supply cable
Voltage regulator
Selector switch for type of coil
(with changeover switch)
10 Output stage
Command value potentiometer
Socket for valve connecting cable
11 9 V block battery
612
4/6
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT-SVTSY-1
RE 29681/06.05
Test unit type VT-SVT-1-1X:

Operating voltages:
Battery operation
UO 9 V (E-block)
Operation with power supply unit
UO 12 V to 16 V
Current consumption of the test unit
I 20 mA (plus valve current)
95 x 158 x 45 mm
Weight
m 0.34 kg
Unit drawing
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Function switch
Pushbutton for battery test
Selector switch for type of coil
Command value potentiometer
Coil current indicator (in %)
Socket for power supply unit cable
Socket for valve connecting cable
power LED
Assignment of coil data to valve types:

5 mA / 500 per coil
4WS2E.10-4X
7.5 mA / 200 per coil
20 mA / 80 per coil
4WS2E.10A-4X
30 mA / 40 per coil
4DS1EO2-1X
50 mA / 28 per coil
3DS2EH10-2X
30 mA / 100 per coil
4WS2EM6-2X
4WS2EM10-5X
30 mA / 100 per coil

50 mA / 80 per coil
4WS2EM6-1X
50 mA / 80 per coil
4WS2EM16-2X
8
2
+
7,5 mA 20 mA
30 mA
5 mA
1 mA
50 mA
Command
max. Current
OFF
1
Overview of servo-valves that are suitable for testing
At the time of publishing this data sheet, the following Rexroth servo-vavles
can be tested with the VT-SVT-1 test unit:
Valve type
12 V
0V
Type of connecting cable
4WS2EM6-1X
K17
VT-SVTK-2-1X
4WS2EM6-2X
K17
VT-SVTK-2-1X
4WS2EM10-5X
K31
VT-SVTK-1-1X
4WS2EM10-4X
K8
VT-SVTK-3-1X
4WS2EB10-4X
K8
VT-SVTK-3-1X
4WS2EM10A-4X
K8
VT-SVTK-3-1X
4WS2EB10A-4X
K8
VT-SVTK-3-1X
4WS2EM16-2X
K8
VT-SVTK-3-1X
4DS1E02-1X
K8
VT-SVTK-3-1X
3DS2EH10-2X
K8
VT-SVTK-3-1X
100 %
ON
+ 100 %
613
RE 29681/06.05
VT-SVTSY-1
5/6
Acccessories: Power supply unit type VT-SVTNT-2-1X/G12

Plug-in power supply unit 220 VAC 12 VDC; 580 mA
H6102_d
Operating voltage
U 230 VAC 10 %; 50 Hz
Current consumption
I 60 mA
Fuse (thermal fuse)
t 130 C
Output voltage
Length of the connecting cable to the test unit
Weight
U 12 VDC; 580 mA
I 2m
96 x 58 x 48 mm
m 0.38 kg
04
614
6/6
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT-SVTSY-1
RE 29681/06.05
Accessories: Valve connecting cable

Connecting cable type VT-SVTK-1-1X
Connecting cable between VT-SVT-1 test unit and servo-valves
without integral electronics (valves with ordering code K9 or K31
for electrical connection)
The servo-valve coils are connected in series.
Valve connection
Plug-in connecor to E DIN 43563-BF6-3/Pg11 (series circuit)
Test unit connection
Mono jack plug 2,5 mm
Cable length
Weight
l 3m
m 0.16 kg

Connecting cable between the VT-SVT-1 test unit and servo-valves
without integral electronics (valves with ordering code K17 for
electrical connection)
Valve connection
Plug in-connector VG 95328 (series circuit)
Cable length
Weight
l 3m
m 0.3 kg

Connecting cable between the VT-SVT-1 test unit and servo-valves
without integral electronics (valves with ordering code K8 for
electrical connection)
Valve connection
Plug in-connector 14S-2P (series circuit)
Cable length
Weight
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
Zum Eisengieer 1
Telefon +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0
Telefax +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58
www.boschrexroth.de
l 3m
m 0.16 kg

parties.
615
Service case with test unit for

servo and proportional valves
with integral electronics (OBE)
RE 29685/11.04
Replaces: 02.03
1/12
Type VT-VETSY-1
Series 1X
H/A/D 5967/98
Table of contents
Contents
Features
Page
Features
Ordering code, preferred types
Test unit type VT-VET-1-1X:

Functional description and operating instructions
Technical data
Unit drawing
Connections, indicator and adjustment elements
Overview of servo and proportional valves that can be tested 9
The service case comprises a test unit as well as optional

power supply units, connecting cables and adapter cables
(see ordering code)
The test unit can be used to control and carry out functional
tests on servo and proportional valves with integral electronics
and operating voltages of 15 V or + 24 V
Simplifies commissioning and troubleshooting in hydraulic
systems with servo and proportional valves
Service case:
Dimensions
Weight
(W x H x D)
empty
complete
450 x 100 x 350 mm

2 kg
4.3 kg
Accessories:
Power supply unit type VT-VETNT-3-1X/G24
10
10
Connecting cable type VT-VETK-1-1X
11
Adapter cable type VT-VETAK-1-1X
11
04
Caution:
The test unit may only be used by persons who are familiar with
the unit, the valve and the hydraulic system. When set
accordingly, the unit ignores control signals that come from the
system. If safety features are provided on the control side, these
are deactivated.
We assume no responsibility for damage caused by maloperation!
616
2/12
Bosch Rexroth AG
VT-VETSY-1
RE 29685/11.04
Ordering code
VT-VETSY-1
1X
Service case with test unit for servo

and proportional valves with integral
electronics
Series 10 to 19
and pin assignment)

= 1X
Test unit type VT-VET-1-1X
0=
1=
=1
Connecting cable to valve:

With 1 off 6-pin connecting cable type VT-VETK-1-1X
With 2 off 6-pin connecting cable type VT-VETK-1-1X
Adapter cable for valve type 4WSE2EM6-1X:
Without adapter cable
With adapter cable type VT-VETAK-1-1X
Preferred types
Type
Material no.
VTVETSY11X/1-1-0-1-0
R900943515
R900945527
R900951686
R900951687
R900962782
Preferred types and standard components are

highlighted in the EPS (standard price list).
=0
=1
=2
0=
1=
=0
=1
Power supply unit

220 V / 15 VDC; 0.25 A:
With power supply unit
type VT-VETNT-2-1X/G15
Power supply unit
90 - 265 VAC / + 24 VDC; 2.2 A:
With power supply unit
type VT-VETNT-3-1X/G24
617
RE 29685/11.04
VT-VETSY-1
3/12
Test unit type VT-VET-1-1X

This test unit can be used to control and carry out functional
tests on servo and proportional valves with integral electronics
and an operating voltage of 15 V or + 24 V.
Operating modes:
External operation looping in of the operating voltage and
the command values from the control cabinet to the valve
Internal/external operation command value feedforward
via the test unit; operating voltage from the control cabinet
Command value provided via the BNC socket operating

voltage optional
H/A 5315/95
Internal operation operating voltage provided by a separate power supply unit; command value feedforward via the
test unit
Typ VT-VET-1-1X
Functional description and operating instructions

Voltage supply
The test unit can be supplied with + 24 V or 15 V, depending on the operating voltage required by the valve. To this end,
the "power selector" switch must be set accordingly before
commissioning.
An internal DC/DC converter generates the required auxiliary
voltages of 15 V for the internal command value signal.
The "power selector" switch connects, among other things, the
internal reference potential L0 to the mass potential applied
externally.
Switch position "+ 24 V" input pin B = reference potential
Switch position " 15 V" input pin C = reference potential
Connections
voltages of + 24 V or 15 V (depending on valve type) must

be available.
If the operating voltage is not provided from the control cabinet, an appropriate power supply unit can be connected to the
ES input plug.
Output socket AB (item 16) and 4 mm output sockets:
Output socket AB on the right-hand side is used for connecting the valve. The 4 mm sockets on the right-hand side are directly connected to the pins of output socket AB.
All the signals to or from the valve can therefore be measured
at the 4 mm sockets.
The short-circuit plugs can be used to separate each individual wire of the connecting cable to allow, for example, current
measurements.
Input plug ES (item 1) and 4 mm input sockets:
BNC socket:
Input plug ES on the left-hand side is used for connecting the

cable coming from the control or the control cabinet. The 4 mm
sockets on the left-hand side are connected directly with the
pins of the ES input plug in accordance with the setting of the
operating elements (see operating and indicator elements).
An externally generated command value signal may be fed in

via a standard 50 cable at the BNC socket.
All signals coming from the control can therefore be measured

at the sockets.
PE socket:
To operate the test unit and the valve the required operating
For this, the "setpoint selector" switch must be set to position

"BNC.
The PE socket is directly connected to the PE connection of
the ES input plug. Output socket AB does not have a PE connection.
Potentiometers / trimming potentiometers

Designation
Function
Preconditions
Setpoint intern
Command value signal to valve (AB pin D). The output switches automatically between
Ucomm = 10 V or Icomm = 20 mA
according to the load impedance of the
valve command value input.
Operating voltage present at input switch ES
Adjustment of the step-input

amplitude. The step function can be
activated using the "stepfunction key"
pushbutton.
Operating voltage present at input switch ES
Stepfunction level
power selector" switch position according to operating

voltage
"setpoint selector" switch set to "intern
"stepfunction key" pushbutton not pressed
"power selector" switch position according to operating

voltage
"setpoint selector" switch set to "intern"
The step function is generated by pressing the "stepfunction
key" pushbutton.
04
618
4/12
Bosch Rexroth AG
VT-VETSY-1
RE 29685/11.04
Functional description and operating instructions (continued)

LED-lamps
Designation
Function
Preconditions
power
Indication of internal voltage supply
Operating voltage at input switch ES
enable
indication
control
Indication of enable signal coming from the control/

control cabinet
(input socket ES - pin C)
Operating voltage is + 24 V
"power selector" switch to position 24 V
"power" LED lights up
enable
indication valve
Indication of the enable signal going to the valve

(output socket AB - pin C and measuring socket C).
The LED also lights up, as soon as an enable signal
is applied to the 4 mm measuring socket C. Without
a short-circuit plug, this signal is not applied to output
socket AB, but to the valve.
Operating voltage is + 24 V
"power" LED lights up
Enable signal is activated
Switches
All the functions described are only valid as long as all short-circuit links are plugged!
Designation
Switch position
Function
power selector
+ 24 V
Internal reference potential is connected to ES - pin B (0 V to UB = 24 V).

The enable signal can be generated using switch "enable (on) or be switched off (off).
15 V
Internal reference potential is connected to ES - pin C (0 V to UB = 15 V).

Enable signal generation deactivated.
ES - pin C is directly connected to AB - pin C (short-circuit link).
enable
on
(only with
24 V operation)
setpoint
selector
"setpoint-selector" switch to position control

an external enable signal applied by the control (ES - pin C) is switched through.
"setpoint-selector" switch to position intern or BNC
The enable signal for the valve is set.
off
The enable signal output (AB - Pin C) is connected to the reference potential (0 V) at low
resistance.
control
The command value lines are connected directly from the control to the valve via pin D and
pin E.
If the "power selector" is at position 24 V and
the "enable" switch is set to on
then the enable signal is switched through from the control to the valve (pin C).
intern oder BNC

The enable signal is fed to the valve as with the "enable" switch position.
The reference potential for the command value (AB - pin E) corresponds to the internal
reference potential (0 V).
intern
If the "stepfunction key" pushbutton is not actuated

then the command value signal to the valve (AB - pin D) is as preselected by means of
command value potentiometer "setpoint intern".
If the "stepfunction key" pushbutton is actuated
then the command value signal to the valve (AB - pin D) is as preselected by means of
trimming potentiometer "stepfunction level".
BNC
The signal applied to the BNC socket is used as command value signal and fed to the
valve (AB - pin D).
Pushbutton
Designation
Function
Preconditions
stepfunction
key
Changeover between command value signals "setpoint intern" and "stepfunction level" (pushbutton
actuated)
Operating voltage applied to input switch ES. "power

selector" switch position according to the operating
voltage type.
"setpoint selector" switch to "intern"
+ 15 V
15 V
0V
Protetctive earth
Command
value +
Command
value
Actual value
+ 24 V
0V
Enable or reference potential

for actual valve
value, e.g. with
4WRSE
Protetctive earth
Command
value +
Command
value
Actual value
PE
+ 24 V
15 V
Valve version with

operating voltage
Pin
Valve version
with operating
voltage
Pin assignment
11
gelb/grn
power
13
+ 15 V
L0 = 0 V
15 V
control
intern
BNC
DC
15 V
+ 24 V
DC
T1
u
u/i
17
10
18
off
on
yellow
grey
white
black
blue
red
X6
X5
X4
X3
X2
X1
14
12
yellow
grey
white
black
blue
red
16
VT-VETSY-1
PE
RE 29685/11.04
619
5/12
04
620
6/12
Bosch Rexroth AG
VT-VETSY-1
RE 29685/11.04
Operating voltages
"power selector" switch:
Switch position "24 V"
UB
24 V; 20 % + 40 %
Switch position " 15 V"
UB
15 V; 10 %
Current consumption of the test unit
Max. current carrying capacity of pins A and B of input plug

ES and output socket AB when testing 24 V proportional
or high-response control valves
Imax
0.1 A
6A
Input:
Input plug ES
Command values to pins E and D
Ui; Ii
Enable signal to pin C (24 V operation) not active

active
according to valve details
UE
0 to 10 V
UE
16 to UB
Output socket AB
Actual value to pin F
Ui; Ii
BNC socket
Ui
according to the actual value output of the valve

0 bis 10 V
Outputs (all short-circuiting links plugged):

Input plugES
U 0; I0
Actual value to pin in F
according to the actual value output of the valve
Output socket AB
Enable signal to pin C (24 V operation)
"setpoint selector" switch
Switch position "intern" or "BNC"
"enable" switch to position "off"
UE
0V
"enable" switch to position "on"
UE
UB
"enable" switch to position "off"
UE
0V
"enable" switch to position "on"
UE
according to pin C of input plug ES
Switch position "control"
Command values to pins D and E

"setpoint selector" switch
Switch position "intern" or "BNC"
pin E
pin D
Reference potential
Ucomm
Icomm
Switch position "control"
pins E and D Ucomm
Weight
0 to 10 V, falls Ri valve > 500

0 to 20 mA, falls Ri valve < 500
according to input plug ES (pins E and D)
94 x 54 x 160 mm
0.36 kg
621
RE 29685/11.04
VT-VETSY-1
7/12
Unit drawing
1
16
VET-1
2
15V
24V
power selector
15
3
15
A
power
14
B
enable indication
13
+/0
control
valve
+
12
setpoint/differential input
E
11
level
feedback
signal F
PE
actual
value
enable
intern
control
10
step
function
on
off
0
BNC
key
8
setpoint
selector
100%
setpoint
intern
For the item numbers, see page 8
+100%
04
622
8/12
Bosch Rexroth AG
VT-VETSY-1
RE 29685/11.04
Description of connections and indicator and adjustment elements

Functional element
Position 1)
Labelling
Input plug ES:
Connection on the control side using component plug K31,

CM02E14S-61P
Switch for selecting the operating voltage required by the valve
power selector
Readiness for operation
power
Enable signal of input plug ES and from the external control

to pin C
enable indication control
LED lamps:
Enable signal to measuring sockets, output socket AB and pin C
enable indication valve
13
Input measuring sockets
A to F and PE
Switch for selecting the command value signal source
setpoint selector
BNC socket for the connection of an external, independent command value encoder
Potentiometer for adjusting the internal command value signal
setpoint intern
Pushbutton for selecting between internal command value signals

for the generation of a step-change signal
stepfunction key
Enable switch for the generation of an enable signal that is independent of an external control
release intern
10
Trimming potentiometer for adjusting the amplitude of the internal

step function generator
stepfunction level
11
Current / voltage output for the valve command value with automatic
changeover between U0 = 0 V to 10 V
or I0 = 0 mA to 20 mA
17
Short-circuiting links for the separation of individual cable strands in

the connection from the control to the valve
14
Output measuring sockets for checking the signals in the valve connecting cable
A to F
12
Output socket AB:
16
Connection on the valve side using an MS3108A-14S-6S flanged

socket
Voltage converter DC/DC for the internal voltage supply
18
1)
The item numbers refer to the unit

drawing and block circuit diagram
Notes:
Operating mode without enable input
Operating mode with enable input
Valves with integral electronics and an operating voltage of

+ 24 V without enable input use connection C as reference
potential for the actual valve value. In this case, the "enable"
switch must be set to "off".
Valves with integral electronics and an operating voltage of

+ 24 V with enable input use connection B as reference potential for the actual valve value. In this case, the "enable" switch
must be set to "on.
623
RE 29685/11.04
VT-VETSY-1
9/12
Overview of servo and proportional valves that can be tested

At the time of publicizing this data sheet, the following servo and proportional valves of Bosch Rexroth can be tested with the VT-VET-1-1X
test unit:
Valve type
Operating voltage UB
Servo-valve with integral electronics (OBE)

4WSE2EM6 (without electrical position feedback)
15 V
4WSE2EM10(A)-4X (without electrical position feedback)
15 V
4WSE2EE10(A)-4X
15 V
4WSE2EM10-5X (without electrical position feedback)
15 V
4WSE2ED10-5X
15 V
4WSE2EM16(A) (without electrical position feedback)
15 V
4WSE2ED16(A)
15 V
4WSE3EE16
15 V
4WSE3EE25
15 V
4WSE3EE32
15 V
4DSE1EO2 (without electrical position feedback)
15 V
3DSE2EH10 (without electrical position feedback)
15 V
Proportional and high-response valves with integral electronics (OBE)

4WRAE (without electrical position feedback)
+ 24 V
4WREE
+ 24 V
4WRSE(H)
+ 24 V
4WRKE
+ 24 V
4WRTE
+ 24 V
4WRGE
15 V or + 24 V
4WRDE
15 V or + 24 V
.WRCE
15 V or + 24 V
FESE (ab Serie 2X)
+ 24 V
3FERE
+ 24 V
.WRZE (without electrical position feedback)
+ 24 V
DBEE (without electrical position feedback)
+ 24 V
DBEME (without electrical position feedback)
+ 24 V
DBEMTE (without electrical position feedback)
+ 24 V
DBETE (without electrical position feedback)
+ 24 V
DBETRE (without electrical position feedback)
+ 24 V
ZDBEE (without electrical position feedback)
+ 24 V
STW on enquiry
DREE (without electrical position feedback)
15 V or + 24 V
+ 24 V
04
624
10/12
Bosch Rexroth AG
VT-VETSY-1
RE 29685/11.04
Accessories: Power supply units

H 6847
Desktop version 90-265 VAC 24 VDC; 2.2 A
Typ VT-VETNT-3-1X/G24
Operating voltage
Current consumption
U
I
Fuse
Output voltage
max. 1.5 A
Electronic overload protection
Supply cable length
Cable length to test unit
Weight
90-265 VAC; 47-63 Hz
24 VDC 1 V; 2.2 A
approx. 1.5 m
approx. 1.5 m
135 x 65 x 41 mm
0.4 kg
H 6846
Plug version 115 VAC / 230 VAC 15 VDC; 0.25 A
Typ VT-VETNT-2-1X/G15
Operating voltage
Current consumption
U
I
Fuse
Output voltages
Cable length to the test unit
< 29 mA
Thermal link 130C
U
l
weight
115 V / 230 V 5 % 50/60 Hz can be changed over
+ 15 VDC 0.2 V; 0.25 A

15 VDC 0.2 V; 0.25 A
2m
86 x 56 x 86 mm
0.63 kg
625
RE 29685/11.04
VT-VETSY-1
11/12
Accessories: Connecting and adapter cables

Connecting cable type VT-VETK-1-1X
Connecting cable between the VT-VET-1-1X test unit and
servo and proportional valves with integral electronics (valves
with the electrical connection ordering codes K9 and K31)
Valve connection
Plug-in connector to DIN EN 175201-804
Plug MS3101A 14S 6P
Connecting cable length

Weight
l
m
3m
0.3 kg
Notes:
To achieve greater lengths, several cables can be joined
together.
When operating valves with an electrical connection K31, the
earth is interrupted.
Adapter cable type VT-VETAK-1-1X

Adapter cable between the VT-VET-1-1X test unit and servo
and proportional valves with integral electronics (valves with
electrical connection ordering code K17).
Valve connection
Plug-in connector VG 95 328

Connecting cable length
Weight
Plug MS3101A 14S 6P

l
m
3m
0.3 kg
04
626
12/12
Bosch Rexroth AG
VT-VETSY-1
RE 29685/11.04
Notes
Bosch Rexroth AG
Zum Eisengiesser 1
Telephone +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0
Fax +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58
www.boschrexroth.de

parties.
627
RE 08008/06.05
Replaces: 03.04
Line connectors for valves

and sensors
1/12
Various versions
in plastic and metal
Overview of Contents
Contents
Ordering range
Features
Page
2 and 3
Line connectors are generally accessories and are not always

supplied with the valves or sensors
Plastic and metal versions
Various types and standards
Line connectors for solenoids, position sensors and pressure
sensors, valves with / without on-board electronics
See ordering range for types and standards
Line connectors available as
cubic, concentric and right-angle connectors
Jet connectors
Kostal connectors
line connectors with cable
04
628
2/12
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
Line connectors
RE 08008/06.05
Ordering range
Description
2P+PE
Pg9, Pg11, M16 x1.5
Line connectors for solenoids

DIN 43650
ISO 4400
NFE 48441
grey
m
(kg)
Details
on page
Material number
0.03
1 834 484 058
black
1 834 484 057
with LED
1 834 484 136

1 834 484 137
1 834 484 103
with free-wheeling
diode and LED
1 834 484 138

1 834 484 139
with rectifier
1 834 484 134

1 834 484 135
3P+PE / M16 x1.5
Line connector for

pressure switches and sensors
DIN 43650
ISO 4400
NFE 48441
black
0.03
3P+PE / Pg11
Line connectors for

pressure switches
with indicator lamp
0.06
with LED
0.08
Line connectors for

position tranducers and
pressure sensors
grey
0.02
3P / Pg7
Line connector for

position sensor AC/AC
black
0.05
1 834 484 040
6P+PE / Pg11
Line connector for

valves with on-board
electronics,
plastic
soldered
0.05
1 834 482 022
6P+PE / Pg11
Line connector for

valves with on-board
electronics,
plastic
crimped
0.05
1 834 482 026
6P+PE / Pg11
Line connector for valves

with on-board electronics,
right-angle,
plastic
crimped
0.05
1 834 484 252
4P / Pg7
1 834 484 060
1 834 484 044

1 834 484 078
black
1 834 484 061

1 834 484 063
629
RE 08008/06.05
Line connectors
Hydraulics
Bosch Rexroth AG
3/12
Ordering range
Description
m
(kg)
Details
on page
Material number
6P+PE / Pg11

metal
crimped
0.08
1 834 482 023
6P+PE / Pg16

metal
crimped
0.09
1 834 482 024
11P+PE / Pg16

plastic
crimped
0.05
1 834 484 142
4P / Pg7
Line connector for sensors,

plastic
soldered
0.05
10
1 834 484 140
4P
Line connector for sensors,

metal
soldered
0.04
10
1 834 484 141
4P / M12 x1
Line connectors with cable

for valves with position
display
straight, 5 m cable
0.12
11
1 834 463 013
straight, 10 m cable
0.45
1 834 463 030
right-angle, 5 m cable
0.10
1 834 463 014
right-angle, 10 m cable 0.445

4P+PE / M12 x1
2P
Line connectors with cable

for valves with central
connection
Jet connector (Junior Timer)
right-angle, 5 m cable
0.25
1 834 463 031

11
right-angle, 10 m cable 0.5
1 834 463 027

D 831 003 900
straight
0.031 12
1 834 484 094
right-angle
0.038
1 834 484 095
3P
Jet connector (Junior Timer)
straight
0.04
1 237 000 039
2P
Kostal connector,
right-angle
soldered
0.031 12
1 834 484 046
04
630
4/12
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
Line connectors
RE 08008/06.05

2P+PE
Cable 511-mm
Pg9, Pg11,
M16 x 1.5
U A [V=]
With rectifier*
for
240
220
200
180
~
UE
115/50
115/60
230/50
230/60
240/50
160
VDR
140
* For direct voltage only
120
100
80
UA
60
40
UA
96/00
205/00
220/00
Description
Standard
With LED
20
0
20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240
U E [V=]
DIN 43650
ISO 4400
NFE 48441
Material no.
M16 x 1,5 Grey
1 834 484 058
Black
1 834 484 057
1 834 484 136
1 834 484 137
Pg11
15...30 V DC
Pg91
230 V~
1 834 484 103
With free-wheeling diode

and LED
Pg11
20...30 V DC
1 834 484 138
1 834 484 139
With rectifier
Pg11
1 834 484 134
1 834 484 135
631
RE 08008/06.05
Line connectors
Hydraulics
Bosch Rexroth AG
5/12

3P+PE
Cable 5...11 mm
M16 x 1.5
Description
DIN 43650
ISO 4400
NFE 48441
Standard
M16 x 1.5
Material no.
Black
1 834 484 060
3P+PE
15
34
Cable
4...11
mm mm
Kabel
411
green yellow
39
72
1,5
Pg11
1
+
3
+
GDMEN
M3
34
Description
With LED display
Material no.
Pg11
(1x)
12...28 V DC
1 834 484 044
(2x) 12...24 V DC
1 834 484 078
04
632
6/12
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
Line connectors
RE 08008/06.05

4P
Cable 4 x 0.25 mm2

green
brown
yellow
white
Saeling ring
Pg7
Solder terminals (4x)
Description
Line connector
Material no.
Pg7 Grey
1 834 484 061
Black
1 834 484 063
3P
Tightening torque 0.5+0.3 Nm
Cable 6 8 mm
After soldering, insert receptacle in

such a way that locking lug engages
in cut-out.
35 mm
Length when fitted: 56 mm
Description
Line connector AC/AC
Material no.
Pg7 Black
1 834 484 040
633
RE 08008/06.05
Line connectors
Hydraulics
Bosch Rexroth AG
7/12

6P+PE
Cable 511 mm
Insulated cable
AB
Solder side
30 mm
Length when fitted: 78 mm + Pg
Description
Material no.
Line connector
Pg11 Plastic
soldered
1 834 482 022
6P+PE
Cable 711 mm
AB
Crimp side
27 mm
Messrs. Amphenol-Tuchel
Part number
Crimping tool
TA 0000
TA 0000 163
TA 0002 146001
Contact remover
FG 0300 146-(1)
Contact
0.5...1.5 mm2
* VN 2016-0002(1) Individual contacts in packed unit of 100

* ZN 2016-0002(1) Contact strip, pack of 200
* HN 2016-0002(1) Contact strip, pack of 2,000
Description
Line connector
2016 0002 (1)*
Material no.
Pg11 Plastic
Crimped
1 834 482 026
04
634
8/12
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
Line connectors
RE 08008/06.05

6P+PE
Cable 7...11 mm
Pg11
Part number
Crimping tool
TA 0000
TA 0000 163
TA 0002 146001
Contact remover
FG 0300 146-(1)
Contact
AB
Crimp side
0.5...1.5 mm2
2016 0002 (1)*

30 mm
Description
Material no.
Line connector
Pg11 Right-angle
Crimped
1 834 484 252
6P+PE
Pg11
Cable 7...11 mm
AB
Crimp side
Part number
Crimping tool
TA 0000
TA 0000 163
TA 0002 146001
Contact remover
FG 0300 146-(1)
Contact
28 mm
0.5...1.5 mm2

Description
Line connector
2016 0002 (1)*
Material no.
Pg11 Metal
Crimped
1 834 484 023
635
RE 08008/06.05
Line connectors
Hydraulics
Bosch Rexroth AG
9/12

6P+PE
Pg16
Pg seal
Cable 7...11 mm
AB
Crimp side
Part number
Crimping tool
TA 0000
TA 0000 163
TA 0002 146001
Contact remover
FG 0300 146-(1)
Contact
0.5...1.5 mm2
2016 0002 (1)*

28 mm
Description
Material no.
Line connector
Pg16 Metal
Crimped
1 834 482 024
11P+PE
Pg16
Cable 7...11 mm
AB
Crimp side
Messrs. Hirschmann
Part number
Crimping tool
XZC 0700
Contact remover
XWA 164
Contact
0.5...1.5 mm2
RBC 162
28 mm
Description
Line connector
Material no.
Pg16 Plastic
Crimped
1 834 484 142
04
636
10/12
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
Line connectors
RE 08008/06.05

4P
Pg7
22 mm
Cable 4 x 0.25 mm2
Description
Material no.
Line connector
Pg7 Plastic
Soldered
1 834 484 140
4P
18 mm
Length when fitted: 74 mm with cable sleeve
Cable 4 x 0.25 mm2
Description
Line connector
Material no.
Metal
Soldered
1 834 484 141
637
RE 08008/06.05
Line connectors
Hydraulics
Bosch Rexroth AG
11/12

M12 x 1
4P
1 brown
2 white
3 blue
4 black
Screen in protective tube transparent

Line connector screened, 4 x 0.34 mm2
Cable sheath: grey PUR
Description
Line connector
4P Straight
Material no.
15 m
1 834 463 013
Straight
10 m
1 834 463 030
Right-angle
15 m
1 834 463 014
Right-angle
10 m
1 834 463 031
M12 x 1
31,5
04
26,5
20,5
45
1 brown
2 white
3 blue
4 black
5 green/yellow
to DIN EN 50044
5,6
4P+PE
M12x1
14,5
Housing and cable sheath: black PUR

5 x 0.34 mm2, Imax = 3 A
Description
Line connector
Material no.
5P Right-angle
15 m
1 834 463 027
Right-angle
10 m
D 831 003 900
638
12/12
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
Line connectors
RE 08008/06.05
14,5
38
76
14,5
14,5
2P / 3P
Description
Material no.
Jet connector (Junior Timer) 2P

Jet connector (Junior Timer) 3P
Straight
1 834 484 094
Right-angle
1 834 484 095
Straight
1 237 000 039
40
25
12
10
2P
M27 x 1
30
Description
Kostal connector
Right-angle
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
Zum Eisengieer 1
Telefon +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0
Telefax +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58
www.boschrexroth.de
Material no.
Soldered
1 834 484 046

aging.
639
Cable sockets
for controlling
electrically operated valves
and sensors
H5254
Cable sockets according to

DIN EN 175301-803 and ISO 4400,
2-pin+ PE, with standardised connecting cable, for electrically operated
valves with component plug "K4"
H5744
RE 08006/01.05
Replaces: 03.03
H 5743
Cable sockets for mechanical position switches and valves with central
connection with component plug
"K6" / "K"
Cable sockets according to

IEC 60947-5-2, for valves with inductive position switch "QM" and valves
with component plug "K24"
1/14
H 5745
Cable socket according to

DIN EN 175301-803 and ISO 4400,
2-pin+ PE, for electrically operated
valves with component plug "K4"
Table of contents
Contents
Page
Individual connection
Cable sockets according to DIN EN 175301-803 and
ISO 4400, 2-pin + PE
Cable sockets
2
Cable sockets for electrically operated directional valves

with component plug "C4" (AMP Junior-Timer)
Cable sockets for electrically operated directional valves

with component plug "K40" (Deutsch plug)

for pressure switches with component plug "K14"
with standardised connecting cable for pressure switches with

component plug "K14"
10
12
for mechanical position switches and valves with central connection

with component plug "K6" / "K"
Cable sockets according to IEC 60947-5-2

4
with standardised connecting cable for electrically operated valves


Page
Central connection (terminal box)
for electrically operated valves with component plug "K4"

Contents
13
for valves with inductive position switch "QM" and valves

04
640
2/14
Bosch Rexroth AG
Cable sockets RE 08006/01.05
Cable sockets according to DIN EN 175301-803 and ISO 4400, 2-pin + PE

for electrically operated valves with component plug "K4"
Ordering code
Designation:
Cable socket
Z4
DC
voltage
Symbol
1
Z45
2
Standard without
circuitry
Z5L
AC
voltage
Colour
Valve side
Fitting
Material
number
12 240 V
grey
M16 x 1.5
R901017010
12 240 V
black
M16 x 1.5
R901017011
12 240 V
brown
NPT 1/2"
R900004823
12 240 V
black
NPT 1/2"
R900011039
12 240 V
black
A/B
M16 x 1.5
R901017022
12 240 V
black
A/B
NPT 1/2"
R900057453
24 V
black
A/B
M16 x 1.5
R901017026
black
A/B
M16 x 1.5
R901017027
24 240 V
black
A/B
M16 x 1.5
R901017029
24 240 V
black
A/B
NPT 1/2"
R900057455
24 240 V
black
A/B
M16 x 1.5
R901017025
24 240 V
black
A/B
NPT 1/2"
R900842566
PE
1
Z55L
ge
With indicator lamp
2
PE
Z5L1
With indicator lamp
and Z-Diodenprotective coating
Limitation of cut-off voltage peak to 55 V
ge
2
2
PE
Z5L2
With indicator lamp
and protective diode
+1
+1
24 V
Limitation of cut-off voltage peak to 1 V
ge
-2
-2
PE
RZ5L
RZ55L
With indicator lamp
and rectifier
+1
2
ge
-2
PE
RZ5
RZ55
+1
With rectifier
2
PE
-2
641
RE 08006/01.05
3/14
Cable sockets
Ambient temperature
Standard
C 40 to + 125
With indicator lamp/

rectifier
C 20 to + 60
Type of protection according to DIN 40050
IP 65 with cable socket mounted and locked
Operating voltage
V See ordering code on page 2
Maximum operating
current
Standard
A 16
With indicator lamp
A 4
With rectifier
A 1,5
Current consumption of LED
mA approx. 10
LED
Yellow
Number of pins
2 + PE
Clamping range for cables having an outer diameter of
mm 5, up to 10
mm2 1.5
Maximum cable cross-section

Type of connection
Threaded connection
Unit dimensions:
With circuitry (in mm)
Unit dimensions:
Without circuitry (in mm)
45
27,5
2
2
GDM
10
1 Fixing screw M3,

tightening torque MT = 0,5 Nm
2 Fitting, see page 2
5,5
40
34,2
43
5,5
28
18
18
10A
250V
28
04
642
4/14
Bosch Rexroth AG

with standardised connecting cable for electrically operated valves with component plug "K4"
Ordering code
Designation:
Cable socket
DC
voltage
Symbol
Z4
sw1
Standard without
circuitry
sw2
AC
voltage
Material number for cable length

Colour
3m
5m
10 m
12 240 V
black
R900032020 R900032014 R900217134
gnge
Z4L
With indicator
lamp
sw1
sw2
gnge
sw1
Z4L1
With indicator lamp
and Z-Diodenprotective coating
sw2
gnge
24 V
black
R900032050 R900032018 R900217135
90 130 V
black
R900032023 R900032012 R900217136
180 240 V
black
R900032024 R900032010 R900217137
24 V
black
R900032021 R900032015 R900217138
Limitation of the cutoff voltage peak to

55 V
Cable sockets with indicator lamp are provided with a yellow LED that signals the operational state.
With cable sockets with indicator lamp and 24 V suppressor circuit, the cut-off voltage peak is limited to approx. 55 V by a zener
diode circuit.
The cable sockets scope of supply includes a fixing screw and a flat seal (both captive).
Ambient temperature
Cable socket housing
C 20 to + 90
Rigidly mounted cable
C 20 to + 80
Flexibly mounted cable
C 5 to + 70
Connecting cable
lflex 150 PVC, grey, with approbation: VDE, UL, CSA, SEV
mm2 3 x 1.0
Wire cross-section
Wire marking
Number of pins
Cable cross-section
PE
Green/yellow
Other wires
Black with figures. On the 2-pin electrical connection to

DIN EN 175 301-803, contacts 1 and 2 are assigned.
2 + PE
mm approx. 7
643
RE 08006/01.05
Cable sockets
5/14
1 LED
2 DIN contacts, rotatable through 0 + 180
27
18
3 Flat seal (captive)

4 Nameplate
5 Fixing screw M3 (captive),

tightening torque MT = 0.5 Nm
27
47
30
3
5
04
644
6/14
Bosch Rexroth AG
Cable sockets for electrically operated directional valves with component plug "C4"
(AMP Junior-Timer)
Ordering code
Designation:
Cable socket
Outer wire diameter in mm
Colour
Material number
2POL AMP JUNIOR D2.2
2.2 to 3.0
black
R901022127
2POL AMP JUNIOR D1.2
1.2 to 2.1
black
R900313533
Ambient temperature range
Permissible operating voltage range
V DC
Type of protection according to EN60529
20 to + 125
10 to 32
IP66A (correctly mounted and locked)
Maximum operating current
Number of pins
5
2
Permissible outer cable diameter

Maximum wire cross-section
Permissible outer single wire
mm
5.2 to 7
mm2
0.5 to 1
mm
2.2 to 3
Type of connection
Crimped connection
Condition when delivered
1 plug housing, 2 contacts,

2 single wire seal, 1 rubber sleeve,
not assembled, packed in a bag
Crimping tool
Basic crimping tool type 539635-1, make: AMP

Matrix type 539737-2, make: AMP

Housing AMP
Type 282189-1
17
A
A-A
54
37,5
19,5
23,80,3
645
RE 08006/01.05
Cable sockets
7/14
Cable sockets for electrically operated directional valves with component plug "K40"
(Deutsch plug)
Ordering code
Designation:
Cable socket
Wire cross-section
Colour
Material number
2POL DT06 K40AWG14*BG
AWG14-16
grey
R900733451
2POL DT06 K40AWG16*BG
AWG16-18
grey
R901017847
Plug housing
DT06-2S-CE01
Permissible operating voltage range
V DC
Type of protection according to EN60529

Maximum operating current
10 to 32
IP69K (correctly installed and locked)
Number of pins
20 to + 125
5
2
AWG14-16
mm2
1.3 to 2.08
AWG 16-18
mm2
0.82 to 1.3
mm
1.35 to 3.05
Permissible outer diameter single wire

Type of connection
Crimped connection
Condition when delivered
1 plug housing, 2 contacts, 1 securing wedge,

not assembled, in bag
Crimping tool
Type HDT-4800, make: Compagnie Deutsch
16
16
04
32
646
8/14
Bosch Rexroth AG

for pressure switches with component plug "K14"
Ordering code
Designation:
Cable socket
Z14
Standard without
circuitry
DC
voltage
Symbol
1
2
3
AC
voltage
Colour
Fitting
Material number
1
2
3
12 240 V
black
M16 x 1.5
R901017012
12 V
black
M16 x 1.5
R901017030
1
2
3
24 V
black
M16 x 1.5
R901017048
48 V
black
M16 x 1.5
R901017032
110 V
black
M16 x 1.5
R901017035
220 V
black
M16 x 1.5
R901017037
24 V
black
M16 x 1.5
R901017040
PE
Z15L
1
2
3
ge
gn
With indicator
lamp
Z15L6
With indicator
lamp
-N
PE
1
2
3
1
2
3
ge
gn
-N
PE
Ambient temperature
Standard
C 40 to + 125
With indicator lamp
C 20 to + 60

Operating voltage
Maximum operating
current

V See ordering code above
Standard
A 16
With indicator lamp
A 4
Current consumption of LED
mA approx. 10
Indicator lamp
Yellow / yellow + green
Number of pins
3 + PE

Type of connection
mm 5, up to 10
mm2 1.5
Threaded connection
647
Cable sockets
Unit dimensions:
Without circuitry (in mm)
Unit dimensions:
With circuitry (in mm)
45
27,5
28
M16 x 1,5
2
28
18
3
GDM
10
40
34,2
43
1
1
5,5
5,5
M16 x 1,5
18
10A
250V
9/14
RE 08006/01.05
1 Fixing screw M3,

04
648
10/14
Bosch Rexroth AG

with standardised connecting cable for pressure switches with component plug "K14"
Ordering code
Designation:
Cable socket
DC
voltage
Symbol
Z14
sw1
Without circuitry
sw2
sw3
AC
voltage
Material number for cable length

Colour
5m
10 m
12 240 V
black
R900619228
R900619229
24 V
black
R900225082
R900225083
gnge
Z14L
sw1
sw2
sw3
With indicator
lamp
1
2
3
gn
ge
sw4
gnge
Ambient temperature
Cable socket housing
C 20 to + 90
Cable rigidly mounted
C 20 to + 80
Cable flexibly mounted
C 5 to + 70
Connecting cable
Wire cross-section
Wire marking
Number of pins
Cable cross-section
lflex 150 PVC, grey, with approbation: VDE, UL, CSA, SEV
Standard
mm2
With indicator lamp
mm2 5 x 0.5
4 x 0.75
PE
Green/yellow
Other wires
Black with figures. On the 3-pin electrical connection according

to DIN EN 175 301-803, contacts 1, 2 and 3 are assigned.
3 + PE
mm approx. 7
649
RE 08006/01.05
Cable sockets
11/14
1 LED
2 Flat seal (captive)
27
18
2
3
3 Nameplate
PE
4 Fixing screw M3 (captive),

1
27
47
30
2
4
04
650
12/14
Bosch Rexroth AG
Cable sockets
for mechanical position switches and valves with central connection
with component plug "K6" / "K"
Ordering code
Component plug
DC
voltage
Standardisation
AC
voltage
Colour
Fitting
Material number
K6
according to DIN 43651
250 V
grey
Pg 11
R900002803
not standardised
250 V
red
Pg 11
R900005538
Ambient temperature
C 40 to + 90
Operating current, contiuous

Number of pins
A 10
Component plug K6
6 + PE
Component plug K
4 + PE
mm 7, up to 9
mm2 1.5

Type of connection
Crimped connection
Unit dimensions:
Component plug K6 (in mm)
Unit dimensions:
Component plug K (in mm)
11max
29,5
15,2
1 Fixing screw M3,

1
10
48
30
10
48
27,5
25,5
40
29,5
SW22
65
651
RE 08006/01.05
Cable sockets
13/14
Cable sockets according to IEC 60947-5-2

for valves with inductive position switch "QM" and valves with component plug "K24"
Ordering code
Designation, features:
Cable socket
Colour
Fitting
Material number
Cable socket suitable for K24 4-pin, M12 x 1 with threaded connection
black
Pg 9
R900031155
Cable socket suitable for K24-3m 4-pin, M12 x 1

with moulded-on PUR cable, 3 m long.
black
Pg 9
R900064381
black
Pg 9
R900082899
Cable cross-section: 4 x 0.34 mm2, cable approx. 5 mm

Wire marking:
1: brown
2: white
3: blue
4: black
Cable socket suitable for K24 4-pin, M12 x 1 with threaded connection,
angled.
Housing can be rotated around 4 x 90 in relation to contact insert.
Ambient temperature
C 40 to + 85
Type of protection according to VDE 0470
Nominal voltage according to VDE 0110 group C
V 50 V DC
Nominal current per contact
A 3
mm 6, up to 8
mm2 0.75

Type of connection
Threaded connection
Cable cross-section
mm 6 to 8

Cable socket suitable for K24 4-pin, M12 x 1 with
threaded connection, angled
M12 x 1
04
40
54
M12 x 1
19,6
Cable socket suitable for K24-3m 4-pin, M12 x 1

with moulded-on PVC cable, 3 m long
41,5
19,6
35
M12 x 1
19,6
Cable socket suitable for K24 4-pin, M12 x 1 with

threaded connection
652
14/14
Bosch Rexroth AG
Notes
Bosch Rexroth AG
Zum Eisengieer 1
Phone +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0
Fax
+49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58
www.boschrexroth.de

parties.
653
RE 29 761/12.02
Replaces: 10.89
K4607-11
f/U converter and monitoring

electronics FUW1
VTS 0102 S1X/...
VTS 0102 S1X/FUW1
Contents
Features
Ordering details
Function
Technical data
Signal flow plan
Unit dimensions
Page
1
2
2
3
4
5
6
Features
The f/U converter and monitoring electronic card is used in conjunction
with the VT 12000 to RE 29 736 closed loop control and monitoring
electronics and a digital rotary speed measurement system
(incremental transducer) for the closed loop control of the speed of
secondary units, if exacting requirements are placed upon the accuracy
of speed and an operational reliability.
Frequency/voltage conversion
Possible input signals:
Two input pulse trains offset by 90 with push-pull signals,
5 V to 15 V via a differential amplifier input
Sensing ratio 1 : 1,
Evaluation factor of 1:1, 2:1 or 4:1
or optionally:
One pulse train and one directional signal,
12 to 24 V via an opto coupler with a
sensing ratio of 1 : 1, 2x evaluation is possible
Frequency range 1 to 150 kHz, dependent upon the evaluation
Output signals:
Analogue voltage 10 V, proportional to the frequency
Directional and pulse chain outputs (dependent upon the
evaluation) as TTL signals
Monitoring:
Cable break - monitor for the incremental transducer
Frequency monitoring of both input pulse trains
Grouping of all the internal monitoring signals with the
monitoring signals diff, ndiff, nmax, amax, H1 of the
VT 12000 card and an additional input signal (e.g. for
an emergency stop facility or a centrifugal switch)
Enable/reset input
Input signals via opto couplers; the logic of these signals can
be inverted by means of DIP switches (high/low)
The individual monitored signals are stored and indicated
until reset either from the front panel button or the reset
input
Output signals as TTL signals, a 15 V signal, opto-coupler
switched output and a 24 V/1.2 A switched output for the
direct control of logic valves
2003
VTS 0102
1/6
RE 29 761/12.02
04
654
Ordering details
VTS 0102
64-pin blade connection strip to DIN 41 612
form C
(for installation in a Euro-card magazine)
Series 10 to 19
(10 to 19 = unchanged installation and
connection dimensions)
Evaluation factor 1, 2 or 4
1X
FUW1
*
0=
1=
= 1X

Without cable break monitoring
With cable break monitoring
flimit in kHz
fnom. in kHz
Function
f/U converter
When 2 pulse trains are applied then the input signals from the
evaluation circuitry are split into the frequency and direction signals.
The evaluation factors of 1x, 2x or 4x can be selected via jumper B4,
thereby the input frequency can, for example, be multiplied by a factor
of 4. The subsequent f/U converter module converts the frequency
into a proportional analogue voltage. The convertion relationship is
pre-set in the laboratory and can be corrected by a few thousandths
via potentiometer P10, which is located on the front panel, on line
for fine tuning. The direction signal determines whether the analogue
voltage is positive or negative. The pre-sign can be inverted via jumper
B1.
When the frequency and direction signal are applied then the bridges
B2 and B3 must be repositioned; the pre-sign can be inverted at the
DIP switch SW1-3.
The conversion relationship is pre-selected via resistor R40; the value
is given by:
R40
4000
(in k) 6 k,
fnom. A
Where fnom. = Frequency in kHz without multi-evaluation at
Uout = 10 V
fnom. can be derived from:
Pulse rate of the impulse transducer nnom. in min1
60
A = Evaluation factor (1, 2 or 4)
Cable break
The four input signals from the incremental transducer are compared
with each other; if a fault is recognised in one or more cables, then a
memory is set and the KB-IG light diode is illuminated.
When the incremental transducer and the reciever module are supplied
via a separated potential spply or when a frequency and direction
signal is applied, then cable break monitoring is not possible. In this
case the resistors R18 to R21 and jumper JP have to be removed.
Over speed detection
For speed monitoring the input impulse trains are individually
monitored before conversion, so that should one channel fail over
speed can be recognised in the other channel.
The output signal of this circuit is combined with the "nmax" signal of
the VT 12000, the analogue signal is monitored.
RE 29 761/12.02
If over speed is detected then a memory is set and the "nmax" light
diode is illuminated.
The limiting frequency for the monitoring response is set via the R50
and R51 resistors; the value is given by
1
R
flimit
where flimit = switch off frequency without multi-evaluation in kHz.
Interconnection circuitry
Via 6 opto decoupled inputs it is possible to apply further monitoring
signals, these are individually stored and displayed via light diodes
on the front plate, where five of these inputs are pre-designated for
the "nmax", "amax", "ndiff", " diff" and H1 of the VT 12000 monitoring
outputs, the signals "ndiff" and " diff" must be delayed within the
VT 12000.
All of the monitoring signals are connected with each other so that
when a fault occurs the output from the card is switched off. This
fault condition is stored until it is reset either via the enable/reset
input or via the reset button on the front plate.
The opto-decoupled enable/reset input, e.g. for a higher control,
directly switches the output. When switching off this input, e.g. by
pressing the reset button on the front plate, the output is switched
off and the stored fault conditions are deleted.
These input signals can be inverted via the SW1 DIP switches. They
can thereby be applied as "active high"- or as "active low" signals.
The output from these interconnected signals switches the enable
light diode as well as a TTL, an inverse TTL, a + 15 V output (e.g. for
the control of RK4, opto coupler), an opto coupler and a power
transistor with protective circuit (varistor), with which the 24 V/1.2 A
required for a logic valve can be directly switched.
When used with a higher control (e.g. PLC) the evaluation of the VT
12000 monitor outputs can be carried within the control.
The internal monitoring signals "cable break" and "over frequency"
are furthermore linked, saved and can be deleted via the enable/
reset input.
2/6
VTS 0102
655
General
Supply voltage
UL:
+24 V, smoothed
UM:
15 V, controlled; approx. + 100 mA, 50 mA
UTTL:
Urecommend.:
+ 5 V, controlled; approx. 200 mA

+ 5 V, controlled; approx. 50 mA
(with potentional separated transducers UEmpf can be generated
via the internal voltage controller with impulse supply; input
voltage 8 to 28 V)
Input voltage
Opto coupler:
12 to 24 V
Terminal strip:
64-pin to DIN 41 612 form C
Space requirements
Conductor side:
Component side:

Weight
t:
m:
1 TE (5.08 mm)
3 TE
0 to 50 C
0.25 kg
04
VTS 0102
3/6
RE 20 761/12.02
P
S
L
P
C
S
RE 29 761/12.02
4/6
Enable / reset
Emergency OFF
Controller enable
switching
etc.
VTS 0102 S1X/FUW1
VT 12000
+
act.
U
f
aact.
Monitoring
Monitoring
+
signal memory
(optional)
PID
+com.
PD
U
I
p0
p0
656
Signal flow plan
VTS 0102
11a
10a
VTS 0102
5/6
H1
diff
amax
ndiff
nmax
Urec.
GND
Enable / reset
Outputs from
VT 12000
Supply
Receiver
25c
24c
29c
28c
31c
30c
27c
26c
13c
12c
7c
6c
9c
8c
8a
6a
4a
2a
4c
2c
Frequency external 12a
Direction external
Switch point
matching
P8
P7
P6
P5
SW 1-3
&
B3
SW 1-2
SW 1-5
SW 2
Set
SW 1-1
Set
Reset
Reset
Set
Reset
SW 1-6
Reset
Set
SW 1-7
Reset
Set
Reset
Set
Set
Reset
Reset
3
2
SW 1-8
SW 1-4
P4
Cable break
monitoring
Sensitivity
H1
KB - IG
Frequency monitoring
Frequency monitoring
Evaluation
Direction
Direction
1-fold
2-fold
4-fold
&
B4
&
1
2
3
B4
B2
2
Gain
5V voltage
regulator
+ 15 V
8 to 28 V
Input
GND
5 V output
10c
+ 24 V
supply
24V switched
output
14a / 11c
(inverted)
Enable + 15 V
28a Enable
24a
27a
26a
10 V
Measuring
points
Enable
20c
22a
18ac
+5V
16ac
14c
21c
22c
23c
9a
7a
5c
15 V
GND
3c
5a
3a
1c
1a
30a Actual value
Zero point
P3
Symmetry
P9
P1
P2
Enable
P10
Direction (TTL)
train (TTL)
32a Impule
31a
657
Block circuit diagram and connection allocation VTS 0102 S1X/FUW1
04
RE 20 761/12.02
658
Unit dimensions
(Dimensions in mm)
89
KB-IG
100
Enable
Freigabe
128
H1
a max
nmax
15
ndiff
diff
NP
f/U
2
7
165
184
nist
act.
14
VTS
0102
20
Reset
FUW1
RE 29 761/12.02
6/6
VTS 0102
659
RE 00112-04
Electro-hydraulic systems
Type
Series
Data
sheet no.
Closed-loop pressure and flow control system
SYDFE1
2X
30024
661
Pressure and flow control system
SYDFEC
2X
30027
673
Pressure and flow closed loop system
SYDFEE
2X
30030
687
Pressure-flow closed loop control system
SYHDFEE
1X
30035
701
Pump pre-load valve for the SYDFE closed loop control system
SYDZ0001
1X
29255
713
3/3 proportional directional valves, direct operated, with electricalposition feedback as pilot valves for the SYDFE. control system
VT-DFP
2X
29016
717
Digital controller amplifier for operating axial piston pumps

of type A4VS... with HS4 control
VT-VPCD
1X
30028
729
External control electronics for the DFE1 control of A10VSO axial

piston pumps , analogue amplifier, configurable
VT5041
2X
30241
741
Designation
Page
Closed loop control systems for hydraulic pumps
Accessories
01
03
04
05
05
660
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
RE 00112-04
661
RE 30024/11.03
Replaces: 10.02
Closed-loop pressure and

flow control system
1/12
Type SYDFE1
Series 2X
H6707
Table of contents
Contents
Features
1
The DFE1 control system is used for the electrohydraulic pressure and flow control of a variable displacement axial piston pump
2, 3
The SYDFE1 control system consists of the following components:
A10VSO axial piston pump with built-on VT-DFP-2X proportional valve as pilot valve, including inductive position transducers for the acquisition of swivel angle and valve displacement
Page
Features
Ordering code
Function, section
Schematic diagram
Technical data
5, 6
7
8, 9
HM 12 or HM 13 pressure transducer for the acquisition of the

system pressure (optional)
Unit dimensions
10
Nameplate lettering (example)
10
VT 5041-2X analogue amplifier for realising all the electrical

functions that are required by the DFE1 control system
Plug-in connectors
11
Pump preload valve (optional)

Pump combinations possible
Further information about this system:

Component description of A10VSO pump
RE 92712 for size 18

RE 92711 for sizes 28 to 140
Component description of VT 5041-2X analogue amplifier
RE 30241
Component description of HM 12-1X / HM 13-1X pressure transducers
RE 29933
Component description of VT-DFP.-2X/ pilot valve
RE 29016
Component description of SYDZ 0001-1X pump preload valve
RE 29255
In addition, the following information is available about the SYDFE1 system:

Sales information (engineering aids)
RE 30030-01-V
05
662
2/12
Bosch Rexroth AG
RE 30024/11.03
SYDFE1
Ordering code
SYDFE1 2X
12
1)
Further details
in clear text
Preload valve
1 = Pressure limitation
200 bar
250 bar
300 bar
X=
Without
preload valve
Single pump
Pump
combination 2)
Series 20 to 29
= 2X
(20 to 29: unchanged installation
and connection dimensions)
A10VSO pump
Size 18
Size 28
Size 45
Size 71
Size 100
Size 140
= 018
= 028
= 045
= 071
= 100
= 140
Direction of rotation
Clockwise (preferred types
for through-drive pumps)
Anti-clockwise
Pressure transducer
HM 12 (4 to 20 mA)
C = Measuring range 315 bar
HM 13 (0 to 10 V)
G Measuring range 315 bar
=
X=
Without pressure
transducer
=R
=L
Hydraulic fluid
Mineral oil to DIN 51 524 (HL / HLP)
=P
Electronic assembly,
VT 5041-2X with switch-able
actual pressure value signal
(from series 25)
P=
4-20 mA /
0-10 V /
0-5 V /
1-10 V
X=
Without amplifier
Shaft end
( = Preferred types for through-drive pumps)
Size
18
28
3)
4)
3/4
5)
7/8
45
71
100
140
22 25 32 40 45
Connection flange (
Size
18
ISO 2-hole
ISO 4-hole
SAE 2-hole
1 1/2 1 3/4
1 1 1/4
=P
=S
=R
Additional function, VT 5041-2X with

power limiter and swivel angle indicator
X=
Without amplifier
1 = Amplifier without additional function
3=
Amplifier with additional function
= available)
28
45
71
100 140
=B
Connection for service lines

Pressure port B
SAE on opposite sides
Pressure port S
Mounting thread, metric
Through-drive (see table on page 3)
Without through-drive
Through-drive without hub for mounting:
(any built-on pumps with SAE splined shaft profile )
Centring (mm)
Built-on pump
82.55
100
125
180
101.6
127
A10VSO18
A10VSO28/45
A10VSO71/100
A10VSO140
Gear pump
Gear pump
=A
=C
0=
= 12
Valve, installation orientation

Plug-in connector installed radially
to pump axis
A=
= N00
= KC1 6)
= KD3 6)
= KD5 6)
= KD7 6)
= KC3 6)
= KC5 6)
For single pumps, the hub must be ordered separately, if required.

For double pumps, the hub is included in the scope of supply.
0000 =
0479 =
0487 =
Valve, spool variant

Basic pump version
Standard (internal pilot oil supply)
External supply (sizes 18 100)
External supply (size 140)
1)
See order example at the top of page 3
2)
See order example at the top of page 3
3)
Cylindrical with keyed shaft DIN 6885
4)
Splined shaft profile SAE
5)
Splined shaft profile SAE (higher trough-drive torque)
6)
Through-drive is fitted with an operationally safe blind

cover
663
RE 30024/11.03
3/12
SYDFE1
Ordering code
Order example
1) Order example of single pump
SYDFE1-2X/100R-PSA12N00-0479-A0X0XCX
2)
Order example of pump combination

Both type designations must be connected with + (material number of 1st pump + material number of 2nd pump)
SY2DFE1-2X/100-100/
R900709794
R900709794
SY2DFE1-2X/100-100/ SYDFE1-2X/100R-PSA12KD5-0000-A010PCX + SYDFE1-2X/100R-PSA12KD5-0000-A010PCX

Double
pump
Size of front pump
Size of rear pump
Material number of front pump
(or details in clear text, if material number is not known)
Material number of rear pump
(or details in clear text, if material number is not known)
Preferred types
Through-drive pumps for pump combinations
Single pumps
Type
Material no.
Type
Material no.
SYDFE1-2X/018R-PSC12N00-0000-A010PCX
R900783410
SYDFE1-2X/028R-PRA12KD3-0000-A010PCX
R900709782
SYDFE1-2X/028R-PPA12N00-0000-A010PCX
R900708517
R900709786
R900708518
R900709792
R900708519
SYDFE1-2X/100R-PSA12KD5-0000-A010PCX
R900709794
R900708520
SYDFE1-2X/140R-PSB12KD7-0000-A010PCX
R900709795
SYDFE1-2X/140R-PPB12N00-0000-A010PCX
R900708521
Size
Through-drive (
= available)
18
28 45
71
100
140
N00
With through-drive for building on an axial piston unit, a gear pump or a radial piston pump
Mounting flange
Shaft/coupling (separate order)
for mounting:
ISO 100, 2-hole
Splined shaft 7/8 22-4 (SAE B)
A10VSO 28 (shaft S or R)
ISO 100, 2-hole
Splined shaft1 25-4 (SAE B-B)
ISO 125, 2-hole
Splined shaft 1 1/4 32-4 (SAE C)
ISO 125, 2-hole
Splined shaft 1 1/2 38-4 (SAE C-C) A10VSO 100 (shaft S)
ISO 180, 4-hole
Splined shaft 1 3/4 44-4 (SAE D)
82-2 (SAE A, 2-hole) Splined shaft 5/8 16-4 (SAE A)
A10VSO 140 (shaft S)
KD3
KD3
KD5
KD5
1PF2G2, PGF2
KD7
KC1
82-2 (SAE A, 2-hole) Splined shaft 3/4 19-4 (SAE A-B)
A10VSO 10, 18 (shaft S)
101-2 (SAE B)
A10VO 28 (shaft S), PGF3
KC3
101-2 (SAE B)
Splined shaft 1 25-4 (SAE B-B)
A10VO 45 (shaft S), PGH4
KC3
127-2 (SAE C)
A10VO 71 (shaft S)
127-2 (SAE C)
Splined shaft 1 1/2 38-4 (SAE C-C) A10VO 100 (shaft S), PGH5
152-4 (SAE D)
A10VO 140 (shaft S)
KC1
KC5
KC5
KC6
05
664
4/12
Bosch Rexroth AG
SYDFE1
RE 30024/11.03
Function, section
The pressure and swivel angle of A10VSODFE1 variable
displacement pumps are controlled via an electrically controlled proportional valve (2). The proportional valve determines
the position of swashplate (1) via actuating piston (4). The
displaced flow is proportional to the position of the swashplate. The opposing piston (3) that is preloaded by spring (5) is
continuously pressurised with pump pressure.
When the pump is not rotating and the control system is
depressurised, the swashplate is held at position + 100 % by
spring (5). With a driven pump and a de-energised proportional
solenoid (8) the system swivels to zero stroke pressure, since
valve spool (9) is pushed by spring (10) to the basic position
and thus pump pressure p is applied to actuating piston (4) via
valve port A. A balance between pump pressure at the actuating piston and spring force (5) is achieved at 8 to 12 bar. The
system returns to this basic position (= zero stroke operation)
when the control electronics is inactive (e.g. controller enable
missing).
The VT 5041-2X controller card that belongs to the system
controls the proportional valve. This controller card processes
all the closed-loop control signals that are required for operating the A10VSODFE1 variable displacement pump.
The VT 5041-2X analogue amplifier is designed as plug-in card
in Euro-format. As a standard, it is provided with a command
value input each for pressure and swivel angle (input for
power command value optional). The actual pressure value is
acquired by a pressure transducer. Position transducer (7) on
the pump acquires the actual swivel angle value. The acquired
actual values are processed in the amplifier and compared with
the selected command values. The minimum value generator ensures that always the controller that is assigned to the
relevant working point is automatically active. Here, a system
variable (pressure, swivel angle or [optional] power) is corrected exactly while the other two system variables are below the
given command values. The output signal of the minimum value
generator becomes the command value for the valve control
loop.
The actual value of the valve spool position is acquired by
means of inductive position transducer (6). The output value
of the valve position controller determines the current through
proportional solenoid (8) via the amplifier output stage. As
soon as the working point is reached is control spool (9) of the
proportional valve held in the central position.
If the higher-level controllers demand an increase in the swivel
angle (increase in flow), valve spool (9) must be moved from
the central position (connection of actuating piston (4) A T)
until the swivel angle reaches the required value. The
movement of the valve spool against the force of spring (10) is
achieved by a corresponding increase in the electrical current
through proportional solenoid (8).
A reduction of the swivel angle (reduction of flow) is achieved
through the connection of the actuating piston (4) from P A.
Control system supply
There are three possibilities of supplying the hydraulic control
system of the pump with pilot oil:
1. Internal, without preload valve (only possible with system
pressures > 20 bar)
2. Internal, with preload valve (system pressure 0 100%)
3. External supply via shuttle valve automatic changeover
internal / external through shuttle valve sandwich plate)
(observe sales information RE 30030-01-V!)
6
P A T
1
100%
4
Zero stroke
operation
+ 100%
Type SYDFE1-2X/071-PPA12N00-
10
665
RE 30024/11.03
SYDFE1
5/12
Schematic diagram: Control system with internal supply (self-supply)
Actuator
(qV; p)
The prescribed maximum
pressure relief can be
ignored when a preload
valve is used.
Pressure transducer
P
U/I
MP1 Preload valve (optional)
P1
Analogue
amplifier
VT5041-2X
A
(Power command value

0 to 10 V) 1)
Flow command value
0 ( 10 V) to + 10 V
20 bar

0 to 10 V
P
T
P
Enable
Error
PP
Bleed
point
s
U
P B
A
s
Pump
1)
L1
Optional
05
666
6/12
Bosch Rexroth AG
SYDFE1
RE 30024/11.03
Schematic diagram: Control system with external supply

Actuator
(qV; p)
p
3)
Pressure transducer
P1
max
P
U/I
Analogue
amplifier
Pressure command value 0 to 10 V
VT5041-2X
(Power command value 0 to 10 V) 1)

Flow command value
0 ( 10 V) to + 10 V
Enable
Error
A
U
P
20 bar
4)
P B
s
Z (External pilot
oil pressure)
M
P
2)
0,2 bar
Pump
L1
1)
Optional
3)
2)
The use of a pressure relief and anti-caviation valve (check

valve with 0.2 bar spring) is essential in order to prevent
cavitation in the case of an error.
Maximum pressure relief function must be provided by the

customer!
4)
Observe upper limit for external pilot oil pressure!

(cf. RE 30030-01-V), recommendation: 20 bar absolute.
Caution!
In the case of an externally supplied control system, the function that swivels the pump to zero stroke when the output
stage of the controller card is de-energised is inactive.
In the case of a de-energised output stage of the controller
card, the external pressure pushes the swashplate of the
controller pump to the negative limit stop (100 % flow is fed
from the system to the tank).
When an error is detected, the output stage switches off and
the external supply causes the pump to swivel towards the
negative limit stop. When an error message is present, it is
essential that the machine control responds (e.g. drive motor

of the pump must be switched off, external supply of the
actuating system must be interrupted).
The command values for pressure and flow must always be
greater than zero (pcomm 3 bar, comm 5 %), since, due to
drift or incorrect settings, there is no exact zero pressure or
zero swivel angle. Under unfavourable conditions, smaller
command values can lead to cavitation.
The pressure command value must not be less than 10 bar
for more than 10 minutes (lubrication).
667
RE 30024/11.03
7/12
SYDFE1
General
Ambient temperature range for the pump
20 to + 70 C
Ambient temperature range for the controller card
0 to 50 C
Drive speed
See RE 92711 (sizes 28 140) and RE 92712 (size 18)
Size
Size
18
28
45
71
100
140
kg
14
17
23
35
47
62
Additionally, preload valve
kg
3.3
3.3
3.3
6.3
6.3
6.3
Additionally, with external control system supply
kg
Weight Pump without through-drive, incl. pilot valve
Hydraulic
Max. permissible operating pressure
pmax
250 bar1) (280 bar after consultation)
Actuating pressure
pmin
20 bar
pmax with external pilot oil supply
30 bar
20 to + 70 C
Hydraulic fluid
Mineral oil (HL, HLP) to DIN 51 524
Contamination with solid particles
Max. permissible degree of contamination of the hydraulic fluid according to ISO 4406 class 18/16/13 (for particle sizes 2/5/15 m) 2)
Electrical 3)
Power consumption of the cotroller card
Type of protection of the pump to DIN 40 050

1)
For supplementary information, see sales information

(engineering aids RE 30030-01-V)
2)
The cleanliness classes specified for the components must

be complied with in hydraulic systems. Effective filtration prevents malfunction and at the same time increases the service
life of components.
For the selection of filters, see data sheets RE 50070,
RE 50076 and RE 50081.
3)
For additional information, see data sheet RE 30241
35 W (UB = 24 V)
IP 65 with plug-in connector mounted and locked
Note: For details on Environment simulation tests
in the fields of EMC (electromagnetic compatibility),
climate and mechanical stress, see RE 30024-U
(declaration on environmental compatibility).
Control loop quality SYDFE1 (the specified values are valid only when system-related components are used in accordance with the
Closed-loop swivel angle control
Closed-loop pressure control 4)
Linearity tolerance
1.0 %
1.5 %
Temperature drift
0.5 %/10 K
0.5 %/10 K
Hysteresis
0.2 %
0.2 %
Repeatability
0.2 %
0.2 %
4)
Without consideration of pump pulsation
05
668
8/12
Bosch Rexroth AG
SYDFE1
RE 30024/11.03
Transient function at pressure command value step change, SYDFE1 with 360 spool (version A)
The curve shapes and control times given can only be achieved with an optimized pressure controller.
140
140
pcomm
120
Puressure p in bar
Puressure p in bar
120
T 95% in ms with hydraulic

fluid volume being connected
(lines and actuators)
100
80
60
pact
40
20
pact
100
80
pcomm
<5L
150 ms
5 10 L
200 ms
15 25 L
250 ms
60
At pressures up to 40 bar
the response time values
are higher.
40
20
0
T95%
T95%
Control time
Control time
Transient function with swivel angle command value step-change with 360 spool (version
100
Actual swivel angle value in %
Sizes 18, 28, 45, 71 p = 20 bar
80
60
40
20
0
30
60
90
100
80
60
40
20
0
120
30
Time in ms
100
80
60
40
20
0
90
120
90
120
p = 50 bar
Sizes 18, 28, 45, 71
60
Time in ms
30
60
Time in ms
90
120
100
80
60
40
20
0
30
60
Time in ms
669
RE 30024/11.03
SYDFE1
9/12
Transient function with swivel angle command value step-change with 360 spool (version
100
Size 100 p = 50 bar
80
60
40
20
0
30
60
90
100
80
60
40
20
120
30
Time in ms
60
90
120
90
120
Time in ms
100
Size 140 p = 50 bar
80
60
40
20
0
30
60
Time in ms
90
120
100
80
60
40
20
0
30
60
Time in ms
05
670
10/12
Bosch Rexroth AG
SYDFE1
RE 30024/11.03
Unit dimensions of SYDFE1 (dimensions in mm)

Preload valve (optional)
Place of installation of
pilot valve with clockwise
direction of rotation
A6 II
Sizes 18 to 140
(shaft version S;
without through-drive N00)
A2
A7 III
A4
A5
A6 I
A1
A6
S
(Representation of size 71)
Place of
installation of
pilot valve with
anti-clockwise
direction of
rotation
Z
A3
15
A7 I
A7 II
Space required to remove

plug-in connector
Pilot oil port Z
Size
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A6 I
A6 II
A7 I
A7 II
A7III
18
98
107
161
158
63
178
63
115
196
125
100
28
106
107
171
158
63
195
80
115
206
135
115
45
112
107
181
158
63
205
90
115
216
145
125
71
124
107
195
158
63
254
104
150
230
159
150
100
129
107
200
158
63
247
100
147
235
164
150
140
140
107
213
143
78
257
110
147
248
182
150
Example of nameplate for a pump combination SY2DFE1

The nameplate shown is that of the built on size-45 pump!
Line 1
Serial no. (referred to manufacturing batch)
Line 3
Production no.
Line 5
Fabrication no.
0000001
SY2DFE1-2X/071-045/+R900945317
20928065
Baujahr A004
Mat. Nr *R900945336*
MINERALL
Fabr. Nr 73939649
Drehrichtung
MADE .................
R900215052
Line 4
Material no. of the pump
combination (for single pump
identification, see line 2)
Line 2
Clear text of pump combination
with indication of the material no.
(= technical version) of the builton pump of size 45
Year of construction
Production location
For queries regarding the pump combination, state the material number (line 4) and the fabrication number
(line 5).
671
RE 30024/11.03
SYDFE1
11/12
Plug-in connectors (included in the scope of supply)

Plug-in connector for solenoid plug (material no. R900008909)
Plug-in connector for valve position transducer (material no. R900023126)
Plug-in connector for pump position transducer (material no. R900013674)
05
672
12/12
Bosch Rexroth AG
SYDFE1
RE 30024/11.03
Notes
Bosch Rexroth AG
Zum Eisengieer 1
Telefon +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0
Telefax +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58
www.boschrexroth.de

processed, duplicated or circulated using electronic systems, in any form or
by any means, without the prior written authorisation of Bosch Rexroth AG.
In the event of contravention of the above provisions, the contravening party
is obliged to pay compensation.
can be derived from our information.The details stated do not release you
673
Pressure and flow control system
RE 30027/06.04
Replaces: 05.02
1/14
Type SYDFEC
Component series 2X
H6928/01
Table of contents
Contents
Features
Ordering code
Function, section
Schematic diagram
Technical data
Scope of functions, communication via CAN bus,
closed control loop quality
Unit dimensions
Nameplate lettering (example)
Engineering notes
Features
Page
1
2 and 3
4
5 and 6
7
8
9
10
11 and 12
12
13
13
The DFEC control is used for the electrohydraulic control of

pressure and swivel angle of a variable displacement axial piston
pump.
The SYDFEC.. closed-loop control system consists of the following components:
A10VSO axial piston pump with built-on VT-DFPC-2X/..
proportional valve as pilot valve
The VT-DFPC..-2X/.. valve with integrated digital open and
closed-loop control electronics with CANopen interface integrates the entire control functionality for the DFEC system
The swivel angle is acquired by a VT-SWA-1-1X rotary angle
sensor based on a Hall sensor
Pump pre-load valve (optional)
Pump combinations possible
The HM16 pressure transducer (optional) for installation in the
pump or the pre-load valve for direct connection to the control
electronics. This provides a complete plug-in system.
Further information about this system:

Component description of A10VSO pump
RE 92712 for size 18, RE 92711 for sizes 28 to 140
Component description of VT-SWA-1-1X rotary angle sensor
RE 30268
Component description of HM 12-1X / HM 13-1X pressure transducer
RE 29933
Component description of HM16-1X pressure transducer
RE 30266
Component description of VT-DFPE-2X/ pilot valve
RE 29016
Component description of SYDZ 0001-1X pump pre-load valve
RE 29255
In addition, the following information about the SYDFEE system can be ordered:
Sales information (engineering aids)
RE 30030-01-V
Description of the CANopen interface
RE 30027-Z
Engineering notes and commissioning instructions
RE 30027-B
05
674
2/14
Bosch Rexroth AG
SYDFEC RE 30 027/06.04
Ordering code
SYDFEC 2X
12
1)
Further
details
in clear text
Pre-load valve
Pressure limitation
1=
200 bar
2=
250 bar
3=
300 bar
X = W/o pre-load valve
Pressure transducer
C=
HM 12 (4 to 20 mA)
measuring range 315 bar
G=
HM 13 (0 to 10 V)
measuring range 315 bar
L=
HM 16 (0.5 to 5 V)
measuring range 315 bar 7)
with 0.5 m connecting cable
and M12 cable plug
X = W/o pressure transducer
Actual pressure value input
Single pump
Pump
combination 2)
Series 20 to 29
= 2X
A10VSO pump
Size 18
Size 28
Size 45
Size 71
Size 100
Size 140
= 018
= 028
= 045
= 071
= 100
= 140
Clockwise (preferred types for
through-drive pumps)
=R
Anti-clockwise
=L
Hydraulic fluid
Mineral oil to DIN 51 524 (HL / HLP) = P
Shaft end
( = preferred types for through-drive pumps)
Size 18
3)
4)
3/4
5)
28
45
71
100 140
22 25 32 40 45 = P
1 1/2 1 3/4 = S
7/8 1 1 1/4
Connection flange (
Size
18
ISO 2-hole
ISO 4-hole
=R
0=
= available)
28
45
71
100 140
A=
=A
Centring (mm)
Built-on pump
82.55
100
125
180
101.6
127
A10VSO18
A10VSO28/45
A10VSO71/100
A10VSO140
Gear pump
Gear pump
Current input 4 20 mA
V=
Voltage input 0 10 V
D=
Voltage input 0 5 V
E=
F=
Voltage input 0.5 5 V 8)
Electronics assembly, optional

Baud rate 500 kBit/s
Standard
Valve, installation orientation, integrated electronics

0=
Radial to pump axis
2=
Folded by 90 towards the subplate
=B
SAE 2-hole
=C
Ports for service lines
Pressure port B
SAE laterally on the opposite side = 12
Suction port S
Mounting thread, metric
Through-drive (see table on page 3)
Through-drive without hub for mounting:
(all built-on pumps with SAE splined shaft
profile)
C=
A=
0000 =
0479 =
0487 =
= N00
Valve, spool version

Version of the basic pump
Standard (internal pilot oil supply)
External supply (sizes 18 100)
External supply (sizes 140)
Accessories:
For suitable plug-in connectors (separate order), see page 12
= KC1 6)
= KD3 6)
= KD5 6)
= KD7 6)
= KC3 6)
= KC5 6)
In the case of single pumps the hub must be ordered separately, if required.
In the case of double pumps the hub is included in the
scope of supply.
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
See order example on page 3, top

See order example on page 3, top
Cylindrical with keyed shaft to DIN 6885
Splined shaft profile SAE
Splined shaft profile SAE (higher through-drive torque)
Through-drive is provided with end cover for operational safety
For direct connection to integrated electronics version
actual pressure value input F
Connection by means of M12 component socket
675
RE 30 027/06.04
SYDFEC
3/14
Ordering code
Order example
1) Order example of single pump
SYDFEC-2X/100R-PPA12N00-0000-A0A0FLX
2)
Order example of pump combination

Both type designations must be connected by + (material number of 1st pump + material number of 2nd pump)
SY2DFEC-2X/100-100/
R900709799
+
R900709799
SY2DFEC-2X/100-100/ SYDFEC-2X/100R-PSA12KD5-0000-A0A0FLX + SYDFEC-2X/100R-PSA12KD5-0000-A0A0FLX
Double
pump
Size of front
pump
Size of rear pump
Material number of front pump (or indication in clear
text, if material number is not known)
Material number of rear pump (or indication in clear text, if material number is not known))
Preferred types
Single pumps
Through-drive pumps for pump combination
Type
Material no.
Type
Material no.
SYDFEC-2X/018R-PSC12N00-0000-A0A0FLX R900731028
SYDFEC-2X/028R-PRA12KD3-0000-A0A0FLX R900709796
SYDFEC-2X/028R-PPA12N00-0000-A0A0FLX R900721765
SYDFEC-2X/100R-PSA12KD5-0000-A0A0FLX R900709799
SYDFEC-2X/140R-PSB12KD7-0000-A0A0FLX R900709800
SYDFEC-2X/140R-PPB12N00-0000-A0A0FLX R900725946
Size
Through-drive (
= available)
18
28 45
71
100
140
N00
With through-drive for mounting an axial piston unit, a gear pump or a radial piston pump
Mounting flange
for mounting:
ISO 100, 2-hole
ISO 100, 2-hole
ISO 125, 2-hole
KD3
KD3
KD5
ISO 125, 2-hole
ISO 180, 4-hole
KD5
KD7
1PF2G2, PGF2
KC1
KC1
101-2 (SAE B)
KC3
101-2 (SAE B)
KC3
127-2 (SAE C)
A10VO 71 (shaft S)
127-2 (SAE C)
Splined shaft 1 1/2 38-4 (SAE C-C)
KC5
KC5
05
676
4/14
Bosch Rexroth AG
SYDFEC RE 30 027/06.04
Function, section
The pressure and swivel angle control of the A10VSO variable
displacement pump within the SYDFEC system is provided by
an electrically controlled proportional valve (2). The proportional
valve determines the position of the swashplate (1) by means of
the actuating piston (4). The displaced oil flow is proportional
to the position of the swashplate. The counter-piston (3) that
is pre-loaded by a spring (5) is continuously pressurised with
pump pressure.
When the pump is not rotating and the actuating system is
depressurised, the swashplate is held by a spring (5) in position + 100 %. When the pump is powered and the proportional
solenoid (8) is de-energised, the system swivels to zero stroke
pressure, since a spring (10) pushes the valve spool (9) to the
neutral position and pump pressure p is therefore applied to the
actuating piston (4) via valve port A. At 8 to 12 bar, a balance
is reached between the pump pressure at the actuating piston
and the spring force (5). This neutral position (= zero stroke
operation) is taken, when, for example, the valve electronics is
de-energised.
A minimum value generator ensures that only that controller is

active which is assigned to the desired working point. Here, one
system variable (pressure, swivel angle or power) is exactly corrected, the other two variables are below the given command
values. The output signal of the minimum value generator becomes the command value for the closed valve control loop.
The actual value of the valve spool position is acquired by an inductive position transducer (6). The output value of the valve position controller determines the current through the proportional
valve (8) via the amplifier output stage. As soon as the working
point is reached, the control spool (9) of the proportional valve
is held in its central position.
If the higher-level controllers demand an increase in the swivel
angle (increase in flow), the valve spool (9) must be shifted from
the central position (connection of actuating piston (4) A T)
until the swivel angle has reached the required value. Shifting
the valve spool against the force of the spring (10) is achieved
by increasing the electric current through the proportional solenoid (8).
The proportional valve is controlled by digital electronics (11)

integrated in the valve. This closed-loop control electronics
processes all of the control signals required for operating the
A10VSO variable displacement pump under closed-loop pressure and flow control.
The swivel angle is reduced (reduction in flow) by opening the

connection of the actuating piston (4) from P > A.
The control electronics receives the command values for pressure and swivel angle as well as the power limit via the CAN bus
(14). Optionally, the command values for pressure and swivel angle can each be fed forward via an analogue input or be changed
over via 2 switching inputs. The HM16 pressure transducer is to
be mounted to port P of the pump or, if an SYDZ pre-load valve
is used, to port MP1, and connected to the M12 component
socket (13). Alternatively, an external pressure transducer can
be connected via the central plug (12). A position transducer
with integrated electronics (7) on the pump acquires the actual
swivel angle value. The acquired actual values are processed in
the amplifier and compared with the selected command values.
There are three possibilities of supplying the hydraulic control

system of the pump with pilot oil:
Actuating system supply
1. Internal, without pre-load valve (only possible with system

pressures > 20 bar)
2. Internal, with pre-load valve (system pressure 0 100%)
3. External supply via shuttle valve automatic change-over
internal / external through shuttle valve sandwich plate
(observe engineering notes!)
8
10
1
100 %
Zero
stroke
operation
Type SYDFEC-2X/-PP
+ 100 %
P A T
9
2
12
11
14 CAN bus connection
HM 16 connection
13
677
RE 30 027/06.04
SYDFEC
5/14
Schematic diagram: Actuating system supplied internally (inlet supply)

Consumer
(qV; p) The prescribed maximum

pressure relief feature is not
required when a pre-load
valve is used.
P1
MP1 Pre-load valve (optional)
P1
20 bar
P
U/I
Pressure transducer
Optional 1)
P
Bleed point
PP
VT-DFPC-2X/pilot valve
CAN bus
Analogue signals (opt.)

Comm. value call-ups(opt.)
Pressure
command value
Flow command
value
U
Error
B P
A
U
Pump
L1
1) If an HM16 pressure transducer is used:

Installation in P (pump) or MP1 (pre-load valve) in conjunction with electronics version actual pressure value input F
If an external pressure transducer is used:
Installation in the P1 line (preferably in the vicinity of the consumer) and electrical connection using the central plug
05
678
6/14
Bosch Rexroth AG
SYDFEC RE 30 027/06.04
Schematic diagram: Actuating system supplied externally

Consumer
(qV; p)
p
2)
Optional 3)
max
P1
P
P
U/I Pressure transducer
CAN-Bus
Pressure
command value
Analogue signals (opt.) Flow command
value
Comm. value call-ups(opt.)
VT-DFPC-2X/ pilot valve
Error
s
U
A
P
B P
20 bar
Z
U
M
P
1)
0,2 bar
S
Pump
L1
1)
The use of an anti-cavitation valve (check valve with 0.2 bar spring) is absolutely essential, in order to prevent cavitation in the
event of a fault.
2)
The maximum pressure relief feature must be provided by the customer!
3)
Pressure transducer
Mounting option
Remark
HM16
Only in conjunction with electronics version actual pressure value input F
HM12 / HM13
P1
Preferably in the vicinity of the consumer
Caution!
With an externally supplied actuating system, the feature that
swivels the pump to zero stroke in the case of de-energised
control electronics is inactive.
control must in any case react (e.g. drive motor of the pump
must be switched off, external supply to the actuating system
interrupted).
When the closed-loop control electronics is de-energised,

the swashplate of the control pump is pressed by external
pressure to the negative limit stop (100 % flow is displaced
from the system to the tank).
Command values for pressure and flow must always be

greater than zero (pcomm 3 bar, comm 5 %), since, due to
drift or imprecise settings, there is not exact zero pressure
or zero swivel angle. Smaller command value selections
can lead to cavitation in the worst case.
When a fault is recognized, the output stage is not switched

off. In the case of an active error message, the machine
The actual pressure values must not be smaller than 10 bar

for longer than 10 minutes (lubrication).
679
RE 30 027/06.04
SYDFEC
7/14
General
Drive speed
Size
Weight Pump without thorugh-drive, incl. high-response valve
additionally, pre-load valve
additionally, with ext. supply of actuating system
n See RE 92711 (sizes 28 140) and RE 92712 (size 18)

Size
18
28
45
71
100
140
kg
14
17
23
35
47
62
kg
3.3
3.3
3.3
6.3
6.3
6.3
kg
2
2
2
2
2
2
Hydraulic
Max. permissible operating pressure
pmax 250 bar 1) (280 bar after consultation)
Required min. actuating pressure
pmin 20 bar
20 to + 70 C

Hydraulic fluid
Mineral oil (HL, HLP) to DIN 51524
Fluid cleanliness
Max. permissible degree of contamination of the hydraulic fluid

to NAS 1638 class 7 or 18/16/13 to ISO 4406 (for particle
size 2/5/15 m)
Electrical
Operating voltage
Operating range
Upper limit value
Lower limit value
Current consumption (in steady-state control operation)
Nominal current
Maximum current
UO 24 VDC + 40 % 5 %
uO(t)max 35 V
uO(t)min 21 V
Inom 0.6 A
Imax 1.25 A
Inputs
Actual pressure value (depending on actual value input,
see ordering code)
Current input (ordering code C)
lO
Voltage input (ordering code V)
UO
Voltage input (ordering code D)
UO
Voltage input (ordering code E)
UO
Voltage input (ordering code F)
UO
Uin 1 0 to 10 V; Ri = 220 k
Uin 2 10 to 10 V; Ri = 100 k
2 analogue inputs
2 digital inputs
4 to 20 mA; load Rl = 100

0 to 10 V; Ri = 220 k
0 to 5 V; Ri = 110 k
1 to 10 V; Ri = 220 k
0.5 to 5 V; Ri = 110 k
logic 0 (low) 8 V
logic 1 (high) 14 V
Re 3 k 10 %
Outputs:
2 analogue outputs
Error message
CAN bus
Physical bus properties
Signal transmission
Bus plug
Protocol
low-active
UO 10 V
Imax 2 mA
Ua UO 5 V; 10 mA (short-circuit-proof); error: UO < 1 V
ISO 11898-24V
Differential, two-wire cable
M12x1 plug, 5-pin
CANopen for Industrial Systems CiA Standard 301 Version 3.0
Plug-in connector, 12-pin, N11REFF, DIN 43 5632)
0 to 50 C
0 to 70 C
Type of protection to DIN 40 050

1)
For supplements, see sales information (engineering aids)

RE 30 030-01-V
2)
Separate order, see page 8 (electrical connection)
P 65 with plug-in connector mounted and locked

Note!
For details regarding environment simulation tests in the fields of EMC (electromagnetic compatibility), climate and mechanical stress, see RE 30 027-U (declaration on environmental compatibility).
05
680
8/14
Bosch Rexroth AG
SYDFEC RE 30 027/06.04
Central connection
Plug-in connector to E DIN 43563-B (12-pin),
Plug-in connector without cable (kit)
Material no. R900884671
Detail X
Plug-in connector with cable set 2 x 5 m
Plug-in connector with cable set 2 x 20 m
5
6
7
4
3
10
11
90
X1: Pin assignment of component plug or plug-in connector and cable set
Pin
Assignment
+ UO
0V
PE
Code
1
L0
Supply cable
3 x 1.0 mm2
Ground
green/yellow
Fault
white
M0
yellow
U in 2 (AI2)
green
Uout 2
violet
U in 1 (AI1)
pink
Uout 1
red
Digital IN1(DI1)
brown
10
Actual pressure value H
black
11
Actual pressure value L
Signal cable
10 x 0.14 mm2;
shielded
(Shield must be connected at
one end in the control cabinet!)
blue
grey
n.c.
Top view of component socket

X2: Connection of HM 16 pressure transducer
and serial interface (RS232) (component socket M12x1)
Pin
Assignment
(DMU)
Pin
+ UO
Assignment
RS232
RD (RS232)
Reference L0
3
Signal
Assignment
Pin
5
2
TD (RS232)
X3: CAN bus connection and digital input 2 (DI2),

shielded (component plug M12x1)
Pin
Assignment
Reserved
CAN-GND
Digital IN2 (DI2)
CAN-High
CAN-Low
Top view of component plug

3
4
5
2
1
21
Suitable connection plug for actual pressure value input for version F: Plug-in connector type M12x1 (shielded version)
In the con- L0
trol cabinet
bridge
between
M0
pin 2 and 4
PE
+UB
Uout 1
3
2
PE
CANopen
interface
Parameter 3)
set call-ups
Command value call-ups3)
CAN-L
CAN-H
U
M0
ULP
10V
+15V
15V
+5V
L0
(p x )max
soll 2) 2)3)
3)
psoll2) 2)
Swivel angle
controller
Pressure
controller
Power
controller
Controller
parameter set
Uout 11)
1)
1)
Uout 21)
11
X1
10
5V 3V
L0
ULp
L0
10V
U/I
1) For diagnosis purposes only

2) Optional: analogue command values
3) Optional: command value call-ups
and/or change-over of parameter set
Minimum value
generator
Closed valve
control loop
4
3
X2
1
Swievel angle acquisition
piact
(4..20 mA, 0..10V
0..5V or 1..10V,
0.55V, 020mA)
HM16
SYDFEC
Uout 2
Uin 2
Uin 1
Digital IN1
CAN-GND
Digital IN2
CAN-H
X3
5
4
AI-1
CAN-L
Monitoring
Diagnosis
ist
X1
3
pist
Error message
(0V = error)
soll
psoll
RE 30 027/06.04
681
9/14
Block circuit diagram / pin assignment of integrated electronics for SYDFEC
05
682
10/14
Bosch Rexroth AG
SYDFEC RE 30 027/06.04
Scope of functions
Structure of the closed-loop control electronics
Master/slave operation:
Analogue valve position controller
- The master receives command values from the machine control and sends commands value to the slave
Digital swivel angle controller
- The machine control does no longer send command values to

the slave
Digital pressure controller

Digital power controller
Controller parameter sets
The assignment of master and slave(s) can be optionally configured by means of SDO. Several master/slave groups are possible.
16 controller parameter sets can be selected in real time via

PDO (e.g. optimization to different oil volumes).
Special function for change-over of injection process/

pack-and-hold pressure
Default values are pre-assigned to these controller parameters,

which can be adjusted by means of SDO or the PC software
WIN PED. It is possible to select 4 controller parameter sets
via 2 switching inputs, if no CAN bus is used.
Command values can be adjusted by means of SDO for packand-hold pressure.
Power limit
Automatic calibration functions

Offset of the pressure transducer
Valve characteristic curve correction
can be changed or switched off by means of SDO
Swivel angle zero point
Leakage compensation
Swivel angle gain
can be cut in or out by means of PDO,
value can be configured (manual or automatic calibration)
Corrective values can be called from the control.
Pressure transducers
Monitoring functions
Up to 4 pressure transducers can be connected (fading function)
CAN communication
Master/slave function
System deviation
Direct connection of master and slave pump via CAN bus with
PDO or analogue signals.
Cable break of valve, swivel angle transducer, pressure transducer
Stand-alone operation:
Temperature
- Command values from the machine control
Supply voltage
Internal command value ramps
Pressure
Communication via CAN bus
Flow
Protocol according to CANopen (Communication for Industrial Systems CiA Standard 301 Version 3.0)
Receipt of pressure and flow command values (PDO, real time)
Sending of actual pressure and flow values (PDO, real time)
Certain control options can be selected via the control byte (PDO)
The status byte (PDO) shows the internal state of the DFEC
Changes to settings via SDO
Optional command value sourve: CAN bus, analogue signals, command value call-ups
The command values for pressure and flow can be fed forward from different command value sources:
CAN bus (command values for pressure and flow via PDO)
2 analogue inputs (1 command value input each for pressure and flow)
2 switching inputs (4 command values each for pressure and flow)
Control loop quality SYDFEC (the given values are only valid in conjunction with components associated to the system according to the type code!)
Swivel angle control
Pressure control 1)
Linearity tolerance
1.0 %
1.5 % (1% 2))
Temperature error
0.5 %/10 K
0.5 %/10 K
Hysteresis
0.2 %
0.2 %
Repeatability
0.2 %
0.2 %
1)
Without consideration of pump pulsation
2)
When using the integrated calibrating functions
683
RE 30 027/06.04
SYDFEC
11/14
Transfer function for swivel angle command value step-change with 360 spool (version A)
Sizes 18, 28, 45, 71 p = 20 bar

100
80
60
40
20
30
60
90
Time in ms
120
60
40
20
Size 100 p = 50 bar

100
30
60
Time in ms
90
60
40
20
30
Size 140 p = 50 bar
60
Time in ms
90
80
60
40
20
30
60
90
Time in ms
120
40
20
30
60
90
Time in ms
120
30
60
90
Time in ms
120
30
60
90
Time in ms
120
30
60
90
Time in ms
120
100
80
60
40
20
100
80
60
40
20
120
100
60
120
80
80
80
Sizes 18, 28, 45, 71 p = 50 bar

100
100
100
80
60
40
20
05
684
12/14
Bosch Rexroth AG
SYDFEC RE 30 027/06.04
Transfer function for pressure command value step-change for SYDFEC with 360 spool (version A)
The curve shapes and control times given here are achieved when the relevant standard parameter set is selected. With an optimized system, shorter times may be achieved.
140
120
140
psoll
120
pist
100
Pressure p in bar
Pressure p in bar
100
80
60
pist
40
T95% in ms with a connected

hydraulic fluid volume (lines
and consumer)
20
80
60
psoll
40
150 ms
5 10 L
200 ms
15 25 L
250 ms
For pressures up to 40 bar,

are greater.
20
<5L
0
T95% Control time
T95% Control time
Unit dimensions SYDFEC (in mm)

Sizes 18 to 140
(Valve installation orientation 0; shaft version S; without through-drive N00)
Pre-load valve (optional)
CAN bus connection (X3)

Connection of HM 16
(X2)
A7
A4
A8 III
A5
A6 I
A1
A6
A6 II

plug-in connector
Z
S
A3
A8 I
A8 II
Connection of HM 16 (X2)
CAN bus connection (X3)
Mounting of control valve

with anti-clockwise direction of rotation
Mounting of control
valve with clockwise
Pilot oil port Z
Size
A1
A3
A4
A5
A6
A6 I
A6 II
A7
A8 I
A8 II
A8 III
18
120
198
158
63
178
63
115
60
233
125
100
28
128
208
158
63
195
80
115
60
243
135
115
45
134
218
158
63
205
90
115
60
253
145
125
71
146
232
158
63
254
104
150
60
267
159
150
100
151
237
158
63
247
100
147
60
272
164
150
140
162
250
143
78
257
110
147
60
285
182
150
Dimension A7 installation space required for CAN bus plug-in connection and optional connection for HM16 pressure transducer
685
13/14
Bosch Rexroth AG
SYDFEC RE 30 027/06.04
Example of nameplate for an SY2DFEC pump combination

Word mark
Material number
Short material text
Date of production
Production job order no.
MNR: R901016065 FD: 39022
SN: 0000001
SY2DFEC-2X/071-045/+R901016048
Designation of origin
000120267633
7087
Made in Germany
Fabr. Nr
Fabrication number
73939649
MINERALL
Drehrichtung
Plant
MADE .................
Production location
Note!
Please have the material number and the fabriation number at hand in
the case of queries with regard to the pump combination.
Engineering notes
Always shield command and actual value cables.
The distance to aerial lines or radio equipment must be at least 1 m.
Signal cables must not be installed near power cables.
Supplementary notes on the SYDFEC control system can be found in RE 30 030-01-V.
05
686
14/14
Bosch Rexroth AG
SYDFEC
RE 30 027/06.04
Notes
Bosch Rexroth AG
Zum Eisengieer 1
Telefon +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0
Telefax +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58
www.boschrexroth.de
All rights reserved by Bosch Rexroth AG, also in the case of patent
applications. Any right of disposal such as right of copying or distribution
lies with us.
The data specified only serves to describe the product. No statements
responsibility for carrying out your own assessment and verifcation. It must
be remembered that our products are subject to a natural process of wear
and ageing.
687
RE 30030/01.04
Replaces: 05.02
Pressure and flow

closed loop system
1/14
Type SYDFEE
Series 2X
H6723
Contents
Features
Ordering details
Function, section
Operating principle
Technical data
Unit dimensions
Electrical connections
Name plate details (example)
Features
Page
1
2, 3
4
5, 6
7
8
9, 10
11
12
13
13
The DFEE control is used for the electro-hydraulic closed loop

control of the pressure and swivel angle of an axial piston pump
The SYDFEE.. closed loop control system consists of the
following components:
A10VSO axial piston pump with built-on proportional valve as
the pilot valve VT-DFPE-2X/..
The VT-DFPE..-2X/.. valve with integrated analogue control and
closed loop control electronics realises the complete closed
loop control function for the DFEE system
The acquisition of the swivel angle is via a rotary angle sensor
type VT-SWA-1-1X which is a hall effect based sensor
Pump pre-load valve (optional)
Combination pumps are possible
HM16 (optional) pressure transducer for fitting into the pump
or the pre-load valve with a direct connection to the closed
loop control electronics result in a plug-free complete system.
Further information regarding this system:

Component description, A10VSO
RE 92712 for NS 18, RE 92711 for NS 28 to140
Component description, VT-SWA-1-1X rotary angle sensor
RE 30 268
Component description, HM 12-1X / HM 13-1X pressure transducer RE 29933
Component description, HM16-1X pressure transducer
RE 30266
Component description, VT-DFPE-2X/ pilot valve
RE 29016
Component description, SYDZ 0001-1X pump pre-load valve
RE 29255
Additional information regarding the SYDFEE system can be found in:
Sales inforamtion (engineering guidelines)
RE 30030-01-V
05
688
2/14
Bosch Rexroth AG
SYDFEE
RE 30030/01.04
Ordering details
SYDFEE 2X
12
1)
Further details
in clear text
Pre-load valve
200 bar
250 bar
300 bar
X=
Without
pre-load valve
Pressure transducer
C = HM 12 (4 to 20 mA)
measuring range up to 315 bar
G = HM 13 (0 to 10 V)
measuring range up to 315 bar
L = HM 16 (0.5 to 5 V))
measuring range up to 315 bar 7)
with connection cable 0.5 m
and plug-in connector M12
X = Without pressure transducer
Actual pressure input
Single pump
Pump
combination 2)
Series 20 to 29
= 2X
(20 to 29: unchanged installation
and connection dimensions)
Pump A10VSO
Nominal Size 18
Nominal Size 28
Nominal Size 45
Nominal Size 71
Nominal Size 100
Nominal Size 140
= 018
= 028
= 045
= 071
= 100
= 140
Clockwise (pref. types
for through drive pumps)
Anti-clockwise
=R
=L
Pressure fluid
Mineral oil to DIN 51 524 (HL / HLP)
=P
Shaft end
( = Preferred types for through drive pumps)
NS
18
28
3)
4)
3/4
5)
7/8
45
71
100
=R
C
=
V=
D=
Voltage input 0 5 V
E=
F = Voltage input 0.5 5 V 8)
100 140
Electronic sub-assembly, optional

0=
No option
1 = Without leakage oil compensation
140
22 25 32 40 45
Connection flange (
NS
18
ISO 2-hole
ISO 4-hole
SAE 2-hole
1 1/2 1 3/4
1 1 1/4
=P
=S
= available)
28
45
71
=A
=C
Actuator line connections

Pressure connection B
SAE, on opposite sides
Suction connection S
metric mounting heads
Through drive (see table on page 3)
Without through drive
Through drive without hub for mounting:
(All built-on pumps are with a SAE splined shaft)
Centre dia. (mm)
Pump to be fitted
82.55
100
125
180
101.6
127
A10VSO18
A10VSO28/45
A10VSO71/100
A10VSO140
Gear pump
Gear pump
Additional function power limitation

A=
Without power limitation
B=
With power limitation
=B
Valve, mounting orientation, integrated electronics

0=
Radial to the pump axis
2 = 90 in the direction of the connection plate
= 12
A=
= N00
0000 =
0479 =
0487 =
= KC1 6)
= KD3 6)
= KD5 6)
= KD7 6)
= KC3 6)
= KC5 6)
With single pumps the hub must be ordered separately.

With combination pumps the hub is included within the scope of
supply.
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
Accessories:
For plug-in connectors (separate order) see page 12
8)
Valve, spool version

Basic pump version
Standard (internal pilot oil)
Remote supply (NS 18 100)
Remote supply (NS 140)
See ordering example at the top of page 3

Cylinderical with key, DIN 6885
SAE spline profile
SAE spline profile (higher through drive torque)
The through drive is covered by a cover plate
For direct connection to the integrated electronics
version actual pressure input F
Connection via component socket M12
689
RE 30030/01.04
SYDFEE
3/14
Ordering details
Ordering example
1) Ordering example for a single pump
SYDFEE-2X/100R-PSA12N00-0479-A0A0VGX
2)
Ordering example for a combination pump

Both of the type codes are to be connected by a +. (Material No. of the 1st pump + Material No. of the 2nd pump)
SY2DFEE-2X/100-100/
R900709780
+
R900709780
SY2DFEE-2X/100-100/ SYDFEE-2X/100R-PSA12KD5-0000-A0A0CCX + SYDFEE-2X/100R-PSA12KD5-0000-A0A0CCX
Double
pump
Nom. size of the
front pump
Nom. size of the rear pump
Material No. of the front pump
(or in clear text if the Material No. is not known)
Material No. of the rear pump (or in clear text if the Material No. is not known)
Preferred types: single pump
Type
Preferred types: through drive pumps for combination pumps

Material No.
Type
Material No.
SYDFEE-2X/018R-PSC12N00-0000-A0A0CCX R900708503
SYDFEE-2X/028R-PRA12KD3-0000-A0A0CCX R900709773
SYDFEE-2X/018R-PSC12N00-0000-A0A0CC2
R900708504
SYDFEE-2X/028R-PPA12N00-0000-A0A0CCX
R900708505
SYDFEE-2X/028R-PPA12N00-0000-A0A0CC2
R900708506
SYDFEE-2X/100R-PSA12KD5-0000-A0A0CCX
R900709780
R900708507
SYDFEE-2X/140R-PSB12KD7-0000-A0A0CCX
R900709781
R900708508
R900708510
R900708511
R900708512
R900708513
SYDFEE-2X/140R-PPB12N00-0000-A0A0CCX
R900708514
SYDFEE-2X/140R-PPB12N00-0000-A0A0CC2
R900708515
Nominal size
Through drive (
= available)
18
28 45
71
100
140
N00
With through drive for mounting an axial piston pump, a gear pump or radial piston pump
Mounting flange
For fitting a:
ISO 100, 2-hole
ISO 100, 2-hole
ISO 125, 2-hole
ISO 125, 2-hole
ISO 180, 4-hole
KD3
KD3
KD5
KD5
1PF2G2, PGF2
KD7
KC1
101-2 (SAE B)
KC3
101-2 (SAE B)
KC3
127-2 (SAE C)
A10VO 71 (shaft S)
127-2 (SAE C)
Splined shaft 1 1/2 38-4 (SAE C-C) A10VO 100 (shaft S), PGH5
152-4 (SAE D)
A10VO 140 (shaft S)
KC1
KC5
KC5
KC6
05
690
4/14
Bosch Rexroth AG
SYDFEE
RE 30030/01.04
Function, section
The closed loop control of pressure and swivel angle of the
A10VSO SYDFEE system variable displacement pumps is via
an electrically controlled proportional valve (2). The proportional valve determines the position of the swashplate (1) via the
control piston (4). The displaced flow is proportional to the
position of the swashplate. The control spool (3), which is preloaded by a spring (5), is permanently subjected to the pump
pressure.
With a non-rotating pump and the control system at zero
pressure, the swashplate is held in position + 100 % by the
spring (5). With a driven pump and a de-energised proportional
solenoid (8) the system regulates to zero stroke pressure as
the valve spool (9) is pushed to the initial position by the spring
(10) and, therefore the pump pressure p is applied to the control piston (4) via valve port A. A balance between the pump
pressure at the control piston and the spring force (5) is achieved between 8 to 12 bar. This basic setting is obtained with
e.g. de-energised valve electronics (= zero stroke operations).
The control of the proportional valve is taken over by the
analogue electronicis (11) which are integrated into the valve.
The closed loop control electronics processes all of the control
signals required to operate the A10VSO variable displacement
pump in the closed loop pressure and flow mode.
The closed loop control electronics has separate command
value inputs for the pressure and swivel angle via the central
plug (12); For the optional power limitation, the command value
is adjusted via an internal potentiometer. The HM16 pressure
transducer is connected to connection P of the pump or when
the SYDZ pre-load valve is fitted to connection MP1 and to the
M12 component socket (13). Alternatively an external pressure transducer can be connected via the central plug (12). A
position transducer with integrated electronics (7) fitted on
the pump determines the swivel angle actual value. The actual
value is processed in the amplifier and compared with the
given command value. The minimum value generator ensures,

automatically, that only the allocated controller is active at the
required working point. Thereby, a system value (pressure,
swivel angle or [optional] power) is exactly controlled, the other
two values lie under the stated command values. The output
signal of the minimum value generator becomes the command
value for the valve control circuit.
The actual value for the valve spool position is sensed using
an inductive position transducer (6). The output value of the
valve position controller defines, via the amplifier output stage,
the current through the proportional solenoids (8). As soon
as the working point is reached the proportional valve control
spool (9) is switched to the mid position.
If the higher-level controllers demand an increase of the swivel
angle (increase in flow), then the valve spool (9) must be
moved from the mid position (connection of the control piston
(4) via valve port A T) until the swivel angle has reached the
required value. The movement of the valve spool against the
force of the spring (10) is achieved by accordingly increasing
the electrical current through the proportional solenoid (8).
The reduction of the swivel angle (reduction in flow) is
achieved by connecting the control piston (4) from P A.
There are three ways of supplying the pumps hydraulic control
system with pilot oil:
1. Internal, without pre-load valve (only possible for system
pressures > 20 bar)
3. Remote supply via a shuttle valve - automatic switchover
internal / external via a shuttle valve sandwich plate
(take the sales information stated within RE 30030-01-V
into account!)
8
P A T
10
1
100%
Zero
stroke
drive
Type SYDFEE-2X/-PP
+ 100%
9
2
12
11
13 (M12) for HM16,
only version F
691
RE 30030/01.04
SYDFEE
5/14
Operating principle: with internal supply for the control system (inlet supply)
Actuator
The prescribed maximum
pressure safety can be
omitted when the pre-load
valve is used.
(qV; p)
P1
MP1 Pre-load valve (optional)
P1
20 bar
Optional 1)
P
U/I
Pressure transducer
P
T
P
Bleed
PP
Pressure command value 0 to + 10 V
Pilot valve VT-DFPE-2X/
Flow command value 0

(10) to + 10 V
Error
s
U
B P
A
U
Pump
L1
1)
Mounting possibilities
Pressure transducer
With SYDZ 2)
Without SYDZ 2)
Notes
HM16
MP1
Only in conjunction with the electronic version

actual pressure input F
HM12 / HM13
P1
P1
Preferably in the vicinity of the actuator
05
692
6/14
Bosch Rexroth AG
SYDFEE
RE 30030/01.04
Operating principle: remote supply for the control system

Actuator
(qV; p)
p
2)
max
Optional 3)
P1
P
P
U/I Pressure transducer
Pressure command value 0 to + 10 V
Flow command value

0 (10) to + 10 V
Error
s
U
A
P
20 bar
B P
U
4)
Z (External
s
pilot oil pressure)
M
P
1)
0,2 bar
S
Pump
L1
1)
The anti-cavitation valve must be fitted (a check valve with

0.2 bar spring), to prevent cavitation in the case of a fault.
2)
The maximum pressure safety is the responsibility of the

customer!
3)
4)
L
The upper limit for the external pilot oil supply pressure
has to be taken into account! (compare RE 30030-01-V),
recommendation: 20 bar absolute.
Pressure transducer
Mounting possibilities
Notes
HM16
Only in conjunction with the electronic version actual pressure input F
HM12 / HM13
P1
Preferably in the vicinity of the actuator
Attention!
With the remote supply of the control system the feature
where the pump swivels to the zero stroke position when the
control electronics are de-enegised is deactivated.
(e.g. switch off the pump, drive motor, interrupt the remote
pressure source).
With de-enegised control electronics the control pumps

swashplate is pushed onto the negative stop via the remote
pressure (100 % of the flow is passed to tank).
Command values for pressure and flow must be greater than zero
(pcom.l 3 bar, com. 5 %), as due to drift or inacurate setting
no exact pressure zero or swivel angle zero exists. Smaller
command values can inunfavourable conditions lead to cavitation.
When a fault is determined the output stage is not switched

off. With an active fault signal the machine control must react
The pressure actual value must not be longer than 10 bar for
more than 10 minutes (lubrication).
693
RE 30030/01.04
7/14
SYDFEE
Technical data (for applications outside these paramters, please consult us!)
General
Drive RPM
Nominal size
See RE 92711 (NS 28 140) and RE 92712 (NS 18)
NS
18
28
45
71
100
140
kg
14
17
23
35
47
62
Additional, pre-load valve
kg
3.3
3.3
3.3
6.3
6.3
6.3
Additional, with external control system supply
kg
Weight Pump without through drive incl. control

valve
Hydraulic
Maximum permissible operating pressure
pmax
250 bar 1) (280 bar after consultation)
Adjustment pressure
pmin
20 bar
pmax with external pilot oil supply
30 bar
Pressure fluid temperature range
20 to + 70 C
Pressure fluid
Degree of contamination
Maximum permissible degree of contamination of the pressure fluid is to

NAS 1638 class 7 or 18/16/13 to ISO 4406 (for particle sizes 2/5/15 m)
Electrical
Operating voltage
Operating range
uB(t)max
35 V
uB(t)min
21 V
UB
Power requirements (in static closed loop control operation)

Nominal current
INom.
Maximum current
Inputs
Outputs
Command values (pressure and swivel angle)
Imax
Ue
24 VDC + 40 % 5 %
0.6 A
1.25 A
0 to 10 V; RE = 100 k
Switch TD (only with ordering detail A w/o additional functions)

"Off"
Ue
"On"
Ue
< 0.6 V
> 21 V
Actual pressure valve

(depending on the actual pressure input, see ordering code)
Current input (ordering detail C)
RB
Voltage input (ordering details V, D, E, F)
RE
100
100 k
Actual values
Pressure
Swivel angle
Ua
Ua
0 to 10 V/1.5 mA
10 V/1.5 mA
Fault message L active
Ua
UB 5 V; 10 mA (short-circuit proof); error: Ua < 1 V
Power limitation H active

(only with ordering detail B with additional function)
Ua

Protection to DIN 40 050
1)
For supplements see the sales information

(engineering guidelines) RE 30030-01-V
2)
Separate order, see page 12 (electrical connections)
UB 5 V; 10 mA (short-circuit proof); inactive: Ua < 1 V

Plug-in connector 12-pin, N11REFF, DIN 43 563 2)
0 to 60 C
0 to 70 C
IP 65 with integrated and fixed plug-in connector
Note: For details regarding the environmental simulation

test covering EMC (electro-magnetic compatibilty),
climate and mechanical loading see RE 30030-U
(declaration regarding environmental compatatility).
05
PE
1
2
+ UB
> 80 C
L0
10 V
5V3V
Only version F
Cable break
10 V
t = 1s
Switch TD only for version without the additional function of power limitation (ordering detail A)
> + 11,5 V
< 11,5 V
Swivel angle
controller
PD
2)
10 V
+ 15 V
15 V
L0
> + 11,5 V
< 0,5 V
MIN
DIV
max
> + 3,3 V
< 3,3 V
MIN
Only for the version with the additional function of power limitation (ordering details B)
L0
L0
L0
L0
(p ) max max = (p )max

pact.
R3
Pressure
controller
xp
+ UB
1)
R2
L0
PD
0F
Swivel angle
transducer
SYDFEE
ULP
U(i)
1 ^
= max < com.
1 ^
= x < xp
Switch TD 1)
L0
L0
10
11
ULP
^ 0 V)
Error message (=
In terminal box:
bridge between
pins 2 and 4
act. 10 V to + 10 V
M0
com. 0 (10) to + 10 V
pact. 0 to + 10 V
pact. 4 to 20 mA H
or 0 to + 10 V
0 to 5 V, 1 to 10 V L
HM16
&
L0
Bosch Rexroth AG
2)
pcom. 0 to + 10 V
Switch TD 1) or
power limiter active
L0
8/14
694
RE 30030/01.04
Block circuit diagram / pin allocation of the integrated electronics for SYDFEE (type VT-DFPE-
695
RE 30030/01.04
SYDFEE
9/14
Control loop control accuracy SYDFEE (the stated values are only valid when the system applicable components, as per the type code,
are used!)
Closed loop swivel angle control
Closed loop pressure control 1)
Linearity tolerance
1.0 %
1.5 %
Temperature drift
0.5 %/10 K
0.5 %/10 K
Hysteresis
0.2 %
0.2 %
Repeatability
0.2 %
0.2 %
1)
Without taking the pump pulsation into account
Transient function with a pressure command value jump SYDFEE with a 360 spool (version A)
The stated curve forms and control times can only be achieved by optimising the pressure controller.
140
140
pcom.
120
Pressure p in bar
Pressure p in bar
120
T 95% in ms with an attached

pressure fluid volume (pipes
and actuator)
100
80
60
pact.
40
20
pact.
100
80
<5L
pcom.
60
5 10 L
200 ms
15 25 L
250 ms
For pressures up to 40 bar

are higher
40
20
150 ms
0
T95% Control time
T95% Control time
Optimising the pressure controller for the SYDFEE (setting the jumpers)
Switch position
2)
2)
TD OFF
6.25
7.5
10
12.5
15
20
25
6.25
7.5
10
12.5
15
20
25
TD ON
7.5
10
12.5
15
20
25
30
35
12.5
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
The fluid volume of the connected pipes and actuators (in L)
05
696
10/14
Bosch Rexroth AG
SYDFEE
RE 30030/01.04
Transient functions with swivel angle command value jump with a 360 spool (version A)
NS 18, 28, 45, 71 p = 20 bar

100
80
60
40
20
30
60
90
Time in ms
120
80
60
40
20
30
60
90
Time in ms
80
60
40
20
30
60
90
Time in ms
80
60
40
20
30
60
90
Time in ms
120
40
20
30
60
90
Time in ms
120
30
60
90
Time in ms
120
30
60
90
Time in ms
120
30
60
90
Time in ms
120
100
80
60
40
20
100
80
60
40
20
120
NS 140 p = 50 bar
100
60
120
NS 100 p = 50 bar
100
80
NS 18, 28, 45, 71 p = 50 bar

100
100
100
80
60
40
20
697
RE 30030/01.04
SYDFEE
11/14
Unit dimensions SYDFEE (dimensions in mm)

Nominal sizes 18 to 140
(valve assembly orientation 0; shaft type S; without through drive N00)

the plug
Pre-load valve (optional)

HM16 pressure transducer connection
(optional)
A4
A8 III
A5
A6 I
A1
A6
A6 II
A7
Z
S
A3
A8 I
A8 II
Control valve mounting

location for anti-clockwise
Control valve mounting

location for clockwise
NS
A1
A3
A4
A5
A6
A6 I
A6 II
A7
Pilot oil connection Z

A8 I
A8 II
A8III
18
120
198
158
63
178
63
115
60
233
125
100
28
128
208
158
63
195
80
115
60
243
135
115
45
134
218
158
63
205
90
115
60
253
145
125
71
146
232
158
63
254
104
150
60
267
159
150
100
151
237
158
63
247
100
147
60
272
164
150
140
162
250
143
78
257
110
147
60
285
182
150
Dim. A7 required installation room for the optional connection of the HM16 pressure transducer
05
698
12/14
Bosch Rexroth AG
SYDFEE
RE 30030/01.04
Central connection
Plug-in connector to E DIN 43 563-B (12-pin), separate order:
X:
Plug-in connector without cable (assembly kit) Material No.

R900884671
Plug-in connector with cable set 2 x 5 m Material No. R900032356
Plug-in connector with cable set 2 x 20 m Material No. R900860399
5 4
3
10
7 11 9 2
8
1
6
90
Allocation of the component plug or plug-in connector and cable set
C
For type SYDFEE V /.V
D
E
Pin
Allocation
Code
1
2
PE
+ UB
0 V^
= L0
Earth
1
2
Green/yellow
3
4
5
6
7
8
9 1)
10
11
n.c.
Fault
M0
com.
act.
pcom.
pact.
Switch TD or power limitation
Pressure actual value H
Pressure actual value L
White
Yellow
Green
Violett
Pink
Red
Brown
Black
Blue
Grey
1)
Version without power

limitation (A):
Switched input
Switch TD
Supply cable
3 x 1.0 mm2
Version with power

limitation (B):
Switched output
power limitation active
Signal cable
10 x 0.14 mm2;
Screened
(The screen must
be attached at
one end to the
control!)
HM 16 pressure transducer
connections (unit socket M12x1)
For type SYDFEEF/.V

Pin
Allocation
Code
1
2
PE
+ UB
0V^
= L0
Earth
1
2
Green/yellow
3
4
5
6
7
8
9 1)
10
11
n.c.
Earth
M0
com.
act.
pcom.
pact.
Reserved
Reserved
White
Yellow
Green
Violett
Pink
Red
Brown
Black
Blue
Grey
Pin
Supply cable
3 x 1.0 mm2
1
3
4
Allocation
+ UB
Ref.
Signal
View on the unit socket

Signal cable
10 x 0.14 mm2;
Screened
(The screen must
be attached at
one end to the
control!)
5
2
Matching connection plug for the

actual pressure value input for
version F: Plug-in connector type
M12x1 (screened version)
699
RE 30030/01.04
SYDFEE
13/14
Name plate example for a SY2DFEE combination pump

Shown is the name plate of the built-on NS 45 pump!
Line 1
Serial No. (related to the manufacturing batch)
Line 3
Manufacturing No.
Line 5
Fabrication No.
0000001
SY2DFEE-2X/071-045/+00921711
20928065
Baujahr FD...
Mat. Nr *R900921768*
MINERALL
Fabr. Nr 73939649
Drehrichtung
MADE ...................
00215052
Line 4
Combination pump
Material No. (for single pump
identification see line 2)
Line 2
Combination pump clear text with
the Material No.
(= technical version) of
the built-in NS 45 pump
Build year
Production location
For the answers to any questions regarding the combination pump the Material No. (line 4) and the
Fabrication No. (line 5) are required.
Command values must only be switched via relays having gold contacts (small voltages, small currents)
Always screen the command and actual value cables
The distance to aerial lines or radio sources must be at least 1 m
Do not lay signal cables near power cables
Supplementary guidelines regarding the SYDFEE closed loop control system can be found in RE 30030-01-V
05
700
14/14
Bosch Rexroth AG
SYDFEE
RE 30030/01.04
Notes
Bosch Rexroth AG
Zum Eisengieer 1
Telefon +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0
Telefax +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58
www.boschrexroth.de

processed, duplicated or circulated using electronic systems, in any form or
by any means, without the prior written authorisation of Bosch Rexroth AG.
In the event of contravention of the above provisions, the contravening party
is obliged to pay compensation.
can be derived from our information.The details stated do not release you
701
Pressure-flow closed loop control

system
Type SYHDFEE
RE 30 035/12.03
1/12
Type SYHDFEE
Nominal sizes 125 to 355

Series 1X
Maximum operating pressure 350 bar
H7126/06
Contents
Features
Ordering details
Features
Page
1
2 and 3
Function, section
Operating principle
Technical data
Closed loop control circuit accuracy SYHDFEE
Transient function
Optimising the pressure controller
Transient function with a swivel angle

command value jump
The DFE conrol is used for the electro-hydraulic closed loop

control of the pressure and swivel angle of an axial piston pump
The SYHDFEE.. closed loop control system consists of the
following components:
A4VSO axial piston pump with a built-on proportional valve as
the pilot valve VT-DFPE-2X/..
The VT-DFPE..-2X/.. valve with integrated open and closed
loop control electronics contains the complete closed loop
control function of the DFE system
The acquisition of the swivel angle is via a linear sensor type
VT-SWA-LIN-1X which is a hall effect based sensor
Combination pumps are possible
10
Unit dimensions
11
Example of a name plate
12
Component description, pump A4VSO
12
Component description, valve VT-DFPE
For further information regarding this system see:
Sales information (engineering guidelines)
RE 92 050
RE 29 016
RE 30 030-01-V
05
702
2/12
Bosch Rexroth AG
SYHDFEE
RE 30 035/12.03
Ordering details
SYHDFEE 1X
25
Single
pump 1)
Combination pump
2)
Further details
in clear text
Actual pressure input
Current input:
C=
4 20 mA
Voltage input:
V=
0 10 V
D=
05V
E=
1 10 V
F=
0.5 5 V5)
Series 10 19 = 1X
Nom. size 125
Nom. size 180
Nom. size 250
Nom. size 355
= 125
= 180
= 250
= 355
Clockwise (preferred type)
Anti-clockwise
Electronic sub-assembly,
optional
0=
Standard
1=
Without
leakage oil compensation
=R
=L
Pressure fluid
Mineral oil to DIN 51524 (HL/HLP) = P
HFC
=F
Additional function
power limitation
end3)
Shaft
Cyl. shaft with key way DIN 6885
Splined shaft to DIN 5480
(preferred type)
A=
B=
=P
=Z
Connection flange3)
NG 125 355 > ISO 4-hole
0=
Valve mounting orientation
integrated electronics parallel to pump axis
in the direction of the connection plate
(standard)
=B
Actuator line connections

Connections B and S: SAE on side, off-set through 90,
metric fixing threads
2nd pressure connection B1 opposite B - when
delivered blanked off with a flange (standard)
= 25
A=
C=
0000 =
0576 =
N00 =
K99 =
Valve spool version

Standard (for mineral oil to DIN 51524
(HL/HLP) )
4groove spool for HFC pressure fluid
Basic pump version
Standard (internal pilot oil)
Remote supply
Through drive (see table on page 3)
Through drive without hub, without
intermediate flange with cover closed
Through drive without hub, with cover for mounting:

(all combination pumps (2nd) with SAE splined shaft profile)
=
KD34) =
KC34) =
1)
2)
3)
For dimensions see table on page 11
4)
The through drive is is covered by a cover plate
5)
Connection via a M12 component socket
6)
Example
Combination pump6)
A10VSO18
A10VSO28/45
Spigot (mm)
82.55
100
Gear pump
101.6
With single pumps the hub and, if necessary, the
intermediate flange must be ordered seperately.
With combination pumps the front hub and, if necessary, the
intermediate flange are included within the scope of supply.
KC14)
703
SYHDFEE
RE 30 035/12.03
3/12
Ordering details
Ordering example:
1)Ordering
example for a single pump
SYHDFEE-1X/125R-PZB25N000000A0A0F
2)Ordering
example for a combination pump
Both of the type codes are to be connected by a +. (Material No. 1st pump + Material No. 2nd pump)
Possibility 1:
SY2HDFEE1X/ 125 - 045/
R901038404
R901019184
Possibility 2:
SY2HDFEE1X/ 125 - 045/
SYHDFEE-1X/125R-PZB25KD30000A0A0V
SYDFEE-2X/045R-PRA12KD30000A0A0VXX
Combination pump
Nom. size of the front pump
Nom. size of the rear pump
Matarial No. of the front pump (or in clear text if the
Matarial No. is not known)
Combination part
Matarial No. of the rear pump (or in clear text if the Material No. is not known)
Preferred types:
SYHDFEE-1X/125R-PZB25N00-0000-A0A0F
Through drive
Nominal size
= Not available
= The flange is integrated into the connecion plate

125 180 250
zw = Through drive K99 + intermediate flange (sep.
order)
Without auxiliary pump; without through drive
With through drive for mounting an axial piston pump, a gear pump or radial piston pump
Flange
Hub/splined shaft
For mounting an
ISO 125, 4-hole 32x2x30x14x9g
A4VSO/H/G 40

A4VSO/H/G 71

A4VSO/H/G 125/180
zw
zw
zw
A4VSO/G 250
zw
A4VSO/G 355
ISO 100, 2-hole 7/8 22-4 (SAE B)

A10VSO28BR31
ISO 100, 2-hole 1 25-4 (SAE B-B)

A10VSO45BR31
ISO 125, 2-hole 1 1/4 32-4 (SAE C)

A10VSO71BR31
zw
zw
zw
ISO 125, 2-hole 1 1/2 38-4 (SAE C-C) A10VSO100BR31
zw
zw
zw
ISO 180, 4-hole 1 3/4 44-4 (SAE D)
A10VSO140BR31
zw
zw
82-2 (SAE A)
5/8 16-4 (SAE A)
PGH2, 3 ; PGF2
82-2 (SAE A)
3/4 19-4 (SAE A-B)
A10VSO10BR31, 18
101-2 (SAE B)
7/8 22-4 (SAE B)
A10VO28BR31; PGF3
101-2 (SAE B)
1 25-4 (SAE B-B)
A10VO45BR31; PGH4
127-2 (SAE C)
1 1/4 32-4 (SAE C)
A10VO71BR31
zw
zw
zw
127-2 (SAE C)
1 1/2 38-4 (SAE C-C) A10VO100BR31;
zw
zw
zw
PGH5
152-4 (SAE D)
1 3/4 44-4 (SAE D)
A10VO140BR31
zw
zw
With through drive shaft, without hub, without intermediate flange,
with blanked off functional cover

3)
K99 + intermediate flange relates dimensionally to the through drive in brackets
355
N00
zw
zw
zw
zw
zw
zw
zw
zw
Kxx 3)
Kxx
(K34)
(K35)
(K77)
KD3
KD3
(KD5)
(KD5)
(KD7)
KC1
KC1
KC3
KC3
(KC5)
(KC5)
zw
(KC6)
K99
05
704
4/12
Bosch Rexroth AG
RE 30 035/12.03
SYHDFEE
Function, section
The closed loop control of the pressure and swivel angle of the
A4VSO SYHDFEE system variable displacement pumps is via
an electrically controlled proportional valve (2). The proportional valve determines the position of the swash plate (1) via the
control piston (4). The displaced flow is
proportional to the position of the swash plate. The control
spool (3), which is pre-loaded by a spring (5), is permanently
subjected to the pump pressure.
The minimum value generator ensures, automatically, that only

the allocated controller is active at the required working point.
Thereby, a system value (pressure, swivel angle or [optional]
power) is exactly controlled, the other two values lie under
the stated command values. The output signal of the minimum
value generator becomes the command value for the valve
control circuit.
With a non-rotating pump and the control system at zero

pressure, the swash plate is held in position + 100 % by the
spring (5). With a driven internal pilot oil supply version of the
pump and a de-energised proportional solenoid (8) the system
regulates to zero stroke pressure as the valve spool (9) is pushed to the initial position by the spring (10) and, therefore the
pump pressure p is applied to the control piston (4) via valve
port A. A balance between the pump pressure at the control
piston and the spring force (5) is achieved at approx. 8 bar. this
basic setting is obtained
with e.g. de-energised valve electronics (= zero stroke
operations). Deviating from this, the pump version with an
external pilot oil supply swivels to the negative stop (motor
operation).
The actual value for the valve spool position is sensed using
an inductive position transducer (6). The output value of the
valve position controller defines, via the amplifier output stage,
the current through the proportional solenoids (8). As soon
as the working point is reached the proportional valve control
spool (9) is switched to the mid position.
The control of the proportional valve is taken over by the

analogue electronics (11) which are integrated into the valve.
The closed loop control electronics processes all of the control
signals required to operated the A4VSO variable displacement
pump in the closed loop pressure and flow mode.
The reduction of the swivel angle (reduction in flow) is

achieved by connecting the control piston (4) from P -> A.
The closed loop control electronics has separate command

value inputs for the pressure and swivel angle via the central
plug (12); for the optional power limitation, the command value
is adjusted via an internal potentiometer. An external pressure
transducer can be connected via the central plug (12) or with
the ordering code F via an additional
connection (13). A position transducer with integrated electronics (7) fitted on the pump senses the actual swivel angle
valve. The sensed actual value is processed in the amplifier and
compared with the given command value.
If the higher-level controllers demand an increase of the swivel

angle (increase in flow), then the valve spool (9) must be moved from the mid position (connection of the control piston (4)
via valve port A -> T) until the swivel angle has
reached the required value. The movement of the valve spool
against the force of the spring (10) is achieved by accordingly increasing the electrical current through the proportional
solenoid (8).

There are three ways of supplying the pumps hydraulic
control system:
1. Internal, without pre-load valve (only possible for system
pressures > 20 bar)
3. Remote supply via a shuttle valve automatic switchover
internal / external via a cartridge shuttle valve (take the sales
information stated within RE 30 030-01-V into account!)
11
13
1
2
12
9
10
3
705
RE 30 035/12.03
SYHDFEE
5/12
Operating principle: with internal supply for the control system
Actuator
(qv;p)
P
U/I
Optional
Pressure transducer
0 to + 10 V
Flow command value

0 (10) to + 10 V
Error
U
A
B1 B
P
MB
s
U
U S
MS M1 K1
K2 T R(L)
M2
When using the HM16-1X/C13 pressure transducer:

Installed in MB (pump) in conjunction with the electronic version, actual value pressure input F
An adaptor is required to enable a HM16-1X/C13, M14x1.5 to G1/4 (Mat. No. R900695665).
The HM16, due to the installation situation, cannot be used for all of the nominal sizes (replaced by a: HM17-1X/-F with a
lengthened cable).
When using an external pressure transducer:
Installed in the B-line (preferrably in the vicinity of the actuator) and the electrical connections via the central plug
For further details see the data sheet RE 30 030-01-V, engineering guidelines
05
706
6/12
Bosch Rexroth AG
SYHDFEE
RE 30 035/12.03
General
Drive RPM
Nominal size
Weight
1800
1800
1800
1500
NS
125
180
250
355
kg
100
115
197
220
Hydraulic
Maximum permissible operating pressure
pmax 350 bar
Minimum adjustment pressure required
pmin 20 bar
Pressure fluid temperature range
20 to + 70 C
Pressure fluid
Cleanliness class to ISO-Code1)
Maximum permissible degree of contamination of the

pressure fluid is to ISO 4406 class 18/16/13
Electrical
UB 24 VDC + 40 % 5 %
Operating voltage
Operating range
UB(t)max 35 V
UB(t)min 21 V
Power requirements (in static closed loop control operation)

Nominal current
Inom. 0.6 A
Maximum current
Imax 1.25 A
Inputs
Command values (pressure and swivel angle)
Ue 0 to 10 V; RE = 100 k
Switch TD (only with ordering details A without additional

functions)
"Off"
Ue < 0.6 V
"On"
Ue > 21 V

(depending on the actual pressure input, see ordering
code)
Current input (ordering detail C)
RB 100
Voltage input (ordering details V, D, E, F)
RE 100k
Outputs
Actual values
Pressure
Ua 0 to 10 V/ 1.5 mA
Swivel angle
Ua 10 V/ 1.5 mA
Fault message L-active
Ua UB 5 V; 10 mA (short-circuit proof); error: Ua < 1 V
Power limitation H-active (only with ordering detail B

with additional function)
Ua UB 5 V; 10 mA (short-circuit proof); inactive: Ua < 1 V

Plug-in connector 12-pin, N11REFF, DIN 43 5632)
1) The cleanliness class stated for the components must be

adhered too in hydraulic systems. Effective filtration prevents
faults occuring and at the same time increases the component service life.
2)
Separate order, see page 10 (electrical connections)
0 to 60 C
0 to 70 C
Note! For details regarding the environmental simulation test covering EMC (electro-magnetic compatibility), climate and mechanical loading see RE 30 035-U
(declaration regarding environmental compatibility).
1
2
L0
10
11
ULP
ULP
U(i)
L0
L0
L0
L0
R2
L0
PD
> + 11,5 V
< 11,5 V
Swivel angle
controller
xp
10 V
t = 1s
> + 3,3 V
< 3,3 V
MIN
Cable break
0F
(p ) max
pist
DIV
max
max =
Pressure
controller
(p ) max
R3
max < com
x < xp
> + 11,5 V
< 0,5 V
MIN
10 V
+ 15 V
15 V
L0
&
Switch TD 1)
Switch TD only for version without the additional function of power limitation (ordering detail A)
Only version F
1)
2)
Only for the version with the addition function of power limitation (ordering detail B)
PE
+UB
L0
Error message ( 0 V)
H
L
L0
> 80 C
PD
L0
10 V
5V3V
+ UB
Swivel angle
transducer
SYHDFEE
In switching cabinet:
bridge between
Pin 2 and 4
act 10 V to + 10 V
M0
com 0 (10) to + 10 V
pact 0 to + 10 V
pact 4 to 20 mA
or 0 to + 10 V
0 to 5 V, 1 to 10 V
HM16
2)
pcom 0 to + 10 V
Switch TD 1) or
power limitation active
L0
RE 30 035/12.03
707
7/12
Block circuit diagram / pin allocation of the integrated electronics for SYHDFEE (type VT-DFPE-.-2X)
05
708
8/12
Bosch Rexroth AG
RE 30 035/12.03
SYHDFEE
Control loop control accuracy SYHDFEE (the stated values are only valid when the system
applicable components, as per the type code, are used)
Closed loop swivel angle control
Closed loop pressure control1)
Linearity tolerance
1.0 %
1.5 %
Temperature error
0.5 % / 10 K
0.5 % / 10 K
Hysteresis
0.2 %
0.2 %
Repeatability
0.2 %
0.2 %
1)
Without taking the pump pulsation into account
Transient function with a pressure command value jump SYHDFEE with a 360 spool
(version A)
The stated curve forms and control times can only be achieved by optimising the pressure controller.
140
140
T 95% in ms with an
attached pressure fluid
volume (pipes and
actuator)
pcom
100
100
Pressure p in bar
120
Pressure p in bar
120
80
pact
60
40
20
80
pact
pcom
60
5 10 L
200 ms
15 25 L
250 ms
For pressures up to 40
bar, the response time
values are higher.
40
20
T95% control time
T95% control time
Optimising the pressure controller for the SYHDFEE (setting the code switches)
Switch position
2)
2)
TD OFF
6.25
7.5
10
12.5
15
20
25
6.25
7.5
10
12.5
15
20
25
TD ON
7.5
10
12.5
15
20
25
30
35
12.5
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
The fluid volume of the connected pipes and actuators (in L)

Note! These are reference values and can change dependent on the nominal size and system.
709
RE 30 035/12.03
SYHDFEE
9/12
Transient functions with a swivel angle command value jump with a 360 spool (version A)
NS 125
100
p = 100 bar
100
80
Actual swivel value in %
80
60
40
20
0
NS 180
50
Time in ms
100
150
200
60
40
20
50
100
150
200
50
100
150
200
50
100
150
200
50
100
150
200
Time in ms
p = 100 bar
80
80
100
100
60
40
20
50
100
150
60
40
20
200
Time in ms
NS 250
Time in ms
p = 100 bar
80
80
100
100
60
40
20
0
NS 355
50
Time in ms
100
150
60
40
20
200
Time in ms
p = 100 bar
80
80
100
100
60
40
20
50
Time in ms
100
150
200
60
40
20
Time in ms
05
710
10/12
Bosch Rexroth AG
SYHDFEE
RE 30 035/12.03
Central connection
Plug-in connector without cable (assembly kit)
Plug-in connector to E DIN 43 563-B (12-pin), separate order: Plug-in connector with cable set 2 x 5 m
Material No. 00884671

Material No. 00032356
Leitungsdose mit Kabelsatz 2 x 20 m
Material-Nr. 00860399
5 4
3
10
7 11 9 2
8
1
6
Allocation of the component plug or plug-in connector and cable set
C
For type SYHDFEE V
D
E
Pin
1
2
PE
3
4
5
6
7
8
91)
10
11
n.c.
90
/.V
Allocation
+ UB
0 V L0
Earth
Fault
M0
com
act
pcom
pact
Code
1
2
Supply cable
Green/yellow
White
Yellow
Green
Violet
Pink
Red
Brown
Black
blue
Grey
3 x 1.0 mm2
1)
Version without power

limitation (A): Switched input
Switch TD
Version with power limitation
(B): switched output power
limitation active
Signal cable
10 x 0.14 mm2;
screened
(The screen must be
attached at one end to
the control!)
For type SYHDFEEF/.V

Pin
1
2
PE
3
4
5
6
7
8
91)
10
11
n.c.
Allocation
+ UB
0 V L0
Earth
Fault
M0
com
act
pcom
pact
Reserved
Reserved
Code
1
2
Supply cable
Green/yellow
White
Yellow
Green
Violet
Pink
Red
Brown
Black
Blue
Grey
3 x 1.0 mm2
Signal cable
10 x 0.14 mm2;
screened
(The screen must be
attached at one end to
the control!)
HM 16 pressure transducer connections (unit socket M12x1)
Pin Allocation
1
3
4
+ UB
View on the unit socket
0 V L0
Signal
5
2
Matching connection plug for the actual pressure value input

for version F: Plug-in connection type M12x1 (screened version, see RE 30 269)
711
RE 30 035/12.03
SYHDFEE
11/12
Plug removal dimension
A2
A7
A3
A1
25
A9
A8
15 0 15
A5
T A P
A6
A4
137
NS
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
125
276
112,5
159
177
137
160
200
20
310
180
276
116
159
177
137
160
200
20
318
250
323
144
206
212
172
224
280
24
380
355
323
144
206
212
172
224
280
24
393
Shaft ends:
NS
Wellen
= P 1)
= Z 2)
125
50
AS 14x9x80
W 50x2x30x24x9g
180
50
AS 14x9x80
W 50x2x30x24x9g
250
60
AS 18x11x100
W 60x2x30x28x9g
355
70
AS 20x12x100
W 70x3x30x22x9g
1)
Cylindrical with key way to DIN 6885
2)
Splined shaft profile to DIN 5480
05
712
12/12
Bosch Rexroth AG
SYHDFEE
RE 30 035/12.03
Name plate example for a SYHDFEE combination pump
Word mark
Material short text
Material No.
Manufacturing date
Manufacturing No.
Origin identification
R123456789 FD: 39022

Rexroth MNR:
SN: 0000001
SY2HDFEE-1X/125-045/R901038404+R90119184
000120267633
Fabr. Nr
73939649
Factory
7087
Made in Germany
MINERALL
Drehrichtung
Fabrication No.
MADE ...................
Production location
For the answers to any questions regarding the combination pump, the Material No. and the Fabrication No.
are required!
Command values must only be switched via relays having gold contacts (small voltages, small currents)
Always screen the command and actual value cables
The distance to aerial lines or radio sources must be at least 1 m
Do not lay signal cables near power cables
Supplementary guidelines regarding the SYHDFEE closed loop control system can be found in RE 30 030-01-V
Bosch Rexroth AG
Zum Eisengieer 1
Telefon +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0
Telefax +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58
www.boschrexroth.de

processed, diplicated or circulated using electronic systems, in any form
or by means, without the prior written authorisation of Bosch Rexroth AG,
can be derived from our information. The details stated do not release the
user from the responsibility for carrying out their own assessment and
verification. It must be remembered that our products are subject to a natural
713
Pump pre-load valve for the SYDFE

closed loop control system
RE 29255/09.05
Replaces: 11.00
1/4
Type SYDZ 0001
Series 1X
Table of contents
Contents
6673_d
H6670_d
SYDZ 0001-1X/250V071M
SYDZ 0001-1X/250V045M
Area of application
Page
Area of application
Ordering details
Symbol
Unit dimensions
SYDZ 0001 pump pre-load valves are used when the flow from
A10VSO variable displacement pumps with a DFE control must
be controllable at operating pressures lower than 12 bar and
only internal pilot oil is available for adjustment.
In this case the valve is mounted directly onto the SAE pressure
port of the A10VSO variable displacement pump (see RE 92711
and RE 92712).
05
714
2/4
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
SYDZ 0001
RE 29255/09.05
The pre-load function is only effective within the pressure range of up to 20 bar. If the operating pressure in port P1 exceeds
30 bar, the pre-load valve (1) is fully open. In order to limit the
maximum pressure, a factory-preset pressure relief valve (2) is
integrated into the pre-load valve (see ordering details). In addition, an integrated check valve (3) allows the pressure to be
controlled in the range < 20 bar.
Attention!
The pressure relief function is purely a safety function and
is therefor not suitable for continuous use!
The system must be bled during commissioning.
Symbol
1
P1
MP1
20 bar
Pre-load valve
Pressure relief valve
Check valve
Bleed screw
PP
Ordering details (only for separate order of the pre-load valve!)

SYDZ 0001
1X
Series 10 to 19
= 1X
Pressure limitation 150 bar
= 150
= 175
= 200
= 250
= 300
*
M=
V028 =
V045 =
V071 =
V140 =
Seals suitable forl

(HL, HLP) to DIN 51524
Pump type and nominal size
A10VSO NG 18/28
A10VSO NG 45
A10VSO NG 71
A10VSO NG 100/140
715
SYDZ 0001
RE 29255/09.05
3/4
Unit dimensions
NG 18, 28 and 45
K
27A/F
T1)
MP1
E
P1
PP
M
A
Not included within the scope of supply:

4 off valve fixing screws
30
M10 x 120-10.9 DIN 912; MA = 50 Nm

for NS 18/28 and 45
L
1)
NS
18/28
45
75
80
115
115
104
104
60,5
60,5
30
29
14
15
30
33
34
34
22,2
26,2
47,6
52,4
4 x 10,5
4 x 10,5
PP
SAE 3/4
SAE 1
P1
G 1/2
G 3/4
M8 x 1
M8 x 1
MP1
G 1/4
G 1/4
T1)
G 3/8
G 3/8
NS
71
100/140
85
85
150
147
134
131
94
91
55
52
24
24
56
56,5
The pipework must be done in the L (light series) version.
NG 71, 100 and 140

P1
NG 100/140
SAE connection
B
C
1)
P1
MP1
Not included within the scope of supply:

M
A
for NS 71
L
A
1)
P
PP
K
41 A/F
4 off fixing screws
44
48
45
45
30,2
31,8
58,7
66,7
4,5
4,5
4 x 10,5
4 x 15
PP
SAE 1 1/4 SAE 1 1/4
M10 x 150-10.9 DIN 912; MA = 55 Nm
P1
G1
SAE 1 1/4
for NS 100/140
G 1/8
G 1/8
4 off S.H.C.S.
MP1
G 1/4
G 1/4
M14 x 150-10.9 DIN912; MA = 100 Nm
T1)
G 3/4
G 3/4
The pipework must be done in the L (light series) version.
05
716
4/4
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
SYDZ 0001
RE 29255/09.05
Notes
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
Zum Eisengieer 1
Telefon +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0
Telefax +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58
www.boschrexroth.de

The data specified above only serve to describe the product. No statements concerning a certain condition or suitability for a certain application can be derived from our information. The information given does not
wear and aging.
717
3/3 proportional directional valves,

direct operated, with electrical
position feedback as pilot valves for
the SYDFE. control system
RE 29016/06.05
Replaces: 06.02
1/12
Type VT-DFP.
H6633
Type VT-DFP-.-2X/... with cable

socket (separate order)
Component series 2X
Table of contents
Contents
H6198
Type VT-DFPE-.-2X/...
Features
Page
Pilot valve for the pressure and flow control system SYDFE.
Features
Ordering code
For the closed-loop control of the swivel angle of a type

A10VSODFE. variable displacement pump
Technical data
Actuation by a proportional solenoid with electrical feedback
Electrical connection: Type VT-DFP...

(for external analogue control electronics)
Electrical connection: Type VT-DFPE...
(with integrated control electronics)
Electrical connection: Type VT-DFPC...
(with integrated digital control electronics)
Unit dimensions
Control electronics:
4
5 and 6
7
8 and 9
Example of nameplate for a 3/3 proportional directional valve 10
VT-DFP external analogue amplifier VT 5041-2X

(in conjunction with control system SYDFE1 according to
RE 30024)
VT-DFPE integrated, analogue (in conjunction with control
system SYDFEE according to RE 30030)
VT-DFPC integrated, digital with CAN bus interface
(in conjunction with control system SYDFEC according to
RE 30027)
05
718
2/12
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT-DFP.
RE 29016/06.05
Ordering code
VT-DFP
For external
control electronics
With integrated analogue
control electronics
With integrated digital
control electronics
2X G24 K0
= No code
... =
=E
=A
=B
=C

input
No code =
for VT-DFP
Only for VT-DFPE and VT-DFPC
C=
V=
D=
Voltage input 0 5 V
E=
F=
Voltage input 0.5 5 V 2)
= 2X
24 V DC voltage
= G24
Component plug (without cable socket)
= K0 1)
Mounting orientation:
VT-DFP...
Mounting orientation of position transducer / solenoid
radially to the pump axis
Folded through 90 towards the subplate
with counter-clockwise direction of rotation of the pump
with clockwise direction of rotation of the pump
VT-DFPE... and VT-DFPC
Mounting orientation of position transducer / solenoid
radially to the pump axis
with counter-clockwise direction of rotation of the pump
with clockwise direction of rotation of the pump
=0
=1
0=
1=
=2
0=
=0
2)
The component plug is determined by the control electronics

(see technical data and electrical connection)!
Cable sockets separate order, see pages 4, 5 and 6.
Connection via cable socket M12
Additional function
for VT-DFP
for VT-DFPE
Power limitation via analogue input (0-10 V)
Pressure controller that can be switched off (High signal)
for VT-DFPC
Standard
No code =
=1
=2
Options
for VT-DFP
for VT-DFPE
Standard electronics with leakage compensation
Standard electronics without leakage compensation
for VT-DFPC
Standard
No code =
A=
B=
C=
D=
A=
1)
Further details
in clear text
e.g. SO variant
V=
FKM seals
Suitable for mineral oils (HL,
HLP) to DIN 51524 and phosphate esters (HFD-R)
=C
Spool variant
Standard
2-groove spool
4-groove spool
719
RE 29016/06.05
VT-DFP.
3/12
General
Component version
VT-DFP
VT-DFPE
VT-DFPC
20 +70
0 70
0 70
20 +60
0 60
0 50
Weight
kg
1.96
2.25
2.25
Hydraulic
Hydraulic fluid
Mineral oil (HL, HLP) to DIN 51524;

phosphate esters (HFD-R)
other hydraulic fluids on enquiry
C 20 +70
mm2/s
Viscosity range
Degree of contamination
Operating pressure
20 380
Max. permissible degree of contamination of hydraulic fluid to
NAS 1638 class 7.
Ports A, P
bar 315
Port T
bar 100
Electrical
Solenoid coil resistance
2.1 3.2
Coil resistance
between ports 1 and 2
approx. 113
(at 20 C)
between ports 3 and 4
approx. 101
VT 5041-2X
integrated, analogue
integrated, digital
Control
Note:
Further information on control systems:
For details regarding environment simulation testing in the

fields of EMC (electromagnetic compatibility), climate and
mechanical stress (declaration on environmental compatibility),
see:
Type SYDFE1 to RE 30024 in conjunction with VT-DFP
VT-DFP:
Type SYDFEE to RE 30030 in conjunction with VT-DFPE

Type SYDFEC to RE 30027 in conjunction with VT-DFPC
RE 30024-U
VT-DFPE:
RE 30030-U and
VT-DFPC:
RE 30027-U
05
720
4/12
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
RE 29016/06.05
VT-DFP.
Electrical connection: Type VT-DFP... (for external analogue control electronics)

Solenoid
Cable socket, 3-pin Z4 M SW-BG to DIN EN 175301-803
Separate order stating material no. R901035403
Connection to cable socket
53
27,5
27,5
22,5
Connection to component
plug
PE
36
PE
to amplifier
Pg11
30
30
Inductive position transducer

Coil connection
Component plug
Connection to plug-in connector

(top view of component plug)
1
Signal
4 2
1 3
Reference
Supply
Shield1)
Cable socket, 4-pin Pg7-G4W1F/Pg7 SW

Separate order stating material no. R900023126
37
7,8
23
1)
Notes on the shield and recommendations with regard to

the cable type can be found in the engineering notes on the
complete system system SYDFE1-2X/ (see RE 3002401-B)!
Pg7
15
16
Amplifier
721
VT-DFP.
RE 29016/06.05
5/12
Electrical connection: Type VT-DFPE... (with integrated control electronics)

Central connection
Socket without cable (kit)
Cable socket to DIN EN 175201-804 (12-pin),
Socket with cable set 2 x 5 m
separate order:
X:
5
6
4
3
10
11
8
9
1
90
Pin assignment of the component plug or cable socket and cable set
C
V
for type VT-DFPE.. /.V
D
E
Pin
Assignment
+ UO
0 V
= L0
PE
Ground
green/yellow
1)
Code
(A):
Supply cable
3 x 1.0 mm2
Fault
white
M0
yellow
comm
green
Signal cable
10 x 0.14 mm2;
act
violet
pcomm
pink
pact
red
9 1)
Switch TD or power limiter
brown
10
black
11
blue
n. c.
Switching input Switch TD

Variant with power limiter
Variant without power limiter
(B):
Switching output
Power limiter active
shielded
(shield must be connected to
the control on one end!)
grey
05
722
6/12
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT-DFP.
RE 29016/06.05
Electrical connection: Type VT-DFPE... (with integrated control electronics) continued

for type VT-DFPE...F/.V
Pin
Assignment
Code
1
+ UO
0 V
= L0
PE
Ground
green/yellow
Supply cable
3 x 1.0 mm2
Fault
white
M0
yellow
comm
green
Signal cable
act
violet
10 x 0.14 mm2;
pcomm
pink
shielded
pact
red

9 1)
Switch TD or power limiter
brown
10
Reserved
black
11
Reserved
blue
grey
n. c.
Connection of pressure transducer HM 16 (component socket M12x1)

Pin
1
+ UO
Reference
Signal
Assignment
Top view of component
socket
5
2
Suitable connecting plug for actual pressure value input for version F: Cable plug type M12x1 (shielded version)
723
VT-DFP.
RE 29016/06.05
7/12
Electrical connection: Type VT-DFPC... (with integrated digital control electronics)

Central connection
Socket without cable (kit)
Cable socket to DIN EN 175201-804 (12-pin),
separate order:
X:
5
6
4
3
10
11
8
9
1
90
X1: Assignment of component plug or cable socket and cable set

for type VT-DFPC.. /V
Pin
Assignment
Code
+ UO
0 V
= L0
2
PE
Ground
green/yellow
Supply cable
3 x 1.0 mm2
Fault
white
M0
yellow
U in 2 (AI2)
green
Signal cable
UOUT2
violet
10 x 0,.4 mm2;
U in 1 (AI1)
pink
shielded
UOUT1
red

Digital IN1 (DI1)
brown
10
Actual pressure value High
black
11
Actual pressure value Low
blue
grey
n. c.
X2: Connection of pressure transducer HM16
and serial interface (RS232) (component socket M12x1)

Pin
1
Assignment (PT)
+ UO
Pin
2
Assignment
RS232
3
Top view of component plug
RxD (RS232)
5
2
Reference L0
Suitable connecting plug for actual pressure value input for version F: Cable plug type M12x1 (shielded version)
X3: Connection to CAN bus and digital input 2 (DI2),
shielded (component plug M12x1)
Pin
Assignment
Reserved
Digital IN2 (DI2)
Pin
3
4
Assignment
CAN-High
CAN-Low
Top view of component

socket
5
2
1
21
05
724
8/12
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT-DFP.
RE 29016/06.05

Type VT-DFP-.-2X/...
4
15
55,5
46,8
T A
32
35,7
85
132
80
10
(45)
220
7,5
34
14
16 20
15
34
47
30
15
45
71
30
T A P
73
Type VT-DFPE.-.-2X/...
13
12
60
10
136,5
46,8
T A
32
126,5
121,5
81
80
(45)
217,5
71
15
34
7,5
0,01/100mm
Rzmax 4
45
30
6789
EF012
ABCD
345
Required surface quality

of the valve mounting face
Valve fixing screws (all types)
4 off M6 x 40 DIN 912-10.9, tightening torque MT = 9 Nm
(separate order)
For explanation of items, see page 9
725
RE 29016/06.05
9/12
VT-DFP.

Type VT-DFPC.-.-2X/...
13
15
12
121,5
11
10
100
11
100
10
46,8
T A
32
136,5
81
80
(45)
217,5
71
15
34
34
16 20
47
30
45
30
6789
EF012
ABCD
15
7,5
14
T A P
345
73
Valve housing
Proportional solenoid with position transducer
Cable sockets, separate order, see pages 4, 5 and 6
Space required to remove cable socket
R-rings 9.8 x 1.5 x 1.7 (ports P, A, T)
Solenoid rotated through 90 (stroke mounting orientation 2)
10
Connection of pressure transducer HM 16

(only with VT-DFPE./F or VT-DFPC)
11
Connection to CAN BUS, shielded, component plug

M12, 5-pin
12
Installation space required for plug-in connection (HM 16)
13
Dimension for version VT-DFPE...F or VT-DFPC

(connection for HM 16 or CAN BUS)
Connection of rotary angle sensor VT-SWA-1-1X
14
Machined valve mounting surface
Nameplate
15
Integrated control electronics
Space required for CAN connection (plug-in connection to be provided by customer)
05
726
10/12
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT-DFP.
RE 29016/06.05
Example of nameplate for a 3/3 proportional directional valve
MNR: R900724226
SN: 0000003
FD: 58406
V T- D F P E - A - 21/ G 2 4 K 0 / 2 A 1/ V
000120693931
7087
5
4
Made in Germany
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
Zum Eisengieer 1
Phone +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0
Fax
+49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58
www.boschrexroth.de
Material no.
Serial no.
Date of production
Production no.
Type designation

wear and aging.
727
RE 29016/06.05
VT-DFP.
11/12
Notes
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
Zum Eisengieer 1
Phone +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0
Fax
+49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58
www.boschrexroth.de

wear and aging.
728
12/12
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
VT-DFP.
RE 29016/06.05
Notes
Bosch Rexroth AG
Hydraulics
Zum Eisengieer 1
Phone +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0
Fax
+49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58
www.boschrexroth.de

wear and aging.
729
Digital controller amplifier for

operating axial piston pumps of type
A4VS with HS4 control
RE 30028/10.04
Replaces: 08.04
1/12
Type VT-VPCD
Series 1X
HAD7190/04
Table of contents
Contents
Features
Features
Page
1
Features of the VT-VPCD digital control amplifier
Ordering code
Functional description, section of the A4VS axial piston pump

with HS4 control
3
Circuit variants of the HS4 control
Technical data, electrical
5 and 6
7
The HS4 control is used for the electrohydraulic closed-loop

control of swivel angle and pressure and for limiting the power of
variable displacement axial piston pumps.
The closed-loop control system with HS4 control consists of the
following assemblies:
A4VSHS4 axial piston pump with built-on 4WRE6-2X/822
proportional valve, including position transducer for acquiring
the swivel angle and valve travel (for technical data and ordering code, see RE 92050 for the open circuit, RE 92100 for the
closed circuit as well as RE 92076)
Pin assignment of the D-SUB socket on the front panel
Steady-state characteristic curve
Transfer function in the case of a swivel angle

command value step change
Recommended pressure transducer for acquiring the system

pressure is HM17
Technical data, electrical
VT-VPCD amplifier card for implementing the electrical functions required for the HS4 control
10
11

Unit dimensions
12
05
730
2/12
Bosch Rexroth AG
VT-VPCD
RE 30028/10.04
Features of the VT-VPCD digital control amplifier

The amplifier can be parameterised via a serial interface. User
data can be exactly reproduced and are protected against unintentional or unauthorised adjustment.
Required accessories:
PC program BODAC: Ordering code of the CD: SYSHACD-BODAC-01 (R900777335) or free download on the
Internet at www.boschrexroth.com/hacd
Digital inputs for calling pre-set parameters

Ramp times for swivel angle and pressure command values
Analogue inputs for command and actual values
Interface cable: Cable set VT-HACD-1X/03.0/

HACD-PC (R900776897) or commercial 1:1 cable
Enable input and collective fault output
Oscillators/demodulators for two inductive measuring systems
Instructions for the installation of the VPCD can be found in

the on-line help.
Clocked, current-regulated output stage
Operating instructions for BODAC
Switched-mode power supply unit for internal supply

voltages
LEDs that signal functions and states
19 rack types VT 19 101, VT 19 102, VT 19 103 and VT 19

110 (see RE 29768)
2 measuring sockets that can be configured via display and/

or Bodac
Enclosed card holder type VT 12 302 (see RE 30103) (preferred)
Serial interface RS 232

Selection of sizes (40 to 1000) and parameterisation via
BODAC
Open card holder type VT 3002-2X/64G (see RE 29928)

For installation in control cabinet only!
Valve position controller
Connection adapter VT10812-2X/64G (see RE 30105)
Pressure controller with underlaid swivel angle controller

Parameterisable power limitation
Master-slave capability
Mooring capability
Oscilloscope function
Ordering code
VTVPCD
1X V0
Digital amplifier for controlling variable displacement axial piston pumps with HS4 control
1=
0=
Series 10 to 19
= 1X
Basic component
1=
= V0
With valve output stage

With display
731
RE 30028/10.04
VT-VPCD
3/12
Functional description, section of the A4VS axial piston pump with HS4 control
An electrically controlled proportional valve (1) controls the
swivel angle and pressure and limits the power of the A4VS...
variable displacement pump. This valve determines the position
of the swashplate (3) via the actuating piston (2) of the pump.
When the pump does not rotate and the actuating system is
depressurised and no enable is present, a spring-centring feature holds the swashplate in the zero swivel angle position.
The position of the swashplate is established by an inductive
position transducer (4), which acquires the actual pressure
value with the help of a pressure transducer. Both actual values
are fed to the controller and interlinked by the software.
The actual power value is obtained from the product of actual
pressure value and actual swivel angle value. The controller
software ensures with a minimum value generator that always
the controller is active that is assigned to the relevant working
point.
In the steady-state condition, i.e. swivel angle command value

is equal to the actual swivel angle value, the power command
value is equal to the actual power value or the pressure command value is equal to the actual pressure value, the control
spool of the valve is in the central position.
If higher-level controllers demand, for example, an increase in
the swivel angle (corresponds to an increase in flow), the valve
spool must be shifted from the central position until the swivel
angle has reached the required value.
The sectional drawing shows the A4VS... variable displacement
pump with HS4 control; proportional valve (1) is controlled by
means of the VT-VPCD amplifier card.
Note on the HS4 control:
The 4WRE6-2X/822 proportional valves are shown with reference to a clockwise driven pump, i.e. when the valve is deenergised, the pump swivels to = 0 with version A4VSO
or to = 100 % with version A4VSG.
05
732
4/12
Bosch Rexroth AG
VT-VPCD
RE 30028/10.04
The amplifier card is designed as double-sided printed circuit
board in Euro-card format 100 x 160 mm. The assembly includes a switched-mode power supply unit [1], which generates all the internally required voltages.
The central unit of the amplifier is a microcontroller, which controls the entire sequence and realises the functions of the controller. Amplifier-specific data (configuration, command values,
parameters) are saved in a non-volatile FLASH.
The switching outputs are configured using BODAC. The following functions can be selected:
Swivel angle control active
DO1
Pressure control active
DO2
Power limitation active
DO3
Swivel angle in the accuracy window
DO5
Pressure in the accuracy window
DO6
Four binary-coded, digital inputs are used for calling parameter

sets (command values) from the memory, in which a maximum
of 16 sets can be saved. A call-up activates a command value
for the swivel angle, pressure and power limitation as well as
ramp times for swivel angle and pressure.
The test output (b26 or measuring socket X1) is also configured with the help of BODAC. It serves for the analogue output
of internal variables.
Further control inputs assume the following functions:
The closed-loop control is activated by setting the enable input. If no command value call-up is activated, parameter set 0
is set.
"Command valid": Enable of the parameter set addressed

by the current call-up (H-active)
"Enable":
Activation of closed-loop control

(H-active)
Note:
H-active = High active (level 15 V to UO)

L-active = Low active (level 0 V to 2 V)
L/H-edge = Low high edge
The analogue command values for swivel angle, pressure and

maximum power are fed forward via three differential inputs [3].
When a positive swivel angle command value is applied, the
pump swivels to the left (= direction of flow P > B). The digital call-up command values are added to the analogue command values and the sum of both command values is fed via
the associated ramp generator to the input of the controller.
The output signal of the controller controls the output stage [6]
of the amplifier in dependence upon the differences between
command/actual values.
The position of valve spool [11], the swivel angle of the variable displacement pump [12a/b] 12a, A4 housing pump; 12b,
A2 housing pump [12] and the system pressure [13] are measured and fed via evaluation electronics [7] to the closed control
loop.
Enable and fault messages
A fault logic detects the following faults:

Cable break or short-circuit in actual valve value acquisition
Cable break or short-circuit in actual swivel angle value
acquisition
Cable break of the pressure transducer (current interface
only)
System deviation (difference between swivel angle command
value and actual swivel angle value)
Faults are signalled at output d22. The Ok signal is withdrawn, the signal level is 0 V.
The occurrence of a fault is indicated on the display.
Parameterisation and diagnosis
The selection of the pump size, the activation or deactivation of
leakage compensation and sequence control and the configuration of switching outputs take place via the serial interface at
the D-sub socket at the front using BODAC [2].
Indicator elements and measuring sockets
The freely configurable measuring sockets X1/X2 at the front
panel serve for signalling process signals. For their configuration, refer to the on-line help.
Various modes are provided for closed-loop pressure control:

Depending on the configuration, the pressure controller works
with one or two pressure sensors.
Open circuit:
1 sensor
Closed circuit:
2 sensors
1 pressure sensor, optionally current or voltage, for the open
circuit
2 pressure sensors, optionally current or voltage, for the
closed circuit
In the closed circuit, both pressure sensors are evaluated. As
soon as the control electronics is in the closed-loop pressure
control mode, the higher of the two pressures determines control characteristics. Here, the pressure controller can swivel
the pump also to the opposite side or beyond its actual swivel
angle command value in order to correct a system deviation
(pressure command value - actual pressure value).
The following states are signalled by LEDs:

LED power (green):
internal supply voltage
LED Ok (green):
OK message
LED select 1, 2, 4, 8 (yellow): Indicates the requested command value call-up, which is
activated by DI 6.
[ ] = Cross-reference to the block circuit diagram
733
RE 30028/10.04
VT-VPCD
5/12

A4VSO - open circuit (see RE 92050 and RE 92076-HS4)
u
p
b
B
i\u
A
Sp
VT-VPCD
Rkv
B1 B
MB
Command
values
MS
R4 R3 R2
K1
K2
R(L)
R5 R6 R7
05
734
6/12
Bosch Rexroth AG
VT-VPCD
RE 30028/10.04

A4VSG - closed circuit (see RE 92100-HS4K)
p
i
p
i\u
B
u
VT-VPCD
Msp
b
B
MA
MB
Command
values
1
Sp
Rkv
U
s
Note:
Pump type A4VSGwithout short-circuit valve (1)
swivels to the right (Qmax)
when the valve is de-energised and actuating pressure is applied.
R4 R3 R2
K3
K2
R(L)
R5 R6 R7
735
RE 30028/10.04
VT-VPCD
7/12
Technical data, electrical (for applications outside these parameters, please consult us!)
4WRE6-2X/822 valve for HS4 control
Imax 2.5 A
Current consumption per solenoid current

Control current at constant swivel angle
Ia Solenoid a = 450 mA
Ib Solenoid b = 700 mA
Solenoid coil resistance:

Cold value at 20 C
R 2.7
Max. hot value
R 4.5
Plug-in connection in accordance with DIN EN 175301-803
Type of protection to DIN 40 050
IP 65
Position transducer for 4WRE valve

Carrier frequency
f 5 kHz
Coil resistance (at 20 C):

between connections 1 and 2
R 113
R 101
GM 209 plug-in connector
Type of protection of plug-in connection to DIN 40 050
IP 65
Swivel angle transducer

Carrier frequency
f 5 kHz
Coil resistance (at 20 C):

R 110
R 560
Plug-in connection to DIN 43 650-BFZ-Pg9
Type of protection of plug-in connection to DIN 40 050
IP 65
Pin assignment of the D-SUB socket on the front panel
5
9
GND
Send data (RS 232)

6
1
05
736
8/12
Bosch Rexroth AG
VT-VPCD
RE 30028/10.04
Steady-state characteristic curve
Swivel angle
Actual
( )
act
= 100 % actual power
Swiel angle in %
Desired
power
Operating pressure in bar
Act. pressure
Transfer function in the case of a swivel angle command value step-change

Example: Size 250, actuating pressure p = 125 bar
80
60
40
20
50
100
Time in ms
150
200
100
100
80
60
40
20
50
100
150
Time in ms
200
737
RE 30028/10.04
VT-VPCD
9/12
Technical data, electrical (for applications outside these parameters, please consult us!)
Operating voltage
UO 24 VDC + 40 % 10 %
Operating range
- Upper limit value
UO(t)max 35 V
- Lower limit value
UO(t)min 21 V
Current consumption
Nominal resistance of solenoid (20 C)
(position transducer of valve spool, swivel angle)
Imax < 2 A
R 2
f approx. 5 kHz
Analogue command value inputs:

for swivel angle, pressure and power selection
U 0 - 10 V
Range
U 10 V
Input resistance
Ri 100 k
Resolution
5 mV for the range of 10 V; 2.5 mV for the range of 0...10 V
Non-linearity
< 10 mV
Analogue actual pressure value input:

Range
Actual input value
4...20 mA or 0...10 V
Ri 100 voltage drop across actual pressure value input at 4 mA
approx. 1.7 V, 20 mA approx. 3.5 V
Current loss
0.15 % (at 500 between Pin AI x - and 0 V)
Resolution
5 A [12 bits]
Analogue outputs
A0 1 configuration as voltage output
Output voltage
Load
U 10 V
Rmin 1 k
Resolution
1.25 mV (14 bits)
A0 2 resulting swivel angle command value

Output current
Imax 10 mA
Load
Rmin 1 k
Resolution
Reference voltage:
10 mV (11 bits)
U 10 V
Imax 30 mA

Scanning rate
< 20 mV
T 2 ms
Serial interface
RS 232 (front panel), D-sub socket, 9-pin
Type of connection
64-pin male connector, DIN 41 612, form G
Card dimensions

- Height
3 HE (128.4 mm)
- Width soldering side
1 TE (5.08 mm)
- Width component side

7 TE (35.56 mm)
0 to 50 C
- 20 to + 70 C
Weight
m 0.2 kg
Note:
For deatils regarding environment simulation testing in the fields of EMC (electromagnetic compatibility), climate and mechanical stress, see RE 30028-U (declaration on environmental compability).
05
b14
b20
GND X1 X2
- U SS
b28
b30
b32
d22
d20
d26
z22
z26
z28
b26
d32
b22
b24
f26
f24
f22
f20
z10
z18
z16
z14
z12
b6
b8
+ USS
z8
UB
12b
b6
b8
UB
b24
I(U)
pB
I(U)
pA
13b
Analogue GND
Reference voltage + 10 V
OK: Ready for operation

DO1: Swivel angle controller active
DO2: Pressure controller active
DO3: Power limiter active
DO5: | comm - act|<window
DO6: | pcomm - pact|<window
Test output
b28
+ 10 V b32
I(U)
p b22
13a
12a
b10
b12
11
Resulting swivel angle

command value comm
1
3
4
2
1
3
4
2
10
6 Current-regulated output stage

7 Oscilator/ demodulator
8 Voltage output
2 Serial interface
3 Voltage or current input
4 Level converter
13b Pressure sensor current (closed current)
12a Pump swivel angle position transducer (E-Z020-409)
OK
O1
O2
O3
O5
O6
13a Pressure sensor current (open current)
RS 232
z6
z10
12b Pump swivel angle position transducer (MCP-40/4742)
CONTROL
PID
z4
z2
11 Valve position transducer
MAX
DC
DC
16
2
3
p
P
MIN
PI
9 Output driver
pmax
P max
LIMIT
VT-VPCD
5 Microcontroller
z32
z30
z20
1 Power supply unit
System ground
Enable
d18
I1
I2
I3
I4
I5
I6
d12
d10
d2
d4
d6
d8
Bosch Rexroth AG
DI1 comm. call-up 1

DI2 comm. call-up 2
DI3 comm. call-up 3
DI4 comm. call-up 4
DI5 slave mode
DI1 to 5 valid
b4
b2
U
+
Swivel angle command

value comm (slave)
U
+
Swivel angle command

b16
value comm (master)
Pressure command
value Pcomm
b18
f10
f8
Power command
value Pcomm
10/12
738
RE 30028/10.04
Block circuit diagram /pin assignment
739
RE 30028/10.04
VT-VPCD
11/12

Row d
Row b
Pin
Description
VT-VPCD-1-1X
Pin
Description
DI 1
Comm. 1 H-active
DI 2
Comm. 2 H-active
DI 3
8
10
VT-VPCD-1-1X
AI1+
Swivel angle command value for slave

(for slave operation)
Comm. 4 H-active
AI1-
Reference of swivel angle command value
DI 4
Comm. 8 H-active
AI2+
Actual pressure value (A) + (U/I)
DI 5
Slave mode H-active
AI2-
Actual pressure value (A) + (U/I) reference
AI3+
Actual pump swivel angle value 12b
12
DI 6
Comm. valid H-active
10
14
DI 7
n. c.
12
AI3-
16
DI 8
n. c.
Reference of actual pump swivel angle value 12b
18
DI 9
Enable H-active
14
AI4+
Swivel angle command value +
20
DO 1
Swivel angle controller active
16
AI4-
Swivel angle command value + reference
22
OK
18
AI5+
Pressure command value +
24
Data +
n. c.
20
AI5-
Pressure command value + reference
26
DO 2
Pressure controller active
22
AI6+
Actual pressure value (B) + (U/I)
28
Data -
n. c.
30
AO 1
Valve command value
32
AO 2
Resulting swivel angle command value for master-slave operation
OK output H-active
24
AI6-
Actual pressure value (B) + (U/I) reference
26
AO 3
Test output (measuring socket X1)
28
AGND
30
REF-
Reference voltage - 10 V
32
REF+
Reference voltage + 10 V
Analogue GND
re 12b, see block circuit diagram
Row z
Row f
Pin
Description
Pin
Description
M1+
VT-VPCD-1-1X
Solenoid A+
DO 7
n. c.
M1-
Solenoid A-
Clk +
n. c.
M2+
Solenoid B+
Clk -
n. c.
VT-VPCD-1-1X
M2-
Solenoid B-
AI7+
Power command value +
10
Shield
Shield
10
AI7-
Power command value + reference
12
L 1O-
Valve position transducer, supply -
12
Ua2 and AI8+
n. c.
14
L 1l-
Valve position transducer, actual value -
14
/Ua2 and AI8-
n. c.
16
L 1l+
Valve position transducer, actual value +
16
Ua0
n. c.
18
L 1O+
Valve position transducer, supply +
18
/Ua0
n. c.
20
LVDT 2 OUT LVDT 2 IN -
Pump position transducer, act. value - 12a
LVDT 2 IN +
Pump position transducer, act. value + 12a
20
System ground System ground
22
DO 3
Power limiter active
22
24
DO 4
n. c.
24
26
DO 5
| acomm - aact | < window
26
28
DO 6
| pcomm - pact| < window
28
n. c.
30
UO
Supply voltage
30
n. c.
32
LO
Ground
32
n. c.
Pump position transducer, supply - 12a
LVDT 2 OUT + Pump position transducer, supply + 12a
re 12b, see block circuit diagram
05
740
12/12
Bosch Rexroth AG
VT-VPCD
RE 30024/10.04

The amplifier card may only be plugged or unplugged when disconnected from the power supply!
Measurements on the card may only be taken using instruments with Ri > 100 k!
Use relays with gold-plated contacts for passing on analogue command values and digital call-ups (small voltages, small currents)!
Always shield command value and actual value cables; leave shield open on one end and connect it to the system ground on
the card side!
Recommendation: Up to 50 m length, use cable type LiYCYCY 1.5 mm2 for solenoid cables; as position transducer cable, use
type LiYCYCY 0.5 mm2, shielded. For greater lengths, please consult us!
The distance to aerial lines or radio sources must be at least 1 m !
Do not lay solenoid and signal cables near power cables !
Commissioning and programming of the amplifier card is described in detail in product description and adjustment instructions
RE 30028-B.
Note: Electrical signals (e.g. signal fault message) brought out via control electronics must not be used for switching safetyrelevant machine functions!
(See also European standard Safety requirements for fluid power systems and components hydraulics", prEN 982)
UP
DOWN
100
3HE (128,4)
ESC
X1 X2
I1
I2
I3
I4
I5
I6
I7
I8
122
ENT
89
OK
O1
O2
O3
O4
O5
O6
O7
8TE (40,3)
165
195,5
Bosch Rexroth AG
Zum Eisengiesser 1
Telephone +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0
Fax +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58
www.boschrexroth.de

parties.
741
RE 30 241/02.03
Replaces: 11.02
External control electronics for the DFE1

control of A10VSO axial piston pumps
H/A/D 6639
Analogue amplifier, configurable

Type VT 5041
From series 25
Type VT 5041-2X/.
Table of contents
Contents
Features
Ordering code
Technical data
Unit dimensions
Features
Page
1
2
2
3
4
5
6
6
Card holder:
Type VT 3002-2X/32, see RE 29 928
Power supply unit:
Compact power supply unit 115/230 VAC > 24 VDC
Output 1 (60 VA) for supplying amplifier card type VT 5041
Output 2 (25 VA) for supplying pressure transducers;
e.g. types HM 12 or HM 13, see RE 29 933
Integral part of the SYDFE1 pressure and flow control system

(series 1X and 2X) for controlling A10VSO... axial piston units
with DFE1 control
Implementation of the electronic functions of the DFE1 control;
pressure and swivel angle control; optional power limiter
Circuitry of the pressure controller can be matched to existing
hydraulic fluid volumes (actuator plus lines)
Differential amplifier inputs
Minimum value generator for pressure and swivel angle
controller
Self-clocking output stage
Pressure-related leakage compensation (can be switched off)
Polarity reversal protection for power supply
Switchable actual pressure value input (current, voltage, range)
LED lamps on the front panel:
Error / no enable H1
Internal supply voltage H2
Indicator instrument for actual swivel angle value on the front
panel (optional)
Power limiter with internal or external command value
feedforward (optional)
05
2003
VT 5041
1/6
RE 30 241/11.02
742
Ordering code
VT 5041 2X/
Further details
in clear text
External control electronics for the DFE1 control of

A10VSO axial piston pumps
Series 25 to 29
and pin assignment)
/*
= 2X
Additional functions:
Without power limiter, without indicator instrument
With power limiter, with indicator instrument
=1
=3
Preferred types
Material no.
Type
R900749982
R900749983
VT5041-2X/1
VT5041-2X/3
VT 5041-2X analogue amplifiers are designed as plug-in cards in
Euro-format. As a standard, they are provided with one command
value input each for pressure and swivel angle [1] (power limiter,
optional). The actual pressure value is sensed by a pressure transducer. A position transducer on the pump acquires the actual swivel
angle value. The acquired actual values are processed in an amplifier
[10 and 12] and compared with the injected command values. Minimum value generator [4] ensures that only the controller assigned to
the relevant working point is automatically activated. The output signal of minimum value generator [4] becomes the command value for
the closed control loop of the valve.
The optional power limiter is automatically activated by the feedforward of a suitable command value. The power command value
can be provided internally or externally. If required, it acts directly on
swivel angle controller [3] via a minimum value generator [13].
The actual valve value (position of the valve spool) is acquired by an
inductive position transducer. Oscillator/demodulator circuit [10] processes the signal. Valve spool position controller [5] determines and
processes the system deviation. The output signal of valve controller
[5] forms the command value for self-clocking current output stage
[6], which controls the proportional solenoid of the valve.
The amplifier card is fitted with an error signal output, to which a

voltage of 0 V is applied in the case of an error. At the same time, LED
H1 lights up and the output stage is deactivated.
The following events trigger an error message:
Actual pressure value greater than permissible system pressure
(socket 2 pact > 10 V)
Enable signal missing at connection 26c
Excessive temperature of the output stage
Cable break or range of swivel angle feedback exceeded
Cable break or range of valve spool position feedback exceeded
Cable break proportional solenoid
Cable break pressure transducer (only in conjunction with setting 4 to 20 mA)
In the case of an error, the output stage is deactivated and the valve
spool pushed by a spring to its mechanical end position. The error
can only be acknowledged by a reset of the enable signal.
The pressure-related pump leakage can be compensated for via the
swivel angle control loop using potentiometer [15].
[ ]
RE 30 241/11.02
2/6
= Cross-reference to block circuit diagram on page 3
VT5041
VT 5041
3/6
R1
28a
20a
22a
24a
30a
32a
26c
16c
14c
11
i(u)
R2
12
H2
+
+
8
15 V
+ 15 V
J9
J10
PD
J1...J5
5 +
Explanation re indicator and

adjustment elements (H, R),
Input amplifier
see page 5
Divider
1) For notes on the shielding, see
Min. value generator
Indicator instrument engineering notes for the
Leakage compensation complete system, RE 30030-01-V
+ 4
15
+ 1
14
R9
R7
1k8
1k8
+UB
10
10
H1
26a
12a
10a
14a
26a
6a
4a
8a
12c
24c
2c
2a
30c
28c
16a
18a
Shield 1)
Swivel angle
transducer on
the pump
Shield 1)
(2)
2( )
Measuring
outputs
3
Valve position transducer
act: 10 V bis + 10 V
pact: 0 bis + 10 V
Error signal(^ =Low)
Error signal (^=High)
Proportional
solenoid
Swivel angle control

active =
(^ 24 V)
Power limiter
active =(^ 24 V)
Note:
Connection of the swivel angle transducer is valid for clockwise rotating
pump
("( )" anti-clockwise rotating pump)
Deviations between comm (socket 3) and act (socket 4) can also result
from the setting of R4 (leakage compensation).
R8
R6
PD
+UB
If no external power limit is provided, 18c and 20c must be connected to 0V (22a).
+2
R4
13
11
12
13
14
15
R3
Output stage
Output stage enable
Power supply unit
Cable break detector
+UB
J6...J8
10c
8c
4c
6c
20c
6
7
Pressure controller
8
Swivel angle controller
9
Minimum value generator
Valve spool position controller 10
0 V ()
15 V
+ 15 V
+ UB
Reference potential
10 to + 10 V
Enable (> 21 V)
comm =
1
2
3
4
5
Reference potential
0 to + 10 V
0 to 5/10 V or
Pact =
0/4 to 20 mA
Reference potential
Pcomm =
Pcomm = (p ): 0 to + 10 V
Reference potential
18c
only with VT 5041-2X/3...
743
241/02.03
RE 30 241/11.02
05
744
Operating voltage
UB
Operating range:
Upper limit value
Lower limit value
uB(t)max
uB(t)min
Power consumption
PS
Current consumption
Inom
Fuse
Inputs:
Command values (pressure, swivel angle)
Actual value (pressure)
Power selection (p a)comm (only with VT 5041-2X/3...)
Enable
Outputs:
Output stage
Drivers for inductive transducers:
Voltage amplitude (USS)
Signal voltages
Actual value (pressure, swivel angle)
Swivel angle control active
Power limiter active (only with VT 5041-2X/3...)
Auxiliary voltages
Error signal
L-active
H-active
Measuring sockets
Pressure command value (pcomm) 1
Actual pressure value (pact) 2
Swivel angle command value (acomml) 3
Actual swivel angle value (aact) 4
Spool position command value (scomm) 5
Actual spool position value (sact) 6
IF
Ui
Ui
Ii
Ui
Ue
Imax
f
Ua
U
U
U
U
Uo
Uo
U
U
U
U
U
U
24 VDC + 40 % 10 %
35 V
21 V
35 VA
0.6 A (Imax = 1.25 A)
1.6 A T
0 to 10 V; Re= 100 k
0 to 5 V or 0 to 10 V; Re= 100 k
0 to 20 mA or 4 to 20 mA; Re= 500
0 to 10 V; Re> 100 k
> 21 V (use relay with contact for currents < 10 mA)
2.5 A; R(20) = 2
ca. 5 kHz
10 V
0 to 10 V
Ub 1 V
Ub 1 V
15 V 3 %; 10 mA
UB 5 V; 10 mA (short-circuit-proof); error at Uo < 1 V
< 1 V; error at UB 5 V; 10 mA
^ 100 %
+ 10 V =
^ 100 %
+ 10 V =
10 V =^ 100 %
+ 10 V ^= 100 %
^ 100 %
10 V =
^
10 V =
100 %
Type of transducer:
for pump
for valve
IW 9 (throttle circuit; 4 mm; 3-wire connection)

DM2 (transformer circuit; 0.6 mm; 4-wire connection)
Type of connection
Card dimensions

Height
Width circuit board conductor side
VT 5041-2X/1...
VT 5041-2X/3...
Weight
VT 5041-2X/1...
VT 5041-2X/3...
3 HE (128.4 mm)
1 TE
5 TE
9 TE
J
J
m
m
0 to 50 C
20 to + 70 C
0.19 kg
0.21 kg
Note:
For details on Environment simulation tests in the fields of
RE 30 241/11.02
4/6
VT5041
745
Indicator / adjustment elements: VT 5041-2X/1 and VT 5041-2X/3 from series 25
Leakage
comp.
ON
OFF
Jumper
J9
on
off
Gain of act.
pressure value
Single
Double
J9
R4
H1
H2
J11
R7
J10
R9
Jumper
J10
off
on
R6
R8
R31)
J1 J2
off
R2
on
J6
J3 J4 J5 R1
J7 J8
F1
1,6 A T
on
off
D-component of the pressure controller

Hydraulic fluid volume (in litres)
Jumper position
in the system (actuators plus lines)
J3
J4
J5
5.0
off
off
off
7.5
off
on
off
10.0
on
on
off
15.0
on
off
on
20.0
off
on
on
25.0
on
on
on
Actual pressure value for changeover

Input signal
Jumper position
J6
J7
J8
0 to 10 V
off
off
off
0 to 5 V
off
off
on
0 to 20 mA
on
off
off
4 to 20 mA
on
on
off
P-component of the pressure controller

P-gain
Jumper position
J1
J2 J11
2
on
on
on
2.4
on
off
on
2.7
on
on
off
3
off
on
on
3.4
on
off
off
4
off
off
on
4.8
off
on
off
8
off
off
off
... Factory setting of jumpers
Potentiometers:
R1 Zero point of actual pressure value
R2 Actual pressure value adjustment
(factory setting: right-hand limit stop = max. gain)
R31) Power command value
> is added to an externally provided command value
(factory setting: left-hand limit stop = max. power)
R4 Leakage compensation
(factory setting: left-hand limit stop = min. compensation)
R6 Zero point of valve position transducer
R7 Amplitude of valve position transducer (factory setting)
R8 Zero point of swivel angle transducer
R9 Amplitude of swivel angle transducer (factory setting)
LED lamps:
H1 Error / no enable (red)
H2 Internal voltage supply (green)
1)
For further information and notes, see commissioning instructions

for the SYDFE1-2X closed-loop control system (RE 30 024-B
or latest version of RE 30 022-01-B)!
Only with VT 5041-2X/3
VT 5041
5/6
RE 30 241/11.02
05
746
Unit dimensions
(Dimensions in mm)
VT 5041-2X/3
2
4
6
8
VT
5041
6TE (30,1)
1
3
5
7
2
4
6
8
89
VT
5041
15
1
3
5
7
100
R4
H1
H2
R2
100 50
3HE (128,4)
R4
H1
H2
R2
50 100
VT 5041-2X/1
10TE (50,5)
2
165
186
Potentiometers:
R2 Matching of amplitude pact (pressure transducer)
R4 Leakage compensation
LED lamps:
H1 Error / no enable
H2 Internal supply voltage
Measuring socket:
1
Pressure command value pcomm
2
Actual pressure value pact
3
Swivel angle command value comm
4
Actual swivel angle value act
5
Spool position command value scomm
6
Actual spool position value sact
7 and 8 Reference potential / ground
Note:
Electrical signals processed by control electronics (e.g. actual value) must not be used for activating safety-relevant
machine functions!
(See also uropean standard Safety requirements for fluid power systems and components hydraulics, EN 982).
For detailed instructions and notes on engineering and commissioning, see:

Engineering aids for fr SYDFEX-2X control systems (RE 30 030-01-V)
Commissioning instructions for SYDFE1-2X control systems (RE 30 022-01-B)
Bosch Rexroth AG

Telefon 0 93 52 / 18-0
Telefax 0 93 52 / 18-23 58 Telex 6 89 418-0

Cambs, PE19 2ES
Tel: 0 14 80/22 32 56
Fax: 0 14 80/21 90 52
RE 30 241/11.02
6/6

VT 5041
747
Notes
748
Notes
749
Notes
750
Notes
751
Notes
752
Notes

RE 00112 - Part 4

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

RE 00112 - Part 4

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

1

Catalogue for the product range of hydraulic components

Part 1: Hydraulic pumps and motors

Part 2: On/off valves

Part 3: Proportional, high-response and servo-valves

Part 5: Control plates, hydraulic power units

Part 6: Hydraulic cylinders

Part 7: ATEX units

Part 1: Axial piston units, gearboxes,

Part 2: External gear units, radial piston motors,

++49 (0) 93 52/18-0

++49 (0) 93 52/18-23 58

Should you have queries with regard to the

Hydraulics Bosch Rexroth AG

Electronics and electro-hydraulic systems

Control cards and units

Sensors and signal transmitters

Hydraulics Bosch Rexroth AG

Amplifiers and command value conditioning

Analogue amplifier card

Amplifiers, analogue, Euro-card format

Continued on next page

Amplifiers and command value conditioning

Electrical amplifier for flow control with proportional valves

Electronic Amplifier for Setting the Output Flow

Electrical amplifier for the control of servo valves

Electrical amplifier for the control of high response control valves

VT-SR41 bis VT-SR48

Electrical amplifier for flow control with servo-valves

Analogue amplifier module

Analogue amplifier module

Analogue amplifier modules for 4/3 and 4/2 proportional

Amplifier module for proportional valves

Analogue amplifier module

Analogue amplifier module

Analogue amplifier module

Amplifier module for controlling explosion-protected proportional

Electrical amplifier module for controlling proportional throttle

Analogue amplifier modules

Analogue amplifier modules

Electrical amplifier modules for controlling proportional

VT11550 bis VT11554

Amplifiers, analogue, Euro-card format (continued)

Amplifiers, analogue, modular design

Hydraulics Bosch Rexroth AG

Amplifiers and command value conditioning

Analogue amplifier module

Analogue amplifier module

Plug amplifier module for proportional valves

Plug-in proportional amplifier

Plug-in proportional amplifier

Amplifiers, analogue, modular design (continued)

Amplifiers, analogue, plug design

Amplifiers, digtal, Euro-card format

Announcement for the 2nd quarter 2006,

Analog command value card (diff. command value conditionings)

Setpoint signal card

Setpoint and voltage-controlled ramp generator

Command value conditioning, Euro-card format

Command value conditioning, modular design

Current/voltage signal transformer module

Signal adjustment module (charcteristic curve adj.)

Analog amplifiers in Eurocard format for installation in 19 rack